As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on February 8, 2024.

Registration No. 333-276589

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

AMENDMENT NO. 3

TO

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

BBB Foods Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

British Virgin Islands	5411	N/A
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)	(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

Río Danubio 51

Col. Cuauhtémoc

Mexico City, Mexico 06500

+52 (55) 1102-1200

(Address, including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

Cogency Global Inc.

122 East 42nd Street, 18th floor

New York, NY 10168

+1 (212) 947-7200

(Name, Address, including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

Copies to:

S. Todd Crider Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP 425 Lexington Avenue New York, New York 10017 + 1 (212) 455-2000 Jorge U. Juantorena Manuel Silva Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP One Liberty Plaza New York, New York 10006 +1 (212) 225-2000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.

Emerging growth company ☐

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling shareholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED FEBRUARY 8, 2024

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

33,660,589 Class A common shares

BBB Foods Inc.

(incorporated in the British Virgin Islands)

This is an initial public offering of the Class A common shares, no par value, of BBB Foods Inc. We are offering 28,050,491 of the Class A common shares being sold in this offering. The selling shareholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional 5,610,098 Class A common shares. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of Class A common shares by the selling shareholders.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common shares. The estimated initial public offering price for the Class A common shares in this offering is expected to be between US$16.50 and US$17.50 per Class A common share. Our Class A common shares have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TBBB.”

Upon consummation of this offering, we will have three classes of common shares: Class A common shares, Class B common shares and Class C common shares. The rights of the holders of each class of our common shares will be identical, except with respect to voting, conversion, preemptive rights and transfer restrictions applicable to the Class B common shares and conversion and transfer restrictions applicable to our Class C common shares. Each Class A common share will be entitled to one vote. Each Class B common share will be entitled to 15 votes and will be convertible into one Class A common share automatically upon transfer, subject to certain exceptions. Each Class C common share will be entitled to one vote and will be convertible into one Class A common share in certain circumstances, including automatically upon certain transfers and the expiry of the transfer restrictions that will apply to the Class C common shares. Class B common shares and Class C common shares will not be listed on any stock exchange and will not be publicly traded. Holders of Class A common shares, Class B common shares and Class C common shares will vote together as a single class on all matters unless otherwise required by law and subject to certain exceptions set forth in our memorandum and articles of association.

Following this offering, our issued and outstanding Class B common shares, will represent 42.2% of the combined voting power of our outstanding common shares and 4.6% of our total equity ownership, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Class A common shares from the selling shareholders. For further information, see “Description of Share Capital.” Bolton Partners Ltd., a vehicle affiliated with our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, will, directly or indirectly, own all of our Class B common shares and a portion of our Class C common shares. As a result, Bolton Partners Ltd. will beneficially own approximately 46.4% of the combined voting power of our outstanding common shares following this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Class A common shares from the selling shareholders, and will therefore have significant influence over matters requiring shareholder approval.

We are a “foreign private issuer” under the U.S. federal securities laws and, as a result, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company disclosure and reporting requirements. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to this Offering and Our Class A Common Shares—Our status as a foreign private issuer exempts us from certain of the corporate governance standards of the New York Stock Exchange, limiting the protections afforded to investors” and “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to this Offering and Our Class A Common Shares—As a foreign private issuer, we will have different disclosure and other requirements from U.S. domestic registrants. We may take advantage of exemptions from certain corporate governance regulations of the New York Stock Exchange, and this may result in less protection for the holders of our Class A common shares.”

Investing in our Class  A common shares involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 28 of this prospectus.

	Per Class A Common Share		Total
Initial public offering price	US$		US$
Underwriting discount and commissions(1)	US$		US$
Proceeds to us (before expenses)(2)	US$		US$
Proceeds to the selling shareholders (before expenses)(2) (3)	US$		US$

(1) See “Underwriting” for a description of all compensation payable to the underwriters.

(2) See “Expenses of the Offering” for a description of all expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) payable in connection with this offering.

(3) Assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Class A common shares from the selling shareholders.

The selling shareholders have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an aggregate of 5,049,088 additional Class A common shares from us and the selling shareholders within 30 days from the date of this prospectus, at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of Class A common shares by the selling shareholders.

One or more funds and/or accounts managed by Capital International Investors (collectively, the “Cornerstone Investors”) have, severally and not jointly, indicated an interest in purchasing up to an aggregate of US$95 million in Class A common shares in this offering at the initial public offering price. The Class A common shares to be purchased by the Cornerstone Investors will not be subject to a lock-up agreement with the underwriters. Because these indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the Cornerstone Investors may determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering or the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares to the Cornerstone Investors. The underwriters will receive the same discount on any of our Class A common shares purchased by the Cornerstone Investors as they will from any other Class A common shares sold to the public in this offering.

Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

We expect to deliver the Class A common shares to purchasers against payment in New York, New York, on or about     , 2024, through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.

Global Coordinators

J.P. Morgan Morgan Stanley

Joint Bookrunners

BofA Securities Scotiabank UBS Investment Bank

The date of this prospectus is     , 2024.

B BB Tiendas 3B

We are the pioneers and leaders of hard discount grocery retail in Mexico. Our name, 3B means: “Bueno, Bonito y Barato” or “good, nice and affordable”. It summarizes our mission of offering irresistible value to budget savy consumers.

Simple yet disruptive business model that drives customer savings and improve our value proposition.

We

Private label products are core to our strategy. High-quality and low prices enhance our customer’s value for money and allow us to maintain everyday low prices.

Our more than 2,250 stores are strategically located close to our customers’ homes to provide a more efficient and cost-effective shopping experience.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Page
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION		iii
REFLECTIONS FROM OUR CEO		vi
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY		1
RISK FACTORS		28
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS		55
USE OF PROCEEDS		57
DIVIDENDS AND DIVIDEND POLICY		58
CAPITALIZATION		59
DILUTION		61
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS		63
BUSINESS AND INDUSTRY		82
MANAGEMENT		113
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS		123
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS		127
DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL		129
CLASS A COMMON SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE		146
CERTAIN TAX CONSIDERATIONS		149
UNDERWRITING		154
EXPENSES OF THE OFFERING		168
LEGAL MATTERS		169
EXPERTS		170
ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES		171
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION		173
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS		F-1

None of we, the selling shareholders, the underwriters, nor any of our or their respective agents have authorized anyone to give any information or make any representation about this offering that is different from, or in addition to that contained in the prospectus, the related registration statement, any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or we may refer to you. None of we, the selling shareholders, the underwriters, nor any of our or their respective agents will have or take responsibility and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of any other information that others may give you.

This prospectus is being used in connection with this offering of the Class A common shares in the United States and, to the extent described below, elsewhere. This offering is being made in the United States and elsewhere based solely on the information contained in this prospectus. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the Class A common shares. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects may have changed since the date on the front cover of this prospectus.

None of we, the selling shareholders, the underwriters, nor any of our or their respective agents are offering or seeking offers to purchase the Class A common shares in any jurisdiction where such offers or sales are not permitted. We have not undertaken any efforts to qualify this offering for offers and sales to the public in any jurisdiction outside the United States, and we do not expect to make offers and sales to the public in jurisdictions located outside the United States (including Mexico). However, we may make offers and sales outside the United States in circumstances that do not constitute a public offer or distribution under applicable laws and regulations.

This offering is being made in the United States and elsewhere based solely on the information contained in this prospectus.

i

Notice to Investors Outside the United States. None of we, the selling shareholders, the underwriters, nor any of our or their respective agents have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any free writing prospectus in connection with this offering in any jurisdiction, other than the United States, where action for that purpose is required. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus or any such free writing prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, this offering of our Class A common shares and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus outside the United States.

Notice to Mexican Investors. The Class A common shares have not been and will not be registered with the Mexican National Securities Registry (Registro Nacional de Valores, or the “RNV”) maintained by the Mexican National Banking and Securities Commission (Comisión Nacional Bancaria y de Valores, or the “CNBV”), and therefore, the Class A common shares may not be offered or sold publicly in Mexico or otherwise be subject to brokerage activities in Mexico, the Class A common shares may be offered and sold in Mexico, on a private placement basis, solely to investors that qualify as institutional or qualified investors pursuant to the private placement exemption set forth in Article 8 of the Mexican Securities Market Law (Ley del Mercado de Valores) and regulations thereunder. The information contained in this prospectus is solely our responsibility and has not been reviewed or authorized by the CNBV and may not be publicly distributed in Mexico. In making an investment decision, all investors, including any Mexican investor, who may acquire Class A common shares from time to time, must rely on their own examination of the Issuer and the terms of this offering, including the merits and risks involved.

ii

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

Certain Definitions

Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to “Tiendas 3B,” the “Company,” “we,” “our,” “us” and similar terms are to BBB Foods Inc., together with its consolidated subsidiaries; references to the “Issuer” are to BBB Foods Inc., the company whose Class A common shares are being offered by this prospectus, and not to any of its subsidiaries; references to our “principal shareholder” are to Bolton Partners Ltd., a vehicle affiliated with Mr. K. Anthony Hatoum, our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer; and references to the “selling shareholders” are to those shareholders listed as selling shareholders under “Principal and Selling Shareholders.”

The term “Companies Act” refers to the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (as amended) of the British Virgin Islands.

The term “sales” refers to our Revenue from sales of merchandise.

Currency Information

The term “Mexican peso” and the symbol “Ps.” refer to the legal currency of Mexico, and the term “U.S. dollar” and the symbol “US$” refer to the legal currency of the United States.

This prospectus contains translations of certain Mexican peso amounts into U.S. dollars at specified rates solely for the convenience of the reader. These translations should not be construed as representations that the Mexican peso amounts actually represent such U.S. dollar amounts or could be converted into U.S. dollars at the rate indicated as of the dates mentioned herein or at any other rate. Unless otherwise indicated, we have translated Mexican peso amounts into U.S. dollars at the rate of Ps.17.62 per US$1.00, the exchange rate to pay foreign currency denominated obligations due on September 30, 2023 published by the Mexican Central Bank in the Mexican Federal Official Gazette (Diario Oficial de la Federación, or the “Official Gazette”). In addition, we have translated the the U.S. dollar amounts outstanding on the Promissory Notes and the Convertible Notes as of September 30, 2023 into Mexican pesos at the rate of Ps.17.62 per US$1.00 (the exchange rate to pay foreign currency denominated obligations due on September 30, 2023, published by the Mexican Central Bank in the Official Gazette) and as of December 31, 2022 at the rate of Ps.19.36 per US$1.00 (the exchange rate to pay foreign currency denominated obligations due on December 31, 2022 published by the Mexican Central Bank in the Official Gazette).

Financial Statement Presentation

The Issuer, the company whose Class A common shares are being offered in this prospectus, was incorporated on July 9, 2004 in the British Virgin Islands with company number 605635.

The financial information presented herein has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, together with the notes thereto, and our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2023 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, together with the notes thereto, prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”), and included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The summary consolidated historical financial data should be read in conjunction with “Special Note Regarding Non-IFRS Financial Measures,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, together with the notes thereto, and our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2023 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, together with the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

iii

Special Note Regarding Non-IFRS Financial Measures

For convenience of investors, this prospectus presents certain non-IFRS financial measures, which are not recognized under IFRS. A non-IFRS financial measure is generally defined as one that purports to measure financial performance but excludes or includes amounts that would not be so adjusted in the most comparable IFRS measure. Specifically we present:

• EBITDA

• EBITDA Margin

For a discussion on the use of these measures and a reconciliation of the most directly comparable IFRS measures, see “Summary Financial and Other Information —Non-IFRS Financial Measures and Key Operating Metrics—Non-IFRS Financial Measures.”

Non-IFRS financial measures do not have standardized meanings and may not be directly comparable to similarly-titled measures adopted by other companies. These non-IFRS financial measures are used by our management for decision-making purposes and to assess our financial and operating performance, generate future operating plans and make strategic decisions regarding the allocation of capital. The non-IFRS measures presented herein have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results of operations presented in accordance with IFRS. Additionally, our calculations of non-IFRS measures may be different from the calculations used by other companies, including our competitors, and therefore, our measures may not be comparable to those of other companies.

Rounding Adjustments

We have made rounding adjustments to certain numbers presented in this prospectus. As a result, numerical figures presented as totals may not always be the exact arithmetic results of their components. Percentage figures included in this prospectus have not, in all cases, been calculated on the basis of such rounded figures but on the basis of such amounts prior to rounding. For this reason, certain percentage amounts in this prospectus may vary from those obtained by performing the same calculations using the figures in our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, together with the notes thereto, and our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2023 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, together with the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Market and Industry Data

This prospectus contains data related to economic conditions in the market in which we operate. The information contained in this prospectus concerning economic conditions is based on publicly available information from third-party sources that we believe to be reliable. Market data and certain industry forecast data used in this prospectus were derived from our management’s knowledge and our experience in the industry, internal reports and studies, where appropriate, as well as estimates, market research, publicly available information and industry publications. We obtained the information included in this prospectus relating to the industry in which we operate, as well as the estimates concerning market shares, through internal research, public information and publications on the industry prepared by official public sources, such as: the Mexican Central Bank (Banco de México), the World Bank, the National Minimum Wage Commission (Comisión Nacional de Salarios Mínimos), the Mexican Statistic and National Geography Institute (Instituto Nacional de Estadística y Geografía, or “INEGI”), the Central Intelligence Agency World Factbook, Euromonitor International Passport: Retail, 2023 edition, and NielsenIQ México Services.

Industry publications, governmental publications, and other market sources, including those referred to above, generally state that the information they include has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed. We have no reason to believe any of this information or these reports are inaccurate in any material respect and believe and act as if they are reliable. Neither we, the underwriters, nor their respective agents have independently verified it and they are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors.” Estimates of market and industry data are based on statistical models, key assumptions and limited data

iv

sampling, and actual market and industry data may differ significantly from estimated industry data. In addition, the data that we compile internally, and our estimates have not been verified by an independent source. Information derived from management’s knowledge and our experience is presented on a reasonable, good faith basis. Except as disclosed in this prospectus, none of the publications, reports or other published industry sources referred to in this prospectus were commissioned by us or prepared at our request. Except as disclosed in this prospectus, we have not sought or obtained the consent of any of these sources to include such market data in this prospectus.

Information in this prospectus mentioning “Euromonitor” as a source is from independent market research carried out by Euromonitor International Limited but should not be relied upon in making, or refraining from making, any investment decision. Euromonitor’s forecasted compounded annual growth rate of the Mexican formal grocery market presented in this prospectus is based on Euromonitor’s forecasted growth of the offline grocery retail value, which is estimated by Euromonitor with retail selling prices to consumers, excluding value added tax, in U.S. dollars at year-on-year exchange rates and at current prices for the year.

Trademarks and Trade Names

We own or have rights to trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business, including our corporate name, logos, and website names. Other trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, some of the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are listed without the ^® and ^™ symbols, but we will assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to our trademarks, service marks and trade names.

v

REFLECTIONS FROM OUR CEO

Intro

In 2004, out of the many countries I evaluated, I chose Mexico to start a Hard Discount grocery business. Whatever the metric I considered important for the business to thrive, Mexico always placed in the top three. So Mexico won. Having raised the funds to get started, I moved with my family to Mexico City in September 2004. At the time, I barely spoke Spanish and only knew a handful of people.

It helped to come in fresh and not assume you knew much. I asked a lot of questions to try to understand the Mexican consumer. I went to many neighborhoods in Mexico City, stood in the street with a clipboard and stopped anyone carrying shopping bags to ask them questions about their shopping habits and decisions. Surprisingly, most people talked to me (with my assistant translating), and when I asked, many agreed to host me in their homes for in-depth interviews. These talks with potential customers were invaluable. They allowed me to refine what we would ultimately offer in our first store, which opened in March of 2005. 2,200+ stores down the road, our customers are still telling us what is important to them and we are still listening.

My passion has always been to build things. I studied civil engineering. And I found that I love building businesses. From my previous startups, I have learned that: your business idea has to have at least one strong and sustainable competitive advantage, you have to pull together the strongest team that you can afford and that believes passionately in the idea, and you have to build a strong foundation from day one, one on which you can build that large business you are dreaming of. And that is what we did, our small initial team working out of a two-room office.

Our first store opening (Prohogar, March 2005). We all look much younger. Many of the faces in this photo are still with us. Eliza Zarraga, who started as a cashier, is now running her region. Javier Real, who started as a junior accountant, now runs the accounting department.

vi

A simple and powerful business model

My introduction to the world of hard discount grocery retail was by chance. I was working in private equity at the time, and our fund invested in a hard discount grocer in Turkey called BIM. I fell in love with this business. As a model, it resonated with a lot of my core beliefs about what makes an enterprise successful:

• It is simple and shuns complexity and bureaucracy

• It is laser focused on delivering value to the customer

• It is one that believes that the best decisions are made where the action is

• It empowers its people and rewards an entrepreneurial spirit

• It is a good citizen helping build a better society

I became convinced of its potential and that it was the right business model for Mexico, a growing retail market with favorable demographics. As such, I left the world of finance and decided to build yet another company. 3B is my most challenging and exciting build yet.

Our Customers

Our customers are what make our business possible.

Talking to our customers during my regular store visits is where I get my best insights. Almost all our good ideas have been sparked by talking to our customers. They are also the first ones to tell us what needs to be improved. And we listen intently.

We strive to give our customers every day the best value for their money in everything we carry. We will do everything to earn and keep their trust. This starts with only selling products of a quality we would gladly consume in our own homes. To that end, we back-up our products with our 100% money back guarantee—no questions asked.

Our Team and Culture

Preserving our can-do and scrappy startup culture has been and will continue to be top of my mind. With over 22,000 people today, our team is large and fast-growing.

Our challenge is to keep a nimble, efficient and cohesive organization while growing rapidly. I believed from day one and more so today that to meet this challenge one needs to:

• Instill a culture that despite distance and separation becomes the bond that holds everyone together.

• Hire the best people you can. Go for talent density. Invest the time to develop and retain this talent. It is an investment that takes time to pay off but one that is critical and becomes a formidable competitive advantage. We would not be where we are today without it.

• Trust that you have the right person for the job. Give them the resources and the power to get the job done. Delegate and let them thrive.

• Build a decentralized organization and keep it as flat as possible.

• Make information available to all and keep communications open at all levels. Anyone at any level at 3B can reach out to me directly.

Our team and culture at 3B are the main driver of our success today and for the future.

vii

Our private label suppliers

We rely on our private label suppliers to produce the best possible products at the best possible price. And we expect them to improve over time. Our relationship, by nature, is a long-term one. As our demand continually increases, our suppliers benefit and also grow rapidly. As we satisfy demand, control quality and develop products, together we need to make sure that we are thinking of the next production line, the next factory, the next improvement.

Partnering with a private label supplier is a bit like getting married and raising a family. You court, pick carefully, make sure you share the same beliefs, get married, and together design, produce and get to market products that offer great value for money. Together you make sure your products are successful and gain share over time. You plan for future improvements of all types whether in sourcing, manufacturing, logistics, quality or marketing. All this with one goal: to offer the customer the best possible product for their money.

We are lucky and privileged to have found such partners. And look forward for a fruitful relationship for many years to come.

The road ahead

This public offering is a significant milestone for our team and for those who believed in us early on. I am honored and excited to share what we have built with new investors and the public markets.

The road ahead is exciting and full of promise. We have barely scratched the surface of the $124 billion-dollar Mexican grocery market. The more we grow, the more opportunities present themselves for us to do better.

Looking forward, we will keep things simple, we will focus on what we do best and we will continue to be obsessed with improving on everything we do and on offering a continuously improving product to our customers.

We want to help the Mexican consumer live better and be a catalyst for improvement in the neighborhoods in which our stores are located.

We want to help our private label suppliers be successful and become major players.

We want to enchant our clients when they visit us.

We want to help our teammates develop into better people and business people.

We can do it because we believe in what we do, have built a great team, found the right partners, developed the expertise, and are battle tested.

Thank you for considering us.

K. Anthony Hatoum

viii

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all the information that may be important or relevant to you in making your investment decision. Before you decide to invest in our Class A common shares, we urge you to read this entire prospectus carefully, including our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, together with the notes thereto, and our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2023 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, together with the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information set forth under “Risk Factors,” “Business” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Overview

We are pioneers and leaders of the grocery hard discount model in Mexico and one of the fastest growing retailers in the country as measured by our sales and store growth rates. The 3B name, which references “Bueno, Bonito y Barato” – a Mexican saying which translates to “Good, Nice and Affordable”– summarizes our mission of offering irresistible value to budget savvy consumers through great quality products at bargain prices. From 2020 to 2022, our total revenue grew at a compounded annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 34.4%, reaching Ps.32.6 billion (US$1.85 billion) for 2022, and our number of stores increased from 1,249 as of year-end 2020 to 2,288 as of year-end 2023, which represents a CAGR of 22.4%. Our total revenue for the 12-month period ended September 30, 2023 was Ps.41.2 billion (US$2.3 billion).

Our business model is simple yet disruptive: we offer a limited assortment of products that cover the daily grocery needs of our clients. We price our products to offer what is generally market-leading value for money: the lowest sustainable price in the market for a given quality. Our stores also offer convenience, since they are generally located within central neighborhoods that allow for daily visits and minimize transportation needs for our customers. Our customers visit us on average three to four times per week to fulfill one or two days of groceries.

The Tiendas 3B product range consists of approximately 800 stock keeping units (“SKUs”) of branded, private label and spot products.

• Branded products are well known national and international brand label goods that we offer at the lowest sustainable price in the market to attract customers and drive traffic. For 2022 and the nine months ended September 30, 2023, branded products represented 51.8% and 48.8% of our sales, respectively.

• Private label products are products that we have developed ourselves and which we believe are of comparable or better quality than the equivalent branded alternative offered at our stores. For 2022 and the nine months ended September 30, 2023, private label products represented 42.8% and 45.4% of our sales, respectively.

• Spot products are quality food and non-food products that we offer in addition to our regularly stocked products. These are offered in limited amounts and offer exceptional value. The selection changes every two weeks on average. For 2022 and the nine months ended September 30, 2023, our spot products represented 5.4% and 5.8% of our sales, respectively.

Our stores serve low-to-middle income households, which according to the National Survey of Household Income and Expenditure conducted by INEGI, spent US$219 billion in 2022, or 70.7% of the Mexican population’s total current monetary spend, defined by INEGI as a households’ expenditure on food, beverages

1

and tobacco, personal care, house cleaning products and over the counter healthcare products, among other categories other than rent and financial expenditures. We believe that our business model, which focuses on both value and convenience, allows us to serve our target market better than incumbent competitors and maintain real and sustainable competitive advantages.

Due to our low number of SKUs and focus on serving daily grocery needs, we have been able to achieve a high ratio of sales per SKU and a ratio of 3.0 Payable Days to Inventory Days during 2022, driving significant cash flow generation. We are also able to benefit from a virtuous cycle, where the ever-increasing scale of our purchases per SKU allows us to negotiate increasingly lower prices with our suppliers and, in turn, we are able to transfer those savings to our customers, therefore increasing customer loyalty and our sales.

The Tiendas 3B business model is highly efficient, allowing us to operate with gross margins that are lower than those of leading grocery retailers in Mexico, based on publicly available information. The strength of our model is underpinned by our limited product assortment, our decentralized organization, and our culture that values efficiency and simplicity. Efficiency translates into savings that can be passed on to our customers.

Our management is decentralized and organized into regions, each run by a regional director, and built around a distribution center that serves approximately 150 stores. Each region has sufficient functional resources to operate autonomously and efficiently. This structure, supported by nimble central headquarters, has enabled us to scale efficiently by allowing us to dynamically select new store locations in a constant pursuit of scale and expansion, while achieving positive gross and operating profit. Additionally, it enables suppliers to reach our decision makers quickly, fostering collaboration and accelerating the development of private label products.

Developing and retaining talent, as well as fostering a strong corporate culture, are key components of our business model and essential to sustaining our rapid growth rates and achieving efficiencies. We anticipate our personnel needs several years in advance and invest significant resources to ensure that we have the right talent at the right time.

We believe that the hard discount segment in Mexico has significant entry barriers for new participants, including: (i) the time and capital it takes to achieve scale and profitability given the inherent low gross margins of a hard discounter; (ii) the knowledge required to find competitive real estate and qualified personnel; (iii) the investment and know-how required to develop a meaningful private label product offering; and (iv) obtaining access to highly qualified senior management and experienced teams.

Our Business Model

Our business model is based on the following pillars:

• High rotation of products: By limiting our selection of products, we have been able to achieve a high turnover of sales per SKU, which makes us a relevant buyer of the products we sell, in turn allowing for favorable terms with suppliers. In 2022, we had 22 Inventory Days, 65 Payable Days and 0.1 Receivable Days, driving cash flow generation that supports our self-financed growth.

• Strong private label offering: We own 93 different private label brands representing over 385 SKUs, that cover an array of food and non-food products. We outsource the manufacturing of these products to over 100 carefully selected local manufacturers with tested supply reliability and quality controls. We are generally able to offer our private label products at a lower cost than that of the branded products they compete with. Further, our customer satisfaction studies and product analysis indicate that the quality of our private label products is comparable, if not better, than the competing branded products. Our enduring and long-term relationships with our suppliers have created a robust supplier ecosystem that underpins the strength of our private label product offering.

2

• Value for money: By consistently delivering and improving value for money to our customers, including through our private label products, we have earned their trust, increased our wallet share and attracted new customers. As a result, we have achieved Same Store Sales growth of 21.9%, 12.3%, 18.3% during 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively, well above Mexico’s inflation rates of 7.8%, 7.4% and 3.2% for the same periods.

• Low-cost operations and virtuous cycle of efficiency: We have built a business model that allows us to generate operating profit while operating at market-leading low gross profit margins, by limiting our SKUs, decentralizing operations, focusing on simplicity, maintaining low capital expenditures per store, having a nimble and agile decision-making process, a horizontal management structure, and promoting a strong culture of efficiency. This allows us to offer and sustain everyday low prices to our customers. Our gross profit margin for 2022 was 15.1%, compared to gross profit margins of 28.1% of La Comer, 23.4% of Walmart de México (“Walmex”), 22.9% of Chedraui and 22.1% of Soriana. For the nine months ended September 30, 2023, our gross profit margin was 15.8%.

• Rapid expansion: In 2023, we averaged a new store opening every 22 hours, which is faster than any other grocery retailer in Mexico. Our operations actively involve our regional personnel in the store opening process, with the goal of locating and securing the most attractive locations for new stores. Further, our low capital expenditure needed per new store which, combined with the attractive cash flow generation capacity of our stores, allows us to achieve attractive Payback Periods on average. In addition, our negative working capital dynamics allow us to self-fund these investments. We are systematic in our approach to opening stores, and our recent vintages are showing a faster sales ramp-up and higher profitability vis-à-vis our older vintages for the same comparable period. With an estimated white space for at least 12,000 additional Tiendas 3B stores in Mexico, we are constantly looking to increase our number of stores and expand into new regions.

The Grocery Retail Industry in Mexico

Large and growing market

The Mexican formal grocery market had approximately US$124 billion annual sales for 2022 and is projected to grow at a 7.6% compounded annual rate from 2022 to 2027, according to Euromonitor. The market is expected to reach US$179 billion in annual sales by 2027.

Fragmented market: One dominant player but otherwise highly fragmented

The grocery market in Mexico is best viewed in two channels: the Modern (or organized) channel, which is a sub-set of the formal grocery market and which we define to include discounters, hypermarkets, supermarkets, convenience stores and warehouse clubs, and the Traditional (or informal) channel, which we define to include, among others, local grocers and food, drink, and tobacco specialty stores. The Modern channel, which we calculate represented US$79 billion in annual sales for 2022 based on data from Euromonitor, can be further divided into full-price retailers and discounters (including soft discounters and hard discounters, such as Tiendas 3B). Discounters represented 30.5% of the Modern channel for the year ended December 31, 2022, according to data from Euromonitor.

Walmex is the dominant player in the Modern channel, representing 34.2% of that channel’s total sales for 2022 based on data from Euromonitor. Walmex’s most successful format is Bodega Aurrera, a discounter which represented 16.7% of sales in the Modern channel. Beyond that, the market is highly fragmented.

3

The hard discount business model

Hard discount is still a nascent business model in Mexico within the Modern channel. According to NielsenIQ, hard discounters, such as Tiendas 3B and Tiendas Neto, only represented 2.3% of sales in the Mexican grocery market for 2022. Although large retail players, such as Walmex (through Bodega Aurrera Express) or FEMSA (through Tiendas BARA), have presence in discount formats, since inception, Tiendas 3B has successfully competed with those formats as well as with other established grocery players as shown by our growth track record.

Hard discount grocery retailers, like ourselves, are different from other retailers in the Modern channel. The hard discount model focuses on a limited assortment of high value for money, high rotation branded and private label products that address the consumer’s essential daily needs. A hard discounters operations seek to be highly efficient and simple, with streamlined logistics, distribution, storefront operations and standardized no-frill store layouts with flexible locations. As a result of the efficiencies in the business model, hard discounters who achieve scale tend to have low gross margins and yet can achieve high returns on invested capital.

Tiendas 3B’s addressable market

Our stores serve low-to-middle income households, which according to the National Survey of Household Income and Expenditure conducted by INEGI, spent US$219 billion in 2022, or 70.7% of the Mexican population’s total current monetary spend. According to data from INEGI, approximately 48.4% of annual average Mexican household total current monetary spend within the second to ninth income decile is destined to food (excluding fruits and vegetables), beverages and tobacco, personal care products, house cleaning products and over the counter medicines. Our product offering covers all of these categories. Further, approximately 35.1% of annual average Mexican household current monetary spend within the second to ninth income decile is destined to food (excluding fruits and vegetables) and beverage products alone, such as the ones we sell.

Notes:		Notes:
1. Considers an exchange rate of Ps$19.36 per USD 2. Each household has on average 3.43 members 3. Range considers average income by income decile	4. Excludes non-monetary expenses with an estimated value of US$84.9 Bn. Non-monetary expenses include self-consumption, payments in kind, gifts, and the estimated rent households would have had to pay if they did not own their house	1. Total current monetary spend for income deciles II to IX 2. Includes transportation & communications, education, housing, clothing, fruit and vegetables, and healthcare (excl. OTC products)

4

Tiendas 3B’s whitespace opportunity

We believe that there is a large whitespace opportunity for Tiendas 3B. This opportunity will be driven by market expansion as a result of favorable demographic trends, the under-penetration of hard discount stores in the Mexican grocery market, and hard discount’s growing appeal with the Mexican consumers. Tiendas 3B’s addressable market is large and poised for continued growth.

Based on our estimates at December 31, 2022, we believe there is a potential to open at least 12,000 additional Tiendas 3B stores in Mexico at current population levels in urban areas alone. We have mapped out whitespace by identifying communities with over 10,000 inhabitants as our stores are designed to adequately serve that number of people in a trade area of 800 meters from each store. This would represent almost a six-fold increase over our 2,288 stores as of December 31, 2023.

Hard discount in Mexico has significant growth potential when compared to other countries

The hard discount retail market in Mexico appears to be underpenetrated when compared to other countries with more established hard discount retail markets.

5

According to NielsenIQ, in 2022, the hard discount market in Mexico represented only 2.3% of NielsenIQ’s measurement of the Mexican grocery market. In contrast, grocery retailers which we consider hard discounters in Germany (i.e., Aldi and Lidl), in Poland (i.e., Biedronka, Aldi and Lidl), and in Turkey (i.e., BIM and A101), which are countries with succesful and mature hard-discount markets, represented 23.6%, 33.6% and 24.1%, respectively, of their corresponding grocery market’s annual sales in 2022 based on data from Euromonitor.

Source: Euromonitor, NielsenIQ, Company Information, INEGI, World Bank

Notes:

1. Considers Biedronka, Lidl and Aldi

2. Considers BIM and A101

3. Considers Aldi and Lidl

4. Information from NielsenIQ “Hard Discounters” report

Although the Mexican food retail market has other features that differentiates it from that of Germany, Poland and Turkey at the time the hard discount model was introduced in those countries, including having a highly developed and efficient food retailers, we believe that these markets exemplify how the hard discount model can prosper even as countries grow richer. Initially, similar to Mexico, German and Polish consumers were attracted to hard discount given the great value proposition. At the time hard discount was introduced in Germany (1946 following the Second World War), in Poland (1990 following the fall of the Soviet Union) and Turkey (in 1995), German real GDP per capita, adjusted for inflation to date and price differences between countries was US$7,195, Poland’s was US$8,150 and Turkey’s was US$9,963. Even as per capita income ramped up in those countries, hard discounter penetration continued to increase. Although there is no assurance that the Mexican market will develop in the same fashion, we believe Mexican consumers are increasingly attracted to the hard discount model’s value proposition.

Our Competitive Strengths

Since inception, we have successfully competed with well-established grocery retailers and our sustainable competitive advantages have allowed us to thrive. We believe that as we continue to grow, our advantages will become more pronounced:

Rapid store expansion capacity

We opened our first store in February 2005, and as of December 31, 2023, we had 2,288 stores and 14 distribution centers. As our sales have grown, the pace of our store openings has accelerated naturally, as

6

illustrated in the chart below. We had 392 net new store openings during 2022 and 396 net new store openings during 2023, which translates into a new store opening every 22 hours.

We are the fastest growing retailer in Mexico in terms of sales, based on a comparison of our sales figures with Euromonitor’s analysis of sales growth for the fastest growing retail players in Mexico. As shown below, Tiendas 3B has significantly outpaced incumbent retailers, with a total revenue CAGR of 34.4% from 2020 to 2022.

Source: Based on a comparison of Tiendas 3B’s sales figures with Euromonitor’s analysis of sales growth for competitors

Notes:

1. Considers Tiendas 3B’s total revenue CAGR. CAGRs of incumbent retail players according to Euromonitor’s estimated offline grocery retail value estimated with retail selling prices to consumers, excluding value added tax, in Mexican pesos and at current prices for the year

2. Only includes Walmart Supercenter format in Mexico

7

Sales growth underpinned by strong fundamentals

Our Same Store Sales growth and expansion are underpinned by strong store level fundamentals. Although growth through geographic expansion and store openings is a strong component of our expansion strategy, we believe our model is sustainable and scalable given the combined effect of growing average ticket size and a growing volume of transactions per store at our existing stores.

Notes:	Notes:
1. We calculate Average Ticket Size by dividing revenue from sales of merchandise by total number of transactions	1. Average transactions per store per month, only considering stores from vintages with five or more years of operations

High rotation of our inventory to generate significant negative working capital

By focusing on high rotation items and limiting them to one-brand one-size, curated to satisfy most grocery needs of the average Mexican family, we are able to keep low Inventory Days. In 2022, we had 22 Inventory Days.

Our supplier payment terms (65 Payable Days for 2022) and low Inventory Days (22 Inventory Days for 2022), create a favorable negative working capital cycle that has enabled us to self-fund our rapid expansion. Our working capital for 2021, 2022 and the nine months ended September 30, 2023 was Ps.(2,121,704) thousand, Ps.(3,205,200) thousand and Ps.(4,243,026) thousand, respectively. Cash flows provided by our operating activities were Ps.1,082,703 thousand, Ps.1,366,308 thousand, Ps.2,116,335 thousand and Ps.1,942,839 thousand for 2020, 2021, 2022 and the nine months ended September 30, 2023, respectively, compared to our capital expenditures of Ps.297,028 thousand, Ps.532,173 thousand, Ps.1,122,877 thousand and Ps.940,202 thousand for 2020, 2021, 2022 and the nine months ended September 30, 2023, respectively.

Notes:

1. We calculate working capital as total current assets minus total current liabilities.

8

Lean operational model designed to maximize efficiency and minimize costs

Our limited assortment of products allows us to simplify and optimize operations leading to low sales expense as a percentage of total revenue, which was 10.6% for 2022 and 10.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 2023.

Every aspect of our operations has been carefully optimized for efficiency. We reduce working hours and operating costs by designing our products and packaging with efficiency in mind, choosing the right truck sizes and equipment, making judicious use of technology and efficiently distributing refrigerated goods, store orders, and managing our proprietary logistics infrastructure. For example, we reduce time and costs from stocking shelves by selling directly from the box (usually lidless) that arrives from our distribution centers. Our trucks and stores are designed to allow one driver to unload a store delivery single-handedly in 30 minutes or less and our distribution centers are strategically located to allow optimal re-stocking efficiency and route planning.

Standard supermarkets, with a larger number of SKUs are more complex and costly to run. They need higher gross margins to sustain their operations. By being able to operate at lower costs, we can achieve positive operating profit even with low gross margins, and can offer sustainable lower prices, which we believe is very hard to replicate for traditional grocery retailers.

Significant purchasing power

As our sales have grown, so has our purchasing power. We believe we can buy at very competitive prices since our sales are concentrated in a relatively lower number of SKUs. This allows us to continually lower our purchase costs, improve our payment terms and develop strong supplier relationships, which in turn enables us to transfer generated savings on to our customers. Further, we cooperate closely with our private label suppliers to help them negotiate better terms on their own supplies and raw materials, which also translates into savings for our customers.

Building and constantly reinforcing customer trust and loyalty

We have built enduring customer relationships based on trust in our pricing and quality. We believe that this trust is a cornerstone of our business, allowing us to accelerate our sales growth and eventually expand into higher ticket items and additional product categories (so long as they also deliver our characteristic value-for-money). We offer a no-questions-asked no-receipt-needed money-back return policy on all products we sell. This guarantee helps build trust and encourages our customers to try our private label products.

Decentralized and nimble organization that is close to the action

We have a decentralized and lean organizational structure built around autonomous regions each led by a regional director. As of December 31, 2023, we had 14 operating regions. Each region consists of approximately 150 stores supported by a single distribution center with functional support areas, such as human resources, real estate, logistics, IT and regional purchasing and accounting. For example, the regional directors decide which new stores to open (within company guidelines) without requiring headquarters’ approval. All regions are similarly sized and configured in terms of operations and the model is readily replicable. As each region increases the number of stores it operates beyond 150 and up to 200, a new region is formed in adjacent geographies and stores are shifted accordingly to optimize logistics.

We believe this approach has many benefits. Decisions are closer to the action and therefore nimble. There is less bureaucracy. Opening new regions is rapid, efficient, and cost effective. Benchmarking among similar regions makes managing the entire business efficient and allows us to maintain a small central office even at scale.

9

We invest significantly in human resource development and our culture. We believe this is essential to maintaining sustainable profitable growth and managing a decentralized structure. We achieve these goals by: long-term planning, a belief in the concept of talent density, and investing in in-person training, which is supplemented by more than 100 training modules found in our online “Universidad 3B,” which is designed to foster a strong cultural affinity and operational excellence across the organization.

Founder-led management team with leading industry expertise

We are a founder-led company with a solid management team, the majority of which has been working together for more than 15 years, most since inception. Our management team has 130+ years of combined experience in the retail and hard discount industry, has extensive knowledge of the Mexican grocery market, and has held relevant positions within local and international players. The trajectory and continuity of our management team contributes to a strong and stable corporate culture that is both customer and employee-centric. Our management team has developed highly specialized know-how that we believe is hard to replicate and a key differentiating factor that has propelled our success.

Our Strategy

Unrelenting focus on lean operating model to support profitable growth

Our business model has proven to be sustainable and resilient through different economic cycles, which we expect to continue. We believe we still have room to continue to improve our operating margins through the scalability of our platform. We have sustainably low operating costs as a percentage of sales, driven by scale, rigorous cost discipline, the judicious use of technology, making our processes even more efficient, and better integrating with our private label suppliers. We believe our current operational structure will allow us to continue supporting our expansion efforts at marginal incremental costs.

Rapidly expanding number of stores in contiguous regions, while maintaining low investment requirements per new store

We aim to open stores in places that are convenient for our customers, most of which access our stores on foot. We follow a disciplined approach to our geographic expansion without compromising our supply and distribution capabilities. Our standardized format and requirements assure that our capital requirements for new stores remain low, an important component as we fund our rapid expansion.

As of December 31, 2023, our stores were concentrated in 15 states in the central region of Mexico, including: Mexico City, State of Mexico, Hidalgo, Puebla, Tlaxcala, Morelos, Queretaro, Guanajuato, Michoacán, Guerrero, Veracruz, Aguascalientes, Nayarit, Jalisco, and San Luis Potosí. This geographic footprint has resulted from progressive expansion as we add new distribution centers to support stores in new areas, in each case targeting critical density to support the efficiencies of our structure. Our store location map reflects our disciplined expansion approach.

10

(*Mexico City Metropolitan Area has 7 DCs)

Illustrative DCs coverage areas

Developing new private label product lines

We intend to consolidate our private label leadership by continuing to develop new private label product lines that offer higher value for money than branded alternatives to our customers. We work closely with over 100 local suppliers of our private label products to develop new and innovative product lines. Our close relationship and integration allow us to adapt our offering to changing customer needs and preferences. As we increase our private label sales penetration going forward, we will drive greater value to our customers, which we expect will translate into sales growth, while also increasing control of our margins and improving our profitability.

Our frequent client interactions, extensive market studies, and ongoing testing of products, allow us to understand and anticipate customer preferences, and to meet their evolving needs. Our team of 30 purchasers as of September 30, 2023 work hand in hand with our suppliers to continuously innovate and improve our portfolio of products.

We help our suppliers grow alongside us by providing transparency of our growth plans, paying them on time and facilitating access to our wide network of other supplier relationships. We see suppliers as strategic partners because we often find opportunities to develop brands and product presentations, aiming to increase the quality and improve the price of our products. We also help suppliers by sharing best practices we see from suppliers of other of our products (for example access to better packaging and labeling alternatives), which creates efficiencies across our business. Our annual private label supplier fair assists this exchange of ideas and solidifies our supplier ecosystem.

Increasing our sales of “Los Irrepetibles”

We intend to increase the sales contribution of “Los Irrepetibles,” our spot product offering that includes grocery and non-grocery products such as, electronics, apparel, home goods, and others. We offer a changing selection of approximately 50 spot products every two weeks on average. These products offer notably high value for money and add a treasure hunt factor to the shopping experience. We call them “Los Irrepetibles” because they are offered at prices so low that they will not be “repeated” (replenished) once we sell out.

Part of our strategy is to selectively offer higher ticket spot items that still offer tremendous value for money. We are currently conducting tests on a limited scale to assess our customers’ acceptance of these price points and product price elasticity. Going forward, we plan to expand our spot product purchasing division to improve purchasing capacity and product sourcing.

11

Introducing new categories of products and services

We plan to selectively introduce new product categories to meet our customers’ needs. At any moment we are actively testing several new product categories. As a result of these efforts, we recently introduced the beauty category in our stores. Additionally, we plan to expand our assortment in certain categories, including ice creams and fresh and frozen meats. Based on our internal analysis, we believe there is sufficient demand to introduce SKUs to our offering and drive additional sales and wallet penetration.

Additionally, we believe that our increasingly ubiquitous store footprint can be leveraged to increase the services we offer to our customers at our locations. Currently we offer utility and service payments, top-ups, amongst others. We see opportunities to expand our service offering given our customers’ frequent store visits each week.

Recent Developments

Our results for the year ended December 31, 2023 are not yet available as of the date of this prospectus. We expect to finalize our consolidated financial results as of and for the year ended December 31, 2023 after this offering is completed.

Based upon the preliminary information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, we expect our consolidated financial results as of and for the year ended December 31, 2023 to be substantially consistent with the trends and performance reflected in the historical financial information included in this prospectus.

The preceding statement is based on our reasonable estimates and preliminary unaudited information available as of the date of this prospectus. Internal reviews and procedures necessary to complete our consolidated financial results as of and for the year ended December 31, 2023 are ongoing as of the date of this prospectus and they have not been audited, reviewed, examined or compiled by PricewaterhouseCoopers, S.C. Management is responsible for the preparation and presentation of such preliminary information. PricewaterhouseCoopers, S.C. expresses no opinion or any other form of assurance on such preliminary information referred to above. Accordingly, we cannot provide any assurances that our consolidated financial results as of and for the year ended December 31, 2023 will be consistent with the trends and financial and operating performance shown in the financial information included in this prospectus, or that such results (or the market perception of such results) will not adversely affect the trading price of our Class A common shares.

Summary of Risk Factors

An investment in our Class A common shares is subject to a number of risks, including risks relating to our business and industry, risks related to Mexico and risks related to this offering and our Class A common shares. Please read the information under “Risk Factors” for a more thorough description of these and other risks. Below is a summary of the principal risks we face:

• economic factors reducing our customers’ spending, impairing our ability to execute our strategies and initiatives, and increasing our costs and expenses, resulting in materially decreased sales or profitability;

• failure to achieve or sustain our strategies and initiatives, including those relating to store openings, sourcing and supplier relationships, private label product development and cost initiatives, inventory management, supply chain, store operations, expense reduction and technology;

• risks associated with our private label products, including, but not limited to, our level of success in improving their margins;

• our ability to successfully identify, lease, obtain permits for and adapt real estate spaces for stores and distribution centers;

• our ability to renew our existing leases on terms that are not detrimental to us;

12

• competitive pressures and changes in the business environment and the geographic and product markets where we operate, including, but not limited to, pricing, promotional activity, expanded availability of mobile, web-based and other digital technologies, and alliances or other business combinations;

• our failure to attract, train and retain qualified employees while controlling labor costs and other labor issues;

• our loss of key personnel, including regional management, or inability to hire additional qualified personnel;

• sustainability of negative levels of working capital;

• product liability, product recall or other product safety or labeling claims;

• risks and challenges associated with sourcing merchandise from suppliers, including, but not limited to, those related to international trade;

• failure to successfully manage inventory balances;

• a significant disruption to our distribution network, the capacity of our distribution centers or the timely receipt of inventory, or delays in constructing or opening new distribution centers;

• damage or interruption to our information systems as a result of external factors, staffing shortages or challenges in maintaining or updating our existing technology or developing or implementing new technology;

• failure to maintain the security of our business, customer, employee or vendor information or to comply with privacy laws;

• the impact of changes in or noncompliance with laws and governmental regulations and requirements (including, but not limited to, those relating to environmental compliance, product and food safety or labeling, information security and privacy, labor and employment, employee wages, and those governing the sale of products, as well as tax laws, the interpretation of existing tax laws, or our failure to sustain our reporting positions, in each case negatively affecting our tax rate) and developments in or outcomes of private actions, class actions, multi-district litigation, arbitrations, derivative actions, administrative proceedings, regulatory actions or other litigation;

• incurrence of material uninsured losses, excessive insurance costs or accident costs;

• deterioration in market conditions, including market disruptions, limited liquidity and interest rate fluctuations, or changes in our credit profile;

• risks related to public health crises such as the COVID-19 outbreak, including but not limited to, the effects on our supply chain, distribution network, store and distribution center growth or customers’ spending patterns;

• natural disasters, unusual weather conditions (whether or not caused by climate change), pandemic outbreaks or other health crises, acts of violence or terrorism, and global political events;

• changes to, or withdrawals from, free trade agreements, including the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (the “USMCA”) to which Mexico is a party; and

• difficulties you may experience because we are a British Virgin Islands company in obtaining or enforcing judgments against us or our executive officers and directors in the United States.

Our Corporate Structure

The Issuer is a holding company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands. The Issuer has no material operations of its own and substantially all of its operations are conducted through the Issuer’s Mexican subsidiaries. Investors in the Class A common shares are purchasing equity interests in the British Virgin Islands holding company, and not in such Mexican subsidiaries. We indirectly hold 100% equity interests in our Mexican subsidiaries.

13

The following chart and the information set forth in the following paragraph presents our corporate structure, including our principal shareholder and principal subsidiaries immediately after the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Class A common shares.

Bolton Partners Ltd., our principal shareholder, will beneficially own approximately 46.4% of the combined voting power of our outstanding common shares following this offering, and will therefore have significant influence over matters requiring shareholder approval. However, the foregoing does not include Class C common shares that will be held by our principal shareholder and our directors and officers in respect of both unvested and vested (but currently unexercisable) stock options or delayed-delivery awards under the Liquidity Event Bonus Plan and the Founder Liquidity Bonus, as applicable. Taking into account such Class C common shares which our principal shareholder, directors and officers will be entitled to receive at later dates, and assuming net settlement at their respective strike prices, our principal shareholder would beneficially own approximately 45.0% of the combined voting power of our outstanding common shares following this offering. See “Principal and Selling Shareholders.”

Corporate Information

We were incorporated on July 9, 2004 under the laws of the British Virgin Islands with company number 605635. Our principal executive offices are located at Río Danubio 51, Col. Cuauhtémoc, Mexico City, Mexico 06500. Our registered office is located at Commerce House, Wickhams Cay 1, P.O. Box 3140, Road Town, Tortola VG1110, British Virgin Islands. Our website is www.tiendas3b.com. The information contained in, or accessible through, our website is not incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part and does not form part of, this prospectus, and you should not consider such information in deciding whether to invest in our Class A common shares.

Conventions that Apply to this Prospectus

Except as otherwise indicated or the context requires, all information in this prospectus assumes:

• the filing and amendment and restatement of our memorandum and articles of association and the redesignation of our existing shares into Class A common shares, Class B common shares and Class C common shares, each of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which we refer to as the “IPO Reorganization”;

14

• an initial public offering price of US$17.00 per Class A common share, the midpoint of the estimated offering price range per Class A common share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; and

• a 3-for-1 forward share split of our common shares that will be effected immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

• no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to 5,049,088 additional Class A common shares from the selling shareholders in connection with this offering.

In addition, except as otherwise indicated or the context requires, this prospectus does not reflect the issuance of any common shares issuable upon exercise of options granted under our 2004 Option Plan, any common shares reserved for issuance under our Equity Incentive Plan, or any Class C common shares awarded under the Liquidity Event Bonus Plan and the Founder Liquidity Bonus. As of the date of this prospectus, and after giving effect to the IPO Reorganization:

• 43,186,224 Class C common shares (or 14,395,408 Class C common shares before giving effect to the 3-for-1 share split) are issuable upon the exercise of options granted, 25,696,224 (or 8,565,408 before giving effect to the 3-for-1 share split) of which are subject to fully vested options;

• 8,400,000 Class A common shares have been reserved for issuance under our Equity Incentive Plan adopted in connection with this offering;

• 4,181,528 Class C common shares will be awarded under the Founder Liquidity Bonus to Bolton Partners Ltd.; and

• 7,500,000 Class C common will be awarded under the Liquidity Event Bonus Plan, 6,000,000 of which will be awarded to our principal shareholder and the remainder to the direct reports of the Chief Executive Officer.

All of such Class C common shares are subject to the restrictions on transfer of Class C common shares described under “Description of Our Share Capital—Class C Common Shares” or, in the case of vested options and Class C common shares awarded under the Founder Liquidity Bonus and Liquidity Event Bonus Plan, subject to restrictions on exercise and delayed delivery, respectively, for the same time frame as such restrictions on transfer (subject to certain exceptions). For additional information, see “Management—2004 Option Plan,” “Management—Liquidity Event Bonus Plan” and “Management—Founder Liquidity Bonus.”

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional Class A common shares from the selling shareholders in connection with this offering, the Class C common shares held by the selling shareholders to be sold in this offering will automatically convert into Class A common shares on a share-for-share basis. As a result, purchasers of our common shares in this offering will only receive Class A common shares, and only Class A common shares are being offered by this prospectus. Class B common shares that are not sold by the selling shareholders, will remain Class B common shares unless otherwise converted into Class A common shares. Class C common shares that are not sold by the selling shareholders, including if the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional Class A common shares from the selling shareholders in connection with this offering, will remain Class C common shares unless otherwise converted into Class A common shares. See “Description of Share Capital.”

15

The Offering

This summary highlights information presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all the information you should consider before investing in our Class A common shares. You should carefully read this entire prospectus before investing in our Class A common shares including “Risk Factors,” our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, together with the notes thereto, and our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2023 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, together with the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Issuer BBB Foods Inc.

Class A common shares offered by us 28,050,491 Class A common shares.

Class A common shares offered by the selling shareholders 5,610,098 Class A common shares, if the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional Class A common shares from the selling shareholders, or 10,659,186 Class A common shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional Class A common shares from the selling shareholders. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of any Class A common shares by the selling shareholders.

Class A common shares, Class B common shares and Class C common shares outstanding before this offering Immediately prior to this offering, after giving effect to the IPO Reorganization but without giving effect to the issuance and sale of our Class A common shares pursuant to this offering, we will have no Class A common shares, 5,200,000 Class B common shares and 78,950,261 Class C common shares outstanding.

Class A common shares outstanding after this offering 33,660,589 Class A common shares, if the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional Class A common shares from the selling shareholders, or 38,709,677 Class A common shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional Class A common shares from the selling shareholders.

Class B common shares outstanding after this offering 5,200,000 Class B common shares.

Class C common shares outstanding after this offering 73,340,163 Class C common shares, if the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional Class A common shares from the selling shareholders, or 68,291,075 Class C common shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional Class A common shares from the selling shareholders.

Offering price range Between US$16.50 and US$17.50 per Class A common share.

16

Voting rights The Class A common shares will be entitled to one vote per share, whereas the Class B common shares (which are not being sold in this offering) will be entitled to 15 votes per share. The Class C common shares (which are not being sold in this offering) will be entitled to one vote per share.

Each Class B common share may be converted into one Class A common share at the option of the holder.

If, at any time, the number of outstanding Class B common shares represents less than 1.0% of the aggregate common shares of the Issuer then outstanding, then each Class B common share will convert automatically into one Class A common share.

In addition, each Class B common share will convert automatically into one Class A common share upon any transfer, except for transfers to affiliates and others as described under “Description of Share Capital—Conversion.”

Each Class C common share will be converted into one Class A common share upon any transfer, except for transfers to affiliates and others as described under “Description of Share Capital—Conversion” and shall be converted automatically upon the expiry of certain transfer restrictions applicable to the Class C common shares.

Holders of Class A common shares, Class B common shares and Class C common shares will vote together as a single class on all matters unless otherwise required by law and subject to certain exceptions set forth in our memorandum and articles of association as described under “Description of Share Capital—Voting Rights.”

Upon consummation of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Class A common shares from the selling shareholders, (1) holders of Class A common shares will hold approximately 18.2% of the combined voting power of our outstanding common shares and approximately 30.0% of our total equity ownership; (2) holders of Class B common shares will hold approximately 42.2% of the combined voting power of our outstanding common shares and approximately 4.6% of our total equity ownership; and (3) holders of Class C common shares will hold approximately 39.6% of the combined voting power of our outstanding common shares and approximately 65.4% of our total equity ownership.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional Class A common shares from the selling shareholders in full, (1) holders of Class A common shares will hold approximately 20.9% of the combined voting power of our outstanding common shares and approximately 34.5% of our total equity ownership; (2) holders of Class B common shares will hold approximately 42.2% of the combined voting power of our outstanding common shares and

17

approximately 4.6% of our total equity ownership; and (3) holders of Class C common shares will hold approximately 36.9% of the combined voting power of our outstanding common shares and approximately 60.9% of our total equity ownership.

The rights of the holders of Class A common shares, Class B common shares and Class C common shares are identical, except with respect to voting, conversion, preemptive rights (as detailed below) and transfer restrictions applicable to the Class B common shares and conversion rights and transfer restrictions applicable to the Class C common shares. Holders of Class B common shares are entitled to preemptive rights to purchase additional Class B common shares in the event that additional Class A common shares are issued, upon the same economic terms and at the same price, in order to maintain such holder’s proportional ownership interest in the Issuer. See “Description of Share Capital” for a description of the material terms of our common shares and the difference between our Class A common shares, Class B common shares and Class C common shares.

Option to purchase additional Class A common shares The selling shareholders have granted the underwriters the option to purchase up to an additional 5,049,088 Class A common shares from the selling shareholders within 30 days of the date of this prospectus, at the public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions, on the same terms as set forth in this prospectus.

Listing Our Class A common shares have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TBBB.”

Indications of Interest The Cornerstone Investors have, severally and not jointly, indicated an interest in purchasing up to an aggregate of US$95 million in Class A common shares in this offering at the initial public offering price. The Class A common shares to be purchased by the Cornerstone Investors will not be subject to a lock-up agreement with the underwriters. Because these indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the Cornerstone Investors may determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering or the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares to the Cornerstone Investors. The underwriters will receive the same discount on any of our Class A common shares purchased by the Cornerstone Investors as they will from any other Class A common shares sold to the public in this offering.

Use of proceeds We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately US$439.95 million, assuming an initial public offering price of US$17.00 per Class A common share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for the repayment of indebtedness, including all of the Promissory Notes and the Convertible Notes, and for general corporate purposes. We will have

18

broad discretion in allocating the net proceeds to us from this offering that are not used to repay the Promissory Notes and the Convertible Notes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

We will not receive any of the proceeds from Class A common shares sold by the selling shareholders.

Share capital before and after offering As of the date of this prospectus, we are authorized to issue an unlimited number of Class A common shares, an unlimited number of Class B common shares and an unlimited number of Class C common shares.

Immediately after this offering, the Issuer will have outstanding 33,660,589 Class A common shares, 5,200,000 Class B common shares and 73,340,163 Class C common shares, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Class A common shares from the selling shareholders.

Dividend policy The amount of any distributions will depend on many factors, such as our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, prospects and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors and shareholders. We currently intend to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. See “Dividends and Dividend Policy.”

Lock-ups Our memorandum and articles of association provide that, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, the holders of Class B common shares and Class C common shares, subject to certain exceptions, may not directly or indirectly offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any Class A common shares, Class B common shares or Class C common shares, or any options or warrants to purchase any such shares, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive such shares. See “Class A Shares Subject to Future Sale—Lock-up Provisions of Our Memorandum and Articles of Association.”

In addition, after the lock-up referred to above, holders of our Class B common shares and Class C common shares are subject to further restrictions on transfer of such shares for a further 24 months. See “Description of Share Capital.”

Risk factors See “Risk Factors” and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider before deciding to invest in our Class A common shares.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus assumes no exercise of the option granted to the underwriters to purchase up to additional 5,049,088 Class A common shares from the selling shareholders in connection with this offering.

19

Summary Financial and Other Information

The following tables set forth, for the periods and as of the dates indicated, our summary financial and operating data. The financial information presented herein has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, together with the notes thereto, and our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2023 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, together with the notes thereto, each prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, and included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The summary consolidated historical financial data should be read in conjunction with “Presentation of Financial and Other Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, together with the notes thereto, and our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2023 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, together with the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our consolidated financial statements are stated in Mexican pesos.

Summary Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income Data

	For the nine months ended September 30,									For the years ended December 31,
	2023			2023			2022			2022			2022			2021			2020
	(thousands of US$, except outstanding shares and per share amounts)(1)			(thousands of Ps., except outstanding shares and per share amounts)						(thousands of US$, except outstanding shares and per share amounts)(1)			(thousands of Ps., except outstanding shares and per share amounts)
Revenue from sales of merchandise	US$	1,798,784		Ps.	31,694,573		Ps.	23,081,400		US$	1,842,939		Ps.	32,472,577		Ps.	23,032,275		Ps.	18,017,491
Sales of recyclables		3,875			68,282			83,378			6,119			107,820			58,906			32,399
Total revenue		1,802,659			31,762,855			23,164,778			1,849,058			32,580,397			23,091,181			18,049,890
Cost of sales		(1,517,231	)		(26,733,603	)		(19,670,105	)		(1,569,560	)		(27,655,643	)		(19,655,090	)		(15,605,281	)
Gross profit		285,428			5,029,252			3,494,673			279,498			4,924,754			3,436,091			2,444,609
Sales expenses		(194,724	)		(3,431,030	)		(2,469,975	)		(196,415	)		(3,460,840	)		(2,422,688	)		(1,900,206	)
Administrative expenses		(58,635	)		(1,033,144	)		(720,272	)		(54,035	)		(952,090	)		(623,874	)		(365,538	)
Other income – net		39			692			1,015			479			8,445			4,524			2,554
Operating profit		32,108			565,770			305,441			29,527			520,269			394,053			181,419
Financial income		1,164			20,510			14,514			1,126			19,840			7,988			7,108
Financial costs		(57,200	)		(1,007,868	)		(828,350	)		(66,333	)		(1,168,786	)		(1,004,535	)		(826,848	)
Exchange rate fluctuation		22,924			403,922			53,522			15,036			264,930			(122,368	)		(128,040	)
Financial costs – net		(33,112	)		(583,436	)		(760,314	)		(50,171	)		(884,016	)		(1,118,915	)		(947,780	)
Loss before income tax		(1,004	)		(17,666	)		(454,873	)		(20,644	)		(363,747	)		(724,862	)		(766,361	)
Income tax expense		(10,869	)		(191,503	)		(129,327	)		(11,428	)		(201,363	)		(91,812	)		(3,310	)
Net loss for the period	US$	(11,873	)	Ps.	(209,169	)		(584,200	)	US$	(32,072	)	Ps.	(565,110)		Ps.	(816,674	)	Ps.	(769,671	)
Weighted average outstanding Class A common shares (pre-IPO Reorganization and pre-stock split)(2)		4,000,000			4,000,000			4,000,000			4,000,000			4,000,000			4,000,000			4,000,000
Basic and diluted loss per share(2)	US$	(2.97	)	Ps.	(52.29	)		(146.05	)	US$	(8.02	)	Ps.	(141.28	)	Ps.	(204.17	)	Ps.	(192.42	)

20

(1) Translated into U.S. dollars for convenience only at the rate of Ps.17.62 per US$1.00, the exchange rate to pay foreign currency denominated obligations due on September 30, 2023 published by the Mexican Central Bank in the Official Gazette.

(2) On a pro forma basis, after reflecting the IPO Reorganization and the 3-for-1 forward share split of our common shares, the weighted average outstanding common shares would be 84,150,261 for each period presented in the table. Using such pro forma number of common shares, the basic and diluted loss per share would have been Ps.(2.49) (or US$(0.14)), Ps.(6.94), Ps.(6.72) (or US$(0.38)), Ps.(9.70) and Ps.(9.15) for the nine months ended September 30, 2023, the nine months ended September 30, 2022, the year ended December 30, 2022, the year ended December 30, 2021 and the year ended December 30, 2020, respectively.

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position Data

	As of September 30,				As of December 31,
	2023		2023		2022		2022		2021
	(thousands of US$) (1)		(thousands of Ps.)		(thousands of US$) (1)		(thousands of Ps.)
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	US$	56,815	Ps.	1,001,083	US$	55,901	Ps.	984,976	Ps.	1,000,040
Sundry debtors		1,743		30,717		1,128		19,885		3,573
VAT receivable		41,590		732,813		34,596		609,581		425,741
Advanced payments		3,689		65,007		3,017		53,155		30,119
Inventories		124,355		2,191,130		109,626		1,931,605		1,403,242
Total current assets		228,192		4,020,750		204,268		3,599,202		2,862,715
Non-current assets:
Guarantee deposits		1,811		31,911		1,574		27,741		17,108
Property, furniture, equipment, and lease-hold improvements		240,123		4,230,973		179,580		3,164,204		1,900,585
Right-of-use assets – Net		297,093		5,234,783		266,541		4,696,459		3,047,966
Intangible assets – Net		400		7,050		468		8,241		7,831
Deferred income tax		22,789		401,533		16,973		299,060		213,114
Total non-current assets		562,216		9,906,250		465,136		8,195,705		5,186,604
Total assets	US$	790,408	Ps.	13,927,000	US$	669,404	Ps.	11,794,907	Ps.	8,049,319
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:
Suppliers	US$	363,433	Ps.	6,403,689	US$	305,913	Ps.	5,390,192	Ps.	3,893,382
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		21,065		371,164		18,023		317,565		271,155
Income tax payable		3,719		65,529		4,160		73,304		94,000
Short-term debt		44,155		778,011		27,880		491,236		271,079
Lease liabilities		29,400		518,027		23,684		417,307		386,354
Employees’ statutory profit sharing payable		7,228		127,356		6,515		114,798		68,449
Total current liabilities		469,000		8,263,776		386,175		6,804,402		4,984,419

21

	As of September 30,						As of December 31,
	2023			2023			2022			2022			2021
	(thousands of US$) (1)			(thousands of Ps.)			(thousands of US$) (1)			(thousands of Ps.)
Non-current liabilities:
Debt with related parties		244,082			4,300,719			242,682			4,276,058			3,979,443
Bonus payable to related parties		2,502			44,092			2,527			44,528			31,449
Long-term debt		32,110			565,777			30,689			540,734			451,285
Lease liabilities		303,887			5,354,493			274,014			4,828,135			3,044,533
Employee benefits		1,029			18,135			812			14,311			10,130
Total non-current liabilities		583,610			10,283,216			550,724			9,703,766			7,516,840
Total liabilities		1,052,610			18,546,992			936,899			16,508,168			12,501,259
Stockholders’ equity:
Capital stock		26,747			471,282			26,747			471,282			471,282
Reserve for share-based payments		43,676			769,573			26,512			467,135			163,346
Cumulative losses		(332,625	)		(5,860,847	)		(320,754	)		(5,651,678	)		(5,086,568	)
Total stockholders’ equity		(262,202	)		(4,619,992	)		(267,495	)		(4,713,261	)		(4,451,940	)
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	US$	790,408			Ps. 13,927,000		US$	669,404		Ps.	11,794,907		Ps.	8,049,319

(1) Translated into U.S. dollars for convenience only at the rate of Ps.17.62 per US$1.00, the exchange rate to pay foreign currency denominated obligations due on September 30, 2023 published by the Mexican Central Bank in the Official Gazette.

Non-IFRS Financial Measures and Key Operating Metrics

Non-IFRS Financial Measures

For the convenience of investors, this prospectus presents certain non-IFRS financial measures, which are not recognized under IFRS. A non-IFRS financial measure is generally defined as one that purports to measure financial performance but excludes or includes amounts that would not be so adjusted in the most comparable IFRS measure.

22

Non-IFRS financial measures do not have standardized meanings and may not be directly comparable to similarly titled measures adopted by other companies. These non-IFRS financial measures are used by our management for decision-making purposes and to assess our financial and operating performance, generate future operating plans and make strategic decisions regarding the allocation of capital. The non-IFRS measures presented herein have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results of operations presented in accordance with IFRS. Additionally, our calculations of non-IFRS measures may be different from the calculations used by other companies, including our competitors, and therefore, our measures may not be comparable to those of other companies.

	As of and for the nine months ended September 30,			As of and for the year ended December 31,
	2023			2022			2021			2020
Net loss for the period (Ps. thousands)	Ps.	(209,169	)	Ps.	(565,110	)	Ps.	(816,674	)	Ps.	(769,671	)
EBITDA (Ps. thousands)	Ps.	1,323,816		Ps.	1,305,323		Ps.	924,207		Ps.	603,920
Net loss for the period (US$ thousands)	US$	(11,873	)	US$	(32,072	)	US$	(46,349	)	US$	(43,681	)
EBITDA (US$ thousands)(1)	US$	75,131		US$	74,082		US$	52,452		US$	34,275
Net margin (%)		(0.7	)%		(1.7	)%		(3.5	)%		(4.3	)%
EBITDA Margin (%)		4.2	%		4.0	%		4.0	%		3.3	%

(1) Translated into U.S. dollars for convenience only at the rate of Ps.17.62 per US$1.00, the exchange rate to pay foreign currency denominated obligations due on September 30, 2023 published by the Mexican Central Bank in the Official Gazette.

The following is an explanation and, as applicable, reconciliations of our Non-IFRS financial measures.

EBITDA Calculations

Our management uses EBITDA and EBITDA Margin, to supplement IFRS measures of performance in the evaluation of the effectiveness of our business strategies, to make budgeting decisions and to compare our performance against that of other peer companies using similar measures. However, you should not consider these measures in isolation, as an alternative to net profit or loss, as an indicator of our operating or financial performance or as an indicator of cash provided by operating activities, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under IFRS, since these measures do not reflect:

• our cash expenditures, future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

• changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

• our depreciation or amortization;

• our interest expense; and

• any cash income taxes we may be required to pay.

Since not all companies use identical calculations for these types of measures, the presentation of these measures may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies and can differ significantly from company to company

We calculate “EBITDA” as net income (loss) for the period, plus income tax expense, financial costs, net, and total depreciation and amortization. We calculate “EBITDA Margin” for a period by dividing EBITDA for the corresponding period by total revenue for such period.

Our management believes that EBITDA and EBITDA Margin are useful metrics to measure our operational efficiency and financial soundness relative to other peers, as it excludes the impact of certain accounting and financing decisions.

23

Set forth below is a reconciliation of EBITDA to net loss for the period.

	For the nine months ended September 30,						For the years ended December 31,
	2023			2022			2022			2021			2020
	(thousands of Ps. unless indicated otherwise)
Net loss for the period		Ps. (209,169	)		Ps. (584,200	)		Ps. (565,110	)		Ps. (816,674	)		Ps. (769,671	)
Income tax expense		191,503			129,327			201,363			91,812			3,310
Financial costs—net		583,436			760,314			884,016			1,118,915			947,780
Total depreciation and amortization(1)		758,046			579,039			785,054			530,154			422,501
EBITDA		1,323,816			884,480			1,305,323			924,207			603,920
Total revenue		Ps.31,762,855			Ps.23,164,778			Ps.32,580,397			Ps.23,091,181			Ps.18,049,890
Net margin (%)(2)		(0.7	)%		(2.5	)%		(1.7	)%		(3.5	)%		(4.3	)%
EBITDA Margin (%)		4.2	%		3.8	%		4.0	%		4.0	%		3.3	%
Other financial data
Lease payments(3)		(859,684	)		(585,236	)		(826,730	)		(598,432	)		(471,807	)
IPO expenses		16,843			—			16,023			—			—
Share-based payment expense		302,438			227,842			303,789			142,123			19,696

(1) Consistent with lease accounting required under IFRS 16, total depreciation and amortization includes the depreciation expense of right-of-use-asset corresponding to long-term leases, which is a non-cash expense. Such amount, together with the interest expense on lease liabilities, is a proxy for but not equal to the Company’s actual cash expenditure incurred in connection with its leased properties.

(2) Net margin is calculated as net loss for the period divided by total revenue.

(3) Equals the actual cash expenditure of the Company in connection with its leases as reflected in its financial statements.

Key Operating Metrics

In addition, we present the following key operating metrics in this prospectus, which we believe serve as measures of our operations.

	As of and for the nine months ended September 30,			As of and for the year ended December 31,
	2023			2022			2021			2020
Same Store Sales Growth (%)		17.8	%		21.9	%		12.3	%		18.3	%
Inventory Days (days)		21			22			22			N/A
Payable Days (days)		64			65			69			N/A
Receivable Days (days)		0.2			0.1			0.1			N/A

The following are explanations of how we calculate the key operating metrics and target unit economics that we present here or elsewhere in this prospectus.

Same Store Sales

We measure “Same Store Sales” using revenue from sales of merchandise from stores that were operational for at least the full preceding 12 months for the periods under consideration. When calculating this measure, we exclude stores that were temporarily closed (for one month or more) or permanently closed during the periods in consideration.

We measure Same Store Sales growth by comparing the Same Store Sales of stores that were open during the measurement period. For example, if a store began operations on September 1, 2023, it would not be included

24

in Same Store Sales growth for the years ending December 31, 2023 or 2024. However, such store would be included in Same Store Sales growth for the year ending December 31, 2025. Our calculation of Same Store Sales may differ from Same Store Sales or similar metrics reported by other retailers.

Our management believes that Same Stores Sales is a relevant measure of the sales performance of a portfolio of stores that have been operating during the period under consideration. It enables us to assess how our existing stores’ sales over a comparable period are performing year-over-year, excluding the impact of new store openings or closures, allowing us to measure the growth performance attributable to the existing store base.

Inventory Days

We calculate “Inventory Days” to be the average of beginning and end of period inventory balance, divided by cost of sales for the period and multiplied by the number of days during the period. Inventory Days measures the average number of days we keep inventory on hand before selling the product. This operating metric allows us to track our inventory management policies and observe how quickly we are able to rotate inventory, which is key to our cash conversion cycle.

Payable Days

We calculate “Payable Days” to be the sum of the average of beginning and end of period balance of suppliers and of accounts payable and accrued expenses, divided by cost of sales for the period and multiplied by the number of days during the period. Payable Days measures the average number of days that it takes us to pay suppliers after receiving goods or services. This metric allows us to track the terms of payment policies with suppliers and our ability to finance our operations through agreements with our suppliers.

Receivable Days

We calculate “Receivable Days” to be the average of beginning and end of period balance of Sundry debtors divided by revenue from sales of merchandise for the period and multiplied by the number of days during the period. Receivable Days measures the average number of days that it takes us to collect cash from customers after making a sale. This metric shows how quickly we convert revenues into cash received from our customers.

Payback Period

“Payback Period” is meant to represent, on a vintage basis, the average number of months it takes an operating store to recover the Average Investment per Store. The calculation excludes stores that were either permanently or temporarily closed. We calculate Payback Period for stores of a given vintage by adding the average 4-Wall Profitability per store and the cumulative changes in those stores’ operational accounts (defined as accounts payable, inventories and accounts receivables) and comparing the result to the Average Investment per Store made to open stores of that vintage.

The Payback Period helps management track new stores’ financial performance and manage resource allocation. The Payback Period is achieved for a given vintage of stores when the average 4-Wall Profitability and the cumulative changes in those stores’ operational accounts equals the Average Investment per Store made to open such stores.

Our target unit economics included in this prospectus are presented on a per store basis and our informed by our prior vintages performance. Our Payback Period for a given store is similarly calculated by adding targeted 4-Wall Profitability for the given store and the target cumulative changes in such stores’ operational accounts and comparing the result to the investment per store of such store.

25

Sales per Store

We define our “Sales per Store” as the average of the revenue from sales of merchandise achieved by our stores that were open for the full year in consideration. When calculating this measure, we exclude stores that were temporarily closed (for one month or more) or permanently closed during the period in consideration.

This measure assists our management’s understanding of how store performance has evolved across different vintages. Sales per Store also serves as a benchmark to measure the performance of new stores and is useful to set growth and expansion targets.

4-Wall Profitability and 4-Wall Profitability Margin

We define “4-Wall Profitability” for a given vintage as revenue from sales of merchandise, minus cost of sales, plus discounts and rebates, plus differences with suppliers, minus private label packaging expenses, minus shrinkage, minus store expenses, which include store personnel expense, rent expenses, advertising, water, electricity, security, store and office equipment maintenance, building maintenance, stationery, waste and recyclable recollection services, and depreciation, among others. We calculate 4-Wall Profitability Margin for a period by dividing 4-Wall Profitability of stores of a certain vintage for the corresponding period by revenue from sales of merchandise for stores of that vintage for such period.

4-Wall Profitability and 4-Wall Profitability Margin are commonly used metrics in the retail industry that measure the profitability at the store level. Our management believes that 4-Wall Profitability and 4-Wall Profitability Margin are helpful metrics to measure our operational efficiency at the store level, without considering the effect of certain logistics and headquarters expenses not attributable to our stores.

Our target unit economics included in this prospectus are presented on a per store basis and are informed by our prior vintages performance. Our 4-Wall Profitability and 4-Wall Profitability Margin on a per store basis are similarly calculated as revenue from sales of merchandise, minus cost of sales, plus discounts and rebates, plus differences with suppliers, minus private label packaging expenses, minus shrinkage, minus store expenses, which include store personnel expense, rent expenses, advertising, water, electricity, security, store and office equipment maintenance, building maintenance, stationery, waste and recyclable recollection services, and depreciation, among others.

Average Investment per Store

Our “Average Investment per Store” measures the average investment required to open a store of a given vintage. We calculate the Average Investment per Store by adding the cumulative aggregate investment (including remodeling, furniture and equipment, shelfing, refrigeration equipment, security equipment, moving equipment, computer equipment, and others) incurred for all stores of a given vintage and then dividing it by the number of stores that opened during such vintage.

Our Average Investment per Store is a relevant unit economic for our expansion strategy as it provides relevant guidance on the average necessary investment required to open and continue to operate a new store and allows us to benchmark a store’s productivity based on their required initial and recurring investment needs.

Our target unit economics included in this prospectus are presented on a per store basis and are informed by our prior vintages performance. Our investment per store is similarly calculated by adding the aggregate investment (including remodeling, furniture and equipment, shelfing, refrigeration equipment, security equipment, moving equipment, computer equipment, and others) incurred for a store.

26

Cash-on-Cash Return

We calculate our “Cash-on-Cash Return” by dividing the 4-Wall Profitability of stores of a certain vintage for the period under consideration by the Average Investment per Store for stores of the same vintage.

Our management believes that the Cash-on-Cash Return is a helpful metric to measure our productivity and expected return at a store level as well as measure the efficiency of our capital deployment.

Our target unit economics included in this prospectus are presented on a per store basis and are informed by our prior vintages performance. Our Cash-on-Cash Return on a per store basis is similarly calculated by dividing the 4-Wall Profitability of such store by the corresponding investment per store.

Sales Ramp-up Evolution by Vintage

“Sales Ramp-up Evolution by Vintage” measures, for stores of the same vintage, the median of such stores’ revenue from sales of merchandise during 12-month periods since the start of operations. When calculating this measure, we exclude the first calendar month of a store’s operations to account for stores that are not open for the entire month, as well as stores that have been permanently closed.

Our management believes that Sales Ramp-up Evolution by Vintage is a relevant metric to measure our stores’ sales performance progression over time, compared to previously opened stores. It allows us to track the evolution of our stores’ sales productivity since opening and compare them with other stores opened in different years.

27

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our Class A common shares involves significant risks. Before you decide to invest in our Class A common shares, you should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this prospectus, including the risks described below. Note that an investment in the securities of issuers whose operations are located in emerging market countries such as Mexico involves a higher degree of risk than an investment in the securities of issuers whose operations are located in the United States or other more developed countries. In the event that any of these risks occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects may be materially adversely affected and, as a result, the value of our Class A common shares may decline and you may lose all or part of your investment. We currently believe that the risks described below are those that may adversely affect us. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us, or that we currently believe to be immaterial, may have a material adverse effect on us in the future.

When determining whether to invest, you should also refer to the other information contained in this prospectus, including our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, together with the notes thereto, and our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2023 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, together with the notes thereto. You should also carefully review the cautionary statements referred to under “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated in this prospectus.

For the purposes of this section, the indication that a risk, uncertainty or problem may or will have an “adverse effect on us” or will “adversely affect us” means that the risk, uncertainty or problem could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, prospects and/or the liquidity or trading price of our Class A common shares, except as otherwise indicated or as the context may otherwise require. You should view similar expressions in this “Risk Factors” section as having a similar meaning.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

Economic factors may reduce our customers’ spending, impair our ability to execute our strategies and initiatives, and increase our costs and expenses, which could result in materially decreased sales or profitability.

Many of our customers have fixed or low incomes and limited discretionary spending resources. Any factor that could adversely affect their disposable income could impact potential customers’ ability to shop in our stores as well as decrease their spending or cause them to shift their spending to our lower price and lower margin product choices, which could result in materially lower sales and/or profitability. Factors that could reduce our customers’ disposable income include but are not limited to unemployment or underemployment or decline in real wages; inflation; pandemics (such as the COVID-19 pandemic); higher fuel, energy, healthcare and housing costs, interest rates and tax rates; lack of available credit; and decreases in, or elimination of, government subsidies such as assistance programs.

Many of the economic factors listed above, as well as commodity rates; transportation, energy costs, lease and insurance costs; wage rates; foreign exchange rate fluctuations; measures that create barriers to or increase the costs of international trade (including increased import duties or tariffs); changes in applicable laws and regulations; reduction in the level of remittances and other economic factors, also could impair our ability to successfully execute our strategies and initiatives, as well as increase our cost of goods sold and selling, general and administrative expenses (including real estate costs), and may have other adverse consequences that we are unable to fully anticipate or control, all of which may materially decrease our sales or profitability.

28

Our plans depend significantly on strategies and initiatives designed to increase sales and profitability and improve the efficiencies, costs and effectiveness of our operations, and failure to achieve or sustain these plans could materially affect our results of operations.

We have short-term and long-term strategies and initiatives, which are designed to continue to improve our results of operations and financial condition. These include initiatives such as those relating to merchandising, real estate and new store development, private label product development, inventory management, supply chain, store operations, expense reduction, and technology. The effectiveness of these initiatives is inherently uncertain, even when tested successfully, and is dependent on consistency of training and execution, workforce stability, ease of execution and scalability, and the absence of offsetting factors that can influence results adversely. The number of our stores and distribution centers and our decentralized field management also contribute to the challenging nature of these factors. Other risk factors described herein also could negatively affect general implementation. Failure to achieve successful or cost-effective implementation of our initiatives could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The success of our merchandising initiatives depends in part on our ability to predict the products that our customers will demand and to identify and timely respond to evolving trends in consumer preferences and demographic shifts in our markets. If we are unable to select and timely obtain products that are attractive to customers and at costs that allow us to sell them at an acceptable profit, or to effectively market such products, it could result in materially decreased sales and profitability.

We have experienced rapid growth in the past and there can be no assurance that the growth rate of our business will continue at such levels in the future.

We have experienced rapid growth as a business since our inception in 2005, averaging a store opening every 22 hours in 2023 and in 2022 and every 35 hours in 2021, with Same Store Sales growth of 17.8% in the nine months ended September 30, 2023, 21.9% in 2022 and 12.3% in 2021, in each case compared to the prior year. Moreover, our growth has been largely focused in 15 states across the center of Mexico which are generally more densely populated and developed than other regions in Mexico. Expansion into new regions involves risks and uncertainties related to our ability to replicate our business model, efficiently expand our logistics capabilities and achieve profitability. Although we expect to continue to grow our store network, including by expanding into new regions, we cannot assure that we will be able to achieve a similar growth rate in store openings, that stores in untested regions will be equally profitable or that we will be able to replicate our distribution network model in new regions.

Our growth depends on our ability to successfully lease, obtain permits for and adapt real estate spaces for stores and distribution centers.

Our expansion depends, in part, on our ability to identify retail space and distribution center space that is attractive in terms of location, size and the contractual conditions of the lease, as well as on our ability to obtain the necessary permits for such spaces on a timely basis. In order to be suitable, retail locations must comply with certain characteristics in terms of size and configuration for our business model, which might not be widely available in the market at any given time. In addition, the market for commercial property and industrial property in large metropolitan areas in Mexico is increasingly competitive and we believe that competition for such properties is likely to continue increasing. If we fail to identify and secure such spaces on a timely basis for any reason, including as a result of competition from other companies seeking similar locations or our inability to obtain the necessary permits, our anticipated growth may be adversely affected. There can be no assurance that we will successfully identify and lease suitable properties, lease such properties on acceptable terms on a timely basis or obtain the necessary permits to begin operating new stores.

29

The performance and operation of our business are subject to risks associated with our leased property portfolio.

We lease all the retail locations for our retail stores which are generally subject to periodic rent review, lease expiry and renegotiation. As a result, we are susceptible to changes in the property rental market, such as increases in market rents. Our stores are also subject to various local laws and regulatory requirements.

New stores and stores with renewed lease terms may not produce anticipated levels of revenue while increasing our costs, which would increase our expenses as a percentage of sales and adversely affect our competitive position and profitability. There can be no assurance that we will continue to be able to renew our store lease agreements on acceptable terms or at all as they expire. In addition, we must comply on an ongoing basis with the various applicable local laws and regulatory requirements. If we are unable to renew lease agreements for existing store locations as they expire or lease other favorable locations on acceptable terms, or if our existing rental agreements are terminated or revised to our detriment for any reason, or if we fail to comply with applicable local laws and regulatory requirements, our financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected.

Our financial results are subject to risks relating to competition and narrow profit margins in the food retail industry, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The retail food industry in Mexico is highly fragmented and increasingly competitive and our market and strategy are generally characterized by narrow profit margins. Market participants in our industry generally compete with respect to price, customers, store location, merchandise quality, product assortment and presentation, service offerings, in-stock consistency, customer service, ease of shopping experience, promotional activity, employees, and market share. We compete with hard discount stores such as Bodega Aurrera Express, Tiendas Neto and Tiendas BARA, discount formats of large retailers such as Bodega Aurrera, Walmart-Express, Súper Ché, Soriana Mercado, among others, and also with other retailers, including international, national, regional and local supermarket chains, independent grocery stores, specialty food stores, convenience stores, open-air markets, bodegas, small grocery stores, general merchandisers and discount retailers. In particular, we compete against informal vendors which represent a significant part of the Mexican economy. According to INEGI, informal economic activity in Mexico was responsible for 24.4% of Mexican gross domestic product in 2022 employed on average 55.4% of the country’s workforce. Informal vendors also have different formats, from small street side stands to larger, well stocked neighborhood shops or specialty stands in markets, all of which target a customer segment similar to ours. Given the informal nature of their operations, informal vendors are able to offer substantial cost savings to customers.

Our ability to compete depends on our ability to maintain our existing stores and open new stores in advantageous locations, as well as to offer the most competitive prices. To maintain competitive prices, we may be required to lower them, either temporarily or permanently, and may have limited ability to increase them in response to increased costs, resulting in lower margins and reduced profitability. Some of our competitors have greater financial, distribution, marketing and other resources, and may be able to secure better arrangements with suppliers than us.

Competition is intense, and is expected to continue to be so as we expand within Mexico and start competing against regional players. Some of our competitors may seek to reduce their store locations while others enter or increase their presence in our geographic and product markets (including through the expansion of the availability of delivery services) and expand the availability of mobile, web-based and other digital technologies, to facilitate a more convenient and competitive online and in-store shopping experience. If our competitors or other discount food retailers were to enter our industry in a significant way, including through alliances or other business combinations, it could significantly alter the competitive dynamics of the retail marketplace and result in competitors with greatly improved competitive positions, which could materially affect our financial performance. Our ability to effectively compete will depend substantially on our continued ability

30

to develop and execute compelling and cost-effective strategies and initiatives. If we fail to anticipate or respond effectively to competitive pressures and industry changes, it could materially affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Failure to attract, develop and retain qualified employees while controlling labor costs, as well as other labor issues, could adversely affect our financial performance.

Our future growth and performance, positive customer experience and legal and regulatory compliance depends on our ability to attract, develop, retain and motivate qualified employees while operating in an industry challenged by historically high rates of employee turnover. Our ability to meet our labor needs, while controlling our labor costs, is subject to many external factors, including competition for and availability of qualified personnel, unemployment levels, wage rates (including the heightened possibility of increased federal, state and/or local minimum wage rates), health and other insurance costs, changes in employment and labor laws or other workplace regulations (including those relating to employee benefit programs such as health insurance and paid leave programs or the proposed labor law reform in Mexico aimed at reducing the maximum working hours per week that was recently being discussed by Mexican Congress and could be reintroduced in future legislative terms), employee activism, and our reputation and relevance within the labor market. If we are unable to attract, develop and retain adequate numbers of qualified employees, our operations, customer service levels, legal and regulatory compliance, and support functions could suffer. In addition, to the extent a significant portion of our employee base unionizes, or attempts to unionize, our labor and other related costs could increase. Our ability to pass along labor and other related costs to our customers is constrained by our everyday low-price model, and we may not be able to offset such increased costs elsewhere in our business.

Our success depends on our executive officers, our regional management and other key personnel. If we lose key personnel or are unable to hire additional qualified personnel, our business may be harmed.

Our future success depends to a significant degree on the skills, experience and efforts of our executive officers, and other key personnel. Importantly, given our decentralized management structure, we depend significantly on our regional management teams. The unexpected loss of the services of any of such persons could adversely affect our operations. There can be no assurance that our executive succession planning, retention or hiring efforts will be successful. Competition for skilled and experienced management personnel is intense, and a failure to attract and retain new qualified personnel could adversely affect our operations.

Our private labels may not be successful in improving our gross profit and may increase certain of the risks we face.

Our business has expanded its own range of private label items, which included 90 different private label brands and over 350 SKUs as of December 31, 2022, representing 42.8% of our sales for 2022, and 93 different private label brands and over 385 SKUs as of September 30, 2023, representing 45.4% of our sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2023. These private labels are important for future growth prospects as private label items offer an important source of differentiation against our competitors and also generally offer more attractive margins. The sale and expansion of these offerings also subjects us to or increases certain risks, such as: product liability claims and product recalls; disruptions in raw material and finished product supply and distribution chains; inability to successfully protect our proprietary rights; claims related to trademarks and proprietary rights of third parties; supplier labor and human rights issues, and other risks generally encountered by entities that source, sell and market exclusive branded offerings for retail. Further, most of our private label items are manufactured in Mexico, and while our policies set out standards for ethical business practices, it does not control these manufacturers or their labor or other business practices. Maintaining broad market acceptance of our private label items depends on many factors, including pricing, costs, quality and customer perception, and we may not achieve or maintain expected sales for our private label items.

Failure to appropriately address these risks could materially and adversely affect our private label initiatives, reputation, results of operations and financial condition.

31

Expansion into new product categories may carry significant risks and impact our operational results.

Our expansion into new product categories, including perishables, may present significant risks, potentially leading to adverse effects on our operational results. Introducing new products or categories requires substantial investment in procurement, storage, distribution, and marketing, as well as regulatory compliance and additional market competition. Specifically, perishables pose unique challenges due to their limited shelf life, needing rapid turnover and high-quality supply chain management to prevent loss. In addition, there is also the inherent risk that these new products or categories may not resonate with our customers, leading to underwhelming sales, excess inventory, and reduced margins. Failure to successfully anticipate consumer preference or efficiently manage these expanded offerings could result in unsold inventory, and financial losses, all of which could negatively impact our profitability and operating results.

Risks associated with or faced by our suppliers could adversely affect our financial performance.

We source our merchandise and private label products from a wide variety of primarily domestic suppliers. Our ability to offer a wide variety of products to our customers depends on our ability to obtain adequate products and supplies from manufacturers and other suppliers. Our suppliers’ ability to timely manufacture and deliver the products we purchase may be subject to changes to the prices and flow of goods and ingredients and most often are for reasons beyond our control, such as political or civil unrest, acts of war, currency fluctuations, disruptions in maritime lanes, port labor disputes, economic conditions and instability in countries in which foreign suppliers are located, the financial instability of suppliers, failure to meet our terms and conditions or our standards, issues with our suppliers’ labor practices or labor problems they may experience (such as strikes, stoppages or slowdowns, which could also increase labor costs during and following the disruption), the availability and cost of raw materials, pandemic outbreaks, merchandise quality or safety issues, transport availability and cost, increases in wage rates and taxes, transport security, inflation, and other factors relating to suppliers and the countries in which they are located or from which they import. Such changes could adversely affect our operations and profitability.

Our ability to maintain the accelerated growth rate we have experienced is heavily dependent, among other factors, on the ability of our suppliers to increase their capacity so they are able to fulfill our purchase orders at the same pace we expand and open new stores. Our suppliers may need to increase their capital expenditures and incur significant costs to increase such capacity. To the extent our suppliers are not able to increase their production and fulfillment capacity at the same rate we have grown, our ability to continue expanding rapidly may be impaired and as a result our margins and results of operation may be adversely affected. Additionally, if a supplier fails to deliver on its commitments, we could experience merchandise sellouts that could lead to lost sales and reputational harm. Further, failure of suppliers to meet our compliance protocols could prolong our procurement lead time, resulting in lost sales and adverse margin impact.

In the course of our operations, divergences and disputes may arise with our suppliers, including in relation to the terms of service and payment, which may result in an interruption or termination of our relationship with one or more suppliers, due to our election or as a result of actions by such supplier. Any such interruption or termination of a relationship could adversely affect our operations until such time as we replace such supplier. Any interruption or termination that has not been previously anticipated, especially if it results in interruption of our services or delivery of merchandise, could result in lost sales and adverse margin impact during any period in which such interruption is ongoing and result in reputational harm.

In the year ended December 31, 2022, we purchased products from 293 suppliers, with our largest supplier accounting for 4.2% of our total purchases, and the five largest suppliers accounting for 18.4% of our total purchases. Although we have developed a broad network of suppliers, some of our top selling products are only supplied by a single supplier or manufacturer. If any such single supply source becomes unavailable for any reason, replacing such supplier may be costly and adversely affect our ability to sell a given product until an adequate replacement is found. This risk is especially pronounced for our private label products where a

32

supplier’s failure could adversely affect the availability of a specific product across our entire store network. While we generally believe substitute suppliers are available, until such a replacement is found and such supplier passes our quality control assessments, we could face a temporary reduction in store inventory levels and/or a reduction in the quality of our merchandise. These factors could materially decrease our sales, reduce our margins and adversely affect our results of operation.

Our trademarks and trade names may be misappropriated or challenged by others.

We own the material trademark and trade name rights used in connection with our brands, private labels and the marketing and sale of our products. We believe our brand names and related intellectual property are important to our continued success. We attempt to protect our trademarks and trade names by exercising our rights under applicable trademark and copyright laws. Any infringement of our intellectual property rights would likely result in a commitment of our time and resources to protect these rights through litigation or otherwise, which could be expensive and time-consuming. If we were to fail to protect our intellectual property rights for any reason, it could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. We are subject and may continue to be subject to trademark disputes relating to the products that we sell and if we were to fail to protect our intellectual property rights for any reason, it could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We have a negative working capital.

As is customary for businesses with high inventory turnover and strict control over working capital, we consistently maintain a negative working capital position, in which our 65 Payable Days for 2022 exceeded our 22 Inventory Days for 2022.

Although we received initial investments in the form of debt to fund our foundation and initial growth, our working capital and capital expenditure requirements are funded entirely from cash generated by our operations. Cash flows from our operating activities have been, and we expect that it will continue to be, the single largest source of our liquidity and capital resources.

If our revenues decrease materially, or key suppliers change payment terms, we may not have enough available cash to meet our obligations as they become due or fund our expansion. Further, we may not be able to raise additional funds on satisfactory terms, if at all, through equity or debt financings to meet our obligations or continue funding our expansion. In such an event, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our business development or expansion efforts. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected as a result.

As a result of selling food products, we face the risk of product liability claims and adverse publicity.

The packaging, marketing, distribution and sale of food products purchased from others, as well as the production of foods under our private label brand names, entail an inherent risk of contamination or deterioration, which could potentially lead to product liability, product recall and resultant adverse liability and publicity. These products may contain contaminants that could, in certain cases, cause illness, injury or death to consumers. Our suppliers are legally responsible for any contamination or damage to goods during the production phase. However, we become legally responsible for any such defects from the moment we accept the goods from our suppliers. In many instances, it is difficult to determine during what phase contamination or damage occurred. There can be no assurance that any claims will not be asserted against us in the future or that we will not be forced to undertake significant product recalls. Moreover, we do not have product liability insurance and do not have contractual indemnification provisions in all cases. If a material product liability claim were successful, contractual indemnifications may not be adequate to cover all liabilities we may incur. If we do not have adequate contractual indemnification available product liability claims relating to defective products could have a material adverse effect on our ability to successfully market our products and on our financial condition and operating results.

33

Even if a product liability claim is not successful or is not fully pursued, the negative publicity surrounding any alleged contamination or deterioration of our private label products could have a material adverse effect on our brand, image and profitability of these products.

Inventory shrinkage may negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Although historically we have not experienced significant inventory shrinkage, inventory shrinkage is an unavoidable cost of doing business. Higher rates of inventory shrinkage or increased security or other costs to combat inventory theft could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in our efforts to contain or reduce inventory shrinkage.

Our return policy may negatively affect our profitability and financial condition.

Our commitment to customer satisfaction includes a no-questions-asked no-receipt needed money-back return policy, which, while enhancing consumer confidence and loyalty, also exposes us to certain financial risks. This policy can lead to a higher volume of returned merchandise compared to competitors with more restrictive return policies. Handling returns involves additional logistics, restocking, and customer service costs, and can result in the inability to resell returned products at full price, particularly if they are perishable, used, or no longer in salable condition. High return rates can lead to increased waste, affect inventory management, and result in financial losses, impacting our margins and overall profitability. The financial impact could include additional expenses related to the processing and disposition of returns, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our cash flows from operations, profitability and financial condition may be negatively affected if we are not successful in managing our inventory balances.

Our inventory balance represented 15.7% and 16.4% of our total assets as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. Efficient inventory management is a key component of our business success and profitability. We must maintain sufficient inventory levels and an appropriate product mix to meet our customers’ demands without allowing those levels to increase such that the costs to store and hold the goods unduly impacts our financial results or increases the risk of inventory shrinkage. If we do not accurately predict customer trends, spending levels, or price sensitivity, we may have to take unanticipated markdowns to dispose of the excess inventory, which also can adversely affect our financial results. We continue to focus on ways to reduce these risks, but we cannot make assurances that we will be successful in our inventory management. If we are not successful in managing our inventory balances, our cash flows from operations and financial condition may be negatively affected.

A significant disruption to our distribution network, the capacity of our distribution centers or the timely receipt of inventory could adversely affect sales or increase our transportation costs, which would decrease our profitability.

We rely on our distribution and transportation network to provide goods to our stores timely and cost-effectively. We and our vendors primarily rely on trucks to move goods from vendor locations to our distribution centers and our stores. Any disruption, unanticipated or unusual expense or operational failure related to this process (e.g., delivery delays, including as a result of pandemic outbreaks, or increases in transportation costs (such as those we experienced during 2021 and continue to experience), including increased fuel costs, import freight costs, a decrease in transportation capacity; or labor shortages) could negatively impact sales and profits. Labor shortages or work stoppages in the transportation industry or disruptions to the national and international transportation infrastructure could also increase our costs or otherwise negatively affect our business. The COVID-19 pandemic disrupted the global and domestic transportation and distribution of goods and resulted in product delivery delays and higher delivery prices. The supply chain disruptions that we have experienced to date as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic did not have a material negative impact on our financial results in 2021.

34

As of December 31, 2023, all of our 14 distribution centers were leased by us, and we are analyzing the expansion of our distribution capabilities in line with our store openings. Delays in opening new facilities as they become necessary, termination of the leases of our distribution centers, renewing leases on less advantageous terms for existing facilities, or our failure to integrate new facilities, could adversely affect our financial performance by slowing store growth or by increasing transportation and product costs. In addition, distribution-related construction or expansion projects entail risks that could cause delays and cost overruns, such as: shortages of materials or skilled labor; work stoppages; unforeseen construction, scheduling, engineering, environmental or geological problems; weather interference; fires or other casualty losses; and unanticipated cost increases. For these reasons, the completion date and ultimate cost of these projects could differ significantly from initial expectations, and we cannot guarantee that any project will be completed on time or within established budgets.

Material damage or interruptions to our information systems as a result of external factors, staffing shortages or challenges in maintaining or updating our existing technology or developing or implementing new technology, including artificial intelligence, could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We depend on a variety of information technology systems, including systems owned and managed by third-party vendors, for the efficient functioning of our business, including, without limitation, transaction processing and the management of our employees, facilities, logistics, inventories, stores and customer-facing digital applications and operations. Our technology initiatives may not deliver desired results or may do so on a delayed schedule. Additionally, such systems are subject to damage or interruption from power surges and outages, facility damage, physical theft, computer and telecommunications failures, inadequate or ineffective redundancy, malicious code (including malware, ransomware, or similar), successful attacks (e.g., account compromise; phishing; denial of service; and application, network or system vulnerability exploitation), software upgrade failures or code defects, natural disasters and human error. Design defects, damage to, or interruption to these systems may require a significant investment to repair or replace, disrupt our operations, result in the loss or corruption of critical data, and harm our reputation, all of which could materially and adversely affect our business or results of operations. Moreover, developing or implementing new technology, such as artificial intelligence software or models may result in risks associated with new or untested technology, such as loss or corruption of critical data, logistics failures among other undesired results.

Failure to maintain the security of our business, customer, employee or vendor information or to comply with privacy laws could expose us to litigation, government enforcement actions and costly response measures, and could materially harm our reputation and affect our business and financial performance.

In connection with sales, we transmit confidential credit and debit card information which is encrypted using point-to-point encryption. We also have access to, collect or maintain certain private or confidential information regarding our customers, employees and their dependents, and vendors, as well as our business. Some of this information is stored electronically, some of which may leverage third-party service providers. Additionally, we may share information with select vendors that assist us in conducting our business. While we have implemented procedures and technology intended to protect such information and require appropriate controls of our vendors, external attackers could compromise such controls and result in unauthorized disclosure of such information, as attacks are becoming increasingly sophisticated, may include attacks on our third-party business partners, and do not always or immediately produce detectable indicators of compromise. Moreover, inadvertent or malicious internal personnel actions could result in a defeat of security measures and a compromise of our or our third-party vendors’ information systems. Like other retailers, we and our vendors have experienced threats to, and infrequent immaterial incidents involving, data and systems, including by perpetrators of attempted random or targeted malicious attacks; computer malware, ransomware, bots, or other destructive or disruptive software; and attempts to misappropriate our information and cause system failures and disruptions. If attackers obtain customer, employee or vendor passwords through unrelated third-party breaches, and if impacted customers, employees, or vendors do not employ good online security practices (e.g., use the same password across different sites), these passwords could be used to gain access to their information or accounts with us in certain situations.

35

A significant security breach of any kind experienced by us or one of our vendors, which could be undetected for a period of time, or a significant failure by us or one of our vendors to comply with applicable privacy and information security laws, regulations and standards could expose us to risks of data loss, litigation, government enforcement actions, fines or penalties, credit card brand assessments, negative publicity and reputational harm, business disruption and costly response measures (e.g., providing notification to, and credit monitoring services for, affected individuals, as well as further upgrades to our security measures) which may not be covered by or may exceed the coverage limits of our insurance policies, and could materially disrupt our operations. Any resulting negative publicity could significantly harm our reputation which could cause us to lose market share and could materially and adversely affect our business and financial performance.

Natural disasters and unusual weather conditions (whether or not caused by climate change), pandemic outbreaks or other health crises, political or civil unrest, acts of violence or terrorism, and disruptive global political events could disrupt business and result in lower sales and otherwise adversely affect our financial performance.

The occurrence of one or more natural disasters, such as hurricane Otis that struck Acapulco, Guerrero on Mexico’s pacific coast on October 25, 2023 where we have 54 stores, and other future hurricanes, fires, floods, tornadoes, earthquakes, unusual weather conditions, pandemic outbreaks or other health crises (including but not limited to the COVID-19 pandemic), political or civil unrest, acts of violence or terrorism, looting (including within our stores, distribution centers or other Company property), or disruptive global political events or similar disruptions could adversely affect our reputation, business and financial performance. If any of these events result in the closure, or a limitation on operating hours, of one or more of our distribution centers, a significant number of stores, our sourcing offices, our corporate headquarters or data center or impact one or more of our key suppliers, our operations and financial performance could be materially and adversely affected through an inability or reduced ability to make deliveries, process payroll or provide other support functions to our stores and through lost sales. For example, as a result of hurricane Otis our stores in Acapulco and surrounding areas, suffered damages and property loss of approximately Ps.91,089 thousand. Given the extensive damage to Acapulco’s infrastructure, its population and their property, we have delayed our expansion plans in the city which may affect our broader expansion plans, operations and financial performance. Although our stores were covered by insurance, there is no assurance that our insurers will cover all or a substantial amount of the losses incurred. Moreover, even if we receive adequate compensation from insurers, there is no guaranty that economic conditions in Acapulco will recover in a manner that will allow us to operate under the same conditions that prevailed before the storm. As of the date of this prospectus, 41 of the 54 stores in Acapulco and surrounding areas remain closed.

These events also could affect consumer shopping patterns or prevent customers from reaching our stores, which could lead to lost sales and higher markdowns, or result in increases in fuel or other energy prices, fuel shortage(s), new store or distribution center opening delays, the temporary lack of an adequate work force in a market, the temporary or long-term disruption of product availability in our stores, the temporary or long-term inability to obtain or access technology needed to effectively run our business, disruption of our utility services or information systems, and damage to our reputation. These events may also increase the costs of insurance if they result in significant loss of property or other insurable damage by us or in the market more generally.

Our current insurance program may expose us to unexpected costs and negatively affect our financial performance.

Our insurance coverage reflects deductibles, self-insured retentions, limits of liability and similar provisions that we believe are prudent based on our operations. However, there are types of losses we may incur but against which we cannot be insured or which we believe are not economically reasonable to insure, such as losses due to acts of war, certain crimes (including employee crime), certain wage and hour and other employment-related claims and litigation, actions based on certain consumer protection laws, and some natural and other disasters or similar events. If we incur material uninsured losses, our financial performance could suffer. Certain material events, such as political developments, security concerns and natural disasters have resulted, and may result again in sizable losses for the insurance industry and adversely affect the availability of adequate insurance

36

coverage or result in excessive premium increases. To offset negative insurance market trends, we may elect to self-insure, accept higher deductibles or reduce the amount of coverage. In addition, we self-insure a significant portion of expected losses under our workers’ compensation, automobile liability, general liability (including claims made against certain of our landlords), property loss, and group health insurance programs. Significant changes in actuarial assumptions and management estimates underlying our recorded liabilities for these losses, including any expected increases in medical and indemnity costs, could result in materially different expenses than expected under these programs, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Although we maintain property insurance for catastrophic events at our store support center and distribution centers, we are effectively self-insured for other property losses. If we experience a greater number of these losses than we anticipate, our financial performance could be adversely affected.

Any events that negatively impact the reputation of, or value associated with the Tiendas 3B brand or any of our private labels could adversely affect our business.

The Tiendas 3B brand along with our other private labels are important assets of our business. Maintaining the reputation of and value associated with our brands is central to the success of our business we could be adversely affected if customers lose confidence in the safety and quality of the products sold or provided by us. For third-party brands, we depend on our suppliers’ investments in their own marketing and promoting their brands in order for customers to purchase their products rather than those of the suppliers’ competitors. We also depend on our suppliers to comply with applicable employment, environmental and other laws and standards so as not to negatively impact the Tiendas 3B name. However, there can be no assurance that suppliers are or will remain in compliance with such laws.

In light of the increased public focus on employment, health and safety and environmental matters, a violation, or allegations of a violation of such laws or regulations, or a failure to achieve particular standards by any of our manufacturers, could lead to unfavorable publicity and a decline in public demand for our products, or require us to incur expenditure or make changes to our supply chain and other business arrangements to ensure compliance. Any such events concerning us, or any of our manufacturers or suppliers that supply our products could create substantial erosion in the reputation of, or value associated with, the Tiendas 3B label or our other private labels and could result in a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, or prospects.

A significant change in governmental regulations and requirements could materially increase our cost of doing business, and noncompliance with governmental regulations could materially and adversely affect our financial performance.

We routinely incur significant costs in complying with numerous and frequently changing laws and regulations, including those applicable to the opening and operation of our stores. The complexity of this regulatory environment and related compliance costs continue to increase due to additional legal and regulatory requirements, our expanding operations, and increased regulatory scrutiny and enforcement efforts. New or revised laws, regulations, policies, rules (normas oficiales) and related interpretations and enforcement practices, particularly those dealing with the sale of products, including without limitation, product and food safety, marketing or labeling; consumer protection; information security and privacy; labor and employment; employee wages and benefits; health and safety; imports and customs; taxes; and environmental compliance, may significantly increase our expenses or require extensive system and operating changes that could materially increase our cost of doing business. Violations of applicable laws and regulations or untimely or incomplete execution of a required product recall can result in significant penalties (including loss of licenses or significant fines), class action or other litigation, governmental investigation or action and reputational damage. Additionally, changes in tax laws (including those related to the corporate tax rate), the interpretation of existing laws, or our failure to sustain our reporting positions on examination could adversely affect our overall effective tax rate. Furthermore, significant and/or rapid increases to the minimum wage rates could adversely affect our earnings if we are not able to otherwise offset these increased labor costs elsewhere in our business.

37

Our operations are subject to the general risks of litigation.

We are involved, on an ongoing basis, in litigation arising in the ordinary course of business or otherwise, which could result in unfavorable decisions or financial penalties against us. Litigation may include class actions involving consumers, shareholders, employees or personal injury, and claims related to commercial, labor, employment, antitrust, tax, administrative, intellectual property, torts, contract, securities or environmental matters. Moreover, litigation requires substantial time, which may distract our management. Even if we are successful, any litigation may be costly, and any awards may not approximate the costs of such litigation. Furthermore, there may be claims or expenses, which are denied insurance coverage by our insurance carriers, not fully covered by our insurance, in excess of the amount of our insurance coverage or not insurable at all. Litigation trends and expenses and the outcomes of litigation cannot be predicted with certainty and adverse litigations, trends, expenses and outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We will continue to be subject to legal proceedings and we may be subject to investigations. We cannot assure you that these proceedings and investigations will not have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Moreover, adverse publicity about regulatory or legal actions or investigations and allegations by other parties involved in regulatory or legal actions against us could damage our reputation and brand image, undermine our customers’ confidence and reduce long-term demand for our products, even if the regulatory or legal action is unfounded or not material to our operations.

The development and strengthening of the class action system could adversely affect our business and operations.

Since 2011, there is a legal framework in Mexico that allows the exercise of class actions in relation to the consumption of goods or services and in environmental matters. This could result in the filing of class actions against us by our customers or other market participants. Due to lack of judicial precedents in the interpretation and application of such laws, we cannot anticipate that class actions will be initiated against us, the outcome of any class action brought against us under such laws, including the extent of any liability and the impact of such liability on our activities, our financial situation, results of operations, cash flows, its prospects and/or the market price of our Class A common shares.

Changes in law, structural reforms, and related regulations that could impact pricing, reimbursement and coverage may adversely affect our business.

The continuing increase in consumer expenditures has been the subject of considerable government attention almost everywhere we conduct business. We cannot assure you that local, regional or federal government in the regions in which we operate will not enact laws or regulations designed to protect customer or reduce costs for consumers, including by imposing price caps on basic staples such as those primarily sold at our stores. Any such laws or regulations, changes thereto, or the enforcement thereof could adversely affect our pricing and profitability. Moreover, local governments may delay or restrict permits for new store locations in an effort to protect smaller local businesses or municipal markets, which could affect our ability to continue expanding.

Government investigations into sales and marketing practices may result in substantial penalties.

We operate in complex legal and regulatory environments, and any failure to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations may result in civil and/or criminal legal proceedings. As those rules and regulations change or as interpretations of those regulations evolve, our prior conduct or that of companies we have acquired may be called into question. Such proceedings are unpredictable and may develop over lengthy periods of time. In addition, fines and corrective measures can be expensive and disruptive to operations.

38

We are subject to the Mexican federal anticorruption laws, and similar worldwide anticorruption, anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws. Failure to comply with these laws could result in penalties, which could harm our reputation and have an adverse effect on our business.

Our business is subject to a significant number of laws, rules and regulations, including those relating to anti-bribery, anti-corruption and anti-money laundering. However, the Mexican regulatory regime related to anti-bribery, anti-corruption and anti-money laundering legislation is still developing and could be less stringent than anti-bribery, anti-corruption and anti-money laundering legislation, which has been implemented in other jurisdictions.

We have implemented compliance processes and internal control systems designed to prevent and detect inappropriate practices, fraud or violation of law. However, our existing compliance processes and internal control systems may not be sufficient to prevent or detect all inappropriate practices, fraud or violations of law by our employees, contractors, agents, officers or any other persons who conduct business with or on behalf of us. We may in the future discover instances in which we have failed to comply with applicable laws and regulations or internal controls. If any of our employees, contractors, agents, officers or other persons with whom we conduct business engage in fraudulent, corrupt or other improper or unethical business practices or otherwise violate applicable laws, regulations or our own internal compliance systems, we could become subject to one or more enforcement actions by Mexican or foreign authorities (including the U.S. Department of Justice) or otherwise be found to be in violation of such laws, which may result in penalties, fines and sanctions and in turn adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to the provisions contained in the Mexican Industrial Property Law.

The brands that we operate are subject to the special provisions contained in the Mexican Industrial Property Law (Ley Federal de Protección a la Propiedad Industrial). These provisions are subject to frequent changes, which generally have a tendency to make them more stringent. Although future capital and operating expenses have been budgeted to maintain compliance with the Mexican Industrial Property Law, it cannot be guaranteed that they will be sufficient in the face of a change or future application of a much stricter law than the current one. Therefore, we cannot assure you that the costs of complying with this law or the provisions related to this matter, current and future, or derived from a more strict or different interpretation of this law, and the responsibility that could be incurred by failure to comply with it will not adversely affect our operations, results of operations, cash flow or financial condition.

Failure to meet evolving expectations for reporting on or implementing environmental, social and governance (ESG) matters could adversely affect our sales and results of operation.

Expectations from shareholders, customers, employees, and other third parties concerning ESG reporting have increased and are increasing, and our ability to meet those expectations is dependent on several factors, including cooperation from suppliers and access to consistent and reliable data. Negative consumer perceptions regarding the sourcing of the products we sell and the sufficiency and transparency of our reporting on ESG matters, where applicable or as required by law, and events that give rise to actual, potential, or perceived compliance and social responsibility concerns could damage our reputation, result in lost sales, cause our clients to seek alternative sources for their products and make it difficult and costly for us to regain our client’s confidence.

We are subject to risks due to breaches of the Federal Law on Protection of Personal Data Held by Private Parties (Ley Federal de Protección de Datos Personales en Posesión de los Particulares).

We are subject to compliance with the Federal Law on Protection of Personal Data Held by Private Parties (Ley Federal de Protección de Datos Personales en Posesión de los Particulares). While we have procedures in place to comply at all times with such law, we are susceptible to breaches, due to our highly diversified operation

39

and increasing e-commerce activity as well as complexity over digital protections, and its interactions across multiple systems including hardware, software, networks, applications, services or any other information technology that allow the exchange or computerized processing or digitized data. We will be susceptible to any violation that interrupts the protection of customer information, administrative security measures, physical security, unauthorized access by third parties, protection of mobile equipment, maintenance of data warehouses, technical security measures, electronic support, and physical support, among others. Since some of the information we receive is considered as sensitive in terms of the Mexican Federal Law on Personal Data Protection (Ley Federal de Protección de Datos Personales en Posesión de los Particulares), any breaches or perceived breaches of data privacy may lead to a wide range of sanctions from regulators as well as reduced confidence from clients and affect our reputation, which may have a substantial effect on our results.

We are subject to the Mexican Federal Consumer Protection Law.

We are subject to laws and regulations related to consumer protection, particularly with respect to our marketing and promotional programs. Despite the strict measures we take to protect our customers and our constant focus on improving the customer experience, there is a risk that a violation of consumer protection laws may occur at a store as part of our daily interaction with clients. In the event of non-compliance, the Mexican Consumer Protection Agency (Procuraduría Federal del Consumidor) could initiate proceedings against us, as well as impose sanctions, such as fines or closures to establishments, which could affect our operating results. Additionally, we may be subject to penalties from the Mexican Consumer Protection Agency (Procuraduría Federal del Consumidor) if we use marketing materials with inaccurate or misleading information, which, in turn may have an adverse effect in our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operation.

Risks Relating to Mexico and Other Global Risks

Since our operations are all based in Mexico, economic developments in Mexico may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Currently, all of our operations are conducted, and all of our customers are located, in Mexico. Accordingly, our ability to raise revenues, our financial condition and results of operations are substantially dependent on the economic conditions prevailing in Mexico. As a result, our business may be significantly affected by the Mexican economy’s general condition, by the depreciation of the Mexican peso, by inflation and high interest rates in Mexico, or by political developments in Mexico. Declines in growth, high rates of inflation and high interest rates in Mexico have a generally adverse effect on our operations. If inflation in Mexico increases while economic growth slows, our business, results of operations and financial condition will be affected. The Mexican government may adopt policies, changes in law and drastic measures to attempt to control and reduce the inflation such as price controls and restrict product offering which may have a significant effect on Mexican private business, supply chains and ultimately our margins In addition, high interest rates and economic instability could increase our costs of financing.

During 2019 and 2020, Mexico’s sovereign debt rating was subject to downward revisions and negative outlooks from major rating agencies as a result of such agencies assessment of the overall financial capacity of the government of Mexico to pay its obligations and its ability to meet its financial commitments as they become due, citing among other factors, concerns with the state oil company (Petróleos Mexicanos, or “PEMEX”), and weakness in the macroeconomic outlook due to, among other things, trade tensions. We cannot ensure that the rating agencies will not announce additional downgrades of Mexico and/or PEMEX in the future. These downgrades could adversely affect the Mexican economy and, consequently, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects. According to INEGI, for the year ended December 31, 2021, real GDP increased 4.7% and for the year ended December 31, 2022, real GDP increased 3.1%. In the event that the Mexican economy experiences a continued deterioration of economic conditions such as inflation, interest rate increases, downgrade of sovereign debt, among other factors, the activities, financial situation, operating results, cash flows and/or prospects of the Issuer, could be adversely and significantly affected.

40

Developments in other countries could materially affect the Mexican economy and, in turn, our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Mexico’s economy is vulnerable to global market downturns and economic slowdowns. The global economy, including that of Mexico, was materially and adversely affected by a significant lack of liquidity, disruption in the credit markets, reduced business activity, rising unemployment, interest rates changes and erosion of consumer confidence during the global pandemic and its effects. This situation has had a direct adverse effect on the purchasing power of our customers in Mexico. The macroeconomic environment in which we operate is beyond our control, and the future economic environment may continue to be less favorable than in recent years. There is no assurance of a strong economic recovery or that the current economic conditions will ameliorate. The risks associated with current and potential changes in the Mexican economy are significant and could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

The market prices of securities issued by companies with Mexican operations are affected to varying degrees by the economic and market situation in other places, including the United States, China, the rest of Latin America and other countries with emerging markets. Therefore, investors’ reactions to events in any of these countries could have an adverse effect on the market price of securities issued by companies with Mexican operations. Past economic crises that have occurred in the United States, China or in countries with emerging markets could cause a decrease in the levels of interest in the securities issued by companies with Mexican operations.

In the past, the emergence of adverse economic conditions in other emerging countries has led to capital flight and, consequently, to decreases in the value of foreign investments in Mexico. The financial crisis that arose in the United States during the third quarter of 2008, unleashed a global recession that directly and indirectly affected the economy and the Mexican stock markets and caused, among other things, fluctuations in purchase prices the sale of securities issued by publicly traded companies, shortage of credit, budget cuts, economic slowdowns, volatility in exchange rates, and inflationary pressures.

Financial problems or an increase in risk related to investment in emerging economies or a perception of risk could limit foreign investment in Mexico and adversely affect the Mexican economy. Mexico has historically experienced uneven periods of economic growth and there can be no assurance that the overall business environment in which we operate will improve and we cannot predict the impact any future economic downturn could have on our results of operations and financial condition. However, consumer demand generally decreases during economic downturns, which will negatively affect our business and results of operations.

Fluctuations in the U.S. economy may adversely affect Mexico’s economy and our business.

The U.S. economy heavily influences the Mexican economy, and therefore, the deterioration of the United States’ economy, the termination of the USMCA, claims thereunder or other related events may impact the economy of Mexico. Economic conditions in Mexico have become increasingly correlated to economic conditions in the United States as a result of the North American Free Trade Agreement (“NAFTA”), and, subsequently, the USMCA, which has induced higher economic activity between the two countries and increased the remittance of funds from Mexican immigrants working in the United States to Mexican residents. On an annual basis, in 2022, almost 81.8% of Mexico’s total exports were purchased by the United States, the single country with the highest share of trade with Mexico.

Likewise, any action taken by the current U.S. or Mexico administrations, including changes to the USMCA and/or other U.S. government policies that may be adopted by the U.S. administration, could have a negative impact on the Mexican economy, such as reductions in the levels of remittances, reduced commercial activity or bilateral trade or declining foreign direct investment in Mexico. In addition, increased or perceptions of increased economic protectionism in the United States, Mexico and other countries could potentially lead to lower levels of trade and investment and economic growth, which could have a similarly negative impact on the Mexican economy. These economic and political consequences could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

41

We cannot make assurances that any events in the United States or elsewhere will not materially and adversely affect us.

The effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, or other similar public health crises, may continue to amplify the risks and uncertainties facing our business.

COVID-19 has impacted and may continue to impact our business and the long-term impacts of the social, economic, and financial disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and the government responses to such disruptions are unknown. In addition, the impact on our business of the long-term effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, or other similar public health crises, will depend on numerous factors that we cannot accurately predict.

While our operations have generally stabilized since the peak of the pandemic, we cannot predict with certainty the extent that our operations may continue to be impacted by any continuing effects of COVID-19 on us or on our customers, suppliers, vendors, and other business partners, and each of their financial conditions; however, any adverse effect on these parties could materially and adversely impact us. To the extent that COVID-19 or other health disruptions affect the Mexican and global economy and our business, it may also heighten other risks described in this section, including but not limited to those related to consumer behavior and expectations, competition, implementation of strategic initiatives, cybersecurity threats, payment-related risks, supply chain disruptions, labor availability and cost, litigation and operational risk as a result of regulatory requirements.

The political situation in Mexico could negatively affect our operating results.

In Mexico, political instability has been a determining factor in business investment. Significant changes in laws, public policies and/or regulations or the use of public referendums (consultas populares) could affect Mexico’s political and economic situation, which could, in turn, adversely affect our business. Any change in the current consumer protection or outer regulatory policies could have a significant effect on Mexican consumer service providers, including us, variations in interest rates, demand for our products and services, market conditions, and the prices of and returns on Mexican securities.

Mexican political events may significantly affect our business operations. As of the date of this prospectus, the president’s political party and its allies hold a simple majority in the Chamber of Deputies and the Senate and a strong influence in various local legislatures. Although the federal administration currently does not have significant power to implement substantial changes in law, policy and regulations in Mexico, including Constitutional reforms, which could negatively affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects, we cannot guarantee that following the upcoming presidential elections of 2024 this will remain the case. We cannot predict whether potential changes in Mexican governmental and economic policy could adversely affect Mexico’s economic conditions or the sector in which we operate. We cannot provide any assurances that political developments in Mexico, over which we have no control, will not have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

As of the date of this prospectus, and after the mid-term elections held on June 6, 2021, the political party Movimiento Regeneración Nacional (National Regeneration Movement, or “Morena”) lost the absolute majority in the Cámara de Diputados (Chamber of Deputies) that it had held since 2018. However, Morena continues to hold the most seats relative to any other political party. In June 2024, Mexico will hold presidential elections and will renew the composition of the Chamber of Deputies (Cámara de Diputados), as well as local congresses and local governments. We cannot predict the impact that political developments in Mexico will have on the Mexican economy nor can provide any assurances that these events, over which we have no control, will not have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

42

The Mexican federal government has increasingly made significant changes to policies and regulations and may continue to do so in the future. The Mexican federal government drastically cut spending for the 2019 budget and it may cut spending in the future which may adversely affect economic growth. On July 2, 2019, the new Mexican Federal Republican Austerity Law (Ley Federal de Austeridad Republicana) was approved by the Mexican Senate. Federal government actions, such as those implemented to control inflation, federal spending cuts and other regulations and policies may include, among other measures, increases in interest rates, changes in tax policies, price controls, currency devaluations, capital controls and limits on imports. Our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by changes in governmental policies or regulations involving or affecting our management, operations and tax regime.

We cannot assure you that changes in the Mexican federal government policies will not adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In particular, tax legislation in Mexico is subject to continuous change, and we cannot assure you that the Mexican government will maintain existing political, social, economic or other policies or that such changes would not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The administration of Mr. López Obrador has taken actions that have significantly undermined investors’ confidence in private ventures following the results of public referendums, such as the cancellation of public and private projects authorized by previous administrations, including the construction of the new Mexican airport, which immediately prompted the revision of Mexico’s sovereign rating, the cancellation of the construction of a brewing facility of “Constellation Brands” in Baja California, Mexico, the expropriation of “Ferrosur’s” railways in the Tehuantepec Isthmus, and the recent unilateral changes in the tariff regimes for private concessionaires of Mexican airports. Mexican Congress has also passed amendments to the Electric Industry Law (Ley de la Industria Eléctrica) which seek to disincentivize private investment in the electricity sector and concentrate generation within state-owned companies and laws that reduce the independence of the Instituto Nacional Electoral, Mexico’s election supervisory body. Investors and credit rating agencies may be cautious about the Morena’s policies, which could contribute to a decrease in the Mexican economy’s resilience in the event of a global economic downturn. We cannot assure you that similar measures will not be taken in the future, which could have a negative effect on Mexico’s economy.

We cannot predict the impact that economic, social and political instability in or affecting Mexico could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, as well as market conditions and prices of our securities. These and other future developments, over which we have no control, in the Mexican economic, political or social environment may cause disruptions to our business operations and decreases in our sales and net income.

Fluctuation of the Mexican peso relative to the U.S. dollar could adversely affect our financial condition, our ability to repay debt and other obligations and results of operations.

The exchange rate for the Mexican peso fluctuates in relation to the U.S. dollar and such fluctuations may, from time to time, have a material adverse effect on our earnings, assets, liability valuation and cash flows. Given most of our suppliers’ raw materials are dollarized commodities or subject to global price fluctuations, depreciations of the Mexican peso may also increase the cost of our products. Given our pricing strategy, we may not always be able to pass on these increased costs to our clients sufficiently quickly or at all. Any failure or delay to pass on increased costs may adversely affect our profitability.” A material devaluation or depreciation of the Mexican peso against the U.S. dollar may result in disruption of the international foreign exchange markets and may limit our ability to transfer or to convert Mexican pesos into U.S. dollars and other currencies to make timely payments of interest and principal on our U.S. dollar-denominated debt or obligations in other currencies.

The Mexican peso is a free-floating currency and, as such, it experiences exchange rate fluctuations relative to the U.S. dollar over time. According to the Mexican Central Bank, during 2020, the Mexican peso depreciated by 5.2% against the U.S. dollar as compared to December 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2021, the Mexican peso had depreciated against the U.S. dollar by 2.7% as compared to December 31, 2020; however during the last months of 2022 and the first nine months of 2023, the Mexican peso has significantly appreciated against the

43

U.S. dollar. While the Mexican government does not currently restrict, and since 1982 has not restricted, the right or ability of Mexican or foreign persons or entities to convert Mexican pesos into U.S. dollars or to transfer other currencies out of Mexico, the Mexican government could impose restrictive exchange rate policies or exchange controls in the future, as it has done in the past. Currency fluctuations may have an adverse effect on our financial position, results and cash flows in future periods. When the financial markets are volatile, as they have been in recent periods, our results may be substantially affected by variations in exchange rates and commodity prices and, to a lesser degree, interest rates. These effects include foreign exchange gain and loss on assets and liabilities denominated in U.S. dollars, fair value gain and loss on derivative financial instruments, commodities prices and changes in interest income and interest expense. These effects can be much more volatile than our operating performance and our operating cash flows.

The Mexican government exercises significant influence over the economy, and we face the risk of change in law.

The Mexican government has and is increasingly seeking to exert additional influence over the Mexican economy. Policies implemented by the Mexican government, changes in law and structural reforms may have a significant effect on Mexican private business, assets and securities. In the past, no party had a majority in Mexico’s congress, and congressional opposition hampered the passage of laws and reforms. However, as of the date of this prospectus, the president’s political party and its allies hold a simple majority in the Chamber of Deputies and the Senate and a strong influence in various local legislatures. The increased influence of the executive branch increases the risk of unexpected changes in law and policy.

Security risks in Mexico could increase, and this could adversely affect our results.

Mexico continues to experience high levels of violence and crime due to, among other factors, the activities of organized crime. Despite the measures adopted by the Mexican government, organized crime (especially drug-related crime) continues to exist and operate in Mexico. These activities, their possible escalation and the violence associated with them have had and may have a negative impact on the Mexican economy or on our operations in the future. The presence of violence among drug cartels, and between these and the Mexican law enforcement and armed forces, or an increase in other types of crime, pose a risk to our business, and might negatively impact business continuity.

High crime rates throughout Mexico could negatively our sales and operations. We and are our personnel are exposed to safety threats such as theft, assault or destruction of property. Additionally, our fleet and the merchandise it transports is subject to an increased risk of theft, particularly on Mexican highways. Although we have established measures to mitigate these risks and recover stolen goods, criminal events, could negatively influence business by reducing the flow of customers to our stores if the area is deemed or perceived to be unsafe and may disrupt our supply chain and increase our operating, logistics and safety costs.

Changes in global trade policy could adversely affect our business.

Political leaders in the United States and in other countries have been elected on protectionist platforms, fueling doubts about the future of global free trade. The U.S. government has indicated its intent to alter its approach to international trade policy and in some cases to renegotiate, or potentially terminate, certain existing bilateral or multi-lateral trade agreements and treaties with foreign countries, and has made proposals and taken actions related thereto. In addition, the U.S. government has recently imposed tariffs on certain foreign goods, including steel and aluminum and has indicated a willingness to impose tariffs on imports of other products. Some foreign governments, including China, have instituted retaliatory tariffs on certain U.S. goods and have indicated a willingness to impose additional tariffs on U.S. products. Other countries, including Mexico, have threatened retaliatory tariffs on certain U.S. products. Global trade disruption, significant introductions of trade barriers and bilateral trade frictions, together with any future downturns in the global economy resulting therefrom, could adversely affect our financial performance. In particular, the United States, Mexico and Canada recently renegotiated the North American Free Trade Agreement. Under the renamed USMCA, several provisions were renegotiated and the extent to which they will affect the Mexican economy is still uncertain.

44

There can be no assurance that the USMCA will not be renegotiated, or its terms will continue to drive growth in Mexico, or that U.S. and Mexico trade relations will not deteriorate leading to further imposition of trade barriers. Any trade dispute between the United States and Mexico may have negative effects on the Mexican economy, the exchange rate, inflation and economic prospects, which will in turn negatively affect our business and results of operation.

High inflation rates may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

The current inflation rate in Mexico is higher than the inflation rates of its most important commercial partners, including the United States and Canada. High inflation rates could adversely affect our business and financial condition and our results of operations. Mexico has a history of high levels of inflation and may experience high inflation in the future. Historically, inflation in Mexico has led to higher interest rates, depreciation of the Mexican peso and the imposition of substantial government controls over prices. The annual rate of inflation for the last three years, as measured by changes in the Mexican National Consumer Price Index (Índice Nacional de Precios al Consumidor), as provided by INEGI and as published by the Mexican Central Bank, was 3.2% in 2020, 7.4% in 2021 and 7.8% in 2022. If Mexico experiences high levels of inflation as it has in the past, these might adversely affect our operations and financial performance.

Furthermore, the impact of COVID-19, geopolitical developments such as the Russia-Ukraine conflict and global supply chain disruptions continue to increase uncertainty in the outlook of near-term and long-term economic activity, including whether inflation will continue and how long, and at what rate. Increases in inflation raise our costs for commodities, labor, materials and services and other costs required to grow and operate our business, and failure to secure these on reasonable terms may adversely impact our financial condition. Additionally, increases in inflation, along with the uncertainties surrounding COVID-19, geopolitical developments and global supply chain disruptions, have caused, and may in the future cause, global economic uncertainty and uncertainty about the interest rate environment, which may make it more difficult, costly or dilutive for us to secure additional financing. A failure to adequately respond to these risks could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows

Risks Relating to this Offering and Our Class A Common Shares

Our principal shareholder, Bolton Partners Ltd., will own all of our Class B common shares and a portion of our Class C common shares, which in the aggregate will represent approximately 46.4% of the voting power of our common shares immediately following this offering and will therefore exercise significant influence over all matters requiring shareholder approval, which will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters.

Each Class A common share, which are the shares being sold in this offering, will entitle its holder to one vote per share, each Class C common share will entitle its holder one vote per share and each Class B common share will entitle its holder to 15 votes per share, so long as the total number of the issued and outstanding Class B common shares represents at least 1.0% of the aggregate number of the aggregate common shares of the Issuer then outstanding.

Immediately following this offering, our principal shareholder will own all of our Class B common shares and a portion of our Class C common shares, representing approximately 46.4% of the voting power and 11.6% of the total number of our outstanding common shares, and will therefore have significant influence over matters requiring shareholder approval. However, the foregoing does not include Class C common shares that will be held by our principal shareholder and our directors and officers in respect of both unvested and vested (but currently unexercisable) stock options or delayed-delivery awards under the Liquidity Event Bonus Plan and the Founder Liquidity Bonus, as applicable. Taking into account such Class C common shares, which our principal shareholder, directors and officers will be entitled to receive at later dates, and assuming net settlement at their respective strike prices, our principal shareholder would beneficially own approximately 45.0% of the combined voting power of our outstanding common shares following this offering. See “Principal and Selling Shareholders.”

As a result, and for so long as our principal shareholder continues to beneficially own a sufficient number of Class B common shares and Class C common shares, our principal shareholder will have significant influence over the

45

outcome of all decisions taken by our shareholders. Our principal shareholder will also be able to significantly influence our actions in areas such as business strategy, financing, distributions, acquisitions and dispositions of assets or businesses. For example, our principal shareholder’s significant influence may cause us to make acquisitions that increase the amount of our indebtedness or outstanding Class A common shares, sell revenue-generating assets or inhibit change of control transactions that benefit other shareholders. Our principal shareholder’s decisions on these matters may be contrary to your expectations, preferences, or interests. Our principal shareholder may be able to prevent any other shareholder, including you, from blocking these actions. Our multiple class capital structure and our staggered board of directors may also limit the ability of others to acquire control. For more information, see “Description of Share Capital—Voting Rights” and “Management—Board of Directors.”

Our Class A common shares may not be a suitable investment for all investors, as an investment in our Class A common shares presents risks and the possibility of financial losses.

The investment in our Class A common shares is subject to risks. Investors who wish to invest in our Class A common shares are subject to asset losses, including loss of the entire value of their investment, as well as other risks, including those related to our Class A common shares, us, the sector in which we operate, our shareholders and the general macroeconomic environment in Mexico, among other risks.

Each potential investor in our Class A common shares must therefore determine the suitability of that investment in light of its own circumstances. In particular, each potential investor should:

• have access to, and knowledge of, appropriate analytical tools to evaluate, in the context of its particular financial situation, an investment in our Class A common shares and the impact our Class A common shares will have on its overall investment portfolio;

• have sufficient financial resources and liquidity to bear all of the risks of an investment in our Class A common shares;

• understand thoroughly the terms of our Class A common shares and be familiar with the behavior of any relevant indices and financial markets; and

• be able to evaluate (either alone or with the help of a financial adviser) possible scenarios for economic, interest rate and other factors that may affect its investment and its ability to bear the applicable risks.

We may elect to raise additional capital in the future by issuing securities or may enter into corporate transactions with an effect similar to a merger, which may dilute your interest in our shares and affect the trading price of our Class A common shares.

We may elect to raise additional funds to grow our business and implement our growth strategy through public or private issuances of common shares or securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, our Class A common shares, including by using Class A common shares as acquisition consideration. Any such event may dilute your interest in our share capital or result in a decrease in the market price of our Class A common shares. In addition, we may also enter into mergers or other similar transactions in the future, which may dilute your interest in our shares or result in a decrease in the market price of our Class A common shares. Any fundraising through the issuance of shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for our Class A common shares, or the participation in corporate transactions with an effect similar to a merger, may dilute your interest in our capital stock or result in a decrease in the market price of our Class A common shares.

We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, for the foreseeable future, to fund the operation of our business and future growth. Accordingly, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends to holders of our Class A common shares. As a result, capital appreciation in the price of our Class A common shares, if any, will be your only source of gain on an investment in our Class A common shares. The declaration, payment and amount of any future dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other things, the results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, operating and capital requirements, and other factors as our board of

46

directors considers relevant. In addition, our holding company structure makes us dependent on the operations of our subsidiaries. There is no assurance that future dividends will be paid, and if dividends are paid, there is no assurance with respect to the amount of any such dividend. See “Dividends and Dividend Policy.”

Class A common shares eligible for future sale, or the perception that there may be future sales of Class A common shares, may cause the market price of our Class A common shares to drop significantly.

The market price of our Class A common shares may decline as a result of sales of a large number of our Class A common shares in the market, by our principal shareholder, the Cornerstone Investors or our existing shareholders after this offering or the perception that these sales may occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

Following the completion of this offering, we will have outstanding 33,660,589 Class A common shares (or 38,709,677 Class A common shares, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares from the selling shareholders), 5,200,000 Class B common shares and 73,340,163 Class C common shares (or 68,291,075 Class C common shares, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares from the selling shareholder). Our Class A common shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act by persons other than our affiliates within the meaning of Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

Our existing shareholders or entities controlled by them or their permitted transferees will, pursuant to the lock-up provisions of our memorandum and articles of association described below and certain other transfer restrictions, be unable to sell their Class B common shares or Class C common shares or convert those shares into Class A common shares for sale in the public market for the duration of the Liquidity Lock-up Period, other than after 180 days following this offering pursuant to registration rights in connection with possible follow-on offerings. If any of our shareholders, the affiliated entities controlled by them or their respective permitted transferees were to sell a large number of their Class A common shares pursuant to their registration rights, the market price of our Class A common shares may decline significantly. In addition, the perception in the public markets that sales by them might occur may also cause the trading price of our Class A common shares to decline.

Our memorandum and articles of association provide that the holders of Class B common shares and Class C common shares, subject to certain exceptions including after 180 days, in connection with a follow-on offering, if requested by the requisite shareholders, may not directly or indirectly offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any Class A common shares, Class B common shares or Class C common shares, or any options or warrants to purchase any such shares, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive such shares during the initial 180-day lock-up period and for the duration of the Liquidity Lock-Up Period.

Sales of a substantial number of our Class A common shares upon expiration of the lock-up provisions of our memorandum and articles of association, the perception that such sales may occur, could cause the market price of our Class A common shares to fall or make it more difficult for you to sell your Class A common shares at a time and price that you deem appropriate.

Our multiple class capital structure means our Class A common shares will not be included in certain indices. We cannot predict the impact this may have on the trading price of our Class A common shares.

We cannot predict whether our multiple class capital structure, combined with the concentrated control of our company will result in a lower or more volatile market price of our Class A common shares or in adverse publicity or other adverse consequences. FTSE Russell, S&P Dow Jones and MSCI announced changes to their eligibility criteria for the inclusion of shares of public companies on certain indices, namely, to exclude companies with multiple classes of common shares. FTSE Russell requires greater than five percent of the company’s voting rights (aggregated across all of its equity securities, including, where identifiable, those not listed or trading) in the hands of public shareholders whereas S&P Dow Jones announced that companies with multiple share class structures, such as ours, will not be eligible for inclusion in the S&P 500, S&P MidCap 400 and S&P SmallCap 600, which together comprise the S&P

47

Composite 1500. MSCI also announced its review of no-vote and multi-class structures and temporarily barred new multi-class listings from its ACWI Investable Market Index and U.S. Investable Market 2500 Index. We cannot guarantee that other stock indices will not take a similar approach to FTSE Russell, S&P Dow Jones and MSCI in the future. Pursuant to these policies, our multiple class capital structure makes our Class A common shares ineligible for inclusion in such indices and mutual funds, exchange-traded funds and other investment vehicles that attempt to passively track these indices will not invest in our stock. Any such exclusion from indices could result in a less active trading market for our Class A common shares and depress the valuations of publicly traded companies excluded from the indices compared to those of similar companies that are included. In addition, several shareholder advisory firms have announced their opposition to the use of multiple share class structures. As a result, our multiple class capital structure may cause shareholder advisory firms to publish negative commentary about our corporate governance practices or otherwise seek to cause us to change our capital structure. Any actions or publications by shareholder advisory firms critical of our corporate governance practices or capital structure could also adversely affect the value of our Class A common shares.

Our holding company structure makes us dependent on the operations of our subsidiaries.

The Issuer is a company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. The Issuer operates as a holding company and, accordingly, our material assets are our direct and indirect equity interests in our subsidiaries. The Issuer is therefore dependent upon the results of operations and, in turn, the payments, dividends and distributions from our subsidiaries for funds to pay our holding company’s operating and other expenses and to pay future cash dividends or distributions, if any, to holders of our Class A common shares, and we may have tax costs in connection with any dividend or distribution. In addition, the payments, dividends and distributions from our subsidiaries to us for funds to pay future cash dividends or distributions, if any, to holders of our Class A common shares, could be restricted under financing arrangements that we or our subsidiaries may enter into in the future and we and such subsidiaries may be required to obtain the approval of lenders to make such payments to us in the event they are in default of their repayment obligations. Under Mexican law, our Mexican subsidiaries may only pay dividends, if among other things, any existing losses applicable to prior years have been made up or absorbed into shareholders equity and after at least 5% of net profits for the relevant fiscal year have been allocated to a legal reserve until the amount of the reserve equals 20% of a company’s paid-in capital stock. If we or our Mexican subsidiaries fail to comply with the requirements to pay dividends under Mexican law, we may not be able to make distributions to our shareholders or service our debt obligations, which could ultimately have a material adverse effect on us.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research, about our business, the price of our Class A common shares and their trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common shares will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If no or too few securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our Class A common shares would likely be negatively affected. In the event securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our Class A common shares or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our Class A common shares would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our Class A common shares could decrease, which might cause the price of our Class A common shares and their trading volume to decline.

As a foreign private issuer, we will have different disclosure and other requirements than U.S. domestic registrants.

As a foreign private issuer, we may be subject to different disclosure and other requirements than domestic U.S. registrants. For example, as a foreign private issuer, in the United States, we are not subject to the same disclosure requirements as a domestic U.S. registrant under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), including the requirements to prepare and issue quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or to file current reports on Form 8-K upon the occurrence of specified significant events, the proxy rules applicable to domestic U.S. registrants under Section 14 of the Exchange Act or the insider reporting and short-swing profit

48

rules applicable to domestic U.S. registrants under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we intend to rely on exemptions from certain U.S. rules which will permit us to follow British Virgin Islands legal requirements rather than certain of the requirements that are applicable to U.S. domestic registrants.

Furthermore, foreign private issuers are required to file their annual report on Form 20-F within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, while U.S. domestic issuers that are accelerated filers are required to file their annual report on Form 10-K within 75 days after the end of each fiscal year. Foreign private issuers are also exempt from Regulation Fair Disclosure, aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information. As a result of the above, even though we are required to furnish reports on Form 6-K disclosing the limited information which we have made or are required to make public pursuant to British Virgin Islands law, or are required to distribute to shareholders generally, and that is material to us, you may not receive information of the same type or amount that is required to be disclosed to shareholders of a U.S. company.

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to, and we will, rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance standards applicable to U.S. issuers, including the requirement that a majority of an issuer’s directors consist of independent directors. This may afford less protection to holders of our Class A common shares.

U.S. rules require listed companies to have, among other things, a majority of the members of their board of directors to be independent, and to have independent director oversight of executive compensation, nomination of directors and corporate governance matters. As a foreign private issuer, however, we are permitted to, and we will, follow home country practice in lieu of the above requirements. See “Description of Share Capital—British Virgin Islands Company Considerations”

We may lose our foreign private issuer status which would then require us to comply with the Exchange Act’s domestic reporting regime and cause us to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses.

In order to maintain our current status as a foreign private issuer, either (a) more than 50% of our common shares must be either directly or indirectly owned of record by non-residents of the United States or (b)(1) a majority of our executive officers or directors may not be U.S. citizens or residents; (2) more than 50% of our assets must not be located in the United States; and (3) our business must be administered principally outside the United States. If we lose this status, we would be required to comply with the Exchange Act reporting and other requirements applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, which are more detailed and extensive than the requirements for foreign private issuers. We may also be required to make changes in our corporate governance practices in accordance with various SEC and New York Stock Exchange rules. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws if we are required to comply with the reporting requirements applicable to a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher than the costs we will incur as a foreign private issuer.

There is no existing market for our Class A common shares, and we do not know whether one will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity. If the trading price of our Class A common shares fluctuates after this offering, you could lose a significant part of your investment.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our Class A common shares and, although our Class A common shares have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, an active trading market for our Class A common shares may not develop. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our Class A common shares that you buy. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of an active trading market on the New York Stock Exchange, or otherwise or how liquid that market might become. The initial public offering price for our Class A common shares will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. Consequently, you may not be able to sell our Class A common shares at prices equal to or greater than the price paid by you in this offering. In addition to the risks described above, the market price of our Class A common shares may be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

49

• announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts or acquisitions;

• technological innovations by us or competitors;

• the failure of financial analysts to cover our Class A common shares after this offering or changes in financial estimates by analysts;

• actual or anticipated variations in our results of operations;

• changes in financial estimates by financial analysts, or any failure by us to meet or exceed any of these estimates, or changes in the recommendations of any financial analysts that elect to follow our Class A common shares or the shares of our competitors;

• announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts or acquisitions;

• future sales of our shares; and

• investor perceptions of us and the industries in which we operate.

In addition, the stock market in general has experienced substantial price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies affected. These broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our Class A common shares, regardless of our operating performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of certain companies’ securities, securities class action litigation has been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations. If a market does not develop or is not maintained, the liquidity and price of our Class A common shares could be seriously harmed.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our Class A common shares. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could result in financial losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Participation in this offering by the Cornerstone Investors could reduce the public float for our Class A common shares.

The Cornerstone Investors have, severally and not jointly, indicated an interest in purchasing up to aggregate of US$95 million in shares of our Class A common shares in this offering at the initial public offering price. The Class A common shares to be purchased by the Cornerstone Investors will not be subject to a lock-up agreement with the underwriters. Because these indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the Cornerstone Investors may determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering or the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares to the Cornerstone Investors. The underwriters will receive the same discount on any of our Class A common shares purchased by the Cornerstone Investors as they will from any other Class A common shares sold to the public in this offering. If one or more of the Cornerstone Investors are allocated all or a portion (or more) of the Class A common shares in which they have indicated an interest in purchasing in this offering, and purchase any such shares, such purchase could reduce the available public float for our common stock if the Cornerstone Investors hold such Class A common shares long term.

50

New investors in our Class A common shares will experience immediate and substantial book value dilution after this offering.

The initial public offering price of our Class A common shares will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of the outstanding Class A common shares immediately after this offering. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of US$17.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) and our net tangible book value as of September 30, 2023, if you purchase our Class A common shares in this offering you will pay more for your shares than the amounts paid by our existing shareholders for their shares and you will suffer immediate dilution of approximately US$15.48 per share in pro forma net tangible book value. As a result of this dilution, investors purchasing shares in this offering may receive significantly less than the full purchase price that they paid for the shares purchased in this offering in the event of a liquidation. See “Dilution.”

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and, if we fail to remediate such deficiencies (or identify and remediate any other material weaknesses) or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may be unable to accurately report our results of operations, meet our reporting obligations or prevent fraud. Any inability to report and file our financial results accurately and timely could harm our business and adversely impact the trading price of our securities.

Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS. A material weakness is defined as a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by the company’s internal controls.

Prior to this offering, we have been a private company and have had had limited accounting and financial reporting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. As a privately held company, we were not required to evaluate our internal control over financial reporting in a manner that meets the standards of publicly traded companies required by Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”). We are still in the process of implementing Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013 Framework) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). However, in connection with the audit of our financial statements as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 in accordance with PCAOB standards, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting relating to the presentation of our consolidated financial statements under IFRS where we rely on outside advisors for support and in the segregation of duties related to our ERP system.

Following the identification of these material weaknesses, we have taken measures, and plan to continue to take additional measures, to remediate these issues, including, among others, the engagement of additional personnel. However, the implementation of these measures may not fully address the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting that we have identified, and we cannot, as of the date of this prospectus, conclude that they have been fully remediated. Unless these material weaknesses are timely remediated, there is a risk that our internal control processes may not detect, or detect on a timely basis, misstatements in our financial statements or other financial reporting. In addition, going forward, we may continue to depend on third party advisors in respect of certain financial reporting matters. We have engaged a third-party advisor regarding the implementation of our internal control program and have been working actively during 2023 in anticipation of being a public company in the United States upon consummation of this offering. We are currently aiming to remediate during 2024 the material weaknesses we have identified as part of this internal control program, and we do not currently expect to incur material costs associated with our remediation plan.

After the consummation of this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as the rules and regulations of the SEC. Furthermore, once we

51

have implemented Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013 Framework) issued by COSO, and we perform an evaluation of internal controls over financial reporting under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we may identify further issues, including additional material weaknesses or control deficiencies. If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, as these rules and regulations are modified, supplemented, or amended from time to time, we may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In addition, even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm, after conducting its own independent testing, may disagree with our assessment or may issue a report that is qualified if it is not satisfied with our internal controls or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or if it interprets the relevant requirements differently from us. In addition, after we become a public company, our reporting obligations may place a significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources, and systems for the foreseeable future. We may be unable to timely complete our evaluation testing and any required remediation.

If we fail to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment or remediate any identified material weaknesses and other deficiencies or discover and address future material weaknesses or deficiencies, we could suffer material misstatements in our financial statements, fail to meet our reporting obligations or fail to prevent fraud, which would likely cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information. This could, in turn, limit our access to capital markets, subject us to potential delisting from the New York Stock Exchange, harm our results of operations, or lead to a decline in the trading price of our Class A common shares.

Risks Relating to Investing in a British Virgin Islands Company

We are a British Virgin Islands company and it may be difficult for you to obtain or enforce judgments against us or our executive officers and directors in the United States.

The Issuer is incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. Most of our assets are located outside the United States. Furthermore, most of our directors and officers and the experts named in this prospectus reside outside the United States, and most of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, you may find it difficult to effect service of process within the United States upon these persons or to enforce outside the United States judgments obtained against us or these persons in U.S. courts, including judgments in actions predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. Likewise, it may also be difficult for you to enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained against us or these persons in courts located in jurisdictions outside the United States, including actions predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. It may also be difficult or impossible for an investor to bring an action in a British Virgin Islands court predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us or these persons.

As there is no treaty in force on the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters between the United States and the British Virgin Islands, courts in the British Virgin Islands will not automatically recognize and enforce a final judgment rendered by a U.S. court.

Any final and conclusive monetary judgment obtained against us in U.S. courts, for a definite sum, may be treated by the courts of the British Virgin Islands as a cause of action in itself so that no retrial of the issued would be necessary, provided that in respect of the U.S. judgment:

• the U.S. court issuing the judgment had jurisdiction in the matter and the Issuer either submitted to such jurisdiction or were resident or carrying on business within such jurisdiction and were duly served with process;

• the judgment given by the U.S. court was not in respect of multiple damages, penalties, taxes, fines or similar fiscal or revenue obligations of the Issuer;

• in obtaining judgment there was no fraud on the part of the person in whose favor judgment was given or on the part of the court;

52

• recognition or enforcement of the judgment in the British Virgin Islands would not be contrary to public policy of the British Virgin Islands;

• no new admissible evidence relevant to the action is submitted prior to the rendering of the judgment by the courts of the British Virgin Islands;

• the proceedings pursuant to which judgment were obtained did not contravene the rules of natural justice of the British Virgin Islands; and

• there is due compliance with the correct procedures under the laws of the British Virgin Islands.

You may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. federal courts may be limited, because the Issuer is incorporated in the British Virgin Islands.

The Issuer is a company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against the Issuer or our directors or officers.

Our corporate affairs will be governed by our memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Act and the common law of the British Virgin Islands. Under our memorandum and articles of association, we indemnify and hold our directors harmless against all claims and suits brought against them, subject to limited exceptions. Under our memorandum and articles of association, to the extent allowed by law, the rights and obligations among or between us, any of our current or former directors, officers and employees and any current or former shareholder will be governed exclusively by the laws of the British Virgin Islands and subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the British Virgin Islands courts, unless those rights or obligations do not relate to or arise out of their capacities as such. This exclusive jurisdiction may limit the shareholders’ ability to bring a claim against us in a jurisdiction that they consider favorable to them in disputes with us. In addition, it may be costlier for shareholders to present claims in the courts located in the British Virgin Islands, which could discourage such claims. Nevertheless, our shareholders will not be deemed to have waived their rights related to our compliance with U.S. federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to foreign private issuers. Although there is doubt as to whether U.S. courts would enforce this provision in an action brought in the United States under U.S. securities laws, this provision could make enforcing judgments obtained outside the British Virgin Islands more difficult to enforce against our assets in the British Virgin Islands or jurisdictions that would apply British Virgin Islands law.

There may be less publicly available information about us than is regularly published by or about U.S. issuers. Also, the British Virgin Islands regulations governing the securities of British Virgin Islands companies are not as extensive as those in effect in the United States, and the British Virgin Islands law and regulations in respect of corporate governance matters may not be as protective of minority shareholders as state corporation laws in the United States. Therefore, you may have more difficulty protecting your interests in connection with actions taken by the Issuer, our directors and officers or our principal shareholder than you would as a shareholder of a corporation incorporated in the United States.

The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the statutory and fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to the Issuer under British Virgin Islands law are governed by the Companies Act and the common law of the British Virgin Islands. The common law of the British Virgin Islands is derived from English common law, and whilst the decisions of the English courts are of persuasive authority, they are not binding on a court in the British Virgin Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the statutory and fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under British Virgin Islands law may not be as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the British Virgin Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and some states, such as Delaware, have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. In addition, while statutory provisions do exist in British Virgin Islands law for derivative actions to be brought in certain circumstances, such actions require the permission of a court in the British Virgin Islands

53

and shareholders in British Virgin Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States. The circumstances in which any such action may be brought, and the procedures and defenses that may be available in respect to any such action, may result in the rights of shareholders of a British Virgin Islands company being more limited than those of shareholders of a company organized in the United States. Accordingly, shareholders may have fewer alternatives available to them if they believe that corporate wrongdoing has occurred.

The British Virgin Islands courts are also unlikely:

• to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States based on certain civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws where that liability is in respect of penalties, taxes, fines or similar fiscal or revenue obligations of the Issuer; and

• to impose liabilities against the Issuer, in original actions brought in the British Virgin Islands, based on certain civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws that are penal in nature.

As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by the Issuer, our board of directors, our management or our principal shareholder than they would as public shareholders of a U.S. company. For a discussion of certain differences between the provisions of the Companies Act, remedies available to shareholders and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders, see “Description of Share Capital––British Virgin Islands Company Considerations.”

You may not be able to participate in future equity offerings, and you may not receive any value for rights that we may grant.

Under our memorandum and articles of association, holders of Class B common shares are entitled to preemptive rights in the event that additional Class A common shares are issued in order to maintain their proportional ownership interest. However, our memorandum and articles of association also provide that such preemptive subscription rights do not apply to certain issuances of securities by us, including (i) pursuant to any employee compensation plans; (ii) as consideration for (a) any merger, consolidation or purchase of assets or (b) recapitalization or reorganization; (iii) in connection with a pro rata division of shares or dividend in specie or distribution; or (iv) pursuant to any bona fide shareholder rights plan adopted by the Company, and holders of our Class B common shares are not entitled to the benefits of any redemption or sinking fund provisions.

We are required to comply with economic substance requirements in the British Virgin Islands.

The British Virgin Islands, together with several other non-European Union jurisdictions, have introduced legislation aimed at addressing concerns raised by the Council of the European Union as to offshore structures engaged in certain activities which attract profits without real economic activity. With effect from January 1, 2019, the Economic Substance (Companies and Limited Partnerships) Act, 2018 (as amended, the “ESA”) came into force in the British Virgin Islands introducing certain economic substance requirements for British Virgin Islands tax resident companies which are engaged in certain “relevant activities,” which in our case applies for financial years from 2019 onwards.

At present, the activities which are conducted by us would constitute holding business. Although it is presently anticipated that the ESA will have little material impact on us or our operations, as the legislation is new and remains subject to further clarification and interpretation it may not be possible to ascertain the precise impact of any legislative changes or changes in official guidance on us. We are required to make an annual filing with the British Virgin Islands International Tax Authority confirming if we carried out any “relevant activities” during the preceding financial period and, if so, providing certain prescribed information.

If our activities change or if the scope of the “relevant activities” is changed by subsequent legislation, we may be required to increase our substance in the British Virgin Islands to satisfy such requirements, which could result in additional costs that could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations. If we were required to satisfy economic substance requirements in the British Virgin Islands but failed to do so, we could face financial penalties, restriction or regulation of our business activities and/or may be struck off as a registered entity in the British Virgin Islands or liquidated.

54

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains or incorporates by reference forward-looking statements within the meaning of U.S. federal securities laws. You can identify these statements because they are not limited to historical fact or they use words such as “outlook,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “expect,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “confident,” “opportunities,” “goal,” “prospect,” “positioned,” “intend,” “committed,” “continue,” “future,” “guidance,” “years ahead,” “looking ahead,” “going forward,” “focused on,” “will likely result,” “can,” “project,” “accelerate,” “schedule,” “on track,” “seek,” “ensure,” “potential,” “objective,” “focused on,” “predict,” “look to,” “likely to,” “scheduled to,” or “subject to” and similar expressions that concern our strategy, plans, intentions, initiatives, or beliefs about future occurrences or results.

Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they are made. There is no assurance that the expected events, trends or results will actually occur and we and the underwriters undertake no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statements and estimates whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our current belief or expectations as of the date of this prospectus and estimates on future events and trends that affect or may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, prospects and the trading price of our Class A common shares. Although such forward-looking statements are based on assumptions and information currently available to us, which we believe to be reasonable, none of the forward-looking statements, whether expressed or implied, are indicative of or guarantee future results. Given such limitations, you should not make any investment decision on the basis of the forward-looking statements contained herein.

All forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors (including, without limitation, those described under “Risk Factors”) that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those which we expected. Key factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the expectations expressed in or implied by such forward-looking statements, include, but are not limited to:

• economic factors reducing our customers’ spending, impairing our ability to execute our strategies and initiatives, and increasing our costs and expenses, resulting in materially decreased sales or profitability;

• failure to achieve or sustain our strategies and initiatives, including those relating to store openings, sourcing and supplier relationships, private label product development and cost initiatives, inventory management, supply chain, store operations, expense reduction and technology;

• risks associated with our private label products, including, but not limited to, our level of success in improving their margins;

• our ability to successfully identify, lease, obtain permits for and adapt real estate spaces for stores and distribution centers;

• our ability to renew our existing leases on terms that are not detrimental to us;

• competitive pressures and changes in the business environment and the geographic and product markets where we operate, including, but not limited to, pricing, promotional activity, expanded availability of mobile, web-based and other digital technologies, and alliances or other business combinations;

• our failure to attract, train and retain qualified employees while controlling labor costs and other labor issues;

• our loss of key personnel, including regional management, or inability to hire additional qualified personnel;

55

• sustainability of negative levels of working capital;

• product liability, product recall or other product safety or labeling claims;

• risks and challenges associated with sourcing merchandise from suppliers, including, but not limited to, those related to international trade;

• failure to successfully manage inventory balances;

• a significant disruption to our distribution network, the capacity of our distribution centers or the timely receipt of inventory, or delays in constructing or opening new distribution centers;

• damage or interruption to our information systems as a result of external factors, staffing shortages or challenges in maintaining or updating our existing technology or developing or implementing new technology;

• failure to maintain the security of our business, customer, employee or vendor information or to comply with privacy laws;

• the impact of changes in or noncompliance with laws and governmental regulations and requirements (including, but not limited to, those relating to environmental compliance, product and food safety or labeling, information security and privacy, labor and employment, employee wages, and those governing the sale of products, as well as tax laws, the interpretation of existing tax laws, or our failure to sustain our reporting positions, in each case negatively affecting our tax rate) and developments in or outcomes of private actions, class actions, multi-district litigation, arbitrations, derivative actions, administrative proceedings, regulatory actions or other litigation;

• incurrence of material uninsured losses, excessive insurance costs or accident costs;

• deterioration in market conditions, including market disruptions, limited liquidity and interest rate fluctuations, or changes in our credit profile;

• risks related to public health crises such as the COVID-19 outbreak, including but not limited to, the effects on our supply chain, distribution network, store and distribution center growth or customers’ spending patterns;

• natural disasters, unusual weather conditions (whether or not caused by climate change), pandemic outbreaks or other health crises, acts of violence or terrorism, and global political events;

• changes to, or withdrawals from, free trade agreements, including the USMCA to which Mexico is a party; and

• additional factors that may be disclosed under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

We caution you that the foregoing list of significant factors may not contain all of the material factors that are important to you. In addition, in light of these risks and uncertainties, the matters referred to in the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus may not in fact occur. Many of these risks are beyond our ability to control or predict. All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained throughout this prospectus.

We caution you that the important factors referenced above may not contain all of the factors that are important to you. We cannot assure you that we will realize the results or developments we expect or anticipate or, even if substantially realized, that they will result in the consequences or affect us or our operations in the way we expect. We undertake no obligation, and specifically disclaim any duty, to update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required by law. As a result of these risks and uncertainties, we caution you not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements included herein or that may be made elsewhere from time to time by, or on behalf of, us.

56

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from our issuance and sale of 28,050,491 Class A common shares in this offering will be approximately US$439,948,570, assuming an initial public offering price of US$17.00 per Class A common share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of US$17.00 per Class A common share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately US$26,227,209, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of Class A common shares we are offering would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by approximately US$15,895,000, assuming the assumed initial public offering price stays the same.

The principal purposes of this offering are to allow us to repay in full the Promissory Notes and the Convertible Notes, obtain additional resources to support the development and growth of our business, provide us with greater financial flexibility, create a public market for our Class A common shares and facilitate our future access to the capital markets. We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for the full repayment of the (i) US$247,103,825 principal and accrued interest on the Senior Promissory Notes. the US$4,100,000 maturity extension fee relating thereto and the US$400,000 one time service fee payable to affiliates of Quilvest Capital Partners, (ii) US$12,634,296 principal and accrued interest on the 2017 Junior Promissory Notes and the US$230,000 maturity extension fee relating thereto, (iii) US$1,055,842 principal and accrued interest on the 2020 Junior Promissory Notes and the US$20,000 maturity extension fee relating thereto and (iv) US$23,229,744 principal and accrued interest on the Convertible Notes, in each case, outstanding as of the date of this prospectus, and the remainder, if any, for general corporate purposes, which may include investing in the expansion of our operations in Mexico, including the opening of new stores, and maintaining liquidity. The Senior Promissory Notes accrue interest at a rate of 14% per annum mature on December 31, 2026. The 2017 Junior Promissory Notes accrue interest at a rate of 15% per annum mature on December 31, 2026. The 2020 Junior Promissory Notes accrue interest at a rate of 14% per annum mature on December 31, 2026. The Convertible Notes accrue interest at a rate of 14% per annum and mature on November 20, 2026. See “Management’s Discussion of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Indebtedness” for additional information about the Promissory Notes and the Convertible Notes. Any remaining amounts will be used for general corporate purposes. We will have broad discretion in allocating the portion of the net proceeds from this offering that is not used to repay the Promissory Notes and Convertible Notes.

Although we currently anticipate that we will use the net proceeds from this offering as described above, there may be circumstances where a reallocation of funds is necessary. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including the factors described under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. Accordingly, our management will have flexibility in applying the net proceeds from this offering. An investor will not have the opportunity to evaluate the economic, financial or other information on which we base our decisions on how to use the net proceeds.

Pending the determination of the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest them in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term, interest-bearing instruments and government securities. No assurance can be given that we will invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that produces income or that does not result in a loss in value.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of Class A common shares by the selling shareholders.

57

DIVIDENDS AND DIVIDEND POLICY

The amount of any dividends will depend on many factors, such as our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, prospects and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. We currently intend to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on various factors, including applicable laws, our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, future prospects and any other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.

As a holding company, our ability to pay dividends depends on our receipt of cash dividends from our operating subsidiaries, which may further restrict our ability to pay dividends as a result of their respective jurisdictions of incorporation (including imposing legal restrictions on dividend distribution by subsidiaries), agreements of our subsidiaries or covenants under future indebtedness that we or they may incur. Our ability to pay dividends is therefore directly related to positive and distributable net results from our subsidiaries. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Our holding company structure makes us dependent on the operations of our subsidiaries.”

Certain British Virgin Islands and Mexican Legal Requirements Related to Dividends

Dividends may only be paid in accordance with the provisions of our memorandum and articles of association and Section 57 of the British Virgin Islands Business Companies Act, 2004 (as amended) where the board of directors is satisfied on reasonable grounds that immediately after the payment of the dividend the value of the Issuer’s assets will exceed its liabilities and the Issuer will be able to pay its debts as they fall due. Pursuant to our memorandum and articles of association, all dividends unclaimed for three years after having been declared may be forfeited by a resolution of directors for the benefit of the Issuer. See “Description of Share Capital.”

Under Mexican law, subject to the satisfaction of certain quorum requirements, only shareholders at a general meeting have the authority to declare a dividend. Although not required by law, such declarations typically follow the recommendation of the board of directors. Additionally, under Mexican law, our Mexican subsidiaries may only pay dividends if, among other things, any existing losses applicable to prior years have been made up or absorbed into shareholders’ equity and after at least 5% of net profits for the relevant fiscal year have been allocated to a legal reserve until the amount of the reserve equals 20% of a company’s paid-in capital stock.

The amount and payment of future dividends, if any, will be subject to applicable law and will depend upon a variety of factors that may be considered by our board of directors or our shareholders, including our future operating results, financial condition, capital requirements, investments in potential acquisitions or other growth opportunities, legal restrictions, contractual restrictions in our current and future debt instruments and our ability to obtain funds from our subsidiaries. Such factors may limit or prevent the payment of any future dividends and may be considered by our board of directors in recommending, or by our shareholders in approving, the payment of any future dividends.

58

CAPITALIZATION

The table below sets forth our current and non-current debt and lease liabilities, our total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization (defined as the sum of total debt and lease liabilities plus total stockholders’ equity) as of September 30, 2023, derived from our interim unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2023, as follows:

• on a historical basis; and

• as adjusted, to reflect the issuance and sale of 28,050,491 Class A common shares by us in this offering at the initial public offering price of US$17.00 per Class A common share (the midpoint of the estimated offering price per Class A common share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus translated into Mexican pesos using the selling exchange rate of Ps.17.19 per US$1.00, as published by the Mexican Central Bank on January 31, 2024), assuming no exercise of the option by the underwriters to purchase additional Class A common shares, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and to reflect (i) the repayment in full of the Promissory Notes and the Convertible Notes (as if they had been repaid on September 30, 2023), (ii) the payment of: US$4,100,000 to the Senior Promissory Note holders, US$230,000 to the 2017 Junior Promissory Note holders and US$20,000 to the 2020 Junior Promissory Note holders, as consideration for the Promissory Note holders’ agreement to extend the maturity of the Promissory Notes from May 31, 2024 to December 31, 2026, and (iii) the payment of a onetime US$400,000 service fee to affiliates of Quilvest Capital Partners. Our total capitalization may be different in the event that we do not allocate the net proceeds of this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds.”

You should read this table in conjunction with “Presentation of Financial Information” “Use of Proceeds,” “Summary Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, together with the notes thereto, and our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2023 and for the nine months ended September 2023 and 2022, together with the notes thereto, in each case included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our capitalization following the closing of this offering (including the use of proceeds therefrom) will be adjusted based on the actual initial offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

	As of September 30, 2023
	Actual			As Adjusted
	(thousands of Ps.)
Cash and cash equivalents	Ps.	1,001,083		Ps.	3,730,275
Current debt and lease liabilities:
Short-term debt	Ps.	778,011		Ps.	778,011
Lease liabilities		518,027			518,027
Non-current debt and lease liabilities:
Debt with related parties(1)		4,300,719			—
Long-term debt		565,777			114,625
Lease liabilities		5,354,493			5,354,493
Total debt and lease liabilities(2)	Ps.	11,517,027		Ps.	6,765,156
Stockholders’ equity:
Capital stock		471,282			8,033,998
Reserve for share-based payments		769,573			769,573
Cumulative losses(3)		(5,860,847	)		(5,942,500	)
Total stockholders’ equity	Ps.	(4,619,992	)	Ps.	2,861,071
Total capitalization	Ps.	6,897,035		Ps.	9,626,227

(1) As of the date of this prospectus, the outstanding principal and accrued interest under the Promissory Notes held by related parties that will be repaid with the proceeds of this offering is US$256,669,606 (Ps.4,412,151 thousand). See “Use of Proceeds.”

59

(2) As of the date of this prospectus, the aggregate amount of outstanding principal and accrued interest under the Promissory Notes is US$284,023,708 (Ps.4,882,368 thousand).

(3) Cumulative losses reflects payment of: US$4,100,000 to the Senior Promissory Note holders, US$230,000 to the 2017 Junior Promissory Note holders and US$20,000 to the 2020 Junior Promissory Note holders, as consideration for the Promissory Note holders’ agreement to extend the maturity of the Promissory Notes from May 31, 2024 to December 31, 2026, as well as the payment of a one time US$400,000 service fee to affiliates of Quilvest Capital Partners, in each case translated into Mexican pesos using the selling exchange rate of Ps.17.19 per US$1.00, as published by the Mexican Central Bank on January 31, 2024.

An increase or reduction of US$1.00 in the assumed initial public offering price of US$17.00 per Class A common shares, which is the midpoint of the price range indicated on the cover page of this prospectus (translated into Mexican pesos using the selling exchange rate of Ps.17.19 per US$1.00, as published by the Mexican Central Bank on January 31, 2024), would, after the completion of this offering, increase (decrease) the value of (1) our total stockholders’ equity and (2) our total capitalization by Ps.450,846 thousand, assuming that the number of Class A common shares offered herein, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

An increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of Class A common shares sold in this offering by us would increase (decrease) the value of (1) our total stockholders’ equity and our (2) total capitalization by Ps.273,235 thousand, assuming an initial public offering price of Ps.292.23 per Class A common shares (translated into Mexican pesos using the selling exchange rate of Ps.17.19 per US$1.00, as published by the Mexican Central Bank on January 31, 2024), the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Except as set forth above, there has been no material change to our capitalization since September 30, 2023.

To the extent that we grant options to our employees in the future and those options are exercised or other issuances of common shares are made, there will be further dilution to new investors.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of Class A common shares by the selling shareholders, and accordingly, our total capitalization will not be impacted by such proceeds received by the selling shareholders.

60

DILUTION

As of September 30, 2023, our total stockholders’ equity was Ps.(4,619,992) thousand, and we had a negative net tangible book value of Ps.4,627,042 thousand, corresponding to a negative net tangible book value of Ps.54.99 per common share, after giving effect to the share split (or Ps.164.96 per common share before giving effect to the 3-for-1 share split). Net tangible book value per common share represents the amount of total assets (excluding other intangible assets) less total liabilities, divided by 84,150,261, the total number of the Issuer’s common shares outstanding as of September 30, 2023, after giving effect to the share split (or 28,050,087 common shares before giving effect to the 3-for-1 share split).

After giving effect to the sale by us of the 28,050,491 Class A common shares offered by us in this offering at an assumed offering price of US$17.00 per Class A common share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, translated into Mexican pesos using the selling exchange rate of Ps.17.19 per US$1.00, as published by the Mexican Central Bank on January 31, 2024), after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma net tangible book value estimated at September 30, 2023 would have been Ps.2,935,674 thousand, representing Ps.26.16 per common share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of Ps.81.15, or 147.6% per common share, to current shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of Ps.266.07, or 91.0% per common share, to new investors purchasing Class A common shares in this offering. Dilution for this purpose represents the difference between the price per common shares paid by these investors and net tangible book value per common share immediately after the consummation of this offering.

If you invest in our Class A common shares, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per Class A common share and the pro forma net tangible book value per Class A common share which accounts for the issuance and sale of new Class A common shares in this offering.

Because our Class A common shares, Class B common shares and Class C common shares have the same dividend and other rights, except for voting, conversion, preemptive rights and transfer restrictions, we have counted the Class A common shares, Class B common shares and Class C common shares equally for purposes of the dilution calculations below.

The information in this “Dilution” section does not reflect an additional 54,867,752 Class C common shares that are issuable upon the exercise of options granted under our 2004 Option Plan and awards granted under the Founder Liquidity Bonus and Liquidity Event Bonus Plan, since the exercise of such options and the delivery of such awards is subject and as a result may not be exercised or delivered, as applicable until a later date and no earlier than 180 days from the date of this offering, as applicable. However, investors should note that they may experience further dilution in the future upon the issuance of such Class C common shares. For additional information, see “Management—2004 Option Plan,” “Management—Liquidity Event Bonus Plan” and “Management—Founder Liquidity Bonus.”

The following table illustrates this dilution to new investors purchasing Class A common shares in this offering.

	Ps. (except as otherwise indicated)
Assumed initial public offering price per Class A common share(1)	US$	17.00
Assumed initial public offering price per Class A common share(2)		292.23
Net tangible book value per common share as of September 30, 2023 (after giving effect to the share split)		(54.99	)
Pro forma net tangible book value per common share after completion of this offering(3)		26.16
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per common share attributable to current shareholders		81.15
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per Class A common share attributable to new shareholders(3)		266.07

(1) Corresponds to the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

(2) Represents US$17.00 as translated into Mexican pesos using the selling exchange rate of Ps.17.19 per US$1.00, as published by the Mexican Central Bank on January 31, 2024.

(3) Dilution represents the difference between the offering price per Class A common share paid by new shareholders and the pro forma net tangible book value per Class A common share immediately after giving effect to this offering.

61

The actual offering price per Class A common share is not based on the pro forma net tangible book value of our common shares, but will be established based through a book building process.

The following table summarizes, on the same pro forma basis as of September 30, 2023, the number of common shares acquired from us, the total cash consideration paid and the average price per common share paid to us by our current shareholders and by new investors purchasing Class A common shares in this offering. As the table shows, new investors purchasing Class A common shares in this offering will pay an average price per Class A common share substantially higher than our pre-IPO shareholders paid. This information is based on the assumed initial public offering price of US$17.00 per Class A common share (which is the midpoint of the price range per common share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering.

	Common Shares Purchased				Total Consideration				Average Price per Common Share (US$)
	Amount		Percentage of   Total Common Shares (%)		Amount (millions of US$)		Percentage (%)
Current shareholders		84,150,261		75.0		27.42		5.4		0.33
New investors(1)		28,050,491		25.0		476.86		94.6		17.00
Total		112,200,752		100.0		504.27		100.0		4.49

(1) Dilution figures presented above only include newly issued common shares and do not reflect common shares sold by the selling shareholders.

An increase (decrease) of US$1.00 in the assumed initial public offering price of US$17.00 per common share (translated into Mexican pesos using the selling exchange rate of Ps.17.19 per US$1.00, as published by the Mexican Central Bank on January 31, 2024), which is the midpoint of the price range indicated on the cover page of this prospectus, would, after the conclusion of this offering, increase (decrease) (1) the value of our total stockholders’ equity by Ps.450.85 million, and (2) the value of our pro forma net tangible book value per common share to new investors by Ps.4.02 assuming that the number of Class A common shares offered herein, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

62

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This section contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of events may differ significantly from those expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements for several reasons, including those described under “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” and other issues discussed herein.

The following analysis and discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, together with the notes thereto, and our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2023 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, together with the notes thereto, in each case included elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as the information set forth under “Presentation of Financial and Other Information” and “Summary Financial and Other Information.” Our consolidated financial statements are presented in thousands of Mexican pesos, except as otherwise specified.

Overview

We are pioneers and leaders of the grocery hard discount model in Mexico and one of the fastest growing retailers in the country as measured by our sales and store growth rates. From 2020 to 2022, our total revenue grew at a CAGR of 34.4%, reaching Ps.32.6 billion (US$1.85 billion) for 2022, and our number of stores increased from 1,249 as of year-end 2020 to 2,288 as of year-end 2023, which represents a CAGR of 22.4%. Our total revenue for the 12-month period ended September 30, 2023 was Ps.41.2 billion (US$2.3 billion).

Our business model is simple yet disruptive: we offer a limited assortment of products that cover the daily grocery needs of our clients. We price our products to offer what is generally market-leading value for money: the lowest sustainable price in the market for a given quality. Our stores also offer convenience, since they are generally located within central neighborhoods that allow for daily visits and minimize transportation needs for our customers. Our customers visit us on average three to four times per week to fulfill one or two days of groceries.

The Tiendas 3B product range consists of approximately 800 stock keeping units (“SKUs”) of branded, private label and spot products.

• Branded products are well known national and international brand label goods that we offer at the lowest sustainable price in the market to attract customers and drive traffic. For 2022 and the nine months ended September 30, 2023, branded products represented 51.8% and 48.8% of our sales, respectively.

• Private label products are products that we have developed ourselves and which we believe are of comparable or better quality than the equivalent branded alternative offered at our stores. For 2022 and the nine months ended September 30, 2023, private label products represented 42.8% and 45.4% of our sales, respectively.

• Spot products are quality food and non-food products that we offer in addition to our regularly stocked products. These are offered in limited amounts and offer exceptional value. The selection changes every two weeks on average. For 2022 and the nine months ended September 30, 2023, our spot products represented 5.4% and 5.8% of our sales, respectively.

This discussion, which presents our results for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 and for the nine months ended September 31, 2023 and 2022, should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 and for the years ended December 31, 2022,

63

2021 and 2020, together with the notes thereto, and our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2023 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, together with the notes thereto, in each case included elsewhere in this prospectus. We intend for this discussion to provide the reader with information that will assist in understanding our financial statements, the changes in certain key items in those financial statements from period to period and the primary factors that accounted for those changes. We also discuss certain performance metrics that management uses to assess our performance.

Principal Factors Affecting our Results of Operations and Material Trends

Overall economic trends. The overall economic environment and related changes in consumer behavior have a significant impact on our business. Given we focus on consumer staples, shifts in economic conditions may increase or decrease customer spending at our stores. While improvements in economic conditions generally lead to increased spending, our business model naturally hedges against downturns as consumers seek affordability during economically challenging times. When economic conditions improve, we tend to retain these captured customers as they appreciate our focus not only on price but also on quality. Macroeconomic factors that can affect customer spending patterns, and thereby our results of operations, include employment rates, inflation, business conditions, the availability of credit, interest rates, flow of remittances from abroad, tax rates and fuel and energy costs.

Product mix, consumer preferences and demand. Our ability to continue appealing to existing customers and attract new ones depends on our capacity to originate, develop, and offer a compelling product assortment of private labels and branded products that is aligned to customer preferences. Although most of our products are staples, misjudging the market for our products may result in excess inventories or lower sales, impacting our sales growth and profitability.

Materialization of infrastructure investment to support growth. Our historical operating results reflect the impact of our ongoing investments to support our growth, including store expansion investments as well as in our proprietary warehouse and distribution network. We have made significant investments in our business that we believe have laid the foundation for continued profitable growth. We believe that strengthening our management team and enhancing our information systems, including our regional management, will enable us to support our continued growth and allow scaling our profitable business model.

Effective sourcing and distribution of products. Our sales and gross profit are affected by our ability to purchase the products we sell in sufficient quantities at competitive prices. We believe our suppliers have adequate capacity to meet our current and anticipated demand, in part because we collaborate and coordinate closely with them on the development of new private label products. However, our suppliers’ ability to timely manufacture and deliver the products may be subject to various factors, including, among others, changes to the prices and flow of goods and ingredients, logistics disruptions, availability and cost of raw materials and labor disruptions. Any disruption in our supply chain could adversely affect our sales and profitability, including due to an inability to procure and stock sufficient quantities of merchandise to match market demand and our expansion plans resulting in lost sales.

Inflation and deflation trends. Our financial results can be directly impacted by substantial increases in product costs due to commodity cost increases or general inflation, which could lead to a reduction in our sales as well as greater margin pressure if costs cannot be passed on to consumers. To date, changes in general inflation have not materially impacted our business. In response to increasing general inflation, we seek to minimize the impact of such events by sourcing our merchandise from different vendors, changing our product mix and increasing our pricing when necessary.

Impacts of the COVID-19 Pandemic and Subsequent Period

Throughout 2020 and 2021, the COVID-19 pandemic had a widespread impact on the global economy and affected our business, as well as our customers, suppliers and other business partners. However, our business model proved resilient during the pandemic. Our focus on consumer staples meant our stores were able to remain open during lockdown periods. Moreover, our robust supplier relationships and inventory management during the

64

pandemic period ensured our stores were fully stocked throughout this period. As a result, we were able to maintain a sustained growth rate in sales, and store openings during the period and were able to capture sales from new customers that were seeking better value given the adverse economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Some of our most important stakeholders are our suppliers, and through intensive cooperation with them, we were able to successfully manage our business through the COVID-19 pandemic, maintaining and strengthened our leading position in the grocery industry in 2022. Our sales increased by 41.0%, compared to 2021, as a result of our 392 net new store openings in 2022.

Public Company Cost

Upon the consummation of this offering, we will become a public company, and our Class A common shares will be publicly traded on the New York Stock Exchange. As a result, we will need to comply with new laws, regulations and requirements that we did not need to comply with as a private company, including provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, other applicable SEC regulations and the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange. Compliance with the requirements of being a public company will require us to increase our administrative expenses in order to pay our employees, legal counsel and accounting advisors to assist us in, among other things, instituting and monitoring a more comprehensive compliance and board governance function, establishing and maintaining internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and preparing and distributing periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under the federal securities laws. In addition, as a public company, it will be more expensive for us to obtain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

Components of Our Results of Operations

The following is a summary of the principal line items comprising consolidated statements of profit or loss.

Revenue from Sales of Merchandise

Revenue from sales of merchandise represents the sale of products to customers net of returns made by customers. Additionally, revenue from sales of merchandise includes net revenues earned from service fees and commissions collected from clients that make payments to third parties at our stores such as cell-phone providers and utilities.

Sales of Recyclables

Sales of recyclables includes sales of ancillary materials used in our day-to-day operations, such as cardboard and stretch film, net of costs of delivery of these products based on established contractual terms and conditions.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales represents the cost of merchandise that is sold at our, stores including logistics costs incurred in bringing each product to the final point of sale and warehousing costs, as well as depreciation of properties, furniture, equipment and lease-hold improvements, right-of-use assets and shrinkage.

Gross Profit

Gross profit is equal to revenue from sales of merchandise and sales of recyclables net of cost of sales.

65

Sales Expenses

Sales expenses generally consist of expenses relating to our stores and the operation of our stores, including wages and salaries of store employees, depreciation of properties, furniture, equipment and lease-hold improvements and right-of-use assets, amortization of intangible assets, energy expenses, social security contributions relating to store employees, maintenance and conservation expenses and cash-in-transit services.

Administrative Expenses

Administrative expenses generally consist of expenses relating to headquarters, regional offices and the back office, including wages and salaries of administrative employees, depreciation, and amortization, energy, social security contributions of administrative employees, payments relating to options granted under our share-based compensation plan, administrative services, advertising expenses, corporate services, maintenance and conservation expenses and professional fees.

Other Income—Net

Other income includes a variety of income streams, including from non-recurring sources, such as dispositions of assets, subleases and royalties.

Operating Profit

Operating profit is equal to gross profit net of sales expenses, administrative expenses, plus other income—net.

Financial Income

Financial income is comprised of interest generated on accounts or investments held by us.

Financial Costs

Financial costs are comprised principally of interest on lease liabilities, promissory notes, convertible notes and the financing of transportation and store equipment, including through a reverse factoring arrangement we have entered into with Santander.

Exchange Rate Fluctuation

Foreign currency transactions are translated to the functional currency using the exchange rates in effect on the transactions dates. Gains and losses on exchange fluctuations resulting from such transactions and for conversion at the exchange rates at the end of the year of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency are recognized as exchange rate fluctuation gain or loss. Exchange rate fluctuations are primarily driven by changes in the carrying value of amounts payable under the Promissory Notes and the Convertible Notes, which are payable at maturity in U.S. dollars.

66

Historical Results of Operations

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2023 compared to the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2022

	For the nine months ended September 30,						Variation (%)
	2023			2022
	(thousands of Ps.)
Revenue from sales of merchandise	Ps.	31,694,573		Ps.	23,081,400			37.3	%
Sales of recyclables		68,282			83,378			(18.1	)%
Total revenue		31,762,855			23,164,778			37.1	%
Cost of sales		(26,733,603	)		(19,670,105	)		35.9	%
Gross profit		5,029,252			3,494,673			43.9	%
Sales expenses		(3,431,030	)		(2,469,975	)		38.9	%
Administrative expenses		(1,033,144	)		(720,272	)		43.4	%
Other income – net		692			1,015			(31.8	)%
Operating profit		565,770			305,441			85.2	%
Financial income		20,510			14,514			41.3	%
Financial costs		(1,007,868	)		(828,350	)		21.7	%
Exchange rate fluctuation		403,922			53,522			654.7	%
Financial costs – net		(583,436	)		(760,314	)		(23.3	)%
Loss before income tax		(17,666	)		(454,873	)		(96.1	)%
Income tax expense		(191,503	)		(129,327	)		48.1	%
Net loss for the period	Ps.	(209,169	)		(584,200	)		(64.2	)%

Revenue from Sales of Merchandise

Revenue from sales of merchandise increased 37.3% to Ps.31,694,573 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 from Ps.23,081,400 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2022. Of the total increase in revenue from sales of merchandise, 26.9% was attributable to sales from 395 net new stores opened between October 1, 2022 and September 30, 2023, while 43.0% of the increase was attributable to increases in sales volume and 30.1% of the increase was attributable to higher prices due to inflation and shifts in the product mix. Same Store Sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 increased 17.8%.

Sales of Recyclables

Sales of recyclables decreased 18.1% to Ps.68,282 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 from Ps.83,378 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2022. The decrease was mainly driven by a decrease in the cardboard price per ton, offset by an increase in higher sales.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales increased 35.9% to Ps.26,733,603 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 from Ps.19,670,105 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2022. The increase was attributable mainly to an increase in sales in existing stores and new stores and was proportional to the increase in revenue from sales of merchandise. However, this increase was partially offset by better negotiations with suppliers resulting in a lower increase relative to the growth of revenue from sales of merchandise growth in the nine months ended September 30, 2022. Our cost of sales as a percentage of total revenue was 84.2% and 84.9% for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Gross Profit

Gross profit increased 43.9% to Ps.5,029,252 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 from Ps.3,494,673 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2022, and our gross profit margin, calculated as

67

gross profit as a percentage of total revenue, was 15.8% and 15.1% for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Sales Expenses

Sales expenses increased 38.9% to Ps.3,431,030 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 from Ps.2,469,975 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2022. Our sales expenses as a percentage of total revenue, were approximately flat at 10.8% and 10.7% for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The increase in sales expenses remained proportional to the increase in revenue from sales of merchandise and largely derived from the opening of new stores, an increase in headcount required to operate new stores, and to the effects of inflation.

Administrative Expenses

Administrative expenses increased 43.4% to Ps.1,033,144 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 from Ps.720,272 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2022. Our administrative expenses, as a percentage of total revenue, were 3.3% and 3.1% for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The increase in administrative expenses was principally due to option grants under our share-based compensation plan, but the rest of the administrative expenses were lower in proportion to the growth in revenue from sales of merchandise from the nine months ended September 30, 2022 to the nine months ended September 30, 2023. We estimate that the increase in the volume of our operations will tend to stabilize certain administrative expenses such as those relating to IT systems, key executive personnel expenses and personnel expenses for roles such as category managers, IT and finance. Expenses recognized in respect of grants under our share-based compensation plan during the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 were Ps.302,438 thousand and Ps.227,842 thousand, respectively.

Other Income—Net

Other income – net decreased 31.8% to Ps.692 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 from Ps.1,015 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2022. The decrease was mainly due to a decrease in the unoccupied distribution centers that were subleased.

Operating Profit

For the reasons described above, operating profit increased 85.2% to Ps.565,770 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 from Ps.305,441 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2022. Our operating profit, as a percentage of total revenue, were 1.8% and 1.3% for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Financial Income

Financial income increased 41.3% to Ps.20,510 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 from Ps.14,514 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2022. The increase was primarily attributable to a higher interest gain on short-term investments and an increase in the gain on commissions from supplier finance arrangement.

Financial Costs

Financial costs increased 21.7% to Ps.1,007,868 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 from Ps.828,350 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2022. This increase was primarily driven by Ps.459,621 thousand and Ps.457,934 thousand in accrued interest on the Promissory Notes and Convertible Notes (which are intended to be repaid in full with the proceeds of this offering) during the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively, as well as the increased interest expense generated by increased lease liabilities, due to new lease agreements for our expanding store base of Ps.526,566 thousand and Ps.358,510 thousand, during the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

68

Exchange Rate Fluctuation

Exchange rate fluctuation was a gain of Ps.403,922 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 as compared to a gain of Ps.53,522 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2022. This change was driven by the significant devaluation of the U.S. dollar compared to the Mexican peso during the nine months ended September 30, 2023, which, in turn, impacted the carrying value of the Promissory Notes and the Convertible Notes, which are denominated in U.S. dollars. See Notes 9 and 10 to our interim unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2023 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 for further information.

Financial Costs—Net

For the reasons described above, financial costs – net decreased 23.3% to Ps.583,436 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 from Ps.760,314 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2022.

Loss Before Income Tax

For the reasons described above, loss before income tax was Ps.17,666 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 as compared to a loss before income tax of Ps.454,873 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2022.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense increased 48.1% to Ps.191,503 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 from Ps.129,327 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2022. This change was due to an increase in taxable profits in our subsidiaries, on which an increase in the annual income tax expense is expected to be recognized for the full financial year.

Net Loss for the Period

For the reasons described above, net loss was Ps.209,169 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 as compared to a net loss of Ps.584,200 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2022.

69

For the Year Ended December 31, 2022 compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2021

	For the years ended December 31,						Variation (%)
	2022			2021
	(thousands of Ps.)
Revenue from sales of merchandise	Ps.	32,472,577		Ps.	23,032,275			41.0	%
Sales of recyclables		107,820			58,906			83.0	%
Total revenue		32,580,397			23,091,181			41.1	%
Cost of sales		(27,655,643	)		(19,655,090	)		40.7	%
Gross profit		4,924,754			3,436,091			43.3	%
Sales expenses		(3,460,840	)		(2,422,688	)		42.9	%
Administrative expenses		(952,090	)		(623,874	)		52.6	%
Other income – net		8,445			4,524			86.7	%
Operating profit		520,269			394,053			32.0	%
Financial income		19,840			7,988			148.4	%
Financial costs		(1,168,786	)		(1,004,535	)		16.4	%
Exchange rate fluctuation		264,930			(122,368	)		(316.5	)%
Financial costs – net		(884,016	)		(1,118,915	)		(21.0	)%
Loss before income tax		(363,747	)		(724,862	)		(49.8	)%
Income tax expense		(201,363	)		(91,812	)		119.3	%
Net loss for the year	Ps.	(565,110	)	Ps.	(816,674	)		(30.8	)%

Revenue from Sales of Merchandise

Revenue from sales of merchandise increased 41.0% to Ps.32,472,577 thousand for 2022 from Ps.23,032,275 thousand for 2021. Of the total increase in revenue from sales of merchandise, 22.8% was attributable to sales from 392 net new stores in 2022, while 38.9% of the increase was attributable to increases in sales volume and 38.3% of the increase was attributable to higher prices due to inflation and shifts in the product mix. Same Store Sales for 2022 increased 21.9%.

Sales of Recyclables

Sales of recyclables increased 83.0% to Ps.107,820 thousand for 2022 from Ps.58,906 thousand for 2021. The increase was mainly driven by an increase in the sale of ancillary materials mainly Due to an increase of revenue from the sales of merchandise which led to a higher volume of ancillary materials and operational enhancements in the collection of these materials from our stores.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales increased 40.7% to Ps.27,655,643 thousand for 2022 from Ps.19,655,090 thousand for 2021. The increase was attributable mainly to the increase in sales in existing stores and new stores and was proportional to our increase in revenue from sales of merchandise. However, this increase was partially offset by administrative efficiencies from better negotiations with suppliers and better shrinkage control resulting in a lower increase relative to the growth of revenue from sales of merchandise growth in 2022. Our cost of sales as a percentage of total revenue was 84.9% and 85.1% in 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Gross Profit

Gross profit increased 43.3% to Ps.4,924,754 thousand for 2022 from Ps.3,436,091 thousand for 2021, and our gross profit margin, calculated as gross profit as a percentage of total revenue, was 15.1% and 14.9% in 2022 and 2021, respectively.

70

Sales Expenses

Sales expenses increased 42.9% to Ps.3,460,840 thousand for 2022 from Ps.2,422,688 thousand for 2021. Our sales expenses as a percentage of total revenue, were approximately flat at 10.6% and 10.5% in 2022 and 2021, respectively. The increase in sales expenses remained proportional to the increase in revenue from sales of merchandise and largely derived from the opening of new stores, the increase in headcount required to operate new stores, and to the effects of inflation.

Administrative Expenses

Administrative expenses increased 52.6% to Ps.952,090 thousand for 2022 from Ps.623,874 thousand for 2021. Our administrative expenses, as a percentage of total revenue, were 2.9% and 2.7% in 2022 and 2021, respectively. The increase in administrative expenses was principally due to option grants under our share-based compensation plan, but administrative expenses were otherwise in proportion to the growth in revenue from sales of merchandise from 2021 to 2022. We estimate that the increase in the volume of our operations will tend to stabilize certain administrative expenses such as those relating to IT systems, key executive personnel expenses and personnel expenses for roles such as category managers, IT and finance. Expenses recognized in respect of grants under our share-based compensation plan during 2022 and 2021 were Ps.303,789 thousand and Ps.142,123 thousand, respectively.

Other Income—Net

Other income – net increased 86.7% to Ps.8,445 thousand for 2022 from Ps.4,524 thousand for 2021. The increase was mainly driven by non-recurring sales of fixed assets.

Operating Profit

For the reasons described above, operating profit increased 32.0% to Ps.520,269 thousand for 2022 from Ps.394,053 thousand for 2021. Our operating profit, as a percentage of total revenue, was 1.6% in 2022 and 1.7% in 2021.

Financial Income

Financial income increased 148.4% to Ps.19,840 thousand for 2022 from Ps.7,988 thousand for 2021. The increase was primarily attributable to a higher interest gain on short-term investments.

Financial Costs

Financial costs increased 16.4% to Ps.1,168,786 thousand for 2022 from Ps.1,004,535 thousand for 2021. This increase was primarily driven by Ps.615,592 thousand and Ps.537,411 thousand in accrued interest on the Promissory Notes and Convertible Notes (which are intended to be repaid in full with the proceeds of this offering) during 2022 and 2021, respectively, as well as the increased interest expense generated by increased lease liabilities, due to new lease agreements for our expanding store base of Ps.507,875 thousand and Ps.440,678 thousand, during 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Exchange Rate Fluctuation

Exchange rate fluctuation was a gain of Ps.264,930 thousand for 2022 as compared to a loss of Ps.122,368 thousand for 2021. This change was driven by the significant devaluation of the U.S. dollar compared to the Mexican peso during 2022, which, in turn, impacted the carrying value of the Promissory Notes and the Convertible Notes, which are denominated in U.S. dollars. See Notes 13 and 14 to our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 for further information.

Financial Costs—Net

For the reasons described above, financial costs – net decreased 21.0% to Ps.884,016 thousand for 2022 from Ps.1,118,915 thousand for 2021.

71

Loss Before Income Tax

For the reasons described above, loss before income tax was Ps.363,747 thousand for 2022 as compared to a loss of Ps.724,862 thousand for 2021.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense increased 119.3% to Ps.201,363 thousand for 2022 from Ps.91,812 thousand for 2021. The increase was attributable to higher taxable profits, resulting from the increased revenue from sales of merchandise, an increase in non-deductible expenses and inflationary adjustments to tax profit. For 2022, we had a negative effective tax rate of 55.4%, as compared to a negative effective tax rate of 12.7% for 2021.

Net Loss for the Year

For the reasons described above, net loss was Ps.565,110 thousand for 2022 as compared to a net loss of Ps.816,674 thousand for 2021.

For the Year Ended December 31, 2021 compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2020

	For the years ended December 31,						Variation (%)
	2021			2020
	(thousands of Ps.)
Revenue from sales of merchandise	Ps.	23,032,275		Ps.	18,017,491			27.8	%
Sales of recyclables		58,906			32,399			81.8	%
Total revenue		23,091,181			18,049,890			27.9	%
Cost of sales		(19,655,090	)		(15,605,281	)		26.0	%
Gross profit		3,436,091			2,444,609			40.6	%
Sales expenses		(2,422,688	)		(1,900,206	)		27.5	%
Administrative expenses		(623,874	)		(365,538	)		70.7	%
Other income – net		4,524			2,554			77.1	%
Operating profit		394,053			181,419			117.2	%
Financial income		7,988			7,108			12.4	%
Financial costs		(1,004,535	)		(826,848	)		21.5	%
Exchange rate fluctuation		(122,368	)		(128,040	)		(4.4	)%
Financial costs – net		(1,118,915	)		(947,780	)		18.1	%
Loss before income tax		(724,862	)		(766,361	)		(5.4	)%
Income tax expense		(91,812	)		(3,310	)		2,673.8	%
Net loss for the year	Ps.	(816,674	)	Ps.	(769,671	)		6.1	%

Revenue from Sales of Merchandise

Revenue from sales of merchandise increased 27.8% to Ps.23,032,275 thousand for 2021 from Ps.18,017,491 thousand for 2020. Of the total increase in revenue from sales of merchandise, 25.7% was attributable to sales from 251 net new stores in 2021, while 43.6% of the increase was attributable to increases in sales volume and 30.7% of the increase was attributable to higher prices due to inflation and shifts in the product mix. Same Store Sales for 2021 increased 12.3%.

Sales of Recyclables

Sales of recyclables increased 81.8% to 58,906 thousand for 2021 from Ps.32,399 thousand for 2020. The increase was mainly driven by the gains from the sale of cardboard and stretch film, due to efficiency improvements on the collection of scraps from our stores.

72

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales increased 26.0% to Ps.19,655,090 thousand for 2021 from Ps.15,605,281 thousand for 2020. The increase was primarily attributable to increased sales of merchandise. However, administrative efficiencies obtained from better supplier terms and improved shrinkage control partially offset the increased costs, resulting in our cost of sales as a percentage of total revenue decreasing to 85.1% in 2021 compared to 86.5% in 2020.

Gross Profit

Gross profit increased 40.6% to Ps.3,436,091 thousand for 2021 from Ps.2,444,609 thousand for 2020, and our gross profit margin, calculated as gross profit as a percentage of total revenue, was 14.9% and 13.5% in 2021 and 2020, respectively. As described above, the increase was attributable primarily due to the higher sales, offset by the increase in logistics costs related to the sales of new stores.

Sales Expenses

Sales expenses increased 27.5% to Ps.2,422,688 thousand for 2021 from Ps.1,900,206 thousand for 2020. Our sales expenses as a percentage of total revenue, were flat at 10.5% in 2021 and 2020. The increase in sales expenses remained proportional to the increase in revenue from the sales of merchandise and largely derived from the opening of new stores and the increase in headcount required to operate our growing store base.

Administrative Expenses

Administrative expenses increased 70.7% to Ps.623,874 thousand for 2021 from Ps.365,538 thousand for 2020. Our administrative expenses, as a percentage of total revenue, were 2.7% and 2.0% in 2021 and 2020, respectively. The increase was mainly driven by grants of options under share-based compensation plan, the hiring of administrative employees and increased audit and legal fees. Expenses recognized in respect of grants under our share-based compensation plan during 2021 and 2020 were Ps.142,123 thousand and Ps.19,696 thousand, respectively.

Other Income—Net

Other income – net increased 77.1% to Ps.4,524 thousand for 2021 from Ps.2,554 thousand for 2020.The increase was mainly driven by non-recurring sale of fixed assets.

Operating Profit

For the reasons described above, operating profit increased 117.2% to Ps.394,053 thousand for 2021 from Ps.181,419 thousand for 2020. Our operating profit, as a percentage of total revenue, was 1.7% and 1.0% in 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Financial Income

Financial income increased 12.4% to Ps.7,988 thousand for 2021 from Ps.7,108 thousand for 2020. The increase was primarily attributable to a higher interest gain on short-term investments.

Financial Costs

Financial costs increased 21.5% to Ps.1,004,535 thousand for 2021 from Ps.826,848 thousand for 2020. The increase was driven by Ps.537,411 thousand and Ps.463,589 thousand in accrued interest on the Promissory Notes and Convertible Notes (which are intended to be repaid in full with the proceeds of this offering) during 2021 and 2020, respectively, and the increased interest expense generated by lease liabilities, resulting from new lease agreements for our expanding store base of Ps.440,678 thousand and Ps.337,940 thousand during 2021 and 2020, respectively.

73

Exchange Rate Fluctuation

Exchange rate fluctuation decreased 4.4% to a loss of Ps.122,368 thousand for 2021 from a loss of Ps.128,040 thousand for 2020. The decrease was driven by the fluctuations in the exchange rate of the U.S. dollar and the Mexican peso, which, in turn, impacted the carrying value of the Promissory Notes and Convertible Notes which are denominated in U.S. dollars. See Notes 13 and 14 to our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 for further information.

Financial Costs—Net

For the reasons described above, financial cost – net increased 18.1% to Ps.1,118,915 thousand for 2021 from Ps.947,780 thousand for 2020.

Loss Before Income Tax

For the reasons described above, loss before income tax was Ps.724,862 thousand for 2021 compared to a loss of Ps.766,361 thousand for 2020.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense increased to Ps.91,812 thousand for 2021 from Ps.3,310 thousand for 2020. The increase was primarily due to the fact that there was a higher income tax of the period, originated by higher taxable profits. For 2021, we had a negative effective tax rate of 12.7%, as compared to a negative effective tax rate of 0.4% for 2020.

Net Loss for the Year

For the reasons described above, net loss was Ps.816,674 thousand for 2021 as compared to a net loss of Ps.769,671 thousand for 2020.

Seasonality

Since our products mostly consist of food staples, our sales are not generally affected by seasonality. Variations in our performance from quarter to quarter are generally a consequence of store openings and holidays. Therefore, the results for a given quarter may not be indicative of results expected for the entire year.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The following discussion of our liquidity and capital resources is based on the financial information derived from our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, and our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2023 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

Liquidity represents our ability to generate sufficient cash flows from operating activities to meet our obligations as well as our ability to obtain appropriate financing.

As a result of our inventory and account payables management strategy, we generally rely on our positive cash flow dynamics as a source of financing for our operations and expansion. We have historically benefited from our working capital dynamic driven from our favorable payable terms relative to the high rotation of our inventory and minimal receivable balances, as most of our sales from merchandise are received in cash at the time of sale. As a result, we can generate a significant amount of negative working capital from such timing d

74

ifferences. Our working capital for 2021, 2022 and the nine months ended September 30, 2023 was Ps.(2,121,704) thousand, Ps.(3,205,200) thousand and Ps.(4,243,026) thousand, respectively. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, our total current assets amounted to Ps.3,599,202 thousand and Ps.2,862,715 thousand, respectively. As of September 30, 2023, our total current assets amounted to Ps.4,020,750 thousand.

We have also used certain amounts of short-term and long-term debt with related parties and third parties to supplement our cash flows. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, our long-term debt with unaffiliated third parties consisted of Ps.540,734 thousand and Ps.451,285 thousand, respectively. As of September 30, 2023, our long-term debt with unaffiliated third parties consisted of Ps.565,777 thousand. In addition to financing from third parties, we have issued several senior and junior, U.S. dollar-denominated pay-in-kind Promissory Notes that mature on December 31, 2026, most of which are held by related parties, including some of our shareholders. The aggregate principal amount and accrued interest outstanding on the Promissory Notes was US$224,387 thousand (Ps.4,344,461 thousand) as of December 31, 2022 and US$248,005 thousand (Ps.4,369,722 thousand) as of September 30, 2023. We have also issued Convertible Notes. The aggregate principal amount and accrued interest outstanding on the Convertible Notes was US$19,465 thousand (Ps.376,878 thousand) as of December 31, 2022 and US$21,689 thousand (Ps.382,149 thousand) as of September 30, 2023. See “—Indebtedness—Promissory Notes and Convertible Notes” for additional information.

In addition, we have entered into a reverse factoring arrangement with Banco Santander Mexico, S.A. (“Santander”) pursuant to which a participating supplier receives the original invoice amount discounted at an agreed rate, and we pay Santander the original amount of the invoice within 60 days after the supplier collects the invoice from Santander. The aggregate limit of amounts invoiced under this arrangement is Ps.350,000 thousand. Pursuant to the terms of this arrangement, we have created a trust, which is meant to be a source of payment in the case of a payment default, into which cash flows coming from 419 stores in a minimum aggregate amount of Ps.300,000 thousand are deposited and released so long as no payment default occurs. See Note 3.12 to our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 for more information about this arrangement.

On June 2, 2023, we and HSBC Mexico, S.A. (“HSBC”) entered into a reverse factoring transaction (the “HSBC Supplier Finance Agreement”) and a credit facility (the “HSBC Credit Line,” and together with the HSBC Supplier Finance Agreement, the “HSBC Agreement”). The aggregate principal amount financeable under the HSBC Agreement is Ps.450,000 thousand. Pursuant to the terms of the HSBC Supplier Finance Agreement, participating suppliers may discount their invoices with HSBC, and they will receive the original invoice amount discounted at an agreed rate and we will then pay HSBC the original amount by the earlier of: (x) the date HSBC pays the supplier plus the number of credit days originally agreed to with the supplier, and (y) 90 days after the supplier collects the invoice from HSBC. The supplier elects which invoices are entered into the factoring transaction. Once entered, such invoices are novated and the liability of the Company to cover such invoice is extinguished. Invoices that are not discounted with HSBC are payable to the supplier at the original maturity date. There are no commissions or interests payable to HSBC when invoices are discounted, and only an opening commission of Ps.2,250 thousand was paid for entering into the agreement, however, we receive a commission from HSBC for each factoring transaction and we must pay penalties in case of late payment. In addition, under the terms of the HSBC Agreement, the Company must comply with certain covenants, including restrictions on dividends. Additionally, pursuant to the terms of the HSBC Agreement, we have created a trust, which is meant to be a source of payment in the case of a payment default, into which Ps.540,000 thousand of cash flows have to be deposited each month and are released so long as no payment default occurs. Drawdowns on the HSBC Credit Facility are payable within 90 days and accrue interest at a rate of TIIE+3.25% and matures within 36 months.

We intend to increase our capital expenditures to support the growth in our business and operations. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents and the liquidity provided from other sources of funds (including the proceeds from this offering) will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months, considering our expected organic growth. Our future capital requirements and the adequacy of available funds will depend on many factors, including those described under “Risk Factors.” In addition, the

75

impact of rising interest rates has adversely affected the cost of borrowing, hedging activities and access to capital in general, which could limit our ability to obtain financing or hedges in a timely manner, on acceptable terms or at all.

Cash Flows

The following table sets forth certain consolidated cash flow information for the periods indicated:

	For the nine months ended September 30,
	2023			2022
	(thousands of Ps.)
Net cash flows provided by operating activities	Ps.	1,942,839		Ps.	1,243,127
Net cash flows used in investing activities		(901,193	)		(773,984	)
Net cash flows used in financing activities		(1,027,374	)		(743,306	)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		14,272			(274,163	)
Net foreign exchange difference		1,835			7,840
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	Ps.	16,107		Ps.	(266,323	)

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2022			2021			2020
	(thousands of Ps.)
Net cash flows provided by operating activities	Ps.	2,116,335		Ps.	1,366,308		Ps.	1,082,703
Net cash flows used in investing activities		(1,111,350	)		(524,080	)		(296,497	)
Net cash flows used in financing activities		(1,027,115	)		(450,241	)		(446,643	)
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents		(22,130	)		391,987			339,563
Net foreign exchange difference		7,066			(1,963	)		(3,805	)
Net (Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	Ps.	(15,064	)	Ps.	390,024		Ps.	335,758

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was Ps.1,942,839 thousand and Ps.1,243,127 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Net cash provided by operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 increased by Ps.699,712 thousand as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2022, primarily driven by an increase in accounts payable to suppliers and a positive impact of loss before income tax. The foregoing was partially offset by an increase in inventories balance due to our 395 net new store openings between October 1, 2022 and September 30, 2023 and higher sales, and a positive contribution from increased in operating profit.

Net cash provided by operating activities was Ps.2,116,335 thousand, Ps.1,366,308 thousand and Ps.1,082,703 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2022 increased by Ps.750,027 thousand as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily driven by an increase in accounts payable to suppliers and a positive impact of loss before income tax. The foregoing was partially offset by an increase in inventories balance due to our 392 net new store openings and higher sales, and a positive contribution from increased operating profit. Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased by Ps.283,605 thousand as compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily driven by an increase in accounts payable to suppliers. The foregoing was partially offset by an increase in inventory balance due to the opening of 251 new stores and higher sales resulting from increased operating profit.

76

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities generally consists of expenses and capital expenditures to expand our number of stores and distribution centers, investments in our supply chain, including purchase and sale of property and equipment, and maintenance of existing stores.

Net cash used in investing activities was Ps.901,193 thousand and Ps.773,984 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Net cash used in investing activities increased by Ps.127,209 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2022, mainly as we expanded our store count by 395 net new store openings between October 1, 2022 and September 30, 2023 and three new distribution centers, leading to increased purchases of property and equipment and of cold rooms.

Net cash used in investing activities was Ps.1,111,350 thousand, Ps.524,080 thousand and Ps.296,497 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Net cash used in investing activities increased by Ps.587,270 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, mainly as we expanded our store count by 392 net new store openings and three new distribution centers, leading to increased purchases of property and equipment and of cold rooms. Net cash used in investing activities increased by Ps.227,583 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2021 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, mainly as a result of the purchase of property and equipment, and acquisitions of cold rooms due to the opening of 251 new stores and two new distribution centers. We expect to continue to use cash to make expenditures to open new stores, renovate existing stores and distribution centers, acquire store equipment and transportation equipment and invest in software.

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities generally consists of transactions related to our short-term and long-term debt and financing obligations. Transactions with non-controlling interest shareholders are also classified as cash flows from financing activities.

Net cash used in financing activities was Ps.1,027,374 thousand and Ps.743,306 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Net cash used in financing activities increased by Ps.284,068 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2022, mainly driven by an increase of lease payments due to our 395 net new store openings between October 1, 2022 and September 30, 2023 and the opening of three new distribution center, offset by an increase in transactions under our reverse factoring arrangement with Santander and HSBC.

Net cash used in financing activities was Ps.1,027,115 thousand, Ps.450,241 thousand and Ps.446,643 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Net cash used in financing activities increased by Ps.576,874 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, mainly driven by an increase of lease payments due to 392 net new store openings and the opening of three distribution centers, offset by an increase in transactions under our reverse factoring arrangement with Santander. Net cash used in financing activities increased by Ps.3,598 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2021 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, mainly driven by an increase of lease payments due to our 251 net new store openings and the opening of two new distribution centers, which was partially offset by the interest payable at the maturity of the Promissory Notes and an increase in transactions under our reverse factoring arrangement with Santander.

Capital Expenditures

We make, and expect to continue to make, capital expenditures for store openings, renovation of existing stores and distribution centers, acquisitions of store equipment and transportation equipment, and investments in software.

77

For the year ended December 31, 2024, we have budgeted capital expenditures of approximately Ps.2,425 thousand, including approximately Ps.1,651 thousand for opening new stores and the remodeling expenses for the reopening of damaged Acapulco stores and approximately Ps.104 thousand for opening of new distribution centers, which will be funded through our operating activities. Our capital expenditures represented 2.84% and 3.35% of our total revenue in the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Capital expenditures for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 amounted to Ps.940,202 thousand and Ps.773,984 thousand, respectively.

Our capital expenditures represented 3.4%, 2.3% and 1.6% of our total revenue in 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Capital expenditures for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 amounted to Ps.1,122,877 thousand, Ps.532,173 thousand and Ps.297,028 thousand, respectively.

We expect to fund our capital expenditures program with a combination of cash flows from operations and additional financing. We cannot assure you that we will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, or that we will have access to external financing sources, to adequately fund such or any future capital expenditures.

Indebtedness

Our indebtedness for borrowed money consists of promissory notes and convertible notes which we have incurred to finance our expansion. Additionally, we have historically incurred limited amounts of third-party financing for our operations, which has been limited to supplier financing lines and financial leases of transportation and certain store equipment.

The table below sets forth selected information regarding our outstanding indebtedness corresponding to the Promissory Notes and the Convertible Notes as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020. Variations in the aggregate amount of our indebtedness from period to period are primarily due to either increases in accrued interest payable on the Promissory Notes which, are payable in U.S. dollars, or to the issuance of the Convertible Notes.

	As of September 30,		As of December 31,
	2023		2022		2021		2020
			(thousands of Ps.)
Senior Promissory Notes
Debt – Related parties	Ps.	4,120,743	Ps.	4,098,238	Ps.	3,815,332	Ps.	3,238,044
Debt – Third parties		20,268		20,158		18,767		15,927
Total	Ps.	4,141,011	Ps.	4,118,396	Ps.	3,834,099	Ps.	3,253,971
2017 Junior Promissory Notes
Debt – Related parties		Ps. 177,254	Ps.	175,114	Ps.	161,591	Ps.	135,934
Debt – Third parties		33,763		33,355		30,779		25,892
Total	Ps.	211,017	Ps.	208,469	Ps.	192,370	Ps.	161,826
2020 Junior Promissory Notes
Debt – Related parties	Ps.	2,722	Ps.	2,707	Ps.	2,520	Ps.	2,139
Debt – Third parties		14,972		14,890		13,863		11,765
Total	Ps.	17,694	Ps.	17,597	Ps.	16,383	Ps.	13,904
Convertible Notes
Debt – Third parties	Ps.	382,149	Ps.	376,878	Ps.	346,719	Ps.	148,547
Total	Ps.	382,149	Ps.	376,878	Ps.	346,719	Ps.	148,547

78

Promissory Notes and Convertible Notes

As part of our financing strategy, we have incurred indebtedness pursuant to certain senior and junior, U.S. dollar-denominated pay-in-kind promissory notes and pay-in-kind convertible notes. The Promissory Notes are held mostly by related parties, including our shareholders, and mature on December 31, 2026. The Convertible Notes, which are held by third parties, mature on November 20, 2026 and, by their terms, will be converted into our Class C shares starting on May 25, 2025; however, upon consummation of the IPO Reorganization, such right will correspond to conversion into Class A common shares, and, in any event, the Convertible Notes are expected to be repaid in full with the proceeds received by us from this offering. The Promissory Notes and Convertible Notes contain substantially identical covenants, including relating to limitations on disposition of assets, restricted payments and incurrence of indebtedness, and are guaranteed by Tiendas BBB, S.A. de C.V., Tiendas Tres B, S.A. de C.V. and Desarrolladora Tres B, S.A. de C.V. (the “Guarantors”). As of the date of this prospectus, we were in compliance with all the covenants under these documents. We expect to allocate proceeds from this offering to repay in full all amounts outstanding under the Promissory Notes and the Convertible Notes.

Set forth below is a summary of the principal terms of the Promissory Notes and the Convertible Notes:

Senior Promissory Notes. On November 30, 2016, BBB Foods Inc. entered into a Senior Promissory Notes Agreement, pursuant to which BBB Foods Inc. issued U.S. dollar-denominated payment-in-kind promissory notes (the “Senior Promissory Notes”) in the aggregate principal amount of US$94,747,329 (Ps.1,669,401 thousand) with an original maturity date of November 30, 2022, which was later extended to May 31, 2024 and then to December 31, 2026 by the holders. The Senior Promissory Notes accrue interest at a rate of 14% per annum with a default interest rate of 5% per annum. Interest on the Senior Promissory Notes is added to the outstanding principal amount thereof, such that the outstanding principal amount increases by an amount equal to the accrued interest. As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, accrued interest contractually outstanding on the Senior Promissory Notes was US$140,277,001 (Ps.2,471,611 thousand) and US$117,963,235 (Ps.2,283,945 thousand), respectively. The aggregate principal amount and all accrued interest on the Senior Promissory Notes is payable on the maturity date. 99.5% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Promissory Notes is held by related parties of the Issuer, including certain of its shareholders, and the remaining 0.5% is held by third parties. The Senior Promissory Notes are guaranteed by the Guarantors pursuant to a guarantee agreement dated November 20, 2020. As consideration for the Senior Promissory Note holders’ agreement to extend the maturity from May 31, 2024 to December 31, 2026, we agreed to pay an additional US$4,100,000 to the Senior Promissory Note holders on the date the Senior Promissory Notes are repaid with the proceeds of this offering.

2017 Junior Promissory Notes. On August 9, 2017, BBB Foods Inc. entered into a Junior Promissory Notes Agreement, pursuant to which BBB Foods Inc. issued U.S. dollar-denominated payment-in-kind promissory notes (the “2017 Junior Promissory Notes”) in the aggregate principal amount of US$5,000,000 (Ps.88,098 thousand) with an original maturity date of November 30, 2022, which was later extended to May 31, 2024 and then to December 31, 2026 by the holders. The 2017 Junior Promissory Notes are subordinated and junior in right of payment to the Senior Promissory Notes. The 2017 Junior Promissory Notes accrue interest at a rate of 15% per annum with a default interest rate of 5% per annum. Interest on the 2017 Junior Promissory Notes is added to the outstanding principal amount thereof, such that the outstanding principal amount increases by an amount equal to the accrued interest. As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, accrued interest contractually outstanding on the 2017 Junior Promissory Notes was US$6,976,315 (Ps.122,919 thousand) and US$5,767,168 (Ps.111,661 thousand), respectively. The aggregate principal amount and all accrued interest on the 2017 Junior Promissory Notes is payable on the maturity date. 84.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2017 Junior Promissory Notes is held by related parties of the Issuer, including certain of its shareholders and the remaining 16.0% is held by third parties. The 2017 Junior Promissory Notes are guaranteed by the Guarantors pursuant to a guarantee agreement dated November 20, 2020. As consideration for the 2017 Junior Promissory Note holders’ agreement to extend the maturity from May 31, 2024 to December 31, 2026, we agreed to pay an additional US$230,000 to the 2017 Junior Promissory Note holders on the date the 2017 Junior Promissory Notes are repaid with the proceeds of this offering.

79

2020 Junior Promissory Notes. On June 30, 2020, BBB Foods Inc. entered into a Junior Promissory Notes Agreement, pursuant to which BBB Foods Inc. issued U.S. dollar-denominated payment-in-kind promissory notes (the “2020 Junior Promissory Notes” and, together with the 2017 Junior Promissory Notes, the “Junior Promissory Notes” and the Junior Promissory Notes, together with the Senior Promissory Notes, the “Promissory Notes”) in an aggregate principal amount of US$650,000 (Ps.11,453 thousand) with an original maturity date of June 30, 2023, which was later extended to May 31, 2024 and then to December 31, 2026 by the holders. The 2020 Junior Promissory Notes are subordinated and junior in right of payment to the Senior Promissory Notes. The 2020 Junior Promissory Notes accrue interest at a rate of 14% per annum with a default interest rate of 5% per annum. Interest on the 2020 Junior Promissory Notes is added to the outstanding principal amount thereof, such that the outstanding principal amount increases by an amount equal to the accrued interest. As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, accrued interest contractually outstanding on the 2020 Junior Promissory Notes was US$354,228 (Ps.6,241 thousand) and US$258,884 (Ps.5,012 thousand). The aggregate principal amount and all accrued interest on the 2020 Junior Promissory Notes is payable on the maturity date. 15.4% of the aggregate principal amount of our 2020 Junior Promissory Notes is held by related parties of the Issuer, including certain of its shareholders and the remaining 84.6% is held by third parties. The 2020 Junior Promissory Notes are guaranteed by the Guarantors pursuant to a guarantee agreement dated November 20, 2020. As consideration for the 2020 Junior Promissory Note holders’ agreement to extend the maturity from May 31, 2024 to December 31, 2026, we agreed to pay an additional US$20,000 to the 2020 Junior Promissory Note holders on the date the 2020 Junior Promissory Notes are repaid with the proceeds of this offering.

Convertible Notes. On November 20, 2020, BBB Foods Inc. entered into a Junior Convertible Promissory Note Agreement with LIV FD, S.A. de C.V., S.O.F.O.M., E.N.R., pursuant to which BBB Foods Inc. issued U.S. dollar-denominated convertible notes in an aggregate principal amount of US$15,000,000 (the “Convertible Notes”). The Issuer has issued two convertible notes under the facility. The first Convertible Note was issued on November 20, 2020 in an aggregate principal amount of US$7,500,000. The second Convertible Note was issued on February 3, 2021 in an aggregate principal amount of US$7,500,000. The Convertible Notes are subordinated and junior in right of payment to the Senior Promissory Notes. The Convertible Notes mature on November 20, 2026 and accrue interest at a rate of 14% per annum compounded quarterly. Interest on the Convertible Notes is added to the outstanding principal amount thereof, such that the outstanding principal amount increases by an amount equal to the accrued interest. The aggregate principal amount and all accrued interest on the Convertible Notes is payable on the maturity date. The Convertible Notes are guaranteed by the Guarantors pursuant to a guarantee agreement dated November 20, 2020. As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the contractual amounts payable under the Convertible Notes were US$22,041,616 (Ps.388,362 thousand) and US$19,857,885 (Ps.384,478 thousand), respectively.

Starting on May 25, 2025, and until the maturity date, the Convertible Notes will, by their terms, be convertible into Class C shares of the Issuer, at the option of the holder. The number of Class C shares in which the Convertible Notes are convertible is equal to the outstanding principal amount plus the amount of all accrued and unpaid interest at the time of the conversion, divided by the conversion price (US$86.25) (such amount may be adjusted after the issuance date for any share split, share combination or similar dilutive events that may occur with respect to Class C shares and shall be rounded to the nearest whole number). However, upon consummation of the IPO Reorganization, such right will correspond to the right to convert such Convertible Notes into Class A common shares, and, in any event, the Convertible Notes are expected to be repaid in full with the proceeds received by us from this offering. The Convertible Notes are classified as a financial liability since there is no fixed conversion rate because they are denominated in U.S. dollars and the Issuer’s functional currency is the Mexico peso. Therefore, the conversion rate will be determined depending on the exchange rate on the conversion date. Additionally, because the Convertible Notes are convertible at the option of the holder, the amount of principal and accrued interest from the incurrence of the debt until settlement is uncertain.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to a variety of risks in the ordinary course of our business, including, but not limited to, currency risk, liquidity risk and credit risk. We regularly assess each of these risks to minimize any adverse effects on our business as a result of those factors. See Note 5 to our to our audited consolidated financial

80

statements as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, and Note 4 to our to our interim unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2023 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, for further discussion of our exposure to these risks.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our financial statements are prepared in conformity with IFRS. In preparing our financial statements, we make assumptions, judgements and estimates about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. We base our estimates, assumptions and significant judgements on historical experience and other factors that we considered relevant. Actual results may differ from said estimates.

We reviewed our estimates, assumptions and significant judgments continuously. Our revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the review period and future periods if the review affects both the current period and subsequent periods.

We disclose our significant accounting policies in the notes accompanying our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Information on the judgments made in applying accounting policies that have significant effect on the amounts recognized in our consolidated financial statements are included in Note 4 to our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 and Note 3 to our to our interim unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2023 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022.

Internal Controls over Financial Reporting as Defined by COSO

We are in the process of implementing Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013 Framework) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), particularly regarding the documentation required to evidence the existence and effectiveness of the associated controls, as follows: (i) our control environment, to enable the identification and mitigation of risks of accounting errors; (ii) our risk assessment, to identify and communicate appropriate objectives and fraud risk, and to identify and assess changes in the business that could affect our system of internal controls; (iii) our control activities, to adequately select and develop control activities and objectives for information and related technologies; (iv) our information and communication, to evidence the processes and controls in place to ensure the adequate review over financial reporting, including journal entries; and (v) our monitoring activities, to ascertain whether the components of internal control are present and functioning.

As part of our implementation process, we hired several new experienced personnel in our financial reporting and internal controls team, as well as engaging external advisors to assist us, with the objective to work in the design, implementation of new processes, policies and procedures, improvements of the current internal controls to provide additional levels of review and approval, enhancements of internal documentation, implementation of new software solutions and strengthening the training program for staff related to the requirements of IFRS, the rules and regulations of the SEC and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as the guidelines of COSO’s Internal Control Integrated Framework.

81

BUSINESS AND INDUSTRY

Overview

We are pioneers and leaders of the grocery hard discount model in Mexico and one of the fastest growing retailers in the country as measured by our sales and store growth rates. The 3B name, which references “Bueno, Bonito y Barato” – a Mexican saying which translates to “Good, Nice and Affordable”– summarizes our mission of offering irresistible value to budget savvy consumers through great quality products at bargain prices. From 2020 to 2022, our total revenue grew at a CAGR of 34.4%, reaching Ps.32.6 billion (US$1.85 billion) for 2022, and our number of stores increased from 1,249 as of year-end 2020 to 2,288 as of year-end 2023, which represents a CAGR of 22.4%. Our total revenue for the 12-month period ended September 30, 2023 was Ps.41.2 billion (US$2.3 billion).

Our business model is simple yet disruptive: we offer a limited assortment of products that cover the daily grocery needs of our clients. We price our products to offer what is generally market-leading value for money: the lowest sustainable price in the market for a given quality. Our stores also offer convenience, since they are generally located within central neighborhoods that allow for daily visits and minimize transportation needs for our customers. Our customers visit us on average three to four times per week to fulfill one or two days of groceries.

The Tiendas 3B product range consists of approximately 800 stock keeping units (“SKUs”) of branded, private label and spot products.

• Branded products are well known national and international brand label goods that we offer at the lowest sustainable price in the market to attract customers and drive traffic. For 2022 and the nine months ended September 30, 2023, branded products represented 51.8% and 48.8% of our sales, respectively.

• Private label products are products that we have developed ourselves and which we believe are of comparable or better quality than the equivalent branded alternative offered at our stores. For 2022 and the nine months ended September 30, 2023, private label products represented 42.8% and 45.4% of our sales, respectively.

• Spot products are quality food and non-food products that we offer in addition to our regularly stocked products. These are offered in limited amounts and offer exceptional value. The selection changes every two weeks on average. For 2022 and the nine months ended September 30, 2023, our spot products represented 5.4% and 5.8% of our sales, respectively.

Our stores serve low-to-middle income households, which according to the National Survey of Household Income and Expenditure conducted by INEGI, spent US$219 billion in 2022, or 70.7% of the Mexican population’s total current monetary spend, defined by INEGI as a households’ expenditure on food, beverages and tobacco, personal care, house cleaning products and over the counter healthcare products, among other categories other than rent and financial expenditures. We believe that our business model, which focuses on both value and convenience, allows us to serve our target market better than incumbent competitors and maintain real and sustainable competitive advantages.

Due to our low number of SKUs and focus on serving daily grocery needs, we have been able to achieve a high ratio of sales per SKU and a ratio of 3.0 Payable Days to Inventory Days during 2022, driving significant cash flow generation. We are also able to benefit from a virtuous cycle, where the ever-increasing scale of our purchases per SKU allows us to negotiate increasingly lower prices with our suppliers and, in turn, we are able to transfer those savings to our customers, therefore increasing customer loyalty and our sales.

The Tiendas 3B business model is highly efficient, allowing us to operate with gross margins that are lower than those of leading grocery retailers in Mexico, based on publicly available information. The strength of our model is underpinned by our limited product assortment, our decentralized organization, and our culture that values efficiency and simplicity. Efficiency translates into savings that can be passed on to our customers.

82

Our management is decentralized and organized into regions, each run by a regional director, and built around a distribution center that serves approximately 150 stores and up to 200. Each region has sufficient functional resources to operate autonomously and efficiently. This structure, supported by nimble central headquarters, has enabled us to scale efficiently by allowing us to dynamically select new store locations in a constant pursuit of scale and expansion, while achieving positive gross and operating profit. Additionally, it enables suppliers to reach our decision makers quickly, fostering collaboration and accelerating the development of private label products.

Developing and retaining talent, as well as fostering a strong corporate culture, are key components of our business model and essential to sustaining our rapid growth rates and achieving efficiencies. We anticipate our personnel needs several years in advance and invest significant resources to ensure that we have the right talent at the right time.

We believe that the hard discount segment in Mexico has significant entry barriers for new participants, including: (i) the time and capital it takes to achieve scale and profitability given the inherent low gross margins of a hard discounter; (ii) the knowledge required to find competitive real estate and qualified personnel; (iii) the investment and know-how required to develop a meaningful private label product offering; and (iv) obtaining access to highly qualified senior management and experienced teams.

Our Business Model

Our business model is based on the following pillars:

• High rotation of products: By limiting our selection of products, we have been able to achieve a high turnover of sales per SKU, which makes us a relevant buyer of the products we sell, in turn allowing for favorable terms with suppliers. In 2022, we had 22 Inventory Days, 65 Payable Days and 0.1 Receivable Days, driving cash flow generation that supports our self-financed growth.

• Strong private label offering: We own 93 different private label brands representing over 385 SKUs, that cover an array of food and non-food products. We outsource the manufacturing of these products to over 100 carefully selected local manufacturers with tested supply reliability and quality controls. We are generally able to offer our private label products at a lower cost than that of the branded products they compete with. Further, our customer satisfaction studies and product analysis indicate that the quality of our private label products is comparable, if not better, than the competing branded products. Our enduring and long-term relationships with our suppliers have created a robust supplier ecosystem that underpins the strength of our private label product offering.

• Value for money: By consistently delivering and improving value for money to our customers, including through our private label products, we have earned their trust, increased our wallet share and attracted new customers. As a result, we have achieved Same Store Sales growth of 21.9%, 12.3% and 18.3% during 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively, well above Mexico’s inflation rates of 7.8%, 7.4% and 3.2% for the same periods.

• Low-cost operations and virtuous cycle of efficiency: We have built a business model that allows us to generate operating profit while operating at market-leading low gross profit margins, by limiting our SKUs, decentralizing operations, focusing on simplicity, maintaining low capital expenditures per store, having a nimble and agile decision-making process, a horizontal management structure, and promoting a strong culture of efficiency. This allows us to offer and sustain everyday low prices to our customers. Our gross profit margin for 2022 was 15.1%, compared to gross profit margins of 28.1% of La Comer, 23.4% of Walmex, 22.9% of Chedraui and 22.1% of Soriana. For the nine months ended September 30, 2023, our gross profit margin was 15.8%.

• Rapid expansion: In 2023, we averaged a new store opening every 22 hours, which is faster than any other grocery retailer in Mexico. Our operations actively involve our regional personnel in the store opening process, with the goal of locating and securing the most attractive locations for new stores.

83

Further, our low capital expenditure needed per new store which, combined with the attractive cash flow generation capacity of our stores, allows us to achieve attractive Payback Periods on average. In addition, our negative working capital dynamics allow us to self-fund these investments. We are systematic in our approach to opening stores, and our recent vintages are showing a faster sales ramp-up and higher profitability vis-à-vis our older vintages for the same comparable period. With an estimated white space for at least 12,000 additional Tiendas 3B stores in Mexico, we are constantly looking to increase our number of stores and expand into new regions.

Mexico Macroeconomic Environment and Demographic Overview

Macroeconomic Environment

Mexico: A large and growing economy with strong fundamentals

Mexico has maintained healthy macroeconomic fundamentals that offer a stable investment outlook conducive to long-term returns. With a GDP of US$1.4 trillion in 2022, Mexico ranked as the second largest economy in Latin America and the 14th largest in the world, according to the World Bank. Since 2010, Mexico has posted a consistent real GDP growth of 2.0% on the back of strong macro fundamentals such as controlled inflation (7.8% in 2022), low unemployment rates (3.0% in 2022), high trade openness index levels (83.6% in 2022), and robust foreign exchange reserves (US$201 billion in 2022).

Disciplined fiscal policy contributing to a stable environment for investors

Mexico’s disciplined fiscal policy also provides a stable backdrop for investment. For 2022, Mexico had a (0.7%) primary fiscal balance and public debt levels at 56% of GDP, which has enabled the country to maintain its investment grade credit ratings of Baa2/BBB/BBB- (Moody’s/S&P/Fitch).

Demographic Overview

Favorable demographics, with a young and expanding population

The grocery sector in Mexico is poised to benefit from demographic trends in Mexico, which has a large and rapidly growing young population. According to the latest data presented by INEGI in 2022, Mexico’s population reached 129 million people, making it the second most populous country in Latin America. From 2010 to 2022, Mexico had an average annual population growth rate of 1.1%. This rate was higher than those of Latin America, the US, and European Union, which experienced an average growth rate of 1.00%, 0.6%, and 0.1%, respectively over the same period, according to the World Bank. According to the Central Intelligence Agency World Factbook, in 2022 the average age in Mexico was 29.3 years, lower than the average age in Brazil (33.2), Chile (35.5) and the United States (38.5).

84

Mid and low socioeconomic segments are a major driving force in consumer spending

Mexico’s population is heavily concentrated in the low and mid-low socioeconomic segments (within the second to ninth income decile), representing 80.0% of the total population, according to INEGI. This segment of the population plays a crucial role in the economy, serving as a major driving force behind consumer spending and thus making it one of the largest and most attractive market segments for businesses. Our stores serve low-to-middle income households, which according to the National Survey of Household Income and Expenditure conducted by INEGI, spent US$219 billion in 2022, or 70.7% of the Mexican population’s total current monetary spend.

Notes:
1. Considers an exchange rate of Ps$19.36 per USD 2. Each household has on average 3.43 members 3. Range considers average income by income decile	4. Excludes non-monetary expenses with an estimated value of US$84.9 Bn. Non-monetary expenses include self-consumption, payments in kind, gifts, and the estimated rent households would have had to pay if they did not own their house

We capture a large share of total household expenditure

According to data from INEGI, approximately 48.4% of the annual average Mexican household current monetary spend within the second to ninth income decile of our target customers is destined to food (excluding fruits and vegetables), beverages and tobacco, personal care products, house cleaning products and over the counter medicines, which are all product categories offered at our stores. Further, approximately 35.1% of annual average Mexican household current monetary spend within the second to ninth income decile is destined to food (excluding fruits and vegetables) and beverage products alone, such as the ones we sell.

Notes:

1. Total current monetary spend for income deciles II to IX

2. Includes transportation & communications, education, housing, clothing, fruit and vegetables, and healthcare (excl. OTC products)

85

Favorable Tailwinds Supporting the Mexican Consumer

Consistent real wage growth

The minimum wage in Mexico has experienced significant growth since 2018, resulting in higher disposable household income. According to the National Minimum Wage Commission, over the last five years, the annual compounded growth rate (in local currency) was 18.6%, surpassing inflation and leading to real increases of the minimum wage, which in turn leads to more disposable income for lower income households.

High remittances provide support for increased spending

In 2022, remittances to Mexico (mainly money sent by Mexicans or Mexican descendants living outside of Mexico – primarily in the United States) reached an all-time-high of US$58.5 billion, supporting consumption spending in the country. Remittances have historically supplemented consumption expenditure of low- to middle-income households.

The Grocery Retail Industry in Mexico

Large and growing market

The Mexican formal grocery market had approximately US$124 billion annual sales for 2022 and is projected to grow at a 7.6% compounded annual rate from 2022 to 2027, according to Euromonitor. The market is expected to reach US$179 billion in annual sales by 2027.

Fragmented market: One dominant player but otherwise highly fragmented

The grocery market in Mexico is best viewed in two channels: the Modern (or organized) channel, which is a sub-set of the formal grocery market and which we define to include discounters, hypermarkets, supermarkets, convenience stores and warehouse clubs, and the Traditional (or informal) channel, which we define to include, among others, local grocers and food, drink, and tobacco specialty stores. The Modern channel, which we calculate represented US$79 billion in annual sales for 2022 based on data from Euromonitor, can be further divided into full-price retailers and discounters (including soft discounters and hard discounters, such as Tiendas 3B). Discounters represented 30.5% of the Modern channel for the year ended December 31, 2022, according to data from Euromonitor.

Walmex is the dominant player in the Modern channel, representing 34.2% of that channel’s total sales for 2022 based on data from Euromonitor. Walmex’s most successful format is Bodega Aurrera, a discounter which represented 16.7% of sales in the Modern channel. Beyond that, the market is highly fragmented.

86

The hard discount business model

Hard discount is still a nascent business model in Mexico within the Modern channel. According to NielsenIQ, hard discounters, such as Tiendas 3B and Tiendas Neto, only represented 2.3% of sales in the Mexican grocery market for 2022. Although large retail players, such as Walmex (through Bodega Aurrera Express) or FEMSA (through Tiendas BARA), have presence in discount formats, since inception, Tiendas 3B has successfully competed with those formats as well as with other established grocery players as shown by our growth track record.

Hard discount grocery retailers, like ourselves, are different from other retailers in the Modern channel. The hard discount model focuses on a limited assortment of high value for money, high rotation branded and private label products that address the consumer’s essential daily needs. A hard discounters operations seek to be highly efficient and simple, with streamlined logistics, distribution, storefront operations and standardized no-frill store layouts with flexible locations. As a result of the efficiencies in the business model, hard discounters who achieve scale tend to have low gross margins and yet can achieve high returns on invested capital.

Tiendas 3B’s addressable market

Our stores serve low-to-middle income households, which according to the National Survey of Household Income and Expenditure conducted by INEGI, spent US$219 billion in 2022, or 70.7% of the Mexican population’s total current monetary spend. According to data from INEGI, approximately 48.4% of annual average Mexican household current monetary spend within the second to ninth income decile is destined to food (excluding fruits and vegetables), beverages and tobacco, personal care products, house cleaning products and over the counter medicines. Our product offering covers all of these categories. Further, approximately 35.1% of annual average Mexican current monetary spend within the second to ninth income decile is destined to food (excluding fruits and vegetables) and beverage products alone, such as the ones we sell.

87

Tiendas 3B’s whitespace opportunity

We believe that there is a large whitespace opportunity for Tiendas 3B. This opportunity will be driven by market expansion as a result of favorable demographic trends, the under-penetration of hard discount stores in the Mexican grocery market, and hard discount’s growing appeal with the Mexican consumers. Tiendas 3B’s addressable market is large and poised for continued growth.

Based on our estimates at December 31, 2022, we believe there is a potential to open at least 12,000 additional Tiendas 3B stores in Mexico at current population levels in urban areas alone. We have mapped out whitespace by identifying communities with over 10,000 inhabitants as our stores are designed to adequately serve that number of people in a trade area of 800 meters from each store. This would represent almost a six-fold increase over our 2,288 stores as of December 31, 2023.

88

Hard discount in Mexico has significant growth potential when compared to other countries

The hard discount retail market in Mexico appears to be underpenetrated when compared to other countries with more established hard discount retail markets.

According to NielsenIQ, in 2022, the hard discount market in Mexico represented only 2.3% of NielsenIQ’s measurement of the Mexican grocery market. In contrast, grocery retailers which we consider hard discounters in Germany (i.e., Aldi and Lidl), in Poland (i.e., Biedronka, Aldi and Lidl), and in Turkey (i.e., BIM and A101), which are countries with succesful and mature hard-discount markets, represented 23.6%, 33.6% and 24.1%, respectively, of their corresponding grocery market’s annual sales in 2022 based on data from Euromonitor.

Source: Euromonitor, NielsenIQ, Company Information, INEGI, World Bank

Notes:

1. Considers Biedronka, Lidl and Aldi

2. Considers BIM and A101

3. Considers Aldi and Lidl

4. Information from NielsenIQ “Hard Discounters” report

Although the Mexican food retail market has other features that differentiates it from that of Germany, Poland and Turkey at the time the hard discount model was introduced in those countries, including having a highly developed and efficient food retailers, we believe that these markets exemplify how the hard discount model can prosper even as countries grow richer. Initially, similar to Mexico, German and Polish consumers were attracted to hard discount given the great value proposition. At the time hard discount was introduced in Germany (1946 following the Second World War), in Poland (1990 following the fall of the Soviet Union) and Turkey (in 1995), German real GDP per capita, adjusted for inflation to date and price differences between countries was US$7,195, Poland’s was US$8,150 and Turkey’s was US$9,963. Even as per capita income ramped up in those countries, hard discounter penetration continued to increase. Although there is no assurance that the Mexican market will develop in the same fashion, we believe Mexican consumers are increasingly attracted to the hard discount model’s value proposition.

Our History

In 2004, K. Anthony Hatoum, founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Tiendas 3B, decided to start a new hard discounter in Mexico based on his experience with BIM, the successful Turkish hard discounter, and his conviction of the model’s sustainable competitive advantages and financial attractiveness. After analyzing the prospects of several countries in Asia, Eastern Europe and Latin America, Mr. Hatoum chose to start this new business in Mexico. Convinced by the country’s business case, he opened the first store in February of 2005 in Mexico City.

89

The development of private label products, core to offering high value to our customers, has been part of our business strategy since our founding. We launched our first private label, “LactiBu,” a modified liquid milk formula, in May 2005. As of September 30, 2023, we had developed over 93 different private label brands, representing over 385 SKUs. Our value offer to our customers improves continuously as we introduce new private labels and continue to improve existing ones.

As of December 31, 2023, we had grown to become the leading hard discount retailer in Mexico with 2,288 stores, 14 distribution centers, and, as of September 30, 2023, approximately 21,950 employees. The charts below highlight our growth trajectory from 2019 to 2022.

90

Our sales growth is attributable to both our store footprint expansion as well as Same Store Sales growth from our existing store base. Our Same Store Sales growth has seen consistent double-digit growth over recent years. As a result of our strong sales growth and operational efficiency, we have a track record of growing EBITDA, as depicted below.

Notes:

1. We calculate “EBITDA” as net income (loss) for the period, plus income tax expense, financial costs, net, and total depreciation and amortization. We calculate “EBITDA Margin” for a period by dividing EBITDA for the corresponding period by total revenue for such period.

Our founder-led management team continues to run the business and has successfully transitioned the company from a startup to Mexico’s 137^th most important company according to Expansión magazine’s ranking of the 500 most important companies in Mexico. Tiendas 3B was recognized by the Financial Times in 2023 as one of the fastest growing companies in the Americas.

Our belief in building a solid foundation to sustain high growth has led us to invest heavily in human resource development early on, establishing a strong culture, building robust processes, and an enterprise resource planning system capable of sustaining thousands of stores. This investment today has been fully justified as it is what we believe has allowed the company to sustain high growth rates.

91

Key milestones in our history are shown below:

Competitive Landscape for Tiendas 3B

Walmex is the dominant force in Mexico’s grocery retail sector with a 34.2% share of the Modern channel’s 2022 sales. Its portfolio is spearheaded by Bodega Aurrera, a discounter and the leading discount format in Mexico, which represented 48.8% of Walmex’s 2022 sales. The remainder of Walmex’s sales are contributed by Walmart, a hypermarket, and Sam’s Club, a price club format, which represented 27.9% and 18.6% of sales, respectively. Walmart Express and Superama, supermarkets, adds an additional 4.2% and 0.5% of sales,

92

respectively. To put in perspective Walmex’s market dominance, Walmart’s U.S. market share was 28.3% in 2022 according to Euromonitor.

Walmart sets the competitive tone in most modern grocery segments by leveraging its purchasing power and setting aggressive prices. Consumers, equipped with more information and purchasing options than ever, are constantly evaluating alternatives. Competitors are challenged to match these prices without compromising profitability, emphasizing the necessity for a distinct value proposition and constant differentiation.

We primarily compete with Bodega Aurrera (especially with its Express format), Tiendas Neto, and FEMSA’s Tiendas BARA. Due to our stores’ centralized locations, in the middle of neighborhoods, we also compete with traditional retailers, such as small independent corner grocers, pop-up markets, street vendors and municipal markets. Given the fragmentation of the retail sector we believe that our company competes against any format that offers products similar to what we currently offer.

In order to successfully compete, we believe that a grocery retailer needs to have notable and sustainable competitive advantages that allow it to set itself apart. Tiendas 3B does so by offering highly competitive prices without sacrificing quality, and convenient access to its stores.

Our Competitive Strengths

Since inception, we have successfully competed with well-established grocery retailers and our sustainable competitive advantages have allowed us to thrive. We believe that as we continue to grow, our advantages will become more pronounced:

Rapid store expansion capacity

We opened our first store in February 2005, and as of December 31, 2023, we had 2,288 stores and 14 distribution centers. As our sales have grown, the pace of our store openings has accelerated naturally, as illustrated in the chart below. We had 392 net new store openings during 2022 and 396 net new store openings during 2023, which translates into a new store opening every 22 hours.

93

We are the fastest growing retailer in Mexico in terms of sales, based on a comparison of our sales figures with Euromonitor’s analysis of sales growth for the fastest growing retail players in Mexico. As shown below, Tiendas 3B has significantly outpaced incumbent retailers, with a total revenue CAGR of 34.4% from 2020 to 2022.

Source: Based on a comparison of Tiendas 3B’s sales figures with Euromonitor’s analysis of sales growth for competitors

Notes:

1. Considers Tiendas 3B’s total revenue CAGR. CAGRs of incumbent retail players according to Euromonitor’s estimated offline grocery retail value estimated with retail selling prices to consumers, excluding value added tax, in Mexican pesos and at current prices for the year

2. Only includes Walmart Supercenter format in Mexico

Sales growth underpinned by strong fundamentals

Our Same Store Sales growth and expansion are underpinned by strong store level fundamentals. Although growth through geographic expansion and store openings is a strong component of our expansion strategy, we believe our model is sustainable and scalable given the combined effect of growing average ticket size and a growing volume of transactions per store at our existing stores.

Notes:	Notes:
1. We calculate Average Ticket Size by dividing revenue from sales of merchandise by total number of transactions	1. Average transactions per store per month, only considering stores from vintages with five or more years of operations

High rotation of our inventory to generate significant negative working capital

By focusing on high rotation items and limiting them to one-brand one-size, curated to satisfy most grocery needs of the average Mexican family, we are able to keep low Inventory Days. In 2022, we had 22 Inventory Days.

94

Our supplier payment terms (65 Payable Days for 2022) and low Inventory Days (22 Inventory Days for 2022), create a favorable negative working capital cycle that has enabled us to self-fund our rapid expansion. Our working capital for 2021, 2022 and the nine months ended September 30, 2023 was Ps.(2,121,704) thousand, Ps.(3,205,200) thousand and Ps.(4,243,026) thousand, respectively. Cash flows provided by our operating activities were Ps.1,082,703 thousand, Ps.1,366,308 thousand, Ps.2,116,335 thousand and Ps.1,942,839 thousand for 2022, 2021 and 2020 and the nine months ended September 30, 2023, respectively, compared to our capital expenditures of Ps.297,028 thousand, Ps.532,173 thousand, Ps.1,122,877 thousand and Ps.940,202 thousand for 2020, 2021 and 2022 and the nine months ended September 30, 2023, respectively.

Notes:

1. We calculate working capital as total current assets minus total current liabilities.

Lean operational model designed to maximize efficiency and minimize costs

Our limited assortment of products allows us to simplify and optimize operations leading to low sales expense as a percentage of total revenue, which was 10.6% for 2022 and 10.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 2023.

Every aspect of our operations has been carefully optimized for efficiency. We reduce working hours and operating costs by designing our products and packaging with efficiency in mind, choosing the right truck sizes and equipment, making judicious use of technology and efficiently distributing refrigerated goods, store orders, and managing our proprietary logistics infrastructure. For example, we reduce time and costs from stocking shelves by selling directly from the box (usually lidless) that arrives from our distribution centers. Our trucks and stores are designed to allow one driver to unload a store delivery single-handedly in 30 minutes or less and our distribution centers are strategically located to allow optimal re-stocking efficiency and route planning.

Standard supermarkets, with a larger number of SKUs are more complex and costly to run. They need higher gross margins to sustain their operations. By being able to operate at lower costs, we can achieve positive operating profit even with low gross margins, and can offer sustainable lower prices, which we believe is very hard to replicate for traditional grocery retailers.

Significant purchasing power

As our sales have grown, so has our purchasing power. We believe we can buy at very competitive prices since our sales are concentrated in a relatively lower number of SKUs. This allows us to continually lower our purchase costs, improve our payment terms and develop strong supplier relationships, which in turn enables us to transfer generated savings on to our customers. Further, we cooperate closely with our private label suppliers to help them negotiate better terms on their own supplies and raw materials, which also translates into savings for our customers.

95

Building and constantly reinforcing customer trust and loyalty

We have built enduring customer relationships based on trust in our pricing and quality. We believe that this trust is a cornerstone of our business, allowing us to accelerate our sales growth and eventually expand into higher ticket items and additional product categories (so long as they also deliver our characteristic value-for-money). We offer a no-questions-asked no-receipt-needed money-back return policy on all products we sell. This guarantee helps build trust and encourages our customers to try our private label products.

Decentralized and nimble organization that is close to the action

We have a decentralized and lean organizational structure built around autonomous regions each led by a regional director. As of December 31, 2023, we had 14 operating regions. Each region consists of approximately 150 stores supported by a single distribution center with functional support areas, such as human resources, real estate, logistics, IT and regional purchasing and accounting. For example, the regional directors decide which new stores to open (within company guidelines) without requiring headquarters’ approval. All regions are similarly sized and configured in terms of operations and the model is readily replicable. As each region increases the number of stores it operates beyond 150 and up to 200, a new region is formed in adjacent geographies and stores are shifted accordingly to optimize logistics.

We believe this approach has many benefits. Decisions are closer to the action and therefore nimble. There is less bureaucracy. Opening new regions is rapid, efficient, and cost effective. Benchmarking among similar regions makes managing the entire business efficient and allows us to maintain a small central office even at scale.

We invest significantly in human resource development and our culture. We believe this is essential to maintaining sustainable gross and operating profit growth and managing a decentralized structure. We achieve these goals by: long-term planning, a belief in the concept of talent density, and investing in in-person training, which is supplemented by more than 100 training modules found in our online “Universidad 3B,” which is designed to foster a strong cultural affinity and operational excellence across the organization.

Founder-led management team with leading industry expertise

We are a founder-led company with a solid management team, the majority of which has been working together for more than 15 years, most since inception. Our management team has 130+ years of combined experience in the retail and hard discount industry, has extensive knowledge of the Mexican grocery market, and has held relevant positions within local and international players. The trajectory and continuity of our management team contributes to a strong and stable corporate culture that is both customer and employee-centric. Our management team has developed highly specialized know-how that we believe is hard to replicate and a key differentiating factor that has propelled our success.

Challenges for potential new Entrants

The intense competitive landscape in Mexico’s grocery retail sector creates a natural high barrier for any potential new entrant. Any new entrant will encounter large established players like Walmex, whose scale and successful discount format Bodega Aurrera sets the upper limit on prices, and hard discounters, but also hundreds of other retailers with thousands of locations that offer similar products and categories. Additionally, there is a large informal sector which is comprised of street markets and mom & pop stores that operate with low overhead costs and generally do not pay taxes. Even in a competitive environment such as this, Tiendas 3B has thrived. As new entrants do not typically start at scale (unless through an acquisition), they would need to expand while sustaining relatively low gross margins. Moreover, new entrants would have to develop a competitive advantage that trumps the value proposition and established presence of the incumbents. Historical data underscores the complexity of the landscape. Over the past two decades, several players have been acquired after facing competitive pressures.

96

Prominent Exits in Mexico’s Grocery Retail Sector (2002-2022)

Retailer	Transaction	Year
Comercial Mexicana	Acquired by Soriana		2015
Super Precio (Gigante)	Acquired by Grupo Salinas and becomes Tiendas Neto		2012
Despensa del Hogar (Corvi)	Acquired by Super Precio		2009
Gigante	Acquired by Soriana		2007
Carrefour	Acquired by Chedraui		2005
Auchan	Acquired by Comercial Mexicana		2003

Our Strategy

Unrelenting focus on lean operating model to support profitable growth

Our business model has proven to be sustainable and resilient through different economic cycles, which we expect to continue. We believe we still have room to continue to improve our operating margins through the scalability of our platform. We have sustainably low operating costs as a percentage of sales, driven by scale, rigorous cost discipline, the judicious use of technology, making our processes even more efficient, and better integrating with our private label suppliers. We believe our current operational structure will allow us to continue supporting our expansion efforts at marginal incremental costs.

Rapidly expanding number of stores in contiguous regions, while maintaining low investment requirements per new store

We aim to open stores in places that are convenient for our customers, most of which access our stores on foot. We follow a disciplined approach to our geographic expansion without compromising our supply and distribution capabilities. Our standardized format and requirements assure that our capital requirements for new stores remain low, an important component as we fund our rapid expansion.

As of December 31, 2023, our stores were concentrated in 15 states in the central region of Mexico, including: Mexico City, State of Mexico, Hidalgo, Puebla, Tlaxcala, Morelos, Queretaro, Guanajuato, Michoacán, Guerrero, Veracruz, Aguascalientes, Nayarit, Jalisco, and San Luis Potosí. This geographic footprint has resulted from progressive expansion as we add new distribution centers to support stores in new areas, in each case targeting critical density to support the efficiencies of our structure. Our store location map reflects our disciplined expansion approach.

(*Mexico City Metropolitan Area has 7 DCs)

Illustrative DCs coverage areas

97

Developing new private label product lines

We intend to consolidate our private label leadership by continuing to develop new private label product lines that offer higher value for money than branded alternatives to our customers. We work closely with over 100 local suppliers of our private label products to develop new and innovative product lines. Our close relationship and integration allow us to adapt our offering to changing customer needs and preferences. As we increase our private label sales penetration going forward, we will drive greater value to our customers, which we expect will translate into sales growth, while also increasing control of our margins and improving our profitability.

Our frequent client interactions, extensive market studies, and ongoing testing of products, allow us to understand and anticipate customer preferences, and to meet their evolving needs. Our team of 30 purchasers as of September 30, 2023 work hand in hand with our suppliers to continuously innovate and improve our portfolio of products.

We help our suppliers grow alongside us by providing transparency of our growth plans, paying them on time and facilitating access to our wide network of other supplier relationships. We see suppliers as strategic partners because we often find opportunities to develop brands and product presentations, aiming to increase the quality and improve the price of our products. We also help suppliers by sharing best practices we see from suppliers of other of our products (for example access to better packaging and labeling alternatives), which creates efficiencies across our business. Our annual private label supplier fair assists this exchange of ideas and solidifies our supplier ecosystem.

Increasing our sales of “Los Irrepetibles”

We intend to increase the sales contribution of “Los Irrepetibles,” our spot product offering that includes grocery and non-grocery products such as, electronics, apparel, home goods, and others. We offer a changing selection of approximately 50 spot products every two weeks on average. These products offer notably high value for money and add a treasure hunt factor to the shopping experience. We call them “Los Irrepetibles” because they are offered at prices so low that they will not be “repeated” (replenished) once we sell out.

Part of our strategy is to selectively offer higher ticket spot items that still offer tremendous value for money. We are currently conducting tests on a limited scale to assess our customers’ acceptance of these price points and product price elasticity. Going forward, we plan to expand our spot product purchasing division to improve purchasing capacity and product sourcing.

Introducing new categories of products and services

We plan to selectively introduce new product categories to meet our customers’ needs. At any moment we are actively testing several new product categories. As a result of these efforts, we recently introduced the beauty category in our stores. Additionally, we plan to expand our assortment in certain categories, including ice creams and fresh and frozen meats. Based on our internal analysis, we believe there is sufficient demand to introduce SKUs to our offering and drive additional sales and wallet penetration.

Additionally, we believe that our increasingly ubiquitous store footprint can be leveraged to increase the services we offer to our customers at our locations. Currently we offer utility and service payments, top-ups, amongst others. We see opportunities to expand our service offering given our customers’ frequent store visits each week.

Our Stores

Our stores have been thoughtfully designed to improve our customer’s experience and achieve operational efficiencies.

98

Standardized Stores that are Efficient and Economical to Operate

Our stores follow a standardized format in terms of layout, size, assortment, and personnel. This facilitates operational efficiency and scalable growth. As of September 30, 2023, the size distribution of our stores was as follows: approximately 30.0% are smaller than 300 square meters, 60.0% range between 300 square meters and 450 square meters, and 10.0% exceed 450 square meters. This uniformity enables us to streamline inventory management, and optimized staffing, and other operational processes. The store’s exterior façade is painted in our corporate colors (red and green) that contrast with the typical street colors for better visibility and promote our brand. The interior of our stores is well lit, with wide and convenient aisles and reduced shelving height that allows store employees to see the full store, which in turn helps control shrinkage and makes restocking quicker and easier.

Moreover, we are generally able to negotiate favorable lease terms when we open new stores, Our rents are fixed, increase with inflation and on average represent 2.0% of a store’s sales. This is possible because we do not need to be at the premium location of a given target area. Our store locations are selected based on the accessibility for our clients and ease of maneuvering, parking and unloading of our trucks for restocking.

Convenient Store Locations for our Customers

Depending on the specific characteristics of each location, we tailor our store placements for both urban and non-urban settings. In urban areas, we position our stores in the heart of neighborhoods. This strategic placement aligns with our vision to reduce time and costs for families, making our stores readily accessible for daily needs and enabling frequent visits. In non-urban areas, we seek to be at the confluence of traffic, at major intersections, or in places where the inhabitants of a wider geography come to fulfill their grocery shopping.

Geographical Presence

We opened our first store in Mexico City and have since expanded primarily in the central region of Mexico. As of December 31, 2023, we were present in Mexico City, State of Mexico, Hidalgo, Puebla, Tlaxcala, Morelos, Querétaro, Guanajuato, Michoacán, Guerrero, Veracruz, Aguascalientes, Nayarit, Jalisco, and San Luis Potosí. We believe the concentrated density of our geographic footprint illustrates our operational discipline and demonstrates the ongoing opportunity for geographic expansion.

Our real estate efforts are led by seasoned teams with more than 100 years of combined experience. Each of our regions has its own real estate team which is familiar with the local market and demand dynamics. The teams follow a standard and disciplined approach to searching, appraising, negotiating, and closing real estate transactions. Each region decides on its new store locations and each regional director approves new stores without the need to get headquarters’ approval, to the extent they adhere to our real estate guidelines.

As we open more regions, the number of real estate teams increases and so does our ability to increase the rate of store openings. We will continue to increase the density of stores in the areas in which we currently operate, while seeking to expand and increase our penetration in the near term in Jalisco and in neighboring states to those where we operate, such as Oaxaca.

99

Our geographical presence is shown below:

Standard Store Operations

Our stores are open from 8:00 a.m. to 9:30 p.m., seven days a week, all year round. A typical store is operated by a store manager, two assistant managers, and a team of 6 sales associates on average. The store manager is responsible for managing and developing their team, ordering, restocking, serving and selling to customers, maintaining operating standards, and executing any in-store communication/marketing campaigns. A District Manager manages between six and eight stores and, in turn, reports to a Zone Manager who oversees 40 to 80 stores. The Zone Manager reports to the Regional Director who manages all aspects of his/her region.

All our products are presented in boxes, as delivered by our suppliers. We prefer, to the extent possible, to sell directly from pallets on lidless boxes. The order of the display of products is identical in each store. This convenient layout increases our productivity by reducing the number of employees needed to staff our stores, as we do not need employees to unpack individual packages or create and maintain merchandise displays. Additionally, the pallet stocking format allows us to restock our products quickly and easily.

100

Store Unit Economics

The strength of our unit economics is a key element of what makes our business model attractive. By pursuing a target driven and disciplined expansion strategy we have been able to shorten our store sales ramp-up periods in real terms, where each new store vintage achieves a higher level of sales, adjusted by inflation, earlier than older vintages as shown below.

Source: Company information

Notes:

1. Sales Ramp-up Evolution by Vintage” measures, for stores of the same vintage, the median of such stores’ revenue from sales of merchandise during 12-month periods since the start of operation. When calculating this measure, we exclude the first calendar month of a store’s operations to account for stores that are not open for the entire month, as well as stores that have been permanently closed

2. 12-month period since opening, excludes month 1. i.e., period 1 is from month 2 through month 13 since opening

3. Median 12-month period sales of all stores opened in the corresponding vintage (excludes first month to “normalize” dates in which stores are operational since opening). Closed stores are excluded from median calculation

4. All figures in real Ps. terms as of December 2022, adjusted for inflation using Mexican National Consumer Price Index (Índice Nacional de Precios al Consumidor), as provided by INEGI and as published by the Mexican Central Bank

As part of our disciplined expansion strategy, we seek to open stores that will meet the following target unit economics by their 36th month of operations.

Target Unit Economics(1)
Sales per Store (Ps. thousands)	Ps.24,700
4-Wall Profitability Margin (%)	9.5	%
Average investment per store (Ps. thousands)	Ps.3,900
Payback period (months)	25 months
Cash-on-cash return (%)	60	%

(1) Reflects targets for the 36th month of operations on an annualized basis.

101

These per store targets are based on the historical performance of our 2019 to 2023 vintages. As a reference, during 2022, our 2019 vintage stores, which is the most recent vintage with stores that have been operating for at least 36 months, achieved on a vintage basis, Ps.19,200 thousand of Sales per Store and a 4-Wall Profitability Margin of 8.4%. For each store, we target a 60.0% cash-on-cash return by the 36th month, based on a targeted average investment per store of Ps.3,900 thousand, which is slightly higher than our Average Investment per Store for our 2019 vintage to account for inflationary effects, expected slightly larger store sizes, additional refrigeration, increased air conditioning in tropical weather areas where we continue to expand and other improvements for new stores. Our goal is for each store to have a 25 month payback period. Based on our historical data, we believe that our targets are applicable to our stores generally, regardless of region or whether the store is in an urban, suburban or rural setting.

Notes:

1. The term “sales” refers to our revenue from sales of merchandise

2. “4-wall profitability” for a store is defined as revenue from sales of merchandise, minus cost of sales, plus discounts and rebates, plus differences with suppliers, minus private label packaging expenses, minus shrinkage, minus store expenses, which include store personnel expense, rent expenses, advertising, water, electricity, security, store and office equipment maintenance, building maintenance, stationery, waste and recyclable recollection services, and depreciation, among others

3. “Cash-on-Cash” is calculated by dividing the 4-wall profitability by the average investment per store

Our Products & Suppliers

Types of Products we Carry

Our stores carry the leading brand products in their most popular size, as well as our private label products that we believe are of equivalent or better quality but at a lower price. In addition, we offer spot products (similar to Aldi’s Aktuell/Special buys): these are quality food and non-food products such as clothing, electronics, household goods and others. We introduce an array of approximately 50 spot products every two weeks on average, that offer notably high value for money and higher gross profit margins. They add a treasure hunt factor to our stores. We call them “Los Irrepetibles” as they are offered at prices so low that they will not be “repeated” (replenished) once we sell out.

102

Sourcing of Our Portfolio of Products

Each Tiendas 3B store carries on average 800 SKUs, as compared to 3,000 SKUs for a convenience store and approximately 10,000 or more SKUs for a conventional supermarket based on analysis of publicly available information. Our high purchasing power develops strong supplier relationships which in turn translates to better payment terms and lower purchasing costs that allow us to maintain our low prices, which in turn boosts sales. Our non-private label products are sourced directly form leading consumer good suppliers in Mexico. In 2022, we purchased from 293 suppliers, with our largest supplier’s products accounting for only 4.2% of our purchases, and the five largest suppliers accounting for only 18.4% of our purchases.

Our private label products are developed with local manufacturers’ partners. These are carefully selected for their ability to provide high-quality products and scale production to meet demand, their efficiency, and their belief in our business model. We seek to build long-term partnerships with transparent pricing, proactively planning future manufacturing capacity and consulting on improved technologies.

Our ongoing growth strategy relies on the continued development and increased sales of our private label products. Our private label products are developed and designed largely by our in-house purchasing team, who are fully responsible for all aspects of the product. Our purchasing team is integral to our operations, ensuring that our supply chain is efficient and scales with our growth. The team identifies the required or potential new product, identifies the potential supplier, develops specifications and tests samples, designs the packaging and image, and selects and registers the brand name. Before launching a private label, the team tests it or a proxy product to determine price elasticity and fine tune the design for maximum sales and performance. To launch a product, a marketing and communication campaign is prepared targeting both our clients and our store teams. The purchasing team is tasked with developing enduring partnerships with our private label product suppliers in order to ensure supply chain synchronization, quality consistency and costs efficiencies.

According to Euromonitor 2022 report on “Retailing in Mexico,” the perception of private label brands continues to improve. In the past, private labels were perceived as inferior to the branded alternatives. Nowadays, Euromonitor states that Tiendas 3B has the most developed private label offering in Mexico, with a combination of low prices and good quality.

Pricing

Our pricing policy is designed to attract new customers and retain existing ones. We endeavor to sell our products at the lowest possible prices. We minimize our operating costs throughout all aspects of the value chain, from site selection, store layout, merchandise selection, purchasing, staffing, distribution, and management. These savings are passed on to our customers by reducing the price of our products.

In order to ensure that our pricing remains competitive, we regularly monitor our competitors’ prices based on an index we have established for our top 100 SKUs by sales. We compare prices on average once every two weeks. Based on this index, our records suggest that during 2022, our prices were on average 13.9% below those of Bodega Aurrera, and 7.3% below those of Tiendas Neto. Moreover, we leverage our private label offering to offer tremendous value for money, typically pricing our products below the price of branded label alternatives in our competitor’s stores on a unit basis. For example, on a unit basis, based on a price check on January 4, 2024, our private label lentil beans were priced 47.0% cheaper than the leading brand alternative at a competing store. Similarly, our dairy formula LactiBu, was priced 38.0% cheaper than the leading brand alternative at a competing store.

We aim to keep our prices as stable as possible. We react rapidly to price changes by our competitors when warranted but we usually do not respond to short-term offers. We also endeavor to be the last retailer in the market to increase prices based on an increase in the cost of raw materials and the first retailer in the market to decrease prices based on a decrease in the cost of raw materials. Our goal is to gain customer trust and loyalty, especially from value-oriented customers.

103

Prices are determined at a Product and Pricing Committee meeting that takes place once a week. The Director of Purchasing meets together with the members of our Operation Committee, the Chief Executive Officer, and the relevant purchasers. We adopt a standard price (based on the pricing of our competition and our analysis of price elasticity for each product we sell) for all our stores. When required we will create a special price list to deal with a specific regional requirement to remain the competitive option for our clients.

Typically, we revise the prices for only a limited number of SKUs at each Product and Pricing Committee meeting. If certain pricing decisions must be made quickly, we are able to call a special meeting to react rapidly.

Quality Control

Quality control is key to building trust in our private label products and cementing our reputation. We conduct regular laboratory tests to check that contracted specifications are met, relying on well-regarded laboratories in Mexico, such as Cencon and Biofleming. We audit the manufacturing facilities of our suppliers on a regular basis. We perform quality checks of our products when they arrive at our distribution centers and randomly select samples for further laboratory testing. We also keep samples of every lot received in case we need to investigate a quality-related issue or to send a product to test if it complies with the contracted quality standards.

Our Customers

Our customer base is largely composed of smart value shoppers—aligned with our slogan “tu despensa inteligente” or “your smart pantry choice.” We serve the low-to middle socioeconomic segments in Mexico, specifically those in the second to ninth income deciles. However, our broader target increasingly encompasses value shoppers across all income brackets. We define our typical customer as anyone who buys groceries, primarily focusing on those looking for value for money, a convenient and pleasant shopping experience, and minimizing transportation costs.

Almost 85.0% of our customers are women, primarily between the ages of 30 and 60. The majority are homemakers (46.0%), followed by employed individuals (28.0%) and small merchants or shopkeepers (15.0%). New customers initially buy in our stores because of the competitive pricing of our branded and spot products. Over time, however, as they become more familiar with our offering, customers begin to try our private label products, which eventually become their preferred choice for their mix of value and quality.

The shopping experience is typically localized, as most customers live within a 10-street (800-meter) radius of their favored store. They visit our stores three to four times a week, purchasing enough for a maximum of two days. For items we currently do not offer, like fresh fruits and vegetables, they complete their shopping needs within the neighborhood.

Sales and Marketing

We price our products at the lowest sustainable price and for simplicity maintain standard price lists across all our stores. Our products do not go on sale and any promotional activity does not involve changes in prices. The one exception being the end-of-life products that get heavily discounted.

We have a no-questions-asked no-receipt needed money-back return policy. To instill customer confidence in our product offering, we allow customers to return any product if they are dissatisfied with it, with no questions asked and without requiring a receipt. This marketing strategy allows customers to test our private label products and break ingrained consumption patterns associated with very traditional brands.

We do not engage in material levels of advertising. We prefer to invest in offering the lowest price possible for our customers. Our marketing strategy is low-cost and efficient, consisting mostly of in-store advertising

104

using our radio channel and displaying posters with impactful messages. We selectively use flyers for new store openings and to promote seasonal products. We conduct activation campaigns where for two weeks we display a given private label product at the end of the check-out counter (without any additional discount). Taking advantage of unusually low rental rates during COVID-19, we have used billboards in Mexico City to position our brand and value proposition. We are present on all the important social media platforms. We have no plans to launch a loyalty program as we believe it to be complex and costly to implement successfully at this time. Our preference remains to skip initiatives that add costs and instead focus on lower prices to drive customer loyalty. Word of mouth remains our most potent marketing tool.

Seasonality

Since our products mostly consist of food staples, our sales are not generally affected by seasonality. Variations in our performance from quarter to quarter are generally a consequence of store openings and holidays. Therefore, the results for a given quarter may not be indicative of results expected for the entire year.

Logistics

Consistent with our efficiency focused operational ethos, we have built efficient distribution and fulfillment capabilities. Our decentralized organization is built around autonomous regions. Each region has a distribution center and its own truck fleet that serves its stores. This decentralization reduces complexity and therefore costs, including logistics costs.

Distribution Centers

We believe we are highly efficient with our logistics and distributions infrastructure without sacrificing service and speed. As of December 31, 2023, we operated 14 distribution centers. Each serves approximately 150 stores, with a capacity to stretch to serve 200 stores, within a 150-kilometer radius, within a capacity to stretch up to a 200-kilometer radius. When the number of total stores served by any given distribution center approaches the 150-store mark, we proceed to open a new distribution center nearby and redistribute the stores to optimize distances and routing.

A typical distribution center is 12,000 square meters, with additional space for a maneuvering yard. Each distribution center carries the vast majority of the SKUs we sell, including refrigerated items. Frozen items, a relatively new category, are being rolled out to all our stores gradually as we build frozen refrigeration in our distribution centers.

Our distribution centers are designed to be efficient and reduce the amount of man hours required to move our products. We make use of cross-docking, whenever possible, use an ABC layout, which allocates space depending on inventory turnover, and favor floor storage instead of racks, as it is more efficient for fast-moving SKUs.

The main operations and process of our distribution center consist of:

Receiving

After placing an order with our suppliers, a receiving appointment is made, with a receiving dock reserved, and a receiving team programmed to unload the order when it arrives. The process is designed to take up the least amount of time possible from the moment our supplier arrives at the distribution center to the moment it leaves.

Picking

Store orders are processed overnight and ready to pick up in the morning. Pickers receive their “pick lists” on their mobile devices, which tell them what to pick. Once an item is picked up, the order is updated and

105

confirmed on the mobile device. This system, tailor-made to support our process, allows for accurate and quick picking. In addition, we incentivize efficient picking by giving picking speed and accuracy bonuses to our pickers.

Store fulfillment

Once the order of a store has been picked, it is checked and palletized ready to be loaded in the truck that will deliver the order to the store that same day.

The proximity of our distribution centers to our stores allows for optimal re-stocking frequency and route planning. Store restocking frequency is dynamic and ranges from twice a week to daily and depends on sales volumes. We fulfill store orders one day after an order is placed. A single truck can visit up to four stores per day.

As of September 30, 2023, we operated a fleet of 305 same-model trucks and over 799 utility vehicles for our District Managers. Our trucks are on average 3.1 years old and most have been acquired with credit with an average maturity of 36 months. Standardization simplifies truck management and operations thus reducing costs. For security and for key performance indicator management, we monitor our fleet through real-time geographic positioning, live video, and dual-way audio.

A fundamental part of our logistics operation is our drivers. We provide a comprehensive 385-hour training program where the operator is taught skills covering mechanics, driver education, regulations, and service culture. As of September 30, 2023, our academy had become compulsory for all our drivers to ensure better logistics efficiency, timeliness and safety.

Operations and Decision-Making

We have a decentralized and lean organizational structure built around autonomous regions, each led by a Regional Director. Each region consists of approximately 150 stores and a distribution center. A region has all the functional areas it needs to operate autonomously. These include human resources, real estate, logistics, IT and regional purchasing and accounting. All regions are similarly sized, organized and operated.

Sales and Operations

Each region typically has two Zone Managers, each of whom is responsible for 40 to 80 stores. The Zone Manager reports directly to the Regional Director on all matters related to store operations and sales. A Zone Manager is responsible for ensuring the efficient operations of stores and for their maintenance and must visit each of their stores at least once every two months. Each Zone Manager oversees six to 10 District Managers. A District Manager ensures that the stores’ operations are conducted in compliance with our procedures and rules. They are responsible for visiting each store at least twice a week and monitoring competition and general market conditions, controlling inventories and ordering procedures, and recruiting new store employees.

106

Logistics

A Distribution Center manager reports directly to the Regional Director and oversees all logistics and fulfillment matters. Their direct reports consist of the heads of receiving, picking, and dispatching and they are responsible for maintaining an efficient and disciplined logistics operation.

Human Resources

Our regional human resources teams are responsible for recruiting, training, and developing all personnel their region. They monitor and enforce adherence to centrally set human performance indicators, such as turnover rates and specific development tracks for roles like Store Manager, District Manager, Zone Manager and Regional Director. Additionally, they manage the annual training plans and warehouse development programs. When a labor-related issue arises the team actively manages it. The team also assess workplace quality and metrics. Their role is pivotal in maintaining a balanced and effective workforce aligned with our culture and corporate objectives.

Real Estate

Our regional real estate team is tasked with securing and opening new stores. A significant part of their role is the negotiation of lease terms and ensuring compliance with our unit economic targets for each potential opening site. By maintaining a database of potential locations and competitor insights, they enable data-driven decision-making. The team maintains an open line of communication with district and zone managers, allowing real-time market analysis that informs our broader expansion strategy.

Administration and Accounting

Our regional administration and accounting teams primarily focus on operational finances. The team collaborates closely with Zone and District Managers to manage budgets and ensure operational efficiency. They track store-level financial performance indicators such as 4-Wall Profitability and capital expenditures. They assist in the planning and execution of initiatives like inventory control, labor costs, and expense management. Cash flow and basic accounting tasks are managed to ensure the region’s financial health. Their work acts as the financial backbone for the region, aiding in tactical decision-making while aligning with the company’s broader objectives.

Purchasing

The regional purchasing team is responsible for executing purchase orders based on demand forecasts and supplier lead times, as well as for maintaining optimum inventory levels in the region. To meet regional tastes, they manage a portfolio of up to 10 regional SKUs, and are responsible for negotiating, purchasing, and managing these products. The team actively participates in bi-weekly and monthly operational meetings to address concerns and propose improvements. Their activities are integral to ensuring smooth and cost-efficient operations.

IT Support

The regional IT Support team ensures the seamless operation of information and communication systems by resolving technical issues and incidents in computing equipment. The team performs remote and on-site troubleshooting. They also execute preventive maintenance and are in charge of any regional special projects.

Our Regional Directors meet with the members of our Operation Committee every quarter. At these meetings, the Regional Managers discuss issues affecting their regions and make decisions that will be applied across the company.

107

Our Headquarters

Our central office (headquarters) is located in Mexico City and is home to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Investor Relations Officer, Director of Sales and Operations, Director of Purchasing, Director of Human Resources, Director of Information Technology and Director of Real Estate.

Our headquarters is also home to our Product and Pricing Committee, our Operation Committee, our Central Purchasing Department, our Finance and Administration Department, our Central Human Resources Department, and our Information Technology Department.

Our Central Purchasing Department is responsible for all decisions relating to our suppliers and purchasing prices. Our finance and administration department is responsible for financial reporting, treasury, taxes and budgeting. Our Information Technology department is responsible for ensuring the smooth and uninterrupted operations of all our systems as well as the development of all our future technology-driven capabilities. Our human resources department coordinates recruitment for our headquarters and managers and above levels in regions; they also shape culture and training efforts across the organization. Our real estate department oversees openings and negotiation of stores across the region, defines annual goals for new locations, and identifies and negotiates locations for distribution centers.

Committees

Our Product and Pricing Committee consists of our Director of Purchasing, our Director of Sales and Operations and our Chief Executive Officer. This committee discusses and makes decisions on all matters related to introducing new products, phasing out existing products, testing products, quality control issues and changing prices. It is also responsible of approving overall promotions and advertisements.

Our Operation Committee is responsible for overseeing our operations, as well as general company strategy. It is chaired by our Chief Executive Officer and includes our Chief Financial Officer and Investor Relations Officer, our Director of Sales and Operations and our Director of Human Resources.

Human Capital and Our Culture

At the heart of our corporate culture are our core values: trustworthiness, honesty, and modesty. We view these values as central to our past success and future aspirations. We strive to instill these values in all our employees and suppliers to improve the communities where we operate. As of September 30, 2023, of our approximately 21,950 employees, 3,200 were employed in our warehouses and distribution centers, 18,500 were employed at our stores and 250 were employed in our corporate offices. We endeavor to provide competitive compensation and benefits that attract and retain top-tier talent and are committed to promoting diversity among our teams through an inclusive culture that seeks to integrate people from different parts of the world that enrich and support efforts to meet business objectives.

We prioritize continuous learning and development for our employees. In 2018, we introduced “University 3B” (or “Universidad 3B”), an online training initiative. Our employees are automatically enrolled to the

108

platform which offers over 100 courses, from theoretical insights to practical applications, covering key areas such as our business model, process protocols, safety guidelines, exclusive brand knowledge, and role-specific certifications.

In order to cultivate leadership, we have developed a specialized program to accelerate the growth of key-talent within our organization. This program has a 78-hour duration, during which we focus on skills relating to supervision, management decision-making, result focus, information and management and information analysis. This program is conducted twice a year with a local prestigious local university, the Escuela Bancaria y Comercial. This initiative has led to the promotion of over 50 employees to managerial positions between 2021 and 2022.

We champion career growth with a hands-on evaluation program, designed to propel employees’ career trajectories within the company. A key initiative of our training and employee development is our performance review process. Our digitalized process allows us to measure key employee metrics and competencies based on each employee’s position. We proactively analyze results and respond accordingly by generating a tailored action plan.

Employee growth and retention are at the forefront of our strategies. We diligently track metrics like applications, staffing, turnover, and internal promotions. Our comprehensive career plans coupled with a meritocratic advancement model, offer multidisciplinary career growth opportunities. During 2022, we promoted 4,300 of our collaborators, reflecting our commitment to career development and growth within our organization.

We recognize that our employees’ well-being is paramount to their professional success. To further our commitment, we have a toll-free telephone line handled by health professionals who provide psychological, nutritional, and medical advice. Some areas served by our experts are family violence, couples counseling, emotional conditions, self-care, healthy lifestyle, and eating habits. During 2021 and 2022, more than 400 employees received advice from this line.

Integral to our corporate culture is the value we place on open communication. We believe in empowering our employees and that they should have voice in company matters. For example, all employees have access to a platform with direct access to our Chief Executive Officer, all improvement proposals are heard and responded to through this platform. Proposals that we believe may add value to the business are analyzed in detail and implemented.

Regulatory Considerations

Our business and operations are subject to various laws and regulations as well as local governmental authorizations to open and operate our stores. Our subsidiaries’ operations are primarily governed by the Mexican Corporations Law and associated provisions, while real estate property leasing activities in Mexico are governed by the Mexican Constitution, state civil codes, and various laws and regulations, which provide a legal framework for the use, operation, and transfer of real estate properties in Mexico, including environmental matters.

We are also subject to the provisions contained in the Mexican Intellectual Property Law (Ley de Propiedad Industrial) with respect to the use of our trademarks, and to the Mexican General Health Law (Ley General de Salud) and the Mexican Official Standards (Normas Oficiales Mexicanas) for the health and safety practices involved in the preparation, distribution and sale of food products. Our failure to comply with any of these laws and norms may result in the imposition of administrative penalties, including fines and the temporary or permanent closure of our facilities. We believe that as of this date we are in substantial compliance with all such laws and norms.

109

More specifically, we and the various properties we lease and which are used as stores or warehouses are primarily subject to the following Mexican laws and regulations:

• Mexican Constitution;

• Mexican Corporations Law;

• Federal Law on Economic Competition;

• Federal Law for Protection of the Consumer;

• Federal Law for the Protection of Industrial Property;

• Federal Roads, Bridges and Auto Transport Law;

• Civil codes of the states in which our stores and distribution centers are located and in which we operate;

• Civil Protection Law of the states in which our stores are located and in which we operate;

• General Law on Ecological Balance and Environmental Protection, and its implementing regulations;

• General Law for the Prevention and Comprehensive Management of Waste;

• Expropriation Law;

• National Waters Law;

• General Law on National Property;

• Local and municipal environmental, land-use, and zoning regulations, and tax legislation and implementing regulations; and

• Mexican Official Standards (NOMs), including with respect to food packaging and labeling.

Local Laws and Regulations

Our stores are subject to various local laws and regulatory requirements, including permitting and licensing requirements. Local regulations, including municipal or local ordinances, zoning restrictions and other restrictions imposed by local authorities or private community organizations may restrict the use of our properties and may require us to obtain approval from such bodies at any time with respect to our stores, including prior to developing such properties or when developing or undertaking renovations of our stores. As part of the development process, we are required to obtain the applicable land use certificates, construction permits, operating licenses and fire and safety approvals from the Civil Protection Office (Oficina de Protección Civil).

Expropriation

None of our stores have been expropriated to date. However, under the Expropriation Law, the government has the power to expropriate or temporarily occupy in whole or in part any land or real estate property inside Mexican territory. Expropriation may be carried out in the public interest or for national security reasons. In the event of expropriation, the owner is to be paid compensation, we as tenants would not have the right to directly receive any compensation if the land where a store is located is expropriated. If there is disagreement as to the amount payable as compensation, a judicial authority may be asked to determine such amount. There is no clear definition as to when a compensation payment for the expropriation of any of the properties would be made or as to the payment amount the owner or we as tenants would receive in such event.

Environmental Regulations

As of this date, we do not have environmental certifications of any kind. The construction and operation of our stores and distribution centers may be subject to the Mexican General Law on Ecological Balance and

110

Environmental Protection (Ley General del Equilibrio Ecológico y la Protección al Ambiente, or the “Mexican General Environmental Law”) and the related implementing regulations, the General Law for the Prevention and Comprehensive Management of Waste (Ley General para la Prevención y Gestión Integral de los Residuos) and the related implementing regulations, the National Waters Law (Ley de Aguas Nacionales) and the related implementing regulations, the Regulations for Environmental Protection Against Noise Pollution (Reglamento para la Protección del Ambiente contra la Contaminación Originada por la Emisión de Ruido), the General Law for Sustainable Forest Development (Ley General de Desarrollo Forestal Sustentable), the General Law on Wildlife (Ley General de Vida Silvestre), the General Law on Climate Change (Ley General de Cambio Climático), numerous Mexican Official Standards (Normas Oficiales Mexicanas), and other federal, state and municipal environmental laws and regulations and agency agreements where our stores and/or facilities are located or could be developed (collectively, “Environmental Laws”).

The Mexican General Environmental Law generally sets forth the legal framework applicable to the environmental impact procedure as well as the release of contaminants into the environment. The regulations that have been issued pursuant to this law affect ecological planning, risk assessment and environmental impact, air pollution, protected natural areas, protection of flora and fauna, preservation and prudent use of natural resources and soil pollution, among others. Additionally, the Mexican General Law for the Prevention and Comprehensive Management of Waste regulates the generation and handling of hazardous waste and materials as well as the release of contaminants into the environment.

Non-compliance with the Environmental Laws may result in the imposition of administrative fines or sanctions, remedial actions, revocations of authorizations, licenses, or permits, administrative arrests, temporary or permanent closure of facilities, or imprisonment, when environmental violations are classified as criminal offenses.

In our process of developing stores and distribution centers, our approach is to adhere to an environmental management system and certain environmental guidelines. This does not mean that we have specific environmental policies or certificates, recognitions, or programs for environmental and natural resource protection, defense, or restoration. While we cannot assure you that in all cases, we are and will be in full compliance with all laws, we believe that the stores and distribution centers that we develop: (i) do not represent a significant environmental risk, (ii) have all relevant material permits and authorizations, and (iii) comply with all applicable Environmental Laws.

Compliance and Controls

We are fully committed to maintaining strong compliance and controls for financial reporting, as evidenced by the measures currently being implemented. The Company recognizes the significance of accurate and reliable financial information in building investor trust. To establish a robust internal control framework, Tiendas 3B is conducting a comprehensive assessment of potential risks and documenting them meticulously. Key control activities are being designed and implemented to mitigate these risks and ensure the integrity of financial reporting. In addition, information and communication channels are being strengthened to promote timely and accurate reporting. Tiendas 3B’s proactive approach to compliance and controls underscores its commitment to upholding high standards of transparency and adherence to relevant laws and regulatory requirements.

Legal and Administrative Proceedings

From time to time, we are or may become involved in disputes that arise in the ordinary course of our business. Any claims against us, whether meritorious or not, can be time-consuming, result in costly litigation, require significant management time and result in the diversion of significant operational resources. We are subject to several legal proceedings, including civil and labor claims, which we generally believe are common and incidental to business operations in Mexico.

111

We record provisions, if any, based on our external and in-house counsel’s assessment of the likelihood of loss as well as the history of similar and related proceedings. Our financial statements reflect the provisions for legal proceedings in accordance with accounting rules when our external counsel advises that (i) an outflow of resources is probable to settle the obligation and (ii) a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Our provisions for probable losses arising from legal proceedings are estimated and periodically adjusted by management after consideration of the opinions of our external counsel.

As of September 30, 2023, we had not recorded any provisions in connection with legal proceedings based on probable loss. However, legal proceedings are inherently unpredictable and subject to significant uncertainties. If one or more cases result in a judgment against us in any reporting period for amounts that exceed our management’s expectations, the impact on our operating results or financial condition for that reporting period could be material. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—Our operations are subject to the general risks of litigation.”

Intellectual Property

Our most important brands, slogans and logos are protected by trademarks in Mexico through registration with the Mexican Industrial Property Institute (Instituto Mexicano de la Propiedad Industrial). Protection of a trademark in Mexico continues for as long as the brand is registered and used. As of September 30, 2023, we had approximately 1,377 owned brand files and registries in Mexico. In addition, within Mexico our licensors register their own brands granting us the right to use them within the territory.

Properties

As of September 30, 2023, we only owned one property used in our operations. Our remaining 2,287 stores and office space is leased from a wide array of landlords. No landlord represents more than 5.0% of our lease expense. We believe that having a diffuse landlord base allows us to achieve better commercial lease terms. Each of our lease follows a standard form of Mexican law governed agreement, which includes a 10-year term with an automatic 10-year renewal and may be terminated at will by us. To minimize our initial store expenditures, we typically only advance two months of rent and give one month of rent as a security deposit. In some jurisdictions, the local civil code additionally requires that the landlord grant us a right of first refusal in the event they decide to sell the relevant property to a third party.

112

MANAGEMENT

We are currently reviewing the composition of our board of directors, our committees and our corporate governance practices in light of this offering and applicable requirements of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange. In subsequent filings with the SEC, we will update any relevant disclosure in this prospectus as appropriate.

Upon the consummation of this offering, we will be managed by our board of directors and by our senior management, pursuant to our memorandum and articles of association.

Board of Directors

Our memorandum and articles of association provide that the board of directors will be composed of a minimum of seven directors and a maximum of 15 directors, with the number of board seats being exclusively determined by a resolution of directors (and, for the avoidance of doubt, the size of the board of directors may not be changed by the shareholders of the Company at any time (whether by resolution of members, special resolution of members or otherwise)).

Upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will be composed of nine members. Our directors do not have a retirement age requirement under our memorandum and articles of association.

Our memorandum and articles of association provide that, subject to certain exceptions, directors are elected by resolution of our shareholders, which requires the affirmative vote of a plurality of the votes cast on the resolution by the shareholders entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, at the meeting (notwithstanding that such votes may represent less than a majority of the votes represented at the meeting and entitled to vote). Each director is appointed and elected for such term as set out in our memorandum and articles of association or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

Our memorandum and articles of association provide that our directors will be divided into three classes designated as the “Class I,” “Class II,” and “Class III” directors. Each director will serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual general meeting of the shareholders following the annual general meeting of the shareholders at which such director was elected (except that the terms of the Class I, Class II and Class III directors listed below expire at the annual meetings identified below), subject to the provisions of our memorandum and articles of association. The Class I directors to be put in place upon consummation of this offering will hold office until our next annual general meeting. It is expected that our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

• the initial Class I directors are expected to be Messrs. Le Ruyet and Gertsacov and Ms. Martinez, and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of shareholders expected to be held no later than April 2025;

• the initial Class II directors are expected to be Messrs. Hatoum, Cappello and Meffre, and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of the shareholders expected to be held no later than April 2026; and

• the initial Class III directors are expected to be Ms. Reich and Messrs. Fuster and Khouri, and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of shareholders expected to be held no later than April 2027.

See “Description of Share Capital” for further information.

113

The following table sets forth the current members of our board of directors and their ages as of December 31, 2023.

Name	Age		Position
K. Anthony Hatoum		60	Chairman
Nicole Reich		58	Independent Director
Dan Gertsacov		48	Independent Director
Jean-François Le Ruyet		55	Director
Alexander Fuster		58	Independent Director
Juan Pablo Cappello		56	Independent Director
Sami Khouri		72	Independent Director
Alexis Meffre		48	Director
Stephanie Martinez		47	Independent Director

The business address of our directors is Río Danubio 51, Col. Cuauhtémoc, Mexico City, Mexico 06500. The following sets forth biographical information for each of the members of our board of directors:

K. Anthony Hatoum

K. Anthony Hatoum is the founder, Chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer of the Issuer. Mr. Hatoum began his professional career in J.P. Morgan’s investment banking division in New York and later as a Senior Engagement Manager at McKinsey & Co. in New York. He later joined Merrill Lynch’s global private equity group as a Managing Director where he covered BIM, the Turkish hard-discount food retailer. Mr. Hatoum began his first of a series of entrepreneurial ventures in 1998, and he also co-founded Advantage Card, a leading credit card, consumer finance and loyalty program in Turkey and then went on to co-found E-bebek, a leading retailer of baby products in Turkey and among the first online retailer in Turkey. Mr. Hatoum holds a Bachelor’s Degree in Civil Engineering from Columbia University, a Master’s Degree in Civil Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and an MBA from Stanford Graduate School of Business.

Nicole Reich

Nicole Reich has been a director of the Issuer since 2023. Ms. Reich is the President of the Board of BNP Paribas Cardif Mexico, the insurance arm of BNP Paribas in Mexico, where she previously served as chief executive officer for eight years. Ms. Reich has held other leadership positions in the financial sector, primarily across Latin America, including at The Bank of Nova Scotia and Citi. Ms. Reich also serves as president of the Risk and Audit Committees of multiple institutions. She has received numerous accolades, including “Woman of the Year” by the Mexican Senate. Ms. Reich holds a Bachelor’s Degree in Computer Science from the Instituto Tecnológico de Estudios Superiores de Monterrey and an MBA from the Instituto Tecnológico Autónomo de México (ITAM) with postgraduate studies at the Kellogg School of Business at Northwestern University.

Dan Gertsacov

Dan Gertsacov has been a director of the Issuer since 2023. Mr. Gertsacov is an executive with 25 years of experience in the technology, food and restaurant industries. His experience includes senior roles at Google, Arcos Dorados and Focus Brands. Mr. Gertsacov is a Senior Advisor at McKinsey & Company. He holds a Bachelor of Arts degree with Honors from the University of Richmond and an MBA from Harvard Business School.

Jean-François Le Ruyet

Jean-François Le Ruyet has been a director of the Issuer since 2023. Mr. Le Ruyet is a partner at Quilvest Capital Partners, where he is the co-manager of the global co-investment and fund programs with a focus on European buy-out funds. He also serves on Quilvest Capital Partner’s global investment committee and the

114

co-investment investment committee. Prior to joining Quilvest Capital Partners in 2003, Mr. Le Ruyet was management and strategic consultant with Bain & Company and later with McKinsey & Company. At McKinsey, he worked with several European private equity sponsors with a focus on media and consumer goods and was involved with strategic and market due diligence as well as merger and acquisition valuation. Prior to his consulting career, he worked for two years at Société Générale in São Paulo, Brazil. Mr. Le Ruyet received his undergraduate degree from Ecole des Hautes Etudes Commerciales in Paris, France and an MBA from Columbia Business School.

Alexander Fuster

Alexander Fuster has been a director of the Issuer since 2015. Mr. Fuster is currently a private investor and heads a family office based in Miami, Florida. Prior to his current role, Mr. Fuster co-founded and led a series of privately-held healthcare investments in managed care, and medical services provider networks with an integrated pharmacy delivery system in Florida. He was a founding principal at Penske Capital Partners, a private equity firm in New York and also served as president of Leland Corporation, a private investor venture fund. Mr. Fuster was also a consultant at McKinsey & Company and an accountant at PricewaterhouseCoopers. He holds a Bachelor of Sciences in Business Administration degree with high honors from the University of Notre Dame and an MBA from Stanford University’s Graduate School of Business.

Juan Pablo Cappello

Juan Pablo Cappello has been a director of the Issuer since 2020. Mr. Cappello is the co-founder and partner of PAG Law and has been actively advising companies throughout Latin America for over thirty years since he began his legal career at one of the leading law firms in Santiago, Chile. His practice has focused on financial technology and digital assets, having served as the chief legal officer of Patagon.com, considered among the first financial technology business in Latin America, and led the in-house team in the sale to Santander. Mr. Cappello has since been involved in the co-founding of other business ventures, including NUE Life Health and Wonder.com. He is actively involved in the growth of development of Miami’s technology ecosystem, having founded LAB Miami, LAB Ventures and Miami Angels. PAG Law has been named Latin American Venture Capital Law Firm of the Year –2022 by Global 100. Mr. Cappello received his undergraduate degree from Duke University and his law degree from NYU Law School.

Sami Khouri

Sami Khouri has been a director of the Issuer since 2015. Mr. Khouri is the chief executive officer and a board member of United Investors Holding SAL, a Beirut-based group of distribution companies, that retail and distribute brands such as Nike, Converse and Levi’s. Since 1975, he has been actively involved in various business enterprises and has founded different ventures in diversified sectors, including local consumer goods industries, import and distributorships for multinational suppliers in fast moving consumer goods, pharmaceuticals, real estate development and investment banking. Mr. Khouri also serves as director in Gazzaoui Holding, an electrical component and water pump distributor in Lebanon and Qatar, as well a director of Eathos Ltd, a restaurant franchise operator in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and the Gulf states. Additionally, he is actively involved in several non-governmental organizations. Mr. Khouri serves as a director of Endeavor, global organization that supports high-impact entrepreneurs in emerging markets, The Lebanese Center for Palliative Care/BALSAM and Ruwwad Al Tanmeya in Lebanon, which is focused on the empowerment of marginalized societies through scholarships for education. He holds a degree in Economics from the American University of Beirut.

Alexis Meffre

Alexis Meffre has been a director of the Issuer since 2023. Mr. Meffre joined Quilvest Capital Partners in 2018 as its Executive Chairman and he currently heads its Executive Committee. He has over 20 years of private

115

equity and finance experience across Europe, the United States and in Emerging Markets. Prior to joining Quilvest, Mr. Meffre was a Director at ACG Capital (ex Groupama Private Equity), co-manager of the investment team and member of the investment committee. At ACG Capital, he was leading private equity fund investments in primary and secondary opportunities, buy-out, venture capital and/ growth equity, debt and mezzanine, infrastructure and special situations. Mr. Meffre was also actively involved in client relationship, fundraising and new products development. From 2003 to 2007, he worked at Proparco (a French Development Financial Institution) where he co-founded the Private Equity team, focusing on emerging markets (direct investments, private equity fund investments and co-investments). Mr. Meffre began his career as financial analyst in Sydney with BNP PARIBAS Equities Australia and then joined Goldman Sachs Global Investment Research focusing on EMEA markets in London. He serves on the Bemberg Family Council, as well as the Boards of Bemberg Capital, Quilvest Capital Partners SA, Quilvest Capital Partners AM SA (the Quilvest Group AIFM). Mr. Meffre is a graduate from HEC Paris (Hautes Etudes Commerciales) and IEP Paris (Institut d’Etudes Politiques de Paris).

Stephanie Martinez

Stephanie Martinez has been a director of the Issuer since 2023. Ms. Martinez, is currently the managing director for France of Montblanc, a German luxury pen and accessory label owned by Richemont, where she has overseen the brand’s expansion into the region. Prior to Montblanc, Ms. Martinez was the managing director for Mexico of Swarovski, an Austrian family business in its fifth generation. She has also held positions at luxury label Chanel. Ms. Martinez holds a business degree from Neoma Business School and a diploma from Instituto Tecnológico Autónomo de México (ITAM).

Executive Officers

Our officers are appointed by the board of directors. The following table sets forth our current executive officers, their titles, their ages and the years with our company as of September 30, 2023.

Officer	Position	Age		Years with our company
K. Anthony Hatoum	Chief Executive Officer		60		19
Eduardo Pizzuto	Chief Financial Officer and Investor Relations Officer		53		16
Diego Apalategui	Director of Sales and Operations		47		19
Luis Bermúdez	Director of Purchasing		53		5
Javier Suárez	Director of Human Resources		47		19
Pablo Grattarola	Director of Information Technology		51		<1
Alejandro Dávila	Director of Real Estate		46		1

The business address of our key executives is Río Danubio 51, Col. Cuauhtémoc, Mexico City, Mexico 06500. The following sets forth biographical information for each of our key executives:

K. Anthony Hatoum. See “—Board of Directors.”

Eduardo Pizzuto

Eduardo Pizzuto is the Chief Financial Officer and Investor Relations Officer of the Issuer. Mr. Pizzuto has been with the Issuer since 2007, actively involved in various capacities which include expansion, procurement and operational aspects, while overseeing financial aspects of the business. Before joining the Issuer, he was chief executive officer at a valve manufacturing company. Mr. Pizzuto has also worked for Nestlé Purina, managing its Wal-Mart Sam’s account in Bentonville, Arkansas, and later serving as the National Sales Manager of Nestlé Purina in Mexico. Mr. Pizzuto holds a Bachelor’s Degree in Industrial Engineering from Universidad Iberoamericana in Mexico and an MBA from Cox School of Business at Southern Methodist University.

116

Diego Apalategui

Diego Apalategui is the Director of Sales and Operations of the Issuer. Mr. Apalategui has over two decades of experience in the retail industry. After beginning his career as a restaurant manager with Burger King Argentina, he transitioned to EKI, a then nascent retail venture with just six stores which scaled during Mr. Apalategui’s tenure to 250 stores. Mr. Apalategui joined Tiendas 3B in December 2004 as Director of Sales and Operations. Mr. Apalategui holds a Bachelor’s Degree in Information Systems from Universidad Tecnológica Nacional in Buenos Aires.

Luis Bermúdez

Luis Bermúdez is the Director of Purchasing of the Issuer. Mr. Bermúdez has more than 20 years of international experience in category management and strategic purchasing with a focus on private label assortment building and discount retailing concepts. He began his career at Lidl Discount Spain as a Category Manager and then transitioned to Aldi Discount Spain, where he managed a broad portfolio of providers. Before joining Tiendas 3B in 2018, Mr. Bermúdez served as Import Categories Purchasing Manager for the Saudi Market at Dukan Retailing Discount Company While there, he was involved in the company’s purchasing strategy. Mr. Bermúdez holds a Bachelor’s Degree in Business Administration, with a specialization in Market Research, from the Escuela Superior de Negocios y Marketing in Zaragoza, Spain. He also holds an MBA from ESIC Business & Marketing School in Barcelona, Spain.

Javier Suárez

Javier Suárez is the Director of Human Resources of the Issuer. Mr. Suárez has been with the Company since 2004 helping shape the growth and development of Tiendas 3B’s workforce. He began his professional career in operational roles at McDonald’s in Argentina, and later as Operations Manager of EKI. Mr. Suárez holds a Bachelor’s and Master’s degree in Humanistic Psychology from Universidad Gestalt in Mexico City and is currently pursuing a Ph.D. in philosophy at the same institution. Mr. Suárez also holds an MBA degree from IPADE Business School in Mexico City. Additionally, he is a professor of human capital management and strategic relationships at Universidad Panamericana in Mexico City.

Pablo Grattarola

Pablo Grattarola is the Director of Information Technology of the Issuer. Mr. Grattarola brings over two decades of multi-sector experience to the role. He began his career at AB-InBev in Uruguay, where he advanced from IT Analyst to Regional IT Lead over a 10-year period, gaining significant experience in risk, compliance, and auditing processes. Mr. Grattarola later transitioned to the role of chief information officer across various industries, including retail, health, financial technology, and finance. He served as chief information officer of Banco Santander Uruguay, where he led key initiatives in risk, compliance, and cybersecurity and was involved in various projects including enterprise resource planning migrations and credit card conversions, as well as being involved in the mergers and acquisitions and due diligence activities. Mr. Grattarola holds an Information Systems Engineering Degree from Universidad Tecnológica Nacional and an MBA degree from Universidad de Belgrano, both in Argentina. He also holds an AGILE Certification from Maryland University and is an active member of the ISACA Uruguay organization, which focuses on cybersecurity.

Alejandro Dávila

Alejandro Dávila is the Director of Real Estate of the Issuer. Prior to joining Tiendas 3B in 2022, Mr. Davila worked at OXXO, where he served as General Manager for OXXO Colombia and was closely involved in OXXO’s international expansion, overseeing the company’s growth into Colombia, Chile, Brazil and Peru between 2018 and 2021. Mr. Dávila holds a civil engineering degree from Instituto Tecnológico de Nuevo León, with a Master’s Degree in Business Planning from Instituto Tecnólogico de Piedras Negras and leadership diplomas from Instituto Tecnológico y de Estudios Superiores de Monterrey and IPADE Business School, all in Mexico.

117

Committees

The board of directors of the Issuer has formed an Audit Committee. In addition, although not required under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, our memorandum and articles of association establish a Compensation Committee. The board of directors may dissolve and appoint at any time any committee. At least one meeting shall be held by each committee on a quarterly basis.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee is comprised of Ms. Reich, who is the chair, and Messrs. Gertsacov, Fuster and Cappello.

The Audit Committee will be governed by a charter that complies with the New York Stock Exchange rules. Upon the completion of this offering, the Audit Committee will be responsible for, among other things:

• the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of any auditor or accounting firm engaged for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or performing other audit, review or attest services;

• pre-approving the audit services and non-audit services to be provided by our independent auditor before the auditor is engaged to render such services;

• reviewing and discussing with the independent auditor its responsibilities under generally accepted auditing standards, the planned scope and timing of the independent auditor’s annual audit plan(s) and significant findings from the audit;

• obtaining and reviewing a report from the independent auditor describing all relationships between the independent auditor and the Company consistent with the applicable PCAOB requirements regarding the independent auditor’s communications with the Audit Committee concerning independence;

• confirming and evaluating the rotation of the audit partners on the audit engagement team as required by law;

• reviewing with management, in separate meetings whenever the Audit Committee deems appropriate, any analyses or other written communications prepared by management and/or the independent auditor setting forth significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of the financial statements, including analyses of the effects of alternative IFRS methods on the financial statements, and other critical accounting policies and practices of the Company;

• reviewing, in conjunction with the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and Investor Relations Officer of the Issuer, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting;

• establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the Company regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, and the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of the Company of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters; and

• approving or ratifying any related party transaction (as defined in our related party transaction policy) in accordance with our related party transaction policy.

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee is comprised Ms. Reich, Mr. Khouri and Mr. Fuster. The Compensation Committee is responsible for assessing and providing recommendations to the board of directors in relation to salaries and compensation packages of executive officers of the Issuer, and for administering the 2004 Option Plan and Equity Incentive Plan.

118

Code of Ethics

In connection with the offering, we are adopting a revised code of ethics, which will apply to all of our directors, officers and employees. We will make our code of ethics publicly available on our website upon the completion of this offering. We intend to disclose future amendments to, or waivers of, our code of ethics on the same page of our corporate website. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to invest in our Class A common shares.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships between any of the directors and executive officers.

Compensation of Directors and Officers

We are not required by British Virgin Islands law to disclose compensation paid to our senior management on an individual basis and we have not otherwise publicly disclosed this information elsewhere.

Our directors, executive officers and management in general receive fixed and variable compensation. They also receive benefits generally in line with market practice in Mexico. The fixed component of their compensation is set on market terms and adjusted annually.

The variable component consists of cash bonuses and awards of options to purchase shares. Cash bonuses are paid to executive officers and members of our management based on previously agreed targets for the business and have been approved by the board of directors each year. Options have been awarded under our 2004 Option Plan or Equity Incentive Plan, as discussed below.

For the year ended December 31, 2022, the aggregate compensation expense for the members of the board of directors and our executive officers for services in all capacities was Ps.367,602 thousand, which includes both share-based payments and cash compensation. In addition, as part of our retention strategy, certain of our executive officers agreed to defer the payment of certain accrued bonuses. For the nine months ended September 30, 2023, deferred bonus expense payable to our executive officers was Ps.11,412 thousand.

2004 Option Plan

We maintain the Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan, dated as of July 15, 2004 (as amended) (the “2004 Option Plan”) pursuant to which we have granted options to purchase Class C common shares of the Issuer to certain employees, directors and other service providers of the Issuer and its subsidiaries. The share options are generally subject to time-based vesting requirements and generally vest over a five year period, with 25% of the share options vesting at the end of each of the second, third, fourth and fifth calendar year following the calendar year in which they were granted (subject to continued employment and service requirements) (the “Common Options”).

We have also issued certain exit options under the 2004 Option Plan to senior management and to current and former members of the board of directors. They are identical in terms to the Common Options granted under the 2004 Option Plan, except that they vest immediately upon the occurrence of a liquidity event, such as this offering (the “Exit Options” and, together with the Common Options, the “Stock Options”).

The maximum number of Class C common shares that may be issued under 2004 Option Plan is 45,000,000 Class C common shares (or 15,000,000 before giving effect to the 3-for-1 share split), subject to adjustment in accordance with the terms of the 2004 Option Plan.

As of the date of this prospectus, there are a total of 43,186,224 Stock Options outstanding (or 14,395,408 before giving effect to the 3-for-1 share split), of which 25,696,224 (or 8,565,408 before giving effect to the 3-for-1 share split) are fully vested and all of which were issued pursuant to the 2004 Stock Option Plan. Each Stock Option represents the right to receive one Class C common share.

119

The table below sets forth the grants per year (net of forfeitures) and the weighted average strike prices of the Common Options after giving effect to the 3-for-1 share split.

	Number of Common Options
	2023		2022		2021			2020
Outstanding as of January 1,		29,366,250		22,031,250		16,991,250			15,896,250
Granted during the year		6,375,000.00		7,335,000		5,085,000			1,110,000
Forfeited during the year		—		—		(45,000	)		(15,000	)
Outstanding as of December 31,		35,741,250		29,366,250		22,031,250			16,991,250
Weighted average strike price (US$)	US$	6.02	US$	4.69	US$	3.03		US$	2.05

The table below sets forth the grants per year (net of forfeitures) and the weighted average strike prices of the Exit Options after giving effect to the 3-for-1 share split.

	Number of Exit Options
	2023		2022		2021			2020
Outstanding as of January 1,		7,064,982		7,064,982		6,544,974			—
Granted during the year		379,992		—		900,000			6,544,974.00
Forfeited during the year		—		—		(379,992	)		—
Outstanding as of December 31,		7,444,974		7,064,982		7,064,982			6,544,974.00
Weighted average strike price (US$)	US$	3.43	US$	3.45	US$	3.45		US$	3.03

The Stock Options issued under the 2004 Option Plan will continue to be governed by the terms of the 2004 Option Plan, and (to the extent unvested) will continue to vest on the same terms and conditions that originally applied to such Stock Options. Following the consummation of this offering, no additional Stock Options will be granted under the 2004 Option Plan. Since the Class C common shares are subject to restrictions on sale for a period of 180 days after this offering, as well as additional restrictions for a further 24 months following such 180-day period, our board has determined that any vested Stock Options issued under the 2004 Option Plan cannot be exercised until the earliest to occur of (1) the conversion of Class C common shares pursuant to the initial exercise of registration rights under our memorandum and articles of association, (2) July 8, 2026, (3) upon and in connection with any business combination or offer to acquire the Company that would represent a change in control of the Company, which will result in the automatic acceleration of all vested options, and (4) the conversion of Class C common shares into Class A common shares upon the affirmative vote of holders representing at least 75% of the votes of the Class B common shares and Class C common shares voting as a single class (provided that such conversion does not take place within 18 months of the date of this prospectus).

Liquidity Event Bonus Plan

Our board of directors has adopted a bonus plan (the “Liquidity Event Bonus Plan”) in which direct reports of the Chief Executive Officer of the Issuer and Mr. Hatoum (directly or indirectly through Bolton Partners Ltd.) are eligible to participate. Participants in the Liquidity Event Bonus Plan are eligible to receive a certain number of Class C common shares of the Issuer following consummation of this offering, based on the participant’s allocated percentage of bonus pool under the Liquidity Event Bonus Plan (the “Bonus Pool”). The Bonus Pool will be calculated at the time of the consummation of this offering, and will equal the sum of (x) 1,440,000 Class C common shares, plus a (y) a certain number of additional Class C common shares if the enterprise value (as defined for purposes of the Liquidity Event Bonus Plan) of the Issuer immediately prior to this offering is in excess of US$1,000,000,000, with such number of additional Class C common shares equal to the product of (A) the amount of enterprise value above US$1,000,000,000 divided by US$17 million (or US$50 million before giving effect to the 3-for-1 share split), multiplied by (B) 100,000 (and rounded up to the closest full number). There is a limit of 7,500,000 Class C common shares that may be issued under the Bonus Pool.

120

Since the Class C common shares are subject to restrictions on sale for a period of 180 days after this offering as well as additional restrictions for a further 24 months beyond such 180-day period, our board has determined that delivery of the Class C common shares under the Liquidity Event Bonus Plan be delayed until after the earlier of (1) January 1, 2025 or (2) any business combination or offer to acquire the Company that would represent a change in control of the Company and also constitutes a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company, in each case, within the meaning of Section 409A of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Delayed Delivery”).

Founder Liquidity Bonus

Pursuant to the terms of the shareholders’ agreement as in effect prior to this offering, Bolton Partners Ltd., a vehicle affiliated with Mr. Hatoum, is entitled to receive a certain number of Class C common shares of the Issuer following consummation of this offering. The number of Class C common shares Bolton Partners Ltd. may receive will be calculated based on the internal rate of return (“IRR”) Quilvest Capital Partners realizes in connection with this offering, regardless of whether Quilvest Capital Partners actually sells any of its Issuer shares as part of this offering. The IRR will be determined based on the higher of: (x) the price per Class A common share offered to the public under this offering and (y) the volume-weighted average price per Class A common share for a period of five consecutive trading days beginning and including the first full trading day following this offering. Bolton Partners Ltd., will therefore be entitled to receive: (i) 2,997,750 Class C common shares if the IRR equals 15% and (ii) 4,224,960 Class C common shares if the IRR equals 22.5% or more. If the IRR is greater than 15% but less than 22.5%, Bolton Partners Ltd. will receive a number of Class C common shares between 2,997,750 and 4,224,960 that is in linear proportion to the IRR actually achieved. Similar to the Liquidity Event Bonus Plan, delivery of the Class C common shares under the Founder Liquidity Bonus will be subject to the Delayed Delivery. See “Principal and Selling Shareholders” for the fully diluted share ownership of Bolton Partners Ltd.

Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors has adopted, and our shareholders have approved, an equity incentive plan (the “Equity Incentive Plan”) prior to the completion of this offering, in order to provide a means through which to attract, retain and motivate key personnel. Awards under the Equity Incentive Plan may be granted to any (i) individual employed by the Issuer or its subsidiaries (other than those U.S. employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement unless and to the extent that such eligibility is set forth in such collective bargaining agreement or similar agreement); (ii) director of the Issuer or its subsidiaries; or (iii) consultant or advisor to the Issuer or its subsidiaries who may be offered securities registrable pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act. The Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee or such other committee of our board of directors to which it has properly delegated power, or if no such committee or subcommittee exists, our board of directors.

Under the Equity Incentive Plan, 8,400,000 Class A common shares were initially reserved for issuance, which number is subject to increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning with the 2024 fiscal year in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the positive difference, if any, between (x) 2.0% of the outstanding common shares on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (y) the available plan reserve on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (ii) a lower number of common shares as determined by our board of directors.

All awards granted under the Equity Incentive Plan will vest and/or become exercisable in such manner and on such date or dates or upon such event or events as determined by the Compensation Committee. Awards available for grant under the Equity Incentive Plan include non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options, restricted common shares, restricted stock units, other equity-based awards tied to the value of our Class A common shares, and cash-based awards.

121

Awards other than cash-based awards are generally subject to adjustment in the event of (i) any dividend (other than regular cash dividends) or other distribution, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of common shares or other securities, or other similar transactions or events, or (ii) unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Issuer, including changes in applicable rules, rulings, regulations or other requirement. In addition, in connection with any change in control, the Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for any one or more of the following: (i) a substitution or assumption of, acceleration of the vesting of, the exercisability of, or lapse of restrictions on, any one or more outstanding awards and (ii) cancellation of any one or more outstanding awards and payment to the holders of such awards that are vested as of such cancellation (including any awards that would vest as a result of the occurrence of such event but for such cancellation) the value of such awards, if any, as determined by the Compensation Committee.

Our board of directors of directors may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Equity Incentive Plan or any portion thereof at any time, but no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination may be made without shareholder approval if (i) such approval is required under applicable law; (ii) it would materially increase the number of securities which may be issued under the Equity Incentive Plan (except for adjustments in connection with certain corporate events); or (iii) it would materially modify the requirements for participation in the Equity Incentive Plan. Any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any participant or any holder or beneficiary of any award will not to that extent be effective without such individual’s consent.

All awards granted under the Equity Incentive Plan are subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment to the extent necessary to comply with (i) any clawback, forfeiture or other similar policy adopted by our board of directors or the Compensation Committee and as in effect from time to time and (ii) applicable law.

Agreements with our Executives

As required under Mexican labor laws, certain of our executive officers have entered into employment agreements with us, certain of which provide for severance and notice of termination benefits.

Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a directors’ and officers’ insurance coverage in reasonable and customary amounts with respect to general civil liability, including liabilities under the Securities Act, for acts carried out by our directors and executive officers in the course of their duties.

Share Ownership

The shares and any outstanding options beneficially owned by our directors and officers and/or entities affiliated with these individuals are disclosed in the section entitled “Principal and Selling Shareholders.”

122

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

The table below contains information regarding the beneficial ownership of our equity securities (1) immediately prior to the consummation of this offering; (2) following the offering of Class A common shares contemplated hereby, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Class A common shares from the selling shareholders; and (3) following the sale of Class A common shares in this offering, assuming the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Class A common shares from the selling shareholders is exercised in full, by:

• each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to own beneficially 5% or more of our common shares;

• each person who is or will be a member of our board of directors and each of our executive officers as of the consummation of this offering, individually;

• all of the persons who are members of our board of directors and all of our executive officers, as a group; and

• the selling shareholders.

Beneficial ownership is determined under SEC rules and generally includes voting or investment power over securities. Except in cases where community property laws apply or as indicated in the footnotes to this table, we believe that each shareholder identified in the table below possesses sole voting and investment power over all the Class A common shares or Class B common shares shown as beneficially owned by the shareholder in the table.

Common shares subject to options, warrants or rights that are exercisable at the time of completion of this offering, or that will be exercisable within 60 days thereafter, are considered to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person who holds such options, warrants or rights for purposes of computing that person’s common share ownership, but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

The percentages of beneficial ownership in the table below are calculated on the basis of the following numbers of shares outstanding:

• immediately prior to the completion of this offering there were no Class A common shares, 5,200,000 Class B common shares and 78,950,261 Class C common shares outstanding;

• following the sale of Class A common shares in this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Class A common shares from the selling shareholders, 33,660,589 Class A common shares, 5,200,000 Class B common shares and 73,340,163 Class C common shares; and

• following the sale of Class A common shares in this offering, assuming exercise in full of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Class A common shares from the selling shareholders, 38,709,677 Class A common shares, 5,200,000 Class B common shares and 68,291,075 Class C common shares.

The holders of our Class A common shares, Class B common shares and Class C common shares have identical rights, except that:

• holders of Class B common shares (1) are entitled to 15 votes per share, whereas holders of our Class A common shares and Class C common shares are entitled to one vote per share; (2) have certain conversion rights; (3) are subject to certain transfer restrictions; and (4) have certain preemptive rights; and each Class B common share is convertible into one Class A common share; and

• holders of Class C common shares (1) have certain conversion rights; and (2) are subject to certain transfer restrictions; and each Class C common share is convertible into one Class A common share.

For more information, see “Description of Share Capital.”

123

	Common shares Beneficially Owned Prior to this Offering														Total Voting Power Before this Offering(1)			Common Shares to be Sold in this Offering without Exercise of Underwriters’ Option		Common Shares Beneficially Owned After this Offering without Exercise of Underwriters’ Option														Total Voting Power After this Offering without Exercise of Underwriters’ Option(1)			Common Shares to be Sold in this Offering with Full Exercise of Underwriters’ Option		Common Shares Beneficially Owned After this Offering with Full Exercise of Underwriters’ Option														Total Voting Power After this Offering with full exercise of Underwriters’ Option(1)
	Class A				Class B					Class C										Class A				Class B					Class C										Class A				Class B					Class C
	Shares		%		Shares		%			Shares		%			%					Shares		%		Shares		%			Shares		%			%					Shares		%		Shares		%			Shares		%			%
Directors and Executive Officers(2)
Anthony Hatoum(3)		—		—		5,200,000		100.0	%		8,316,365		10.5	%		55.0	%		450,000		—		—		5,200,000		100.0	%		7,866,365		10.7	%		46.4	%		450,000		—		—		5,200,000		100.0	%		7,866,365		11.5	%		46.4	%
Nicole Reich de Polignac		—		—		—		—			—		—			—			—		—		—		—		—			—		—			—					—		—		—		—			—		—			—
Dan Gertsacov		—		—		—		—			—		—			—			—		—		—		—		—			—		—			—					—		—		—		—			—		—			—
Jean-François Le Ruyet(4)		—		—		—		—			—		—			—			—		—		—		—		—			—		—			—					—		—		—		—			—		—			—
Alexander Fuster		—		—		—		—			—		—			—			—		—		—		—		—			—		—			—					—		—		—		—			—		—			—
Juan Pablo Cappello		—		—		—		—			—		—			—			—		—		—		—		—			—		—			—					—		—		—		—			—		—			—
Sami Khouri(5)		—		—		—		—			6,290,940		8.0	%		4.0	%		609,852		—		—		—		—			5,681,088		7.7	%		3.1	%		900,000		—		—		—		—			5,390,940		7.9	%		2.9	%
Alexis Meffre(6)		—		—		—		—			—		—			—			—		—		—		—		—			—		—			—					—		—		—		—			—		—			—
Stephanie Martinez		—		—		—		—			—		—			—			—		—		—		—		—			—		—			—					—		—		—		—			—		—			—
Eduardo Pizzuto		—		—		—		—			—		—			—			—		—		—		—		—			—		—			—					—		—		—		—			—		—			—
Diego Apalategui		—		—		—		—			—		—			—			—		—		—		—		—			—		—			—					—		—		—		—			—		—			—
Luis Bermúdez		—		—		—		—			—		—			—			—		—		—		—		—			—		—			—					—		—		—		—			—		—			—
Javier Suárez		—		—		—		—			—		—			—			—		—		—		—		—			—		—			—					—		—		—		—			—		—			—
Pablo Grattarola		—		—		—		—			—		—			—			—		—		—		—		—			—		—			—					—		—		—		—			—		—			—
Alejandro Dávila		—		—		—		—			—		—			—			—		—		—		—		—			—		—			—					—		—		—		—			—		—			—
All directors and executive officers as a group (15 persons)(7)		—		—		5,200,000		100.0	%		14,607,305		18.5	%		59.0	%		1,059,852		—		—		5,200,000		100.0	%		13,547,453		18.5	%		49.5	%		1,350,000		—		—		5,200,000		100.0	%		13,257,305		19.4	%		49.3	%
5% Shareholders
QS BBB Inc.(8)		—		—		—		—			15,420,000		19.5	%		9.8	%		1,494,833		—		—		—		—			13,925,167		19.0	%		7.5	%		2,313,000		—		—		—		—			13,107,000		19.2	%		7.1	%
QS 3B, Inc.(9)		—		—		—		—			15,240,759		19.3	%		9.7	%		1,477,457		—		—		—		—			13,763,302		18.8	%		7.4	%		2,286,114		—		—		—		—			12,954,645		19.0	%		7.0	%
QS T3B, Inc.(10)		—		—		—		—			8,026,368		10.2	%		5.1	%		778,085		—		—		—		—			7,248,283		9.9	%		3.9	%		1,203,954		—		—		—		—			6,822,414		10.0	%		3.7	%

124

	Common shares Beneficially Owned Prior to this Offering													Total Voting Power Before this Offering(1)			Common Shares to be Sold in this Offering without Exercise of Underwriters’ Option		Common Shares Beneficially Owned After this Offering without Exercise of Underwriters’ Option													Total Voting Power After this Offering without Exercise of Underwriters’ Option(1)			Common Shares to be Sold in this Offering with Full Exercise of Underwriters’ Option		Common Shares Beneficially Owned After this Offering with Full Exercise of Underwriters’ Option													Total Voting Power After this Offering with full exercise of Underwriters’ Option(1)
	Class A				Class B				Class C										Class A				Class B				Class C										Class A				Class B				Class C
	Shares		%		Shares		%		Shares		%			%					Shares		%		Shares		%		Shares		%			%					Shares		%		Shares		%		Shares		%			%
BBB Investments Group S.A.(11)		—		—		—		—		6,757,647		8.6	%		4.3	%		—		—		—		—		—		6,757,647		9.2	%		3.7	%		—		—		—		—		—		6,757,647		9.9	%		3.7	%
Other Selling Shareholders
Quilvest (Switzerland) Ltd		—		—		—		—		2,521,509		3.2	%		1.6	%		244,438		—		—		—		—		2,277,071		3.1	%		1.2	%		1,634,986		—		—		—		—		886,523		1.3	%		0.5	%
Dania Sakka		—		—		—		—		1,447,338		1.8	%		0.9	%		140,307		—		—		—		—		1,307,031		1.8	%		0.7	%		150,000		—		—		—		—		1,297,338		1.9	%		0.7	%
Serge Walid Sarkis		—		—		—		—		90,000		0.1	%		0.1	%		8,724		—		—		—		—		81,276		0.1	%		0.0	%		58,357		—		—		—		—		31,643		0.0	%		0.0	%
Altouq S.A.		—		—		—		—		493,941		0.6	%		0.3	%		47,883		—		—		—		—		446,058		0.6	%		0.2	%		320,279		—		—		—		—		173,662		0.3	%		0.1	%
Omran Mohammed A Alomran		—		—		—		—		600,000		0.8	%		0.4	%		58,164		—		—		—		—		541,836		0.7	%		0.3	%		389,048		—		—		—		—		210,952		0.3	%		0.1	%
Joan Lee Kremer		—		—		—		—		423,438		0.5	%		0.3	%		41,049		—		—		—		—		382,389		0.5	%		0.2	%		274,564		—		—		—		—		148,874		0.2	%		0.1	%
QS DIRECT SI 2 SCA SICAR		—		—		—		—		598,491		0.8	%		0.4	%		58,018		—		—		—		—		540,473		0.7	%		0.3	%		89,775		—		—		—		—		508,716		0.7	%		0.3	%
James H. Luther		—		—		—		—		141,147		0.2	%		0.1	%		9,000		—		—		—		—		132,147		0.2	%		0.1	%		9,000		—		—		—		—		132,147		0.2	%		0.1	%
John T. Luther		—		—		—		—		141,144		0.2	%		0.1	%		13,683		—		—		—		—		127,461		0.2	%		0.1	%		42,000		—		—		—		—		99,144		0.1	%		0.1	%
M.E. Freeman as trustee of the Leticia Trust		—		—		—		—		563,295		0.7	%		0.4	%		54,607		—		—		—		—		508,688		0.7	%		0.3	%		365,249		—		—		—		—		198,046		0.3	%		0.1	%
Gotsu SAPI de CV		—		—		—		—		1,126,596		1.4	%		0.7	%		109,214		—		—		—		—		1,017,382		1.4	%		0.5	%		150,000		—		—		—		—		976,596		1.4	%		0.5	%
Melissa Goodman 1998 Trust		—		—		—		—		42,855		0.1	%		0.0	%		4,154		—		—		—		—		38,701		0.1	%		0.0	%		6,420		—		—		—		—		36,435		0.1	%		0.0	%
Jodi Goodman 1998 Trust		—		—		—		—		50,832		0.1	%		0.0	%		4,928		—		—		—		—		45,904		0.1	%		0.0	%		7,620		—		—		—		—		43,212		0.1	%		0.0	%
B. Goodman Family Trust		—		—		—		—		50,832		0.1	%		0.0	%		4,928		—		—		—		—		45,904		0.1	%		0.0	%		7,620		—		—		—		—		43,212		0.1	%		0.0	%
Melissa Goodman		—		—		—		—		7,977		0.0	%		0.0	%		774		—		—		—		—		7,203		0.0	%		0.0	%		1,200		—		—		—		—		6,777		0.0	%		0.0	%
Other Selling Shareholders										8,299,395		10.5	%		5.3	%		799,871		—		—		—		—		7,499,524		10.2	%		4.1	%		3,506,118		—		—		—		—		4,793,277		7.0	%		2.6	%
Total shares per Class						5,200,000				78,950,261								5,610,098		33,660,589				5,200,000				73,340,163								10,659,186		38,709,677				5,200,000				68,291,075

125

(1) Percentage of total voting power represents voting power with respect to all of our Class A common shares, Class B common shares and Class C common shares, as a single class. Holders of our Class B common shares are entitled to 15 votes per share, whereas holders of our Class A common shares and Class C common shares are entitled to one vote per share. For more information about the voting rights of our Class A common shares, Class B common shares and Class C common shares, see “Description of Share Capital.”

(2) Unless indicated otherwise, the current business address for our directors and executive officers is Río Danubio 51, Col. Cuauhtémoc, Mexico City, Mexico 06500.

(3) Prior to this offering, Mr. Hatoum’s ownership includes (i) 5,200,000 Class B common shares and 7,083,461 Class C common shares held by Bolton Partners Ltd., which is an investment vehicle of which Mr. Hatoum and his immediate family members, directly or through irrevocable trusts for the benefit of family members, hold all of the beneficial ownership interests, and with respect to which Mr. Hatoum may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power, and (ii) 1,232,904 Class C common shares held by Bolton Partners Ltd. indirectly through BBB Investments Group S.A., an investment vehicle over which no shareholder exercises control, and in respect of which shares Bolton Partners Ltd. maintains voting and dispositive power (but not as to the remaining shares of the Company held by BBB Investments Group S.A.).

  However, the table above and the foregoing ownership information does not include the following shares that are or will be held by directly or indirectly by Mr. Hatoum through Bolton Partners Ltd. after this offering: (i) Stock Options (including unvested and vested but currently unexercisable) representing the right to receive 8,550,000 Class C common shares; (ii) 6,000,000 Class C common shares to be awarded immediately prior to the consummation of this offering pursuant to the Liquidity Event Bonus Plan, the delivery of which has been delayed until after the earlier of (x) January 1, 2025 and (y) any business combination or offer to acquire the Company that would represent a change in control of the Company; and (iii) 4,181,528 Class C common shares to be awarded immediately prior to the consummation of this offering pursuant to the Founder Liquidity Bonus, the delivery of which has been delayed as described in clause (ii). Taking into account such Class C common shares, as well as the Class C common shares similarly issuable under Stock Options (including both unvested and vested (but currently unexercisable) and assuming net settlement at their respective strike prices), and awarded under the Liquidity Event Bonus Plan to direct reports of the Chief Executive Officer, directors and other officers, as applicable, Mr. Hatoum, directly or indirectly through Bolton Partners Ltd., would beneficially own approximately 45.0% of the combined voting power of our outstanding common shares following this offering. See “Management—2004 Option Plan,” “Management—Liquidity Event Bonus Plan” and “Management—Founder Liquidity Bonus.”

(4) Mr. Jean-François Le Ruyet is a Partner at Quilvest Capital Partners. Mr. Le Ruyet disclaims beneficial ownership of Class A common shares held by vehicles managed by Quilvest Capital Partners.

(5) Mr. Kouri’s shares are held through Mexico Offshore S.A.L., with respect to which Mr. Kouri may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power. The business address for Mexico Offshore S.A.L. is Mina El Hosn, Omar Daouk Street, Starco Center, Block B, Second Floor, Beirut, Lebanon.

(6) Mr. Alexis Meffre is a Partner at Quilvest Capital Partners. Mr. Le Ruyet disclaims beneficial ownership of Class A common shares held by vehicles managed by Quilvest Capital Partners.

(7) The table above does not include: (i) 43,186,224 Class C common shares in respect of both unvested and vested (but currently unexercisable) Stock Options and (ii) 11,681,528 delayed-delivery awards under the Liquidity Event Bonus Plan and the Founder Liquidity Bonus, substantially all of which are held by our directors and executive officers (including those held by our principal shareholder as described in note (3) above).

(8) The business address for QS BBB Inc. is Craigmuir Chambers Road Town, VG1110, British Virgin Islands. QS BBB Inc. is an affiliate of QS 3B, Inc. and QS T3B, Inc. Each is an investment vehicle managed by Quilvest Capital Partners or its affiliates. Messrs. Le Ruyet and Meffre are Partners at Quilvest Capital Partners and each disclaims beneficial ownership of Class A common shares held by vehicles managed by Quilvest Capital Partners.

(9) The business address for QS 3B, Inc. is Craigmuir Chambers Road Town, VG1110, British Virgin Islands. QS 3B, Inc. is an affiliate of QS BBB, Inc. and QS T3B, Inc. Each is an investment vehicle managed by Quilvest Capital Partners or its affiliates. Messrs. Le Ruyet and Meffre are Partners at Quilvest Capital Partners and each disclaims beneficial ownership of Class A common shares held by vehicles managed by Quilvest Capital Partners.

(10) The business address for QS T3B, Inc. is Craigmuir Chambers Road Town, VG1110, British Virgin Islands. QS T3B, Inc. is an affiliate of QS BBB Inc. and QS 3B, Inc. Each is an investment vehicle managed by Quilvest Capital Partners or its affiliates. Messrs. Le Ruyet and Meffre are Partners at Quilvest Capital Partners and each disclaims beneficial ownership of Class A common shares held by vehicles managed by Quilvest Capital Partners.

(11) The business address for BBB Investments Group S.A. is Mossfon Bldg, 54^th Street, Panama. Does not include 1,232,904 Class C common shares held by Bolton Partners Ltd. indirectly through BBB Investments Group S.A., and in respect of which shares Bolton Partners Ltd. maintains voting and dispositive power as described in note (3) above.

126

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a description of certain related party transactions we have entered into or amended since January 1, 2020, including transactions with the following (other than compensation arrangements and employment agreements described under “Management”): (i) entities that control or are under common control with us, (ii) individuals that own 10% or more of the voting power in the Issuer and close family members thereof, (iii) executive officers of the Issuer and close family members thereof and (iv) directors of the Issuer.

Promissory Notes and Convertible Notes. As part of our financing strategy, we have incurred indebtedness pursuant to the Promissory Notes and Convertible Notes. The Promissory Notes are held mostly by related parties, including certain of our shareholders and certain of our executive officers. Proceeds from this offering will be used to pay the Promissory Notes in full. The table below sets forth the amounts owing to related parties under the Promissory Notes (including principal and accrued interest). See “Management’s Discussion of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Indebtedness” for additional information about the terms of the Promissory Notes.

In addition to the amounts set forth below, as consideration for the Promissory Note holders’ agreement to extend the maturity of the Promissory Notes from May 31, 2024 to December 31, 2026, we agreed to pay, on the date the Promissory Notes are repaid with the proceeds of this offering, an additional: (1) US$4,100,000 to the Senior Promissory Note holders, (2) US$230,000 to the 2017 Junior Promissory Note holders and (3) US$20,000 to the 2020 Junior Promissory Note holders.

	Amounts Outstanding As of September 30, 2023 (thousands of Ps.)		Amounts Outstanding As of December 31, 2022 (thousands of Ps.)
Senior Promissory Notes
Quilvest Capital Partners(1)		Ps.1,212,556		Ps.1,332,297
BBB Investment Group		142,408		156,471
Sami Khouri(2)		105,993		116,460
Other shareholders*		199,853		219,588
Executive officers**		467		513
2017 Junior Promissory Notes
Mexico Offshore, S.A.L.		10,572		11,616
Other shareholders*		14,096		15,488
Executive officers and close family members		47,574		52,272
Other related party		1,762		1,936
2020 Junior Promissory Notes
Other Shareholders*		1,762		1,936
Total		Ps1,737,043		Ps.1,908,577

* Includes shareholders of the Issuer that individually own common shares representing less than 5% of the voting power in the Issuer.

** Includes executive officers of the Issuer that individually own common shares representing less than 1% of the voting power of the Issuer.

(1) QS BBB PIK Inc. was substantially funded by limited partners that also participate directly in one of the four entities that are controlled by Quilvest Capital Partners. Entities affiliated with Quilvest Capital Partners are significant shareholders of the Issuer. See “Principal and Selling Shareholders” for additional information.

(2) Sami Khouri is a director and a shareholder of the Issuer.

Advisory Fee. In connection with certain amendments to our shareholders’ agreement as in effect prior to this offering and the Senior Promissory Notes, we agreed to pay a one time US$400,000 service fee to affiliates of Quilvest Capital Partners. Entities affiliated with Quilvest Capital Partners are significant shareholders of the Issuer. The service fee is payable concurrently with the payment of the Senior Promissory Notes.

127

Related Party Transaction Policy

Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into a new related party transaction policy. We expect that this related party transaction policy will require certain related party transactions to be approved by our board of directors or a designated committee thereof, which may include our audit committee, once implemented.

Indemnification

Our memorandum and articles of association will require us to indemnify our directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by law.

Agreements with our Directors and Executive Directors

Certain of our executive officers have entered into employment agreements with us. See “Management— Agreements with our Executives.” As part of our retention strategy, certain of our executive officers agreed to defer the payment of certain accrued bonuses. For the nine months ended September 30, 2023, deferred bonus expense payable to our executive officers was Ps.11,412 thousand. None of our directors have entered into service agreements with us.

Registration Rights

Holders of our Class B common shares and Class C common shares will be entitled to certain registration rights. See “Description of Our Share Capital—Class B Common Shares” and “Description of Our Share Capital—Class C Common Shares” for more information.

128

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

The following description of the material terms of our common shares is not intended to be a complete summary of the rights and preferences of such shares and is qualified by reference to our memorandum and articles of association as they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering. The following description may not contain all of the information that is important to you and we therefore refer you to our memorandum and articles of association, copies of which are filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. We urge you to read the applicable provisions of British Virgin Islands law and our memorandum and articles of association in their entirety for a complete description of the rights and preferences of our common shares.

General

The Issuer is a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands as a business company limited by shares and our affairs are governed by the provisions of our memorandum and articles of association, as amended and restated from time to time, and by the provisions of applicable British Virgin Islands law, including the Companies Act and regulations made thereunder.

Our company number in the British Virgin Islands is 605635. As provided in our memorandum and articles of association, subject to British Virgin Islands law, we have full capacity to carry on or undertake any business or activity, do any act or enter into any transaction and, for such purposes, full rights, powers and privileges. Our registered office is at Commerce House, Wickhams Cay 1, P.O. Box 3140, Road Town, Tortola VG1110, British Virgin Islands.

The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common shares, Class B common shares and Class C common shares is Computershare Trust Company, N.A., which maintains the register of shareholders for each class of our shares in New York, New York.

As of the date of this prospectus, our memorandum and articles of association authorize the issuance of an unlimited number of Class A common shares, an unlimited number of Class B common shares and an unlimited number of Class C common shares. As of the date of this prospectus, no Class A common shares, 5,200,000 Class B common shares and 78,950,261 Class C common shares were issued, fully paid and outstanding. Upon the completion of this offering, we will have 33,660,589 Class A common shares, 5,200,000 Class B common shares and 73,340,163 Class C common shares issued and outstanding.

The maximum number of shares that we are authorized to issue may be changed by resolution of shareholders amending our memorandum and articles of association, although our board of directors also has the power to resolve to amend our memorandum and articles of association by resolution of the board to authorize us to issue one or more new classes of preferred shares (as more fully described under “—Preferred Shares”). Shares may be issued from time to time only by resolution of the board of directors.

Our Class A common shares have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TBBB.”

Initial settlement of our Class A common shares will take place on the closing date of this offering through The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, in accordance with its customary settlement procedures for equity securities. Each person owning Class A common shares held through DTC must rely on the procedures thereof and on institutions that have accounts therewith to exercise any rights of a holder of the Class A common shares. Persons wishing to obtain certificates for their Class A common shares must make arrangements with DTC.

The following is a summary of the material provisions of our shares and our memorandum and articles of association.

129

Class A Common Shares

Holders of our Class A common shares may freely hold and vote their shares. The following summarizes the rights of holders of our Class A common shares:

• each holder of Class A common shares is entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted on by shareholders generally, including the election of directors;

• holders of Class A common shares vote together with holders of Class B common shares and Class C common shares as a single class, subject to certain exceptions described below;

• there are no cumulative voting rights;

• holders of our Class A common shares are entitled to dividends and other distributions, pari passu with our Class B common shares and Class C common shares, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, if any, and pursuant to our memorandum and articles of association, all dividends unclaimed for three years after having been declared may be forfeited by a resolution of directors for the benefit of the Issuer;

• upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of Class A common shares will be entitled to share ratably, pari passu with our Class B common shares and Class C common shares, in the distribution of all of our assets remaining available for distribution after satisfaction of all our liabilities; and

• our existing shareholders have waived their preemptive rights to purchase additional Class A common shares in connection with this offering.

Class B Common Shares

Upon consummation of this offering, all of our Class B common shares are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by our principal shareholder. Holders of our Class B common shares may freely hold and vote their shares.

The following summarizes the rights of holders of our Class B common shares and certain restrictions applicable thereto:

• each holder of Class B common shares is entitled to 15 votes per share on all matters to be voted on by shareholders generally, including the election of directors;

• holders of Class B common shares vote together with holders of Class A common shares and Class C common shares as a single class, subject to certain exceptions described below;

• Class B common shares may not be listed on any U.S. or foreign national or regional securities exchange or market;

• there are no cumulative voting rights;

• the holders of our Class B common shares are entitled to dividends and other distributions, pari passu with our Class A common shares and Class C common shares, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, if any, and pursuant to our memorandum and articles of association, all dividends unclaimed for three years after having been declared may be forfeited by a resolution of directors for the benefit of the Issuer;

• upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of Class B common shares will be entitled to share ratably, pari passu with our Class A common shares and Class C common shares, in the distribution of all of our assets remaining available for distribution after satisfaction of all our liabilities;

130

• the holders of Class B common shares have preemptive rights in connection with the issuance of any securities by us, including in the event that additional Class A common shares are issued in order to maintain their proportional ownership and voting interest, except for certain issuances of securities by us, including (i) pursuant to any employee compensation plans; (ii) as consideration for (a) any merger, consolidation or purchase of assets or (b) recapitalization or reorganization; (iii) in connection with a pro rata division of shares or dividend in specie or distribution; or (iv) pursuant to any shareholder rights plan, and holders of our Class B common shares are not entitled to the benefits of any redemption or sinking fund provisions;

• in addition to restrictions on sales and dispositions in our memorandum and articles of association relating to this offering (see “Class A Common Shares Eligible For Future Sale—Lock-up Provisions of Our Memorandum and Articles of Association”) which will apply to our Class B common shares, for a period commencing on the date of expiry of the 180-day initial lock-up period and ending 24 months after such date (the “Liquidity Lock-Up Period”), the holders of the Class B common shares may not directly or indirectly offer, sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any Class B common shares (or grant or enter into any option, warrant, convertible security, hedging arrangement or other transaction relating thereto), except for certain permitted transfers described in our memorandum and articles of association, including:

• transfers permitted by the restrictions on sales and dispositions in our memorandum and articles of association relating to this offering;

• transfers that are bona fide gifts, transfers to any trust or vehicle for the direct or indirect benefit of the holders of the Class B common shares or their immediate family, transfers to affiliates, or transfers or distributions to another person that is a partner, member, shareholder or holder of similar equity interests of the holders of the Class B common shares, provided that such transferees continue to be bound by the same transfer restrictions during the Liquidity Lock-Up Period;

• transfers following the consummation of this offering, pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the Issuer’s issued shares involving a “change of control” (meaning a change in the Issuer’s ownership of not less than 90%) that has been approved by the board of directors; provided that should such a transaction not be completed, the transfer restrictions will continue to apply; and

• following expiry of the 180-day initial lock-up period, (a) pledges of Class B common shares; or (b) sales of Class B common shares pursuant to piggy-back or demand registration rights, in accordance with customary registration rights provisions, subject to a limit of no more than two registrations per year and a minimum registration amount of US$100 million; and

• each Class B common share will convert automatically into one Class A common share (i) upon sale into the public market; (ii) upon any transfer, whether or not for value (except for certain permitted transfers described in our memorandum and articles of association, including transfers to and between trusts or other vehicles solely for the benefit of our principal shareholder, its affiliates and/or members of the immediate family of Mr. Hatoum, its direct and indirect shareholders and partnerships, corporations and other entities exclusively owned by our principal shareholder, its affiliates and/or members of the immediate family of Mr. Hatoum); and (iii) at such time as the number of issued and outstanding Class B common shares represents less than 1.0% of the aggregate number of the aggregate common shares of the Issuer then outstanding. A Class B common share will convert automatically into one Class C common share upon foreclosure or enforcement of any pledge over the Class B common shares. Following the expiry of the Liquidity Lock-Up Period, a holder of Class B common shares may also at any time elect to convert a Class B common share into one Class A common share by delivering a conversion notice to the Issuer.

131

Class C Common Shares

Holders of our Class C common shares may freely hold and vote their shares. The following summarizes the rights of holders of our Class C common shares and certain restrictions applicable thereto:

• each holder of Class C common shares is entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted on by shareholders generally, including the election of directors;

• holders of Class C common shares vote together with holders of Class A common shares and Class B common shares as a single class, subject to certain exceptions described below;

• there are no cumulative voting rights;

• holders of our Class C common shares are entitled to dividends and other distributions, pari passu with our Class A common shares and Class B common shares, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, if any, and pursuant to our memorandum and articles of association, all dividends unclaimed for three years after having been declared may be forfeited by a resolution of directors for the benefit of the Issuer;

• upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of Class C common shares will be entitled to share ratably, pari passu with our Class A common shares and Class B common shares, in the distribution of all of our assets remaining available for distribution after satisfaction of all our liabilities;

• in addition to restrictions on sales and dispositions in our memorandum and articles of association relating to this offering (see “Class A Common Shares Eligible For Future Sale—Lock-up Provisions of Our Memorandum and Articles of Association”) which will apply to our Class C common shares, during the Liquidity Lock-Up Period, the holders of the Class C common shares may not directly or indirectly offer, sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any Class C common shares (or grant or enter into any option, warrant, convertible security, hedging arrangement or other transaction relating thereto), except for certain permitted transfers described in our memorandum and articles of association, including:

• transfers permitted by the restrictions on sales and dispositions in our memorandum and articles of association relating to this offering;

• pledges of Class C common shares;

• transfers that are bona fide gifts, transfers to any trust or vehicle for the direct or indirect benefit of the holders of the Class C common shares or their immediate families, transfers that occur (a) as a result of the operation of law or (b) by reason of a will or under the laws of descent, or pursuant to statutes governing the effects of a qualified domestic order or divorce settlement, provided that in each such case the transferees continue to be bound by the same transfer restrictions during the Liquidity Lock-Up Period;

• if the holder of Class C common shares is an entity, transfers to affiliates and transfers or distributions to another person that is a partner, member, shareholder or holder of similar equity interests in such entity; provided that in each such case the transferees continue to be bound by the same transfer restrictions during the Liquidity Lock-Up Period;

• transfers pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the Issuer’s issued shares involving a “change of control” (meaning a change in the Issuer’s ownership of not less than 90%) that has been approved by the board of directors; provided that should such a transaction not be completed, the transfer restrictions will continue to apply; and

• following expiry of the 180-day initial lock-up period, (a) pledges of Class C common shares; (b) sales pursuant to piggy-back or demand registration rights, in accordance with customary registration rights provisions, subject to a limit of no more than two registrations per year and a minimum registration amount of US$100 million; or (c) transfers of Class C common shares to another holder of Class C common shares;

132

• each Class C common share will convert automatically into one Class A common share upon (i) sale into the public market; (ii) certain transfers permitted during the Liquidity Lock-Up Period (including “change of control” transactions and piggy back or registration rights sales described above); and (iii) upon expiry of the Liquidity Lock-Up Period. Any Class C common shares that remain outstanding (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, Class B common shares) shall immediately and automatically convert into Class A common shares upon the expiry of the Liquidity Lock-Up Period. In addition, our articles of association permit the conversion of Class C common shares into Class A common shares upon the affirmative vote of holders representing at least 75% of the votes of the Class B common shares and Class C common shares voting as a single class (provided that such conversion does not take place within 18 months of the date of this prospectus).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a waiver by the representatives of the underwriters of the 180-day lock-up period set forth in the underwriting agreement and the approval by our board of directors of an offering of Class A common shares to the public, the Company may also permit holders of Class B common shares and/or Class C common shares to convert a portion of their shares into Class A common shares for sale in such offering.

Holders of Class A common shares will vote together with holders of Class B common shares and Class C common shares as a single class. However, in certain circumstances described in our memorandum and articles of association each class of common shares would vote separately, including if a change was proposed to the rights attaching to that class of shares in a manner that did not equally affect the other classes of common shares.

Preferred Shares

Our board of directors may resolve to amend our memorandum and articles of association by resolution of directors to authorize us to issue one or more new classes of preferred shares and may determine the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to each such class of preferred shares (which may be more favorable than those attaching to the common shares), as the board of directors may determine in its sole and absolute discretion, including without limitation:

• the number of shares constituting the additional class of preferred shares;

• the dividend and other distribution rights of the class of preferred shares (which may be payable in preference to, or in relation to, the dividends payable on our common shares or any other class or classes of shares);

• whether the class of preferred shares shall have voting rights and, if so, whether they shall vote separately or together as a single class with the common shares and/or any other class of shares;

• whether the class of preferred shares shall have conversion and/or exchange rights and privileges and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion and/or exchange;

• whether the class of preferred shares shall impose conditions and restrictions upon the business and affairs of the Issuer and/or any of its subsidiaries or the right to approve and/or veto certain matters and/or to appoint and/or remove one or more directors of the Issuer; and

• the rights of the preferred shares in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer, including, without limitation, any liquidation preference and whether such rights shall be in preference to, or in relation to, the comparable rights of the common shares or any other class or classes of shares.

Shareholders’ Meetings and Consents

The following summarizes certain relevant provisions of British Virgin Islands laws and our memorandum and articles of association in relation to our shareholders’ meetings:

• our memorandum and articles of association contemplate two types of shareholders’ meetings, namely:

• an annual meeting of shareholders (each an “annual meeting”); and

133

• any meeting of shareholders which is not an annual meeting (each a “special meeting”);

• only the board of directors may convene an annual meeting. The first annual meeting following this offering shall take place on a date to be determined by the board of directors which shall not be later than April 2025 (or such other date determined by resolution of directors and notified to shareholders), and thereafter an annual meeting shall be held in each calendar year. All annual meetings shall be held at such date, time and place, either within or outside the British Virgin Islands, and may be held virtually, as shall be determined from time to time by the board of directors. The business of an annual meeting shall be the election and re-election of directors for those board seats whose terms expire at such meeting and any other items of business proposed by the board of directors and/or otherwise duly proposed by eligible shareholders in accordance with our memorandum and articles of association;

• special meetings may be called by: (i) the Chief Executive Officer; (ii) the Chairman of the board of directors; (iii) the majority of the board of directors; or (iv) the shareholders entitled to exercise at least 30% of the outstanding voting rights in respect of the matter for which the meeting is requested. A special meeting may be held at such date, time and place, within or outside the British Virgin Islands, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting;

• director elections and re-elections by shareholders may occur only at annual meetings (not special meetings) and then only in respect of those board seats whose terms expire at such meeting. Nominations of persons for election or re-election as directors of the Company at an annual meeting may only be made by (i) the board of directors; or (ii) any shareholder (or shareholders collectively) holding not less than 5% of the voting rights that may be exercised at the annual meeting entitled to attend and vote at such meeting, provided the various restrictions, conditions and provision of information and other procedural requirements set out in our memorandum and articles of association have been met by the nominating shareholders. The board of directors will also retain discretion to veto inappropriate candidates nominated by shareholders for election as a director in certain enumerated circumstances, including (a) where the candidate is not qualified, does not have the necessary experience, has a conflict of interest, is on the board of directors of a competitor or is otherwise unsuitable or unfit for office; and (b) where an appointment may adversely affect the Company’s (and/or its subsidiaries’ respective) reputation or business; or would result in the Company not having the required number of independent directors for its audit committee; or would result in the Company losing its “foreign private issuer” status;

• written notice of any shareholder meeting shall be given to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting and each director not fewer than 10 nor more than 120 days before the date of the meeting. The inadvertent failure or accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to, or the non-receipt of a notice of a meeting by, any person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the shareholder meeting or the proceedings at that meeting. A meeting of shareholders held in contravention of such notice requirements is valid if shareholders holding at least 90% of the total voting rights on all the matters to be considered at the meeting have waived notice of the meeting and, for this purpose, the presence of a shareholder at the meeting shall be deemed to constitute waiver on his part;

• a shareholder may be represented at a meeting of shareholders by a proxy who may speak and vote on behalf of the shareholder;

• a meeting of shareholders is duly constituted and quorate if, at the commencement of the meeting, there are present in person or by proxy holders of not less than 30% of the votes of the shares entitled to vote on the resolutions to be considered at the meeting;

• if within two hours from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of shareholders, shall be dissolved; in any other case it shall be adjourned to the next business day in the jurisdiction in which the meeting was to have been held at the same time and place or to such other date, time and place as the directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting there are present within one hour from the time appointed for the meeting in person or by proxy not less than 30% of the votes of the shares or each class or series of shares entitled to vote

134

on the matters to be considered by the meeting, those present shall constitute a quorum but otherwise the meeting shall be dissolved. Notice of the adjourned meeting need not be given if the date, time and place of such meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken;

• a resolution of shareholders is valid if approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of shareholders by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes of the shares entitled to vote thereon which were present at the meeting and were voted (although approval of certain matters, including removal of directors without cause, certain amendments to our constitution without the consent of our board of directors and a voluntary liquidation require a special resolution of shareholders approved by not less than two-thirds of the votes of the shares entitled to vote thereon); and

• in addition, in order to nominate candidates for election as a director at an annual meeting or propose topics for consideration at an annual meeting or special meeting of shareholders, shareholders must notify the Issuer in writing prior to the meeting at which directors are to be elected or the proposals are to be acted upon, and such notice must contain the documentation and information specified in our memorandum and articles of association. To be timely, notice with respect to an annual meeting of shareholders must be received by not later than the close of business on the 90th day, nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day, prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (provided that if the Issuer did not have an annual meeting the preceding year not later than the close of business on February 1 of the calendar year in which the annual meeting is to be held or such other date notified to shareholders by the board of directors). In the case of any business or other matter to be considered at a special meeting of shareholders, notice of such business or other matter must be included with the original requisition notice. Various other restrictions, conditions and provision of information and other procedural requirements set out in our memorandum and articles of association shall also apply. Such advance notice requirements and other provisions may preclude or limit the ability of shareholders to nominate candidates for election as a director or propose topics for consideration at a meeting of shareholders.

We expect that the first meeting of shareholders following this offering will be held no later than April 2025.

British Virgin Islands Company Considerations

Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association and the provisions of applicable British Virgin Islands law, including the Companies Act. The Companies Act differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of some significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Act applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders. A brief discussion of certain other provisions of the Companies Act and British Virgin Islands law also follows.

We cannot predict whether British Virgin Islands courts would reach the same conclusions based on a particular set of facts as the U.S. courts would be expected to reach. Thus, you may have more difficulty in protecting your interests in the face of actions by the Issuer, management, directors or principal shareholder than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a United States jurisdiction, which has developed a substantial body of case law. The following table provides a comparison between the statutory provisions of the Companies Act together with the provisions of our memorandum and articles of association) and the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to shareholders’ rights.

British Virgin Islands	Delaware
Shareholders’ Voting Rights
Any person authorized to vote may be represented at a meeting by a proxy who may speak and vote on behalf of the member.	Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy.

135

British Virgin Islands	Delaware
Quorum is fixed by our memorandum and articles of association, to consist of the holder or holders present in person or by proxy entitled to exercise not less than 30% of the votes of the shares entitled to vote on the resolutions.	For stock corporations, the charter or by-laws may specify the number to constitute a quorum but in no event shall a quorum consist of less than one-third of shares entitled to vote at a meeting. In the absence of such specifications, a majority of shares shall constitute a quorum.
Under our memorandum and articles of association, subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any shares, at any general meeting every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy shall have one vote and on a poll every shareholder present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for each Class A common share and Class C common share of which such shareholder is the holder and 15 votes per Class B common share of which such shareholder is the holder. The chair is responsible for deciding in such manner as they consider appropriate whether any resolution proposed has been carried or not and the result of their decision shall be announced to the general meeting and recorded in the minutes of the general meeting. If the chair has any doubt as to the outcome of the vote on a proposed resolution, they shall cause a poll to be taken of all votes cast upon such resolution. If the chair fails to take a poll then any shareholder present in person or by proxy who disputes the announcement by the chair of the result of any vote may immediately following such announcement demand that a poll be taken and the chair shall cause a poll to be taken. If a poll is taken at any general meeting, the result shall be announced to the general meeting and recorded in the minutes of the general meeting.	For non-stock companies, the charter or by-laws may specify the number of shareholders to constitute a quorum. In the absence of this, one-third of the shareholders shall constitute a quorum.
Changes in the rights of shareholders that affect all shareholders equally require approval of a majority of shareholders. Changes to the class rights attaching to the Class A common shares, Class B common shares or Class C common shares as set forth in our memorandum and articles of association may require approval by way of resolution of a majority of those outstanding Class A common shares, Class B common shares or Class C common shares, respectively, attending a meeting of such class and voting in respect of such resolution. However, the above is subject to any greater majority required under our memorandum and articles of association or the Companies Act, provided that for these purposes the creation, designation or issue of preferred shares with rights and privileges ranking in priority to an existing class of shares shall be deemed not to be a change or variation of the rights of such existing class.	Except as provided in the charter documents, changes in the rights of shareholders as set forth in the charter documents require approval of a majority of its shareholders.

136

British Virgin Islands	Delaware
The memorandum and articles of association do not provide for cumulative voting.	The charter documents may provide for cumulative voting.
All other matters to be decided upon by the shareholders require a majority vote of shareholders who being so entitled attend and vote at the general meeting, unless the Companies Act or the memorandum and articles of association requires a higher majority. Our memorandum and articles of association in certain circumstances require a higher majority. Our memorandum and articles of association also may be amended by resolution of directors, including to create the rights, preferences, designations and limitations attaching to any blank check preferred shares.
Directors
Board must consist of at least one director.	Board must consist of at least one member.
Directors are appointed for the term, if any, fixed by the resolution appointing them, or until their earlier death, resignation or removal. If no term is fixed on the appointment of a Director, the Director shall serve indefinitely until their earlier death, resignation or removal. Our memorandum and articles of association fix a rotating three year term to elect directors for each of our three classes of directorships.
Fiduciary Duties
Directors and officers owe statutory and fiduciary duties at common law and under statute as follows: (a)   Duty to act honestly and in good faith in what the directors believe to be in the best interests of the company; (b)   Duty to exercise powers for a proper purpose and directors shall not act, or agree to act, in a matter that contravenes the Companies Act or our memorandum and articles of association. Duty to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonable director would exercise in the circumstances taking into account, without limitation: (a)   the nature of the company; (b)   the nature of the decision; and (c)   the position of the director and the nature of the responsibilities undertaken by him.	Directors and officers must act in good faith, with the care of a prudent person, and in the best interest of the corporation. Directors and officers must refrain from self-dealing, usurping corporate opportunities and receiving improper personal benefits. Decisions made by directors and officers on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action was taken in the best interest of the corporation will be protected by the “business judgment rule.”

137

British Virgin Islands	Delaware
The Companies Act provides that a director of a company shall, immediately after becoming aware of the fact that they are interested in a transaction entered into, or to be entered into, by the company, disclose the interest to the board of directors of the company. However, the failure of a director to disclose that interest does not affect the validity of a transaction entered into by the director or the company, so long as the transaction was not required to be disclosed because the transaction is between the company and the director themselves and is in the ordinary course of business and on usual terms and conditions. Additionally, the failure of a director to disclose an interest does not affect the validity of the transaction entered into by the company if (a) the material facts of the interest of the director in the transaction are known by the shareholders and the transaction is approved or ratified by a resolution of shareholders entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders or (b) the company received fair value for the transaction. Pursuant to the Companies Act and our memorandum and articles of association, so long as a director has disclosed any interests in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the company to the board of directors they may: (a)   vote on a matter relating to the transaction; (b)   attend a meeting of directors at which a matter relating to the transaction arises and be included among the directors present at the meeting for the purposes of a quorum; and (c)   sign a document on behalf of the company, or do any other thing in their capacity as a director, that relates to the transaction.	Directors may vote on a matter in which they have an interest so long as the director has disclosed any interests in the transaction.
Shareholders’ Derivative Actions
Generally speaking, the company is the proper plaintiff in any action affecting the company. A shareholder may, with the permission of the British Virgin Islands court, bring an action or intervene in a matter in the name of the company, in certain circumstances. Such actions are known as derivative actions. The British Virgin Islands court may only (but is not obliged to) grant permission to bring a derivative action where the following circumstances apply: (a)   the company does not intend to bring, diligently continue or defend or discontinue the proceedings; and	In any derivative suit instituted by a shareholder of a corporation, it shall be averred in the complaint that the plaintiff was a shareholder of the corporation at the time of the transaction of which he complains or that such shareholder’s stock thereafter devolved upon such shareholder by operation of law. Complaint shall set forth with particularity the efforts of the plaintiff to obtain the action by the board of directors or the reasons for not making such effort. Such action shall not be dismissed or compromised without the approval of the Chancery Court.

138

British Virgin Islands	Delaware
(b)   it is in the interests of the company that the conduct of the proceedings not be left to the directors or to the determination of the shareholders as a whole.
When considering whether to grant leave, the British Virgin Islands court is also required to have regard to the following matters: (a)   whether the shareholder is acting in good faith; (b)   whether a derivative action is in the interests of the company, taking into account the directors’ views on commercial matters; (c)   whether the action is likely to succeed; (d)   the costs of the proceedings in relation to the relief likely to be obtained; and (e)   whether another alternative remedy to the derivative action is available.	If we were a Delaware corporation, a shareholder whose shares were cancelled in connection with our dissolution, would not be able to bring a derivative action against us after the common shares have been cancelled.

As noted above, the Companies Act differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of some of the significant provisions of the Companies Act applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.

Mergers and Similar Arrangements. The Companies Act provides for “mergers” as that expression is understood under United States corporate law. Under the Companies Act, two or more companies may either merge into one of such existing companies (the “surviving company”) or consolidate with both existing companies ceasing to exist and forming a new company (the “consolidated company”). The procedure for a merger or consolidation between the company and another company (which need not be a British Virgin Islands company, and which may be the company’s parent or subsidiary, but need not be) is set out in the Companies Act. The directors of the British Virgin Islands company or British Virgin Islands companies which are to merge or consolidate must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation which, with the exception of a merger between a parent company and its subsidiary, must also be approved by a resolution of the shareholders who are entitled to vote and actually vote at a quorate meeting of shareholders (or by written resolution of the shareholders) of the British Virgin Islands company or British Virgin Islands companies which are to merge. A foreign company which is able to participate in the merger or consolidation under the laws of its foreign jurisdiction is required by the Companies Act to comply with the laws of that foreign jurisdiction in relation to the merger or consolidation. The company must then execute articles of merger or consolidation, containing certain prescribed details. The plan and articles of merger or consolidation are then filed with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs in the British Virgin Islands. The Registrar then registers the articles of merger or consolidation and any amendment to the memorandum and articles of the surviving company in a merger or the memorandum and articles of association of the new consolidated company in a consolidation and issue a certificate of merger or consolidation (which is conclusive evidence of compliance with all requirements of the Companies Act in respect of the merger or consolidation). The merger is effective on the date that the articles of merger are registered with the Registrar or on such subsequent date, not exceeding thirty days, as is stated in the articles of merger or consolidation.

139

As soon as a merger becomes effective:

(a) the surviving company or consolidated company (so far as is consistent with its memorandum and articles of association, as amended or established by the articles of merger or consolidation) has all rights, privileges, immunities, powers, objects and purposes of each of the constituent companies;

(b) in the case of a merger, the memorandum and articles of association of any surviving company are automatically amended to the extent, if any, that changes to its amended memorandum and articles of association are contained in the articles of merger or, in the case of a consolidation, the memorandum and articles of association filed with the articles of consolidation are the memorandum and articles of the consolidated company;

(c) assets of every description, including choses-in-action and the business of each of the constituent companies, immediately vest in the surviving company or consolidated company;

(d) the surviving company or consolidated company is liable for all claims, debts, liabilities and obligations of each of the constituent companies;

(e) no conviction, judgment, ruling, order, claim, debt, liability or obligation due or to become due, and no cause existing, against a constituent company or against any member, director, officer or agent thereof, is released or impaired by the merger or consolidation; and

(f) no proceedings, whether civil or criminal, pending at the time of a merger by or against a constituent company, or against any member, director, officer or agent thereof, are abated or discontinued by the merger or consolidation; but:

(i) the proceedings may be enforced, prosecuted, settled or compromised by or against the surviving company or consolidated company or against the member, director, officer or agent thereof; as the case may be; or

(ii) the surviving company or consolidated company may be substituted in the proceedings for a constituent company.

The Registrar shall strike off the register of companies each constituent company that is not the surviving company in the case of a merger and all constituent companies in the case of a consolidation.

If the directors determine it to be in the best interests of the company, it is also possible for a merger to be approved as a court approved plan of arrangement or scheme of arrangement in accordance with the Companies Act.

Poison Pill Defenses. Under the Companies Act, there are no provisions which specifically prevent the issuance of preferred shares or any such other ‘poison pill’ measures and there is relevant jurisprudence which support the legality of the Issuer adopting “poison pill” measures. Our memorandum and articles of association expressly permit the creation and issuance of preferred shares. Therefore, the directors may issue preferred shares that have characteristics that may be deemed to be anti-takeover without the approval of the holders of common shares. Additionally, such a designation of shares may be used in connection with plans that are poison pill plans. As noted above under the Companies Act, a director in the exercise of his powers and performance of his duties is required to act honestly and in good faith in what the director believes to be the best interests of the company.

Directors. The directors will be divided into three classes designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual general meeting of the shareholders following the annual general meeting of the shareholders at which such director was elected and subject to the provisions of our memorandum and articles of association, and being understood that for the first designation, directors designated as Class I directors shall serve for a term ending on the date of the first annual general meeting of shareholders following the offering date, directors initially designated as Class II directors shall serve for a term ending on the second annual general meeting of shareholders following the offering date, and directors

140

initially designated as Class III directors shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual general meeting of the shareholders following the offering date. There is nothing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands which specifically prohibits or restricts the creation of cumulative voting rights for the election of our directors. However, our memorandum and articles of association do not provide for cumulative voting for such elections.

Our memorandum and articles of association provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred shares to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by our board of directors. Our memorandum and articles of association also provide that, subject to the rights granted to one or more series of preferred stock then outstanding, any vacancies on our board of directors will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum.

There are no share ownership qualifications for directors.

Meetings of our board of directors may be convened at any time by any of our directors.

A meeting of our board of directors will be quorate if at least a majority of the directors are present. At any meeting of our directors, each director is entitled to one vote. Questions arising at a meeting of our board of directors are required to be decided by simple majority votes of the directors present or represented at the meeting (except for certain matters which require the approval of two-thirds of the directors, including the removal of directors without cause and the removal of the chief executive officer). Our board of directors also may pass resolutions without a meeting by written consent.

Agents and Officers. Our board of directors has the power to appoint any person (whether or not a director or other officer of the company) to be an agent and/or officer of the company.

When appointing an agent or officer of the company, our directors may authorize the agent or officer to appoint one or more substitutes or delegates to exercise some or all of the powers conferred on the agent or officer. Our directors may remove an agent or officer and may revoke or vary a power conferred on them.

Indemnification of Directors. Our memorandum and articles of association provide that, subject to certain limitations, the company shall indemnify its directors and officers against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigative proceedings. Such indemnity only applies if the person acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the company and, in the case of criminal proceedings, the person had no reasonable cause to believe that their conduct was unlawful. The decision of the directors as to whether the person acted honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the company and as to whether the person had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful is, in the absence of fraud, sufficient for the purposes of the memorandum and articles of association, unless a question of law is involved. The termination of any proceedings by any judgment, order, settlement, conviction or the entering of a nolle prosequi does not, by itself, create a presumption that the person did not act honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the company or that the person had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

Directors and Conflicts of Interest. As noted in the table above, pursuant to the Companies Act and a company’s memorandum and articles of association, a director of a company who has an interest in a transaction and who has declared such interest to the other directors, may:

(a) vote on a matter relating to the transaction;

(b) attend a meeting of directors at which a matter relating to the transaction arises and be included among the directors present at the meeting for the purposes of a quorum; and

141

(c) sign a document on behalf of the company, or do any other thing in their capacity as a director, that relates to the transaction.

Shareholders’ Suits. Our British Virgin Islands counsel is not aware of any reported class action having been brought in a British Virgin Islands court. The enforcement of the company’s rights will ordinarily be a matter for its directors.

In certain limited circumstances, a shareholder has the right to seek various remedies against the company in the event the directors are in breach of their duties under the Companies Act. Pursuant to Section 184B of the Companies Act, if a company or director of a company engages in, or proposes to engage in or has engaged in, conduct that contravenes the provisions of the Companies Act or the memorandum and articles of association of the company, the British Virgin Islands court may, on application of a shareholder or director of the company, make an order directing the company or director to comply with, or restraining the company or director from engaging in conduct that contravenes the Companies Act or the memorandum and articles of association. Furthermore, pursuant to section 184I(1) of the Companies Act a shareholder of a company who considers that the affairs of the company have been, are being or likely to be, conducted in a manner that is, or any acts of the company have been, or are likely to be oppressive, unfairly discriminatory, or unfairly prejudicial to him in that capacity, may apply to the British Virgin Islands court for an order which, inter alia, can require the company or any other person to pay compensation to the shareholders.

The Companies Act provides for a series of remedies available to shareholders. Where a company incorporated under the Companies Act conducts some activity, which breaches the Companies Act or the company’s memorandum and articles of association, the court can issue a restraining or compliance order. Under the Companies Act, a shareholder of a company may bring an action against the company for breach of a duty owed by the company to him as a member. A shareholder also may, with the permission of the British Virgin Islands court, bring an action or intervene in a matter in the name of the company, in certain circumstances. Such actions are known as derivative actions. As noted above, the British Virgin Islands court may only (but is not obliged to) grant permission to bring a derivative action where the following circumstances apply:

(a) the company does not intend to bring, diligently continue or defend or discontinue proceedings; and

(b) it is in the interests of the company that the conduct of the proceedings not be left to the directors or to the determination of the shareholders as a whole.

When considering whether to grant leave, the British Virgin Islands court is also required to have regard to the following matters:

(a) whether the shareholder is acting in good faith;

(b) whether a derivative action is in the company’s best interests, taking into account the directors’ views on commercial matters;

(c) whether the action is likely to proceed;

(d) the costs of the proceedings; and

(e) whether an alternative remedy is available.

Any member of a company may apply to the British Virgin Islands court under the Insolvency Act for the appointment of a liquidator to liquidate the company and the court may appoint a liquidator for the company if it is of the opinion that it is just and equitable to do so.

The Companies Act provides that any shareholder of a company is entitled to payment of the fair value of their shares upon dissenting from any of the following:

(a) a merger if the company is a constituent company, unless the company is the surviving company and the member continues to hold the same or similar shares;

142

(b) a consolidation if the company is a constituent company;

(c) any sale, transfer, lease, exchange or other disposition of more than 50% in value of the assets or business of the company if not made in the usual or regular course of the business carried on by the company but not including:

(i) a disposition pursuant to an order of the court having jurisdiction in the matter;

(ii) a disposition for money on terms requiring all or substantially all net proceeds to be distributed to the members in accordance with their respective interest within one year after the date of disposition; or

(iii) a transfer pursuant to the power of the directors to transfer assets for the protection thereof;

(d) a compulsory redemption of 10%, or fewer of the issued shares of the company required by the holders of 90%, or more of the shares of the company pursuant to the terms of the Act; and

(e) a plan of arrangement, if permitted by the British Virgin Islands court.

Generally, any other claims against a company by its shareholders must be based on the general laws of contract or tort applicable in the British Virgin Islands or their individual rights as shareholders as established by the company’s memorandum and articles of association. There are common law rights for the protection of shareholders that may be invoked, largely derived from English common law. Under the general English company law known as the rule in Foss v. Harbottle, a court will generally refuse to interfere with the management of a company at the insistence of a minority of its shareholders who express dissatisfaction with the conduct of the company’s affairs by the majority or the board of directors. However, every shareholder is entitled to seek to have the affairs of the company conducted properly according to law and the constituent documents of the corporation. As such, if those who control the company have persistently disregarded the requirements of company law or the provisions of the company’s memorandum and articles of association, then the courts may grant relief. Generally, the areas in which the courts will intervene are the following:

(a) a company is acting or proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of its authority;

(b) the act complained of, although not beyond the scope of the authority, could only be effected if duly authorized by more than the number of votes which have actually been obtained;

(c) the individual rights of the plaintiff shareholder have been infringed or are about to be infringed; or

(d) those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority.”

Compulsory Acquisition. Under the Companies Act, subject to any limitations in a company’s memorandum or articles, members holding 90% of the votes of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, and members holding 90% of the votes of the outstanding shares of each class of shares entitled to vote, may give a written instruction to the company directing the company to redeem the shares held by the remaining members. Upon receipt of such written instruction, the company shall redeem the shares specified in the written instruction, irrespective of whether or not the shares are by their terms redeemable. The company shall give written notice to each member whose shares are to be redeemed stating the redemption price and the manner in which the redemption is to be effected. A member whose shares are to be so redeemed is entitled to dissent from such redemption, and to be paid the fair value of his shares, as described under “Shareholders’ Suits.”

Share Repurchases and Redemptions. As permitted by the Companies Act and our memorandum and articles of association, shares may be repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired by us. Depending on the circumstances of the redemption or repurchase, our directors may need to determine that immediately following the redemption or repurchase we will be able to satisfy our debts as they fall due and the value of our assets exceeds our liabilities. Our directors may only exercise this power on our behalf, subject to the Companies Act, our memorandum and articles of association and to any applicable requirements imposed from time to time by the SEC, the New York Stock Exchange or any other stock exchange on which our securities are listed.

143

Dividends. Subject to the Companies Act and our memorandum and articles of association, our directors may declare dividends at a time and amount they think fit if they are satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that, immediately after distribution of the dividend, the value of our assets will exceed our liabilities and we will be able to pay our debts as they fall due. No dividend shall carry interest against us.

Rights of Non-resident or Foreign Shareholders and Disclosure of Substantial Shareholdings. There are no limitations imposed by our memorandum and articles of association on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our shares. In addition, there are no provisions in our memorandum and articles of association governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

Untraceable Shareholders. Under our memorandum and articles of association, we are entitled to sell any shares of a shareholder who is untraceable, as long as:

(a) all checks, not being less than three in total number, for any sums payable in cash to the holder of such shares have remained uncashed for a period of twelve years;

(b) we have not during that time or before the expiry of the three-month period referred to in (c) below received any indication of the existence of the shareholder or person entitled to such shares by death, bankruptcy or operation of law; and

(c) upon expiration of the 12-year period, we have caused an advertisement to be published in newspapers, giving notice of our intention to sell these shares, and a period of three months or such shorter period has elapsed since the date of such advertisement.

The net proceeds of any such sale shall belong to us, and when we receive these net proceeds we shall become indebted to the former shareholder for an amount equal to such net proceeds.

Transfer of Shares. Subject to any applicable provisions and restrictions set forth in our memorandum and articles of association, any of our shareholders may transfer all or any of his or her shares in accordance with the laws, rules, procedures and other requirements applicable to shares listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

Inspection of Books and Records. Under the Companies Act, members of the general public via a British Virgin Islands registered agent or legal practitioner, on payment of a nominal fee, can obtain copies of the public records of a company available at the office of the Registrar which will include the company’s certificate of incorporation, its memorandum and articles of association (with any amendments) and records of license fees paid to date and will also disclose any articles of dissolution, articles of merger and a register of charges if the company has elected to file such a register. Upon payment of an additional search fee, the names of the current directors are also available.

A member of a company is entitled, on giving written notice to the company, to inspect:

(a) the memorandum and articles of association;

(b) the register of members;

(c) the register of directors; and

(d) the minutes of meetings and resolutions of members and of those classes of members of which he is a member; and to make copies of or take extracts from the documents and records referred to in (a) to (d) above.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to our memorandum and articles of association, the directors may, if they are satisfied that it would be contrary to the company’s interests to allow a member to inspect any document, or part of a document, specified in (b), (c) or (d) above, refuse to permit the member to inspect the document or limit the inspection of the document, including limiting the making of copies or the taking of extracts from the records. Our memorandum and articles of association do not prohibit the directors from refusing an inspection.

144

Where a company fails or refuses to permit a member to inspect a document or permits a member to inspect a document subject to limitations, that member may apply to the British Virgin Islands court for an order that he should be permitted to inspect the document or to inspect the document without limitation.

Dissolution; Winding Up. As permitted by the Companies Act and our memorandum and articles of association, the Issuer may be voluntarily liquidated under Part XII of the Companies Act by resolution of directors and resolution of shareholders if we have no liabilities or we are able to pay our debts as they fall due.

The Issuer may also be wound up in circumstances where we are insolvent in accordance with the terms of the Insolvency Act.

Anti-Money Laundering Laws. In order to comply with legislation or regulations aimed at the prevention of money laundering we are required to adopt and maintain anti-money laundering procedures, and may require subscribers to provide evidence to verify their identity. Where permitted, and subject to certain conditions, we also may delegate the maintenance of our anti-money laundering procedures (including the acquisition of due diligence information) to a suitable person.

We reserve the right to request such information as is necessary to verify the identity of a subscriber. In the event of delay or failure on the part of the subscriber in producing any information required for verification purposes, we may refuse to accept the application, in which case any funds received will be returned without interest to the account from which they were originally debited.

If any person resident in the British Virgin Islands knows or suspects that another person is engaged in money laundering or terrorist financing and the information for that knowledge or suspicion came to their attention in the course of their business the person will be required to report his belief or suspicion to the Financial Investigation Agency of the British Virgin Islands, pursuant to the Proceeds of Criminal Conduct Act 1997 (as amended). Such a report shall not be treated as a breach of confidence or of any restriction upon the disclosure of information imposed by any enactment or otherwise.

145

CLASS A COMMON SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common shares, and we cannot guarantee that a significant public market for our Class A common shares will develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common shares in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could materially and adversely affect the prevailing market prices. Furthermore, since only a limited number of Class A common shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering because of contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, sales of substantial amounts of Class A common shares in the public market after those restrictions lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our Class A common shares, as well as our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon the completion of this offering, 33,660,589 Class A common shares will be outstanding (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Class A common shares from the selling shareholders). The Class A common shares to be sold in this offering by us or the selling shareholders, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional Class A common shares from the selling shareholders, will be freely tradable, except that any Class A common shares acquired by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, in this offering may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below. The Class B common shares and Class C common shares outstanding after this offering, representing 70.0% of our outstanding shares if the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional Class A common shares from the selling shareholders, will be held by our current shareholders and restricted under applicable securities laws and lock-up provisions and/or other transfer restrictions set forth in our memorandum and articles of association, as described under “Description of Share Capital” and below. Following the expiration of such lock-up restrictions, all Class B common shares (as converted into Class A common shares at the end of the applicable lock-up period) and Class C common shares (as converted into Class A common shares at the end of the applicable lock-up period) will be eligible for resale in compliance with Rule 144 or Rule 701. “Restricted securities” as defined under Rule 144 were issued and sold by us in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. These Class A common shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or pursuant to an exemption from registration, such as Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

Lock-up Provisions of Our Memorandum and Articles of Association

Our memorandum and articles of association provide that, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, the holders of Class B common shares and Class C common shares, subject to certain exceptions, may not directly or indirectly offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any Class A common shares, Class B common shares or Class C common shares, or any options or warrants to purchase any such shares, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive such shares, whether owned at the time of this offering or later acquired, engage in any hedging or other transaction which is designed to or which reasonably be expected to lead to or result in a sale or disposition of Class A common shares, Class B common shares or Class C common shares, including any short sale or any purchase, sale or grant of any right (including without limitation any put or call option) with respect to such shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for such shares.

The lock-up provisions of our memorandum and articles of association relating to this offering will not apply to: (1) bona fide gifts; (2) transfers to any trust or other vehicle for the direct or indirect benefit of holders of the Issuer’s common shares or their immediate families; (3) transfers that occur (a) as a result of the operation of law or (b) by reason of a will or under the laws of descent, or pursuant to statutes governing the effects of a qualified domestic order or divorce settlement; (4) transfers pursuant to final non-appealable judgments or court orders; (5) transactions relating to the Issuer’s common shares or other securities acquired (a) from the underwriters in this offering or (b) in the open market after the completion of this offering; (6) transfers following the consummation of this offering, pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the Issuer’s issued shares involving a “change of control” (meaning a change in the Issuer’s ownership of not less than 90%) that has been approved by the board of directors; provided that should such a transaction not be completed, the lock-up restrictions will continue to

146

apply; (7) transfers or distributions to partners, members, shareholders or holders of similar equity interest in the holder; (8) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act; or (9) upon foreclosure of a pledge, if the pledgee was a shareholder prior to the IPO.

In addition to restrictions on sales and dispositions in our memorandum and articles of association relating to this offering described above, for a period commencing on the date of expiry of the 180-day initial lock-up period and ending 24 months after such date, the holders of Class B common shares and Class C common shares may not directly or indirectly offer, sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any Class B common shares or Class C common shares (or grant or enter into any option, warrant, convertible security, hedging arrangement or other transaction relating thereto), except for certain permitted transfers described in our memorandum and articles of association. See “Description of Share Capital—Class B Common Shares” and “Description of Share Capital—Class C Common Shares.”

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the then outstanding shares of our Class A common shares or the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common shares on the during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Such sales are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a shareholder who purchased Class A common shares pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of us during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these Class A common shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 Class A common shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 Class A common shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such Class A common shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Registration Rights

Our memorandum and articles of association grant holders of our Class B common shares and Class C common shares customary registration rights for the resale of the Class A common shares into which the Class B common shares and Class C common shares held by them are convertible. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. Class A common shares covered by a registration statement will be eligible for sales in the public market upon the expiration, or their release from the terms of, the lock-up provisions of our memorandum and articles of association described above and under “Description of Our Share Capital.” Any sales of Class A common shares by these shareholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our Class A common shares.

147

Equity Incentive Plan

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act following this offering to register all of the Class A common shares issued or reserved for issuance under our 2004 Option Plan and Equity Incentive Plan. See “Management—2004 Option Plan” and “Management—Equity Incentive Plan.” We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after this offering. Class A common shares covered by this registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market, upon the expiration of the lock-up provisions of our memorandum and articles of association, and subject to vesting of any options to receive such Class A common shares.

148

CERTAIN TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following summary contains a description of certain British Virgin Islands, Mexican and U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our Class A common shares. It does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all the tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase the Class A common shares, is not applicable to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special rules, and does not address all of the British Virgin Islands, Mexican and U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to any particular holder. The summary is based upon the tax laws of the British Virgin Islands, Mexico and the United States and regulations thereunder as of the date hereof, which are subject to change.

Prospective purchasers of our Class A common shares should consult their own tax advisors about the particular British Virgin Islands, Mexican and U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences to them of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our Class A common shares.

British Virgin Islands Tax Considerations

The Government of the British Virgin Islands does not, under existing legislation, impose any income, corporate or capital gains tax, estate duty, inheritance tax, gift tax or withholding tax upon the Issuer or its security holders who are not tax resident in the British Virgin Islands.

We are not liable to pay any form of taxation in the British Virgin Islands and all dividends, interest, rents, royalties, compensations and other amounts paid by us to persons who are not persons resident in the British Virgin Islands are exempt from all forms of taxation in the British Virgin Islands and any capital gains realized with respect to any shares, debt obligations, or other securities of ours by persons who are not persons resident in the British Virgin Islands are exempt from all forms of taxation in the British Virgin Islands.

No estate, inheritance, succession or gift tax, rate, duty, levy or other charge is payable by persons who are not persons resident in the British Virgin Islands with respect to any shares, debt obligation or other securities of ours.

Subject to the payment of stamp duty on the acquisition of property in the British Virgin Islands by us (and in respect of certain transactions in respect of the shares, debt obligations or other securities of British Virgin Islands incorporated companies owning land in the British Virgin Islands), all instruments relating to transfers of property to or by us and all instruments relating to transactions in respect of the shares, debt obligations or other securities of ours and all instruments relating to other transactions relating to our business are exempt from payment of stamp duty in the British Virgin Islands.

There are currently no withholding taxes or exchange control regulations in the British Virgin Islands applicable to us or our shareholders.

Certain Mexican Tax Considerations

This summary is provided for non-Mexican Holders (as defined below) that acquire the Class A common shares in this offering and does not address tax consequences to holders that are regarded as tax-resident in Mexico for tax purposes.

The Issuer is a non-Mexican resident for tax purposes given that its administration and place of effective management are located outside of Mexico. Any capital gains realized or dividend distributions received by non-Mexican Holders with respect to Class A common shares will not be deemed as Mexican-sourced income, and thus will not be subject to Mexican taxation.

149

For purposes of this summary, the term “non-Mexican Holder” shall mean a beneficial owner of Class A common shares that is not a resident of Mexico for tax purposes and does not conduct a business through a permanent establishment in Mexico for tax purposes.

There are no Mexican inheritance, gift, succession, or value added taxes applicable to the purchase, ownership, or disposition of the Class A common shares by non-Mexican Holders.

Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following discussion describes certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our Class A common shares. This discussion deals only with Class A common shares that are held as capital assets by a U.S. Holder (as defined below).

As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our Class A common shares that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, any of the following:

• an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

• a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

• an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

• a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust; or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

This discussion is based upon provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and regulations, rulings and judicial decisions thereunder, all as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those summarized below.

This discussion does not represent a detailed description of the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including if you are:

• a dealer or broker in securities;

• a financial institution;

• a regulated investment company;

• a real estate investment trust;

• an insurance company;

• a tax-exempt organization;

• a person holding our Class A common shares as part of an integrated or conversion transaction, a constructive sale or a straddle;

• a trader in securities that has elected the mark-to-market method of accounting for your securities;

• a person liable for alternative minimum tax;

• a person who owns or is deemed to own 10% or more of all of our outstanding stock (by vote or value);

• a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

150

• a person required to accelerate the recognition of any item of gross income with respect to our Class A common shares as a result of such income being recognized on an applicable financial statement; or

• a person whose “functional currency” for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar.

If a partnership (or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our Class A common shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partnership or partner of a partnership holding our Class A common shares, you should consult your tax advisors.

This summary does not contain a detailed description of all the U.S. federal income tax consequences to you in light of your particular circumstances and does not address the Medicare tax on net investment income, U.S. federal estate and gift taxes or the effects of any state, local or non-U.S. tax laws. If you are considering the purchase of our Class A common shares, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences to you of the ownership and disposition of our Class A common shares, as well as the consequences to you arising under other U.S. federal tax laws (such as estate and gift tax laws) and the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

Except as specifically noted below under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company,” the following discussion assumes we are not, and will not be, a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Taxation of Dividends

The gross amount of distributions on our Class A common shares will be taxable as dividends to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent that the amount of any distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits for a taxable year, the distribution will first be treated as a tax-free return of capital, causing a reduction in your tax basis in the Class A common shares, and to the extent the amount of the distribution exceeds your tax basis, the excess will be taxed as capital gain recognized on a sale or exchange (as discussed below under “—Taxation of Sales or Exchanges”). We do not, however, expect to determine earnings and profits in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles. Therefore, you should expect that a distribution will generally be reported as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Any dividends that you receive (including any withheld taxes) will be includable in your gross income as ordinary income from foreign sources on the day actually or constructively received by you. Such dividends will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to corporations under the Code.

Subject to applicable limitations (including a minimum holding period requirement), dividends received by non-corporate U.S. Holders from a qualified foreign corporation may be treated as “qualified dividend income” that is subject to reduced rates of taxation. For these purposes, a foreign corporation is treated as a qualified foreign corporation with respect to dividends paid by that corporation on shares that are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. U.S. Treasury Department guidance indicates that our Class A common shares, which have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, will be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States once they are so listed. Thus, we believe that any dividends we pay on our Class A common shares to non-corporate U.S. Holders will be potentially eligible for these reduced tax rates. However, non-corporate U.S. Holders will not be eligible for reduced tax rates on any dividends received from us if we are a PFIC (as discussed below under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company”) in the taxable year in which such dividends are paid or in the preceding taxable year. You should consult your own tax advisors regarding the application of these rules to your particular circumstances.

Distributions of Class A common shares or rights to subscribe for Class A common shares that are received as part of a pro rata distribution to all of our shareholders (and for which the shareholders do not have a right to receive cash or other property instead) generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax.

151

Taxation of Sales or Exchanges

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, you will recognize taxable gain or loss on any sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of Class A common shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized for the Class A common shares) and your tax basis in the Class A common shares. Such gain or loss will generally be capital gain or loss and will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held the Class A common shares for more than one year. Long-term capital gains of non-corporate U.S. Holders (including individuals) are eligible for reduced rates of taxation. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Any gain or loss recognized by you will generally be treated as U.S. source gain or loss.

Passive Foreign Investment Company

In general, we will be a PFIC for any taxable year in which, after applying certain look-through rules, (i) at least 75% of our gross income is passive income, or (ii) at least 50% of the value (generally determined based on a quarterly average) of our assets is attributable to assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. For this purpose, passive income generally includes dividends, interest, royalties and rents (other than royalties and rents derived in the active conduct of a trade or business and not derived from a related person). In addition, cash and other assets readily convertible into cash are generally considered passive assets.

Based on the past and projected composition of our income and assets, and the valuation of our assets, including goodwill, we do not believe we were a PFIC for our most recent taxable year, and we do not expect to become a PFIC in the current taxable year or the foreseeable future, although there can be no assurance in this regard. The determination of whether we are a PFIC is made annually. Accordingly, it is possible that we may become a PFIC in the current or any future taxable year due to changes in our asset or income composition.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which you hold our Class A common shares, you could be subject to additional U.S. federal income taxes on gain recognized with respect to our Class A common shares and on certain distributions, plus an interest charge on certain taxes treated as having been deferred under the PFIC rules. Although the determination of whether we are a PFIC is made annually, if we are a PFIC for any taxable year in which you hold our Class A common shares, we would generally continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to you for all succeeding years during which you hold the Class A common shares, even if we ceased to meet the threshold requirements for PFIC status during such years. However, if we cease to be a PFIC, you can avoid the continuing impact of the PFIC rules by making a special election to recognize gain as if your Class A common shares had been sold on the last day of the last taxable year during which we were a PFIC.

You will generally be required to file Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form 8621 if you hold our Class A common shares in any year in which we are classified as a PFIC. You are urged to consult your tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences of holding Class A common shares if we are considered a PFIC in any taxable year, including the potential availability and effect of any elections which would provide for alternative treatment.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

In general, information reporting will apply to dividends in respect of our Class A common shares and the proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of Class A common shares that are paid to you within the United States (and in certain cases, outside the United States), unless you establish that you are an exempt recipient. Backup withholding may apply to such payments if you fail to provide a taxpayer identification number and a certification that you are not subject to backup withholding or if you fail to report in full dividend and interest income.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

152

Certain U.S. Holders that own “specified foreign financial assets” with an aggregate value in excess of US$50,000 on the last day of the taxable year or US$75,000 at any time during the taxable year (or in some circumstances, a higher threshold) may be required to report information relating to such assets with their tax returns. “Specified foreign financial assets” may include financial accounts maintained by foreign financial institutions, as well as the following, but only if they are held for investment and not held in accounts maintained by financial institutions: (i) stocks and securities issued by non-U.S. persons, (ii) financial instruments and contracts that have non-U.S. issuers or counterparties, and (iii) interests in foreign entities. Significant penalties may apply for failing to satisfy this filing requirement. You are urged to consult your own tax advisors regarding information reporting requirements relating to your ownership of the Class A common shares.

153

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated February 8, 2024, the underwriters named below, for whom J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, BofA Securities, Inc., Scotia Capital (USA) Inc. and UBS Securities LLC are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we and the selling shareholders have agreed to sell to them, severally and not jointly, the number of Class A common shares indicated below:

Underwriter	Number of Class A Common Shares
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
BofA Securities, Inc.
Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.
UBS Securities LLC
Total

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the Class A common shares subject to their acceptance of the Class A common shares from us and the selling shareholders (if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional Class A common shares from the selling shareholders) and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the Class A common shares offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the Class A common shares offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the Class A common shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional Class A common shares described below.

The selling shareholders have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 5,049,088 additional Class A common shares at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the Class A common shares by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional Class A common shares as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of Class A common shares listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

We and the selling shareholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The Cornerstone Investors have, severally and not jointly, indicated an interest in purchasing up to an aggregate of US$95 million in Class A common shares in this offering at the initial public offering price. The Class A common shares to be purchased by the Cornerstone Investors will not be subject to a lock-up agreement with the underwriters. Because these indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the Cornerstone Investors may determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering or the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares to the Cornerstone Investors. The underwriters will receive the same discount on any of our Class A common shares purchased by the Cornerstone Investors as they will from any other Class A common shares sold to the public in this offering.

154

Commissions and Discounts

The following table shows the per Class A common share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us and to the selling shareholders. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional 5,049,088 Class A common shares from the selling shareholders.

	Total
	Per Class A common share	No Exercise	Full Exercise
	(US$)
Initial public offering price
Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us
Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by the selling shareholders(1)
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling shareholders

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of this offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately US$5,913,985. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses incurred in connection with this offering.

Class A common shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any Class A common shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to US$     per Class A common share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of our shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the Class A common shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

Expiration of Lock-up Provisions of Our Memorandum and Articles of Association

All remaining Class A common shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Class A common shares (including our Class B common shares and Class C common shares) subject to the lock-up provisions of our memorandum and articles of association will be released prior to the opening of trading on the first full trading day following the periods described therein.

We have also agreed not to file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any securities that are substantially similar to the Class A common shares, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase Class A common shares or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, Class A common shares (including Class B common shares and Class C common shares) or any such substantially similar securities, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of Class A common shares or any such other securities. These restrictions will not apply to: (1) the issuance of Class A common shares to be sold pursuant to this offering; (2) grants of stock options, share awards, restricted shares, restricted stock units or other equity awards; (3) the issuance of Class A common shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Class A common shares (including Class B common shares and Class C common shares) upon the exercise of an option, restricted stock unit or warrant under an equity incentive plan; (4) the issuance of Class A common shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Class A common shares (including Class B common shares and Class C common shares) upon the conversion of a security described in this prospectus; (5) the issuance of Class A common shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Class A common shares (including

155

Class B common shares and Class C common shares) in connection with a merger, acquisition, joint venture or strategic participation entered into by us; provided that the aggregate number of such Class A common shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Class A common shares (including Class B common shares and Class C common shares) issued thereby shall not exceed 10% of the total number of Class A common shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Class A common shares (including Class B common shares and Class C common shares) issued and outstanding as of the date of such merger, acquisition, joint venture or strategic participation; and (6) the filing by us of any registration statement on Form S-8 or a successor form thereto relating to the Equity Incentive Plan described in this prospectus.

Listing Venue

Our Class A common shares have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TBBB.”

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among us, the selling shareholders and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to us and to persons and entities with relationships with us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively traded securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers or affiliates, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of ours (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with us. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell Class A common shares in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in this offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the number of additional Class A common shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional Class A common shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares

156

to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional Class A common shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the number of additional Class A common shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A common shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of Class A common shares made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of this offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our Class A common shares, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the Class A common shares. As a result, the price of the Class A common shares may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Electronic Distribution

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as email.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area and the United Kingdom

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant State”), no Class A common shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to this offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the Class A common shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of Class A common shares may be made to the public in that Relevant State at any time pursuant to the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation;

(b) to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation) per Relevant State, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation;

provided that no such offer of Class A common shares shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation and each person who initially acquires any Class A common shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged, and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and us that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of Article 2(e) of the Prospectus Regulation. In the case of any Class A common shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5(1) of the

157

Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged, and agreed that the Class A common shares acquired by it in this offering have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any Class A common shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters have been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

We, the underwriters and their and our respective affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any Class A common shares in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any Class A common shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any Class A common shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 (as amended).

The above selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out below.

In connection with this offering, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, BofA Securities, Inc., Scotia Capital (USA) Inc. and UBS Securities LLC are not acting for anyone other than the issuer and will not be responsible to anyone other than the issuer for providing the protections afforded to their clients nor for providing advice in relation to this offering.

United Kingdom

No Class A common shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to this offering to the public in the United Kingdom, except that Class A common shares may be made offered to the public in the United Kingdom at any time:

(a) to any legal entity which is a “qualified investor” as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation;

(b) to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons in the United Kingdom (other than “qualified investors” as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(c) in any other circumstances falling within section 86 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as amended, the “FSMA”),

provided that no such offer of Class A common shares shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to section 85 of the FSMA or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation and each person who initially acquires any Class A common shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and us that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any Class A common shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5(1) of the UK Prospectus Regulation, each financial intermediary will also be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed that the Class A common shares acquired by it in this offering have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any Class A common shares to the public, other than their offer or resale in the United Kingdom to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

We, the selling shareholders, the underwriters and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, warranties and agreements. Notwithstanding the above, a person who is not a “qualified investor” and who has notified the representatives of such fact in writing may, with the prior consent of the representatives, be permitted to acquire Class A common shares in this offering.

158

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the Class A common shares in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the Class A common shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the Class A common shares, and the expression “UK Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of United Kingdom domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.

In the United Kingdom, this prospectus and any other material in relation to the Class A common shares described herein are only being distributed to, and are only directed at, persons who are “qualified investors ” (as defined in the UK Prospectus Regulation ) who are (i) persons having professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (as amended, the “Order”), or (ii) high net worth entities falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order, or (iii) persons to whom it would otherwise be lawful to distribute them, all such persons together being referred to as “Relevant Persons.” In the United Kingdom, the Class A common shares are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such Class A common shares will be engaged in only with, Relevant Persons. This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by any recipients to any other person in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a Relevant Person should not act or rely on this prospectus or its contents.

Argentina

The Class A common shares are not authorized for public offering in Argentina by the Comisión Nacional de Valores pursuant to Argentine Public Offering Law No. 17,811, as amended, and they shall not be sold publicly. Therefore, any transaction carried out in Argentina must be made privately.

Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged or will be lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), in relation to this offering. This document does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the Corporations Act) and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the Class A common shares may only be made to persons (the Exempt Investors) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the Class A common shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The Class A common shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under this offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring Class A common shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

The Issuer is not licensed in Australia to provide financial product advice in relation to the Class A common shares. This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Any advice contained in this document is general advice only.

159

Before making an investment decision on the basis of this document, investors should consider the appropriateness of the information in this document, having regard to their own objectives, financial situation and needs, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters. No cooling off period applies to an acquisition of the Class A common shares.

Brazil

The offer and sale of our Class A common shares has not been and will not be registered with the Brazilian Securities Commission (Comissão de Valores Mobiliários—“CVM”) and, therefore, will not be carried out by any means that would constitute a public offering in Brazil under CVM Resolution No. 160, dated July 13, 2022, as amended (“CVM Resolution 160”) or unauthorized distribution under Brazilian laws and regulations. Our Class A common shares will be authorized for trading on organized non-Brazilian securities markets and may only be offered to Brazilian professional investors (as defined by applicable CVM regulation), who may only acquire our Class A common shares through a non-Brazilian account, with settlement outside Brazil in non-Brazilian currency. Trading our Class A common shares on regulated securities markets in Brazil is prohibited.

British Virgin Islands

This document does not constitute, and there will not be, an offering of common shares to the public in the British Virgin Islands. This document may not be sent or distributed to persons in the British Virgin Islands and no invitation or offer to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire the Class A common shares will be made to, persons in the British Virgin Islands. However, the Class A common shares may be offered and sold to business companies incorporated in the British Virgin Islands and limited partnerships formed in the British Virgin Islands; provided that any such offering and sale is made outside the British Virgin Islands or the Class A common shares are otherwise offered and sold as permitted by the laws of the British Virgin Islands.

Canada

The securities may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption form, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation; provided, that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Cayman Islands

This prospectus does not constitute a public offer of the Class A common shares, whether by way of sale or subscription, in the Cayman Islands. The Class A common shares have not been offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in the Cayman Islands.

160

Chile

The offer of the Class A common shares is subject to CMF Rule 336. The Class A common shares being offered will not be registered under the Chilean Securities Market Law in the Securities Registry (Registro de Valores) or in the Foreign Securities Registry (Registro de Valores Extranjeros) of the CMF and, therefore, the Class A common shares are not subject to the supervision of the CMF. As unregistered securities, we are not required to disclose public information about the Class A common shares in Chile. Accordingly, the Class A common shares cannot and will not be publicly offered to persons in Chile unless they are registered in the corresponding securities registry. The Class A common shares may only be offered in Chile in circumstances that do not constitute a public offering under Chilean law or in compliance with CMF Rule 336. Pursuant to CMF Rule 336, the Class A common shares may be privately offered in Chile to certain “qualified investors” identified as such therein (which in turn are further described in Rule No. 216, dated June 12, 2008 and in Rule No. 410, dated July 27, 2016, both issued by the CMF).

LA OFERTA DE LAS ACCIONES COMUNES CLASE A SE ACOGE A LA NORMA DE CARÁCTER GENERAL No. 336 DE LA CMF. LAS ACCIONES COMUNES CLASE A QUE SE OFRECEN NO ESTÁN INSCRITOS BAJO LA LEY DE MERCADO DE VALORES EN EL REGISTRO DE VALORES O EN EL REGISTRO DE VALORES EXTRANJEROS QUE LLEVA LA CMF, POR LO QUE TALES VALORES NO ESTÁN SUJETOS A LA FISCALIZACIÓN DE ÉSTA. POR TRATARSE DE VALORES NO INSCRITOS, NO EXISTE OBLIGACIÓN POR PARTE DEL EMISOR DE ENTREGAR EN CHILE INFORMACIÓN PÚBLICA RESPECTO DE ESTOS VALORES. LAS ACCIONES COMUNES CLASE A NO PODRÁN SER OBJETO DE OFERTA PÚBLICA EN CHILE MIENTRAS NO SEAN INSCRITOS EN EL REGISTRO DE VALORES CORRESPONDIENTE. LAS ACCIONES COMUNES CLASE A SOLO PODRÁN SER OFRECIDOS EN CHILE EN CIRCUNSTANCIAS QUE NO CONSTITUYAN UNA OFERTA PÚBLICA O CUMPLIENDO CON LO DISPUESTO EN LA NORMA DE CARÁCTER GENERAL No. 336 DE LA CMF. EN CONFORMIDAD CON LO DISPUESTO POR LA NORMA DE CARÁCTER GENERAL No. 336, LAS ACCIONES COMUNES CLASE A PODRÁN SER OFRECIDOS PRIVADAMENTE A CIERTOS “INVERSIONISTAS CALIFICADOS,” IDENTIFICADOS COMO TAL EN DICHA NORMA (Y QUE A SU VEZ ESTÁN DESCRITOS EN LA NORMA DE CARÁCTER GENERAL No. 216 DE LA CMF DE FECHA 12 DE JUNIO DE 2008 Y EN LA NORMA DE CARÁCTER GENERAL No. 410 DE LA CMF DE FECHA 27 DE JULIO DE 2016).

China

The Class A common shares may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the People’s Republic of China (“China”) and neither this prospectus, which has not been submitted to the Chinese Securities and Regulatory Commission, nor any offering material or information contained herein relating to the Class A common shares may be supplied to the public in China or used in connection with any offer for the subscription or sale of Class A common shares to the public in China. The Class A common shares may only be offered or sold to China related organizations which are authorized to engage in foreign exchange business and offshore investment from outside of China. Such China-related investors may be subject to foreign exchange control approval and filing requirements under the relevant Chinese foreign exchange regulations. For the purpose of this paragraph, China does not include Taiwan and the special administrative regions of Hong Kong and Macau.

Colombia

The Class A common shares have not been and will not be registered on the Colombian National Registry of Securities and Issuers or in the Colombian Stock Exchange. Therefore, the Class A common shares may not be publicly offered in Colombia. This material is for your sole and exclusive use as a determined entity, including any of your shareholders, administrators or employees, as applicable. You acknowledge the Colombian laws and regulations (specifically foreign exchange and tax regulations) applicable to any transaction or investment consummated pursuant hereto and represent that you are the sole liable party for full compliance with any such laws and regulations.

161

France

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the Class A common shares described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or of the competent authority of another member state of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers. The Class A common shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the Class A common shares has been or will be: (1) released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued or distributed to the public in France; or (2) used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the Class A common shares to the public in France. Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only to: (a) persons providing investment services relating to portfolio management for the account of third parties (personnes fournissant le service d’investissement de gestion de portefeuille pour compte de tiers), and/or (b) qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) acting for their own account, and/or (c) a limited circle of investors (cercle restreint) acting for their own account, as defined in, and in accordance with, Articles L. 411-1, L. 411-2, D. 411-1 and D. 411-4 of the French Code monétaire et financier.

The Class A common shares may be resold directly or indirectly, only in compliance with articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier.

Germany

The Class A common shares will not be offered, sold or publicly promoted or advertised in the Federal Republic of Germany other than in compliance with the German Securities Prospectus Act (Gesetz uber die Erstellung, Billigung und Veroffentlichung des Prospekts, der beim offentlicken Angebot von Wertpapieren oder bei der Zulassung von Wertpapieren zum Handel an einem organisierten Markt zu veroffenlichen ist—Wertpapierprospektgesetz) as of June 22, 2005, effective as of July 1, 2005, as amended, or any other laws and regulations applicable in the Federal Republic of Germany governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. No selling prospectus (Verkaufsprospeckt) within the meaning of the German Securities Selling Prospectus Act has been or will be registered within the Financial Supervisory Authority of the Federal Republic of Germany or otherwise published in Germany.

Hong Kong

The Class A common shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (1) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or (“Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance”) or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“Securities and Futures Ordinance”); (2) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder; or (3) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the Class A common shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to Class A common shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.

Ireland

The Class A common shares will not be placed in or involving Ireland otherwise than in conformity with the provisions of the Intermediaries Act 1995 of Ireland (as amended) including, without limitation, Sections 9 and 23 (including advertising restrictions made thereunder) thereof and the codes of conduct made under Section 37 thereof.

162

Israel

This document does not constitute a prospectus under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968, or the Securities Law, and has not been filed with or approved by the Israel Securities Authority. In Israel, this prospectus is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer of the Class A common shares is directed only at, (1) a limited number of persons in accordance with the Israeli Securities Law; and (2) investors listed in the first addendum, or the Addendum, to the Israeli Securities Law, consisting primarily of joint investment in trust funds, provident funds, insurance companies, banks, portfolio managers, investment advisors, members of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, underwriters, venture capital funds, entities with equity in excess of NIS 50 million and “qualified individuals,” each as defined in the Addendum (as it may be amended from time to time), collectively referred to as qualified investors (in each case, purchasing for their own account or, where permitted under the Addendum, for the accounts of their clients who are investors listed in the Addendum). Qualified investors are required to submit written confirmation that they fall within the scope of the Addendum, are aware of its meaning and agree to it.

Italy

The offering of the Class A common shares has not been registered pursuant to Italian securities legislation and, accordingly, no Class A common shares may be offered or sold in the Republic of Italy in a solicitation to the public, and sales of the Class A common shares in the Republic of Italy shall be effected in accordance with all Italian securities, tax and exchange control and other applicable laws and regulation.

No offer, sale or delivery of the Class A common shares or distribution of copies of any document relating to the Class A common shares will be made in the Republic of Italy except: (1) to “Professional Investors,” as defined in Article 31.2 of Regulation No. 11522 of 1 July 1998 of the Commissione Nazionale per la Società e la Borsa, or the CONSOB, as amended, or CONSOB Regulation No. 11522, pursuant to Article 30.2 and 100 of Legislative Decree No. 58 of 24 February 1998, as amended, or the Italian Financial Act; or (2) in any other circumstances where an express exemption from compliance with the solicitation restrictions applies, as provided under the Italian Financial Act or Regulation No. 11971 of 14 May 1999, as amended.

Any such offer, sale or delivery of the Class A common shares or any document relating to the Class A common shares in the Republic of Italy must be: (1) made by investment firms, banks or financial intermediaries permitted to conduct such activities in the Republic of Italy in accordance with Legislative Decree No. 385 of 1 September 1993 as amended, the Italian Financial Act, CONSOB Regulation No. 11522 and any other applicable laws and regulations; and (2) in compliance with any other applicable notification requirement or limitation which may be imposed by CONSOB or the Bank of Italy.

Investors should also note that, in any subsequent distribution of the Class A common shares in the Republic of Italy, Article 100-bis of the Italian Financial Act may require compliance with the law relating to public offers of securities. Furthermore, where the Class A common shares are placed solely with professional investors and are then systematically resold on the secondary market at any time in the 12 months following such placing, purchasers of Class A common shares who are acting outside of the course of their business or profession may in certain circumstances be entitled to declare such purchase void and to claim damages from any authorized person at whose premises the Class A common shares were purchased, unless an exemption provided for under the Italian Financial Act applies.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the “FIEA.” The securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or

163

indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

Kuwait

The Class A common shares have not been authorized or licensed for offering, marketing or sale in the State of Kuwait. The distribution of this prospectus and the offering and sale of the Class A common shares in the State of Kuwait is restricted by law unless a license is obtained from the Kuwait Ministry of Commerce and Industry in accordance with Law 31 of 1990. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are required by us and the international underwriters to inform themselves about and to observe such restrictions. Investors in the State of Kuwait who approach us or any of the international underwriters to obtain copies of this prospectus are required by us and the international underwriters to keep such prospectus confidential and not to make copies thereof or distribute the same to any other person and are also required to observe the restrictions provided for in all jurisdictions with respect to offering, marketing and the sale of the Class A common shares.

Mexico

The Class A common shares have not been and will not be registered with the Mexican National Securities Registry maintained by the CNBV, and may not be offered or sold publicly in Mexico or otherwise be subject to brokerage activities in Mexico, the Class A common shares may be offered and sold to investors that qualify as institutional or qualified investors pursuant to a private placement exemption set forth in Article 8 of the Mexican Securities Market Law. The information contained in this prospectus is solely our responsibility and has not been reviewed or authorized by the CNBV and may not be publicly distributed in Mexico. In making an investment decision, all investors, including any Mexican investor, who may acquire Class A common shares from time to time, must rely on their own examination of the Issuer and the terms of this offering, including the merits and risks involved.

Netherlands

The Class A common shares may not be offered, sold, transferred or delivered, in or from the Netherlands, as part of the initial distribution or as part of any reoffering, and neither this prospectus nor any other document in respect of the international offering may be distributed in or from the Netherlands, other than to individuals or legal entities who or which trade or invest in securities in the conduct of their profession or trade (which includes banks, investment banks, securities firms, insurance companies, pension funds, other institutional investors and treasury departments and finance companies of large enterprises), in which case, it must be made clear upon making the offer and from any documents or advertisements in which a forthcoming offering of Class A common shares is publicly announced that the offer is exclusively made to said individuals or legal entities.

Peru

The Class A common shares and this prospectus have not been registered in Peru under the Decreto Supremo Nº 093-2002-EF: Texto Único Ordenado de la Ley del Mercado de Valores, (the “Peruvian Securities Law”) or before the Superintendencia del Mercado de Valores and cannot be offered or sold in Peru except in a private offering under the meaning of the Peruvian Securities Laws. The Peruvian Securities Law provides that an offering directed exclusively to “institutional investors” (as defined in the Institutional Investors Market Regulations) qualifies as a private offering. The Class A common shares acquired by institutional investors in Peru cannot be transferred to a third party, unless such transfer is made to another institutional investor or the Class A common shares have been previously registered with the Registro Público del Mercado de Valores.

Portugal

No document, circular, advertisement or any offering material in relation to the share has been or will be subject to approval by the Portuguese Securities Market Commission (Comissão do Mercado de Valores

164

Mobiliários), or the CMVM. No Class A common shares may be offered, re-offered, advertised, sold, re-sold or delivered in circumstances which could qualify as a public offer (oferta pública) pursuant to the Portuguese Securities Code (Código dos Valores Mobiliários), and/or in circumstances which could qualify the issue of the Class A common shares as an issue or public placement of securities in the Portuguese market. This prospectus and any document, circular, advertisements or any offering material may not be directly or indirectly distributed to the public. All offers, sales and distributions of the Class A common shares have been and may only be made in Portugal in circumstances that, pursuant to the Portuguese Securities Code, qualify as a private placement (oferta particular), all in accordance with the Portuguese Securities Code. Pursuant to the Portuguese Securities Code, the private placement in Portugal or to Portuguese residents of the Class A common shares by public companies (sociedades abertas) or by companies that are issuers of securities listed on a market must be notified to the CMVM for statistical purposes. Any offer or sale of the Class A common shares in Portugal must comply with all applicable provisions of the Portuguese Securities Code and any applicable CMVM Regulations and all relevant Portuguese laws and regulations. The placement of the Class A common shares in the Portuguese jurisdiction or to any entities which are resident in Portugal, including the publication of a prospectus, when applicable, must comply with all applicable laws and regulations in force in Portugal and with the Prospectus Directive, and such placement shall only be performed to the extent that there is full compliance with such laws and regulations.

Qatar

The Class A common shares described in this prospectus have not been, and will not be, offered, sold or delivered, at any time, directly or indirectly in the State of Qatar in a manner that would constitute a public offering. This prospectus has not been, and will not be, registered with or approved by the Qatar Financial Markets Authority or Qatar Central Bank and may not be publicly distributed. This prospectus is intended for the original recipient only and must not be provided to any other person. It is not for general circulation in the State of Qatar and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose.

Saudi Arabia

Any investor in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia or who is a Saudi person (a “Saudi Investor”) who acquires the Class A common shares pursuant to this offering should note that the offer of the Class A common shares is an exempt offer under sub-paragraph (3) of paragraph (a) of Article 16 of the “Offer of Securities Regulations” as issued by the Board of the Capital Market Authority resolution number 2-11-2004 dated October 4, 2004 and amended by the resolution of the Board of Capital Market Authority resolution number 1-33-2004 dated December 21, 2004 (the “KSA Regulations”). The Class A common shares may be offered to no more than 60 Saudi Investors and the minimum amount payable per Saudi Investor must not be less than Saudi Riyal (“SR”) 1 million or an equivalent amount. The offer of Class A common shares is therefore exempt from the public offer provisions of the KSA Regulations, but is subject to the following restrictions on secondary market activity: (1) A Saudi Investor (the transferor) who has acquired Class A common shares pursuant to this exempt offer may not offer or sell Class A common shares to any person (referred to as a transferee) unless the price to be paid by the transferee for such Class A common shares equals or exceeds SR1 million; (2) If the provisions of paragraph (1) cannot be fulfilled because the price of the Class A common shares being offered or sold to the transferee has declined since the date of the original exempt offer, the transferor may offer or sell the Class A common shares to the transferee if their purchase price during the period of the original exempt offer was equal to or exceeded SR1 million; and (3) If the provisions of paragraphs (1) and (2) cannot be fulfilled, the transferor may offer or sell the Class A common shares if he/she sells his entire holding of the Class A common shares to one transferee.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been and will not be registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore under the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”). Accordingly, each

165

underwriter has not offered or sold any Class A common shares or caused such Class A common shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not offer or sell such Class A common shares or cause such Class A common shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and has not circulated or distributed, nor will it circulate or distribute, this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of such Class A common shares, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA; (2) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA; or (3) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the Class A common shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is: (x) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (y) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the Class A common shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA, except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A), or Section 276(4)(1)(B) of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; (3) where the transfer is by operation of law; (4) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or (5) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

Singapore Securities and Futures Act Product Classification—Solely for the purposes of its obligations pursuant to sections 309B(1)(a) and 309B(1)(c) of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289 of Singapore) (the “SFA”), we have determined, and hereby notify all relevant persons (as defined in Section 309A of the SFA) that the Class A common shares are “prescribed capital markets products” (as defined in the Securities and Futures (Capital Markets Products) Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).

South Korea

The Class A common shares have not been and will not be registered with the Financial Services Commission of Korea for public offering in Korea under the Financial Investment Services and Capital Markets Act, or the FSCMA. The Class A common shares may not be offered, sold or delivered, or offered or sold for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any Korean resident (as such term is defined in the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law of Korea, or FETL) other than the Accredited Investors (as such term is defined in Article 11 of the Presidential Decree of the FSCMA), for a period of one year from the date of issuance of the Class A common shares except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the FSCMA and the FETL and the decrees and regulations thereunder. The Class A common shares may not be resold to Korean residents unless the purchaser of the Class A common shares complies with all applicable regulatory requirements (including but not limited to government reporting requirements under the FETL and its subordinate decrees and regulations) in connection with the purchase of the Class A common shares.

Spain

The Class A common shares have not been registered with the Spanish National Commission for the Securities Market and, therefore, no Class A common shares may be publicly offered, sold or delivered, nor any public offer in respect of the Class A common shares made, nor may any prospectus or any other offering or

166

publicity material relating to the Class A common shares be distributed in Spain by the international agents or any person acting on their behalf, except in compliance with Spanish laws and regulations.

Switzerland

This prospectus is not intended to constitute an offer or solicitation to purchase or invest in the securities. The securities may not be publicly offered, directly or indirectly, in Switzerland within the meaning of the Swiss Financial Services Act (“FinSA”) and no application has or will be made to admit the securities to trading on any trading venue (exchange or multilateral trading facility) in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the securities constitutes a prospectus pursuant to the FinSA, and neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the securities may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

United Arab Emirates

The Class A common shares have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) other than in compliance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates (and the Dubai International Financial Centre) governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority or the Dubai Financial Services Authority.

167

EXPENSES OF THE OFFERING

We estimate that our expenses in connection with this offering, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, will be as follows:

	Amount (US$)
Expenses:
SEC registration fee		99,988.00
New York Stock Exchange listing fee		300,000.00
FINRA fee		80,300.00
Printing and engraving expenses		325,000.00
Legal fees and expenses		4,000,000.00
Accounting fees and expenses		879,747.00
Miscellaneous costs		228,950.00
Total		5,913,985.00

All amounts in the table are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the New York Stock Exchange listing fee and the FINRA filing fee. We will pay all of the expenses of this offering listed above.

168

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain matters of U.S. federal and New York State law will be passed upon for us by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, and for the underwriters by Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP. Certain matters of Mexican law will be passed upon for us by Greenberg Traurig S.C. and for the underwriters by Ritch, Mueller y Nicolau, S.C. The validity of the Class A common shares offered in this offering and other legal matters as to British Virgin Islands law will be passed upon for us by Conyers Dill & Pearman.

169

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2022 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers, S.C., an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

170

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We are incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands with limited liability. We are incorporated in the British Virgin Islands because of certain benefits associated with being a British Virgin Islands company, such as political and economic stability, an effective judicial system, a favorable tax system, the absence of exchange control or currency restrictions and the availability of professional and support services. However, the British Virgin Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provides protections for investors to a significantly lesser extent. In addition, British Virgin Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the federal courts of the United States.

A majority of our directors and officers, as well as certain of the experts named herein, reside outside of the United States. Substantially all of the assets of such non-resident persons and substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States and several of such directors and officers reside in Mexico. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process outside Mexico upon such directors or officers, or to enforce against us or such parties in courts outside Mexico, judgments predicated solely upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or other non-Mexican regulations, as applicable. Based on the opinion of our special Mexican counsel, there is doubt as to the enforceability in Mexican courts, in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgments obtained in courts of jurisdictions outside Mexico, including the United States, of civil liabilities arising under the laws of any jurisdiction outside Mexico, including any judgment predicated solely upon United States federal or state securities laws. We have been advised by our special Mexican counsel that no treaty is currently in effect between the United States and Mexico that covers the reciprocal enforcement of foreign judgments. In the past, Mexican courts have enforced judgments rendered in the United States by virtue of the legal principles of reciprocity and comity, consisting of the review in Mexico of a United States judgment to ascertain, among other matters, whether Mexican legal principles of due process and public policy (orden público), among other requirements set forth under Mexican law, have been complied with, without reviewing the merits of the subject matter of the case. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Investing in a British Virgin Islands Company—We are a British Virgin Islands company and it may be difficult for you to obtain or enforce judgments against us or our executive officers and directors in the United States.

We have been advised by Conyers Dill & Pearman, our counsel as to British Virgin Islands law, that the United States and the British Virgin Islands do not have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of courts of the United States in civil and commercial matters and that a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any general or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the U.S. federal securities laws, would not be automatically enforceable in the British Virgin Islands. We have been advised by Conyers Dill & Pearman that a final and conclusive judgment obtained in U.S. federal or state courts under which a sum of money is payable (i.e., not being a sum claimed by a revenue authority for taxes or other charges of a similar nature by a governmental authority, or in respect of a fine or penalty or multiple or punitive damages) may be the subject of an action on a debt in the courts of the British Virgin Islands under British Virgin Islands common law and should be enforceable provided that in respect of the U.S. judgment:

• the U.S. court issuing the judgment had jurisdiction in the matter and the Issuer either submitted to such jurisdiction or were resident or carrying on business within such jurisdiction and were duly served with process;

• the judgment given by the U.S. court was not in respect of multiple damages, penalties, taxes, fines or similar fiscal or revenue obligations of the Issuer;

• in obtaining judgment there was no fraud on the part of the person in whose favor judgment was given or on the part of the court;

• recognition or enforcement of the judgment in the British Virgin Islands would not be contrary to public policy of the British Virgin Islands;

171

• no new admissible evidence relevant to the action is submitted prior to the rendering of the judgment by the courts of the British Virgin Islands;

• the proceedings pursuant to which judgment were obtained did not contravene the rules of natural justice of the British Virgin Islands; and

• there is due compliance with the correct procedures under the laws of the British Virgin Islands.

172

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 (including amendments and exhibits to the registration statement) under the Securities Act. This prospectus, which is part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further information, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as part of the registration statement. If a document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the copy of the document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. Each statement regarding a contract, agreement or other document is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual document.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act that are applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports and other information with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 20-F and reports on Form 6-K. The SEC maintains an internet website at http://www.sec.gov, from which you can electronically access the registration statement and its materials.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt under the Exchange Act from, among other things, the rules prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our executive officers, directors and principal shareholder are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, we are required to file with the SEC within four months after the end of each fiscal year (which is currently four months from December 31, the end of our fiscal year), or such applicable time as required by the SEC, an annual report on Form 20-F containing financial statements, which will be examined and reported on with an opinion expressed by an independent public accounting firm.

We also maintain an investor website at www.investorstiendas3b.com. Our website and the information contained therein or connected thereto will not be deemed to be incorporated into the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and you should not rely on any such information in making your decision whether to purchase our Class A common shares.

We will send the transfer agent a copy of all notices of shareholders’ meetings and other reports, communications and information that are made generally available to shareholders. The transfer agent has agreed to mail to all shareholders a notice containing the information (or a summary of the information) contained in any notice of a meeting of our shareholders received by the transfer agent and will make available to all shareholders such notices and all such other reports and communications received by the transfer agent.

You may request a copy of our SEC filings, at no cost, by contacting us at the number or address specified below.

Río Danubio 51, Col. Cuauhtémoc

Mexico City, Mexico 06500

Email: ir@tiendas3b.com

Tel: +52 (55) 1102-1200

173

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consolidated Financial Statements of BBB Foods Inc. as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	F-2
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position	F-4
Consolidated Statements of Profit or Loss	F-5
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity	F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-8

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements as of September 30, 2023 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Position	F-61
Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Profit or Loss	F-62
Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity	F-63
Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	F-64
Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements	F-65

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and stockholders of BBB Foods Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of BBB Foods Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the related consolidated statements of profit or loss, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2022, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2022 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IFRS).

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 3.27 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for deferred income tax assets and liabilities arising from a single transaction in 2023.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and

F-2

(ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Appropriateness of Management’s Use of the Going Concern Basis of Accounting

As described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company had an insufficiency in shareholders´ equity of Ps.4,713,261, and Ps.4,451,940, respectively. In addition, as of such dates, the Company operated with negative working capital. As a result of the foregoing, the Company performed an assessment of whether the going concern basis of preparation is appropriate according to the following factors: the Company’s current and expected profitability and the timing of repayment of the Company’s financial obligations.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management, when developing the estimates of future cash flows for the next 12 months, including the consideration of maturity dates of Company’s debt agreements; and (ii) the degree of auditor judgment and effort in performing procedures and evaluating management’s significant assumptions related to revenue growth and projected operating income.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included, among others, (i) evaluating the reasonableness of significant assumptions used by management related to revenue growth and projected operating income; (ii) testing the completeness and accuracy of underlying data used in the estimate of cash flows; and (iii) testing the accuracy of data related to the debt agreements. Evaluating the estimated future cash flows developed by the Company involved comparing management’s assumptions related to revenue growth and projected operating income to the past performance of the Company. The procedures performed also included reading the Promissory Notes agreements and subsequent modifications to those agreements to test the accuracy of maturity dates of the debt agreements.

Mexico City, México

November 13, 2023, except for the change in the manner in which the Company accounts for deferred income tax assets and liabilities arising from a single transaction discussed in Note 3.27 to the consolidated financial statements, as to which the date is December 27, 2023.

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2005.

F-3

BBB Foods Inc.

Consolidated statements of Financial Position

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021

Thousands of Mexican Peso (Ps.) (See Note 3)

	As of December 31,
	2022			2021
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents (Note 6)	Ps.	984,976		Ps.	1,000,040
Sundry debtors		19,885			3,573
VAT receivable (Note 3.4)		609,581			425,741
Advanced payments		53,155			30,119
Inventories (Note 8)		1,931,605			1,403,242
Total current assets	Ps.	3,599,202		Ps.	2,862,715
Non-current assets:
Guarantee deposits		27,741			17,108
Property, furniture, equipment, and lease-hold improvements (Note 9)		3,164,204			1,900,585
Right-of-use assets—Net (Note 10)		4,696,459			3,047,966
Intangible assets—Net (Note 11)		8,241			7,831
Deferred income tax (Note 17)		299,060			213,114
Total non-current assets	Ps.	8,195,705		Ps.	5,186,604
Total assets	Ps.	11,794,907		Ps.	8,049,319
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:
Suppliers		5,390,192			3,893,382
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		317,565			271,155
Income tax payable		73,304			94,000
Short-term debt (Note 14)		491,236			271,079
Lease liabilities (Note 15)		417,307			386,354
Employees’ statutory profit sharing payable		114,798			68,449
Total current liabilities	Ps.	6,804,402		Ps.	4,984,419
Non-current liabilities:
Debt with related parties (Note 13)		4,276,058			3,979,443
Bonus payable to related parties (Note 13)		44,528			31,449
Long-term debt (Note 14)		540,734			451,285
Lease liabilities (Note 15)		4,828,135			3,044,533
Employee benefits		14,311			10,130
Total non-current liabilities	Ps.	9,703,766		Ps.	7,516,840
Total liabilities	Ps.	16,508,168		Ps.	12,501,259
Stockholders’ equity:
Capital stock (Note 16)		471,282			471,282
Reserve for share-based payments		467,135			163,346
Cumulative losses		(5,651,678	)		(5,086,568	)
Total stockholders’ equity	Ps.	(4,713,261	)	Ps.	(4,451,940	)
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	Ps.	11,794,907		Ps.	8,049,319

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

Eduardo Pizzuto Espinosa	Kamal Anthony Hatoum
Chief Financial Officer	Chief Executive Officer

F-4

BBB Foods Inc.

Consolidated statements of Profit or Loss

For the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

Thousands of Mexican Peso (Ps.) except for number of shares and loss per share amounts (See Note 3)

	For the years ended December 31,
	2022			2021			2020
Revenue from sales of merchandise	Ps.	32,472,577		Ps.	23,032,275		Ps.	18,017,491
Sales of recyclables (Note 3.19)		107,820			58,906			32,399
Total revenue		32,580,397			23,091,181			18,049,890
Cost of sales (Note 18)		(27,655,643	)		(19,655,090	)		(15,605,281	)
Gross profit		4,924,754			3,436,091			2,444,609
Sales expenses (Note 18)		(3,460,840	)		(2,422,688	)		(1,900,206	)
Administrative expenses (Note 18)		(952,090	)		(623,874	)		(365,538	)
Other income—net		8,445			4,524			2,554
Operating profit		520,269			394,053			181,419
Financial income (Note 19)		19,840			7,988			7,108
Financial costs (Note 19)		(1,168,786	)		(1,004,535	)		(826,848	)
Exchange rate fluctuation (Note 19)		264,930			(122,368	)		(128,040	)
Financial costs—net		(884,016	)		( 1,118,915	)		(947,780	)
Loss before income tax		(363,747	)		(724,862	)		(766,361	)
Income tax expense (Note 17)		(201,363	)		(91,812	)		(3,310	)
Net loss for the year	Ps.	( 565,110	)	Ps.	(816,674	)	Ps.	(769,671	)
Basic and diluted loss per share (Note 20)		(141.28	)		(204.17	)		(192.42	)
Weighted average Class A shares		4,000,000			4,000,000			4,000,000

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

Eduardo Pizzuto Espinosa	Kamal Anthony Hatoum
Chief Financial Officer	Chief Executive Officer

F-5

BBB Foods Inc.

Consolidated statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021

Thousands of Mexican Peso (Ps.) (See Note 3)

	Capital Stock		Cumulative Losses			Reserve for share-based payments		Total stockholders’ equity
Balances as of December 31, 2020	Ps.	471,282	Ps.	(4,269,894	)	Ps.	21,223	Ps.	(3,777,389	)
Net loss for the year		—	Ps.	(816,674	)		—	Ps.	(816,674	)
Share-based payments		—		—		Ps.	142,123	Ps.	142,123
Balances as of December 31, 2021	Ps.	471,282	Ps.	(5,086,568	)	Ps.	163,346	Ps.	(4,451,940	)
Net loss for the year		—	Ps.	( 565,110	)		—	Ps.	( 565,110	)
Share-based payments		—		—		Ps.	303,789	Ps.	303,789
Balances as of December 31, 2022	Ps.	471,282	Ps.	(5,651,678	)	Ps.	467,135	Ps.	(4,713,261	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

Eduardo Pizzuto Espinosa	Kamal Anthony Hatoum
Chief Financial Officer	Chief Executive Officer

F-6

BBB Foods Inc.

Consolidated statements of Cash Flows

For the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

Thousands of Mexican Peso (Ps.) (see Note 3)

	For the year ended December 31,
	2022			2021			2020
Operating activities
Loss before income tax	Ps.	(363,747	)	Ps.	(724,862	)	Ps.	(766,361	)
Adjustments for:
Depreciation of property and equipment (Note 9)		297,743			212,829			169,239
Depreciation of right-of-use assets (Note 10)		484,916			315,358			251,450
Amortization of intangible assets (Note 11)		2,395			1,967			1,812
Costs related with defined benefits to employees		3,631			6,016			2,411
Interest payable on Promissory Notes (Note 7)		615,592			537,411			463,589
Interest expense on lease liabilities (Note 15)		507,875			440,678			337,940
Interest on debt and bonus payable to related parties		45,319			26,446			25,319
Finance income		(19,840	)		(7,988	)		—
Exchange fluctuation		(285,990	)		125,221			128,789
Share-based payment expense		303,789			142,123			19,696
		1,591,683			1,075,198			633,884
Increase in inventories		(528,363	)		(432,158	)		(234,815	)
Increase in other current assets		(233,823	)		(149,886	)		(10,936	)
Increase in suppliers (including supplier finance arrangements—Note 3.12)		1,496,811			831,386			607,256
Increase in other current liabilities		86,245			109,338			89,480
Increase on bonus payable to related parties (Note 13)		11,787			4,187			—
Income taxes paid		(308,005	)		(71,757	)		(2,166	)
Net cash flows provided by operating activities		2,116,335			1,366,308			1,082,703
Investing activities
Purchase of property and equipment		(1,122,877	)		(532,173	)		(297,028	)
Sale of property and equipment (Note 9)		2,646			2,572			1,836
Investment in intangible assets (Note 11)		(2,805	)		(1,860	)		(1,305	)
Interest received on short-term investments		11,686			7,381			—
Net cash flows used in investing activities		(1,111,350	)		(524,080	)		(296,497	)
Financing activities
Payments made on reverse factoring transactions-net of commissions received (Note 3.12)		(1,409,089	)		(104,846	)		—
Finance obtained through supplier finance arrangements (Note 3.12)		1,528,143			332,889			—
Proceeds from Promissory Notes—Net		—			149,411			163,208
Proceeds from Santander credit line		82,527			—			—
Payment of debt		(360,107	)		(205,894	)		(115,602	)
Interest payment on debt		(41,859	)		(23,369	)		(22,442	)
Lease payments (Note 15)		(826,730	)		(598,432	)		(471,807	)
Net cash flows used in financing activities		(1,027,115	)		(450,241	)		(446,643	)
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents		(22,130	)		391,987			339,563
Net foreign exchange difference		7,066			(1,963	)		(3,805	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year (Note 6)		1,000,040			610,016			274,258
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year (Note 6)	Ps.	984,976		Ps.	1,000,040		Ps.	610,016

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

Eduardo Pizzuto Espinosa	Kamal Anthony Hatoum
Chief Financial Officer	Chief Executive Officer

F-7

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

Amounts expressed in Thousands of Mexican Peso (Ps.),

except for number of shares

Note 1—History and activity of the Company

BBB Foods Inc. is a holding company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands on July 9, 2004 with company number 605635, that directly controls two Scottish entities:

• BBB Foods Limited Partnership, one of the Scottish entities, is the intermediate parent of the following three Mexican companies and owns 99.99% of their respective equity;

• Tiendas Tres B, S. A. de C. V. (“Tiendas Tres B”), the main subsidiary in Mexico, has, as its main activity the sale, purchase, distribution and marketing of all types of products, items and goods, as well as the establishment, and operation of individual stores and distribution centers for the sale of such products;

• Tiendas BBB, S. A. de C. V. (“Tiendas BBB”), the second Mexican company, was originally charted to be a personnel services entity, but such activities were ceased as of April 23, 2021, in connection with the new Labor Outsourcing Reform passed by Mexican Congress to regulate labor subcontracting. Separately, Tiendas BBB entered into a right of use contract in respect of the brand “BBB” with Tiendas Tres B as licensee, pursuant to which royalty payments will be made until 2023 (which royalties are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements); and

• Desarrolladora Tres B, S. A. de C. V., the third Mexican company, is a semi-dormant company of the Group that was originally formed for the purpose of developing certain land, but today is used exclusively to hold title to a small piece of land and to provide certain limited services to other companies of the Group; and

• Lothian Shelf Limited, the second Scottish entity, to comply with Mexican corporate law, is the owner of 0.01% of the equity of each of the preceding three Mexican subsidiaries (all three of which, along with the two Scottish companies are referred to herein collectively as the “Subsidiaries”).

The Subsidiaries currently operate in Mexico (except for BBB Foods Limited Partnership and Lothian Shelf Limited). BBB Foods Inc., collectively with the Subsidiaries, is hereinafter referred to as the “Company,” “BBB Foods” or the “Group.”

BBB Foods Inc.’s registered office is located at Commerce House, Wickhams Cay 1, P.O. Box 3140, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands. BBB Foods Inc., as an entity incorporated and existing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, is not subject to any form of taxation (see Note 17). The Company’s controlling parties are QS BBB, Inc., QS 3B Inc., QS T3B Inc., and Quilvest (Switzerland) Ltd, which are collectively referred to as “QS BBB,” and Bolton Partners LTD, who have joint control over the Company.

F-8

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

The following are the Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 over which control is exercised, directly and indirectly:

	% of ownership
Company	December 31						Country		Functional currency		Main activity
	2022(1)			2021(1)
BBB Foods Limited Partnership		100	%		100	%		Scotland		Mexican peso	Intermediate parent
Lothian Shelf Limited		100	%		100	%		Scotland		Mexican peso	Holding Company
Tiendas Tres B, S.A. de C.V.		100	%		100	%		Mexico		Mexican peso	Operating company
Tiendas BBB, S.A. de C.V.		100	%		100	%		Mexico		Mexican peso	Owner of some trademarks of the Company
Desarrolladora Tres B, S.A. de C.V.		100	%		100	%		Mexico		Mexican peso	Owner of a piece of land

(1) The percentage of ownership is relative to BBB Foods Inc. BBB Foods Inc. owns 99.99% of Tiendas Tres B, Tiendas BBB and Desarrolladora Tres B, S.A. de C.V. (collectively, the “Mexican Subsidiaries”) through BBB Foods Limited Partnership and 0.01% through Lothian Shelf Limited.

On-going concern assessment

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company had a negative share capital and an accounting deficit of Ps.4,713,261, and Ps.4,451,940, respectively. In addition, as of such dates, the Company operated with negative working capital, which is consistent with the Company’s business model, since it helps the Company satisfy its operating needs and continue with its growth. As a result of the foregoing, the Company performed an assessment of whether the going concern basis of preparation is appropriate according to the following factors: the Company’s current and expected profitability and the timing of repayment of the Company’s financial obligations.

Management has prepared these consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, assuming that it will continue to operate as a going concern, considering that the Company’s business model allows it to operate with a negative working capital, which it uses to fulfil its financial and operational needs and continue its growth. Additionally, the Company’s financial structure has allowed it to operate with liquidity, including significant investments in furniture, equipment, store equipment and lease-hold improvements related to the opening of new stores and the improvement and expansion of sales areas in existing stores. The budget and projections of the Company, considering possible variations in operational performance, show that the Company is capable of operating with its current level of financing.

In these consolidated financial statements, the Company had an equity deficit as a result of the interest that had accrued on the Senior Promissory Notes and Junior Promissory Notes issued by the Company as further described in Notes 13 and 14 (hereinafter, the “Promissory Notes”), which interest and principal are payable until maturity date. To account for the accrued interest, since the year 2016, the Company has recognized an interest expense and a liability, which, in turn cause retained earnings to be reflected as a loss in the consolidated financial statements.

The financial and operating projections prepared by Management for the next 12 months show that the Company will have sufficient financial resources (including cash) to meet all its financial and operating obligations and commitments.

BBB Foods Inc. has obtained financing through the issuance of Senior Promissory Notes and Junior Promissory Notes, of which Ps.4,344,461 (US$224,386,616) was outstanding as of December 31, 2022, and will be payable

F-9

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

on December 31, 2026, and Convertible Notes, Ps.376,878 (US$19,465,344) was outstanding of which as of December 31, 2022, and will be payable on November 20, 2026 (See Notes 13,14 and 22). However, the earliest maturity date of such Promissory Notes is November 20, 2026, which is within 35 months from the date of issuance of these consolidated financial statements. Although the amount to be paid is significant, none of the holders of the Promissory Notes is entitled to make a claim for payment of such debt in the short term.

The Company is in the process of filing a Registration Statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission to raise funds through an initial public offering (“IPO”) and intends to use the net proceeds of the IPO for the repayment of the outstanding balance of the above-referenced Promissory Notes.

The financial and operating projections prepared by Management for the next 12 months show that BBB Foods will have sufficient financial resources (including cash) to meet all its financial and operating obligations and commitments. In addition, considering the agreed extension in the maturity date of the Promissory Notes (See Note 23), the Company has no significant financial short-term obligation as of the issuance date of the consolidated financial statements.

Note 2—Basis of preparation

2.1 Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements of BBB Foods have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) and interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (“IFRS IC”) applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. The financial statements comply with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

2.2 Basis of measurement

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis.

2.3 Financial statements authorization

These consolidated financial statements and their accompanying notes were authorized for issuance on November 8, 2023, except for the change in the manner in which the Company accounts for deferred income tax assets and liabilities arising from a single transaction discussed in Note 3.27, as to which the date is December 27, 2023, by Eduardo Pizzuto Espinosa (Chief Financial Officer) and Kamal Anthony Hatoum (Chief Executive Officer) that will present these to the entity’s owners or others who have the power to amend the financial statements after issue, if applicable.

2.4 Consolidation

a. Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity where the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. The Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases.

Balances and profits on transactions between entities belonging to the Company are eliminated in consolidation. Unrealized losses are also eliminated, unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of transferred assets. The Subsidiaries’ accounting policies have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Company.

F-10

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

Note 3—Summary of significant accounting policies

The following are the significant accounting policies applied by the Group in preparing its consolidated financial statements:

3.1 Foreign currency transactions

a. Functional and reporting currency

The figures included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company are measured in the currency of the primary economic environment where the entity operates (functional currency). As of December 31, 2022 and 2021 and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, the currency in which the consolidated financial statements of the Company are presented is the Mexican peso as a policy choice, which in turn is also the functional currency of the ultimate holding company, BBB Foods Inc.

b. Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated to the functional currency using the exchange rates in effect on the transactions dates. Gain and losses on exchange fluctuations resulting from such transactions and for conversion at the exchange rates at the end of the year of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency, are recognized as exchange profit or loss within the financing income/cost in the statement of profit or loss.

3.2 Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash balances, bank deposits and short-term highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less, that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and subject to insignificant risk of changes in value.

3.3 Financial assets

The Company classifies and measures its financial assets based on the Company’s business model to manage financial assets, and on the characteristics of the contractual cash flows of such assets. This way financial assets can be classified at amortized cost, at fair value through other comprehensive income, and at fair value through profit or loss. Management determines the classification of its financial assets upon initial recognition. Regular purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on the trading date, the date on which the Company undertakes to buy or sell the asset.

Financial assets are entirely written off when the right to receive the related cash flows expires or is transferred, and the Company also has substantially transferred all the risks and rewards of its ownership, as well as the control of the financial asset.

Based in the business model, the Company classifies all of its financial assets at amortized cost, which (i) are held within a business model whose objective is to hold said assets in order to collect contractual cash flows; and (ii) the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise, on specified dates, to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the amount of outstanding principal, and are classified as follows:

Sundry debtors

Sundry debtors are accounts receivable for amounts owed by employees, such as cash shortages.

They are initially recognized at fair value and subsequently carried at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method, less the estimate for expected credit losses.

F-11

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

Impairment

The Company prospectively evaluates the expected credit losses associated with its debt instruments at amortized cost. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk. For accounts receivable, the Company applies the simplified approach allowed by IFRS 9, which requires that the expected losses over the life of the instrument be recognized from the initial recognition of accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the estimate for expected credit losses is not significant.

Fair value of sundry debts

Due to the short-term nature of sundry debts, their carrying amount approximates their fair value.

3.4 VAT (value added tax) receivable

VAT to be recovered originates from the fact that the VAT on purchases and expenses is greater than the VAT on sales, so the excess is a tax that the Company can offset against the VAT on sales or request its refund from the fiscal authorities. During 2022 and 2021, the Company received VAT refunds made by the tax authorities for Ps.56,278 and Ps.22,367, respectively.

3.5 Inventories

Inventories are recorded at their cost or at their net realizable value, whichever is lower. The cost includes the cost of the merchandise and the costs incurred in bringing each product to their present location and condition. Logistics costs (which include depreciation of distribution centers and salaries of warehouse staff) and supplier discounts are capitalized in inventory and recognized in the cost of sales when they are sold. The net realizable value is the estimated sale price in the normal course of operations less the estimated costs to make the sale. The cost is determined using the weighted average cost method.

Historically the missing inventory and recyclables have been immaterial because the Company has implemented strict loss prevention programs and control procedures.

The Company receives various types of vendor allowances. The most common allowances vendors offer are the following:

(i) volume allowances, which are off-invoice or amounts billed back to vendors based on the quantity of products sold to customers or purchased from the vendor, and

(ii) promotional allowances, which relate to cooperative advertising and market development efforts.

Volume allowances are recognized as a reduction of the cost of the related products as they are sold. Promotional allowances are recognized as a reduction of the cost of the related products when the Company has performed the activities specified in the contract with the vendor. If the contract does not specify any performance criteria, the allowance is recognized over the term of the contract. Vendor allowances are generally deducted from cost of sales, unless there is clear evidence that they should be classified as revenue resulting from the Company providing a distinct good or service to the vendor. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company did not recognize revenue from allowances from vendors, since such allowances were not considered a distinct good or service.

The Company recognizes vendor allowances only where there is evidence of a binding arrangement with the vendor, the amount can be estimated reliably, and receipt is probable.

F-12

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

3.6 Advanced payments

Advanced payments represent those disbursements for insurances and other service expenses made by the Company where the services that are to be received by the Company, such as insurance premiums paid in advance, have not yet been transferred.

3.7 Guarantee deposits

Guarantee deposits correspond to disbursements made by the Company to guarantee the commitments assumed in some contracts (mainly rents of premises). Guarantee deposits are recognized at amortized cost.

3.8 Property, furniture, equipment and lease-hold improvements

Items of property, furniture, equipment and lease-hold improvements are recognized at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. The cost includes the expenses directly attributable to the acquisition of these assets and all the expenses related to the location of the asset in the place and in the necessary conditions so that it can operate in the manner foreseen by Management.

The costs of expansion, remodeling or improvement that represent an increase in capacity and therefore an extension of the useful life of the assets are also capitalized. Maintenance and repair expenses are charged to the income statement in the period in which they are incurred. The carrying amount of the replaced assets is written off when they are replaced, bringing the full effect to the income statement.

The acquisition cost of properties, furniture, equipment and lease-hold improvements are depreciated and amortized systematically using the straight-line method based on the useful lives of the assets.

The average useful lives of depreciable asset categories as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 are indicated below:

	Useful life
Building		20 years
Store shelving equipment		20 years
Lease-hold improvements(1)		5 to 20 years
Computer equipment		3.3 years
Furniture and equipment		10 years
Storage equipment		10 years
Store equipment		10 years
Transportation Cars and trucks		4 to 8 years
Molds		2.8 years

(1) Lease-hold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the useful life or the lease term.

The residual values, the useful life and the depreciation method of the assets are reviewed and adjusted (if applicable) in every reporting period.

Profits and losses from the sale of assets result from the difference between the income from the transaction and the carrying amount of the assets. These are included in the income statement within other income—net.

3.9 Intangible assets

Intangible assets are mainly comprised by acquired software and are recognized when they meet the following characteristics: they are identifiable, provide future economic benefits and has control over those benefits.

F-13

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

Intangible assets are classified as follows:

i. With indefinite useful life—These intangible assets are not amortized and are subject to annual impairment tests. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company did not have intangible assets of indefinite life.

ii. With definite useful life—These intangible assets are recognized at cost less accumulated amortization and impairment losses. They are amortized in a straight-line according to the estimate of their useful life, determined based on the expectation of generating future economic benefits, and are subject to impairment tests when signs of impairment are identified.

The estimated useful lives of intangible assets with a definite useful life as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 is the following:

Software 6.6 years

3.10 Impairment of non-financial assets

Non-financial assets that are subject to depreciation are subject to impairment tests when there are events or changes in circumstances that indicate that the book value may not be recoverable. Impairment losses correspond to the amount in which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its recoverable amount. The asset’s recoverable value is the highest between the fair value of the asset less the costs incurred for its sale and its value in use. For the purposes of the impairment assessment, assets are grouped at the smallest levels at which they generate identifiable cash flows (cash generating units). Non-financial assets that have been impaired are assessed at each reporting date to identify possible reversals of said impairment.

3.11 Suppliers and accounts payable

These items include obligations with suppliers and other accounts payable for purchases of goods or services acquired in the normal course of the operations of the Company before the end of the year that have not been paid. When they are due to be settled within 12 months after the reporting period, they are presented as current liabilities and amounts due beyond 12 months are presented as non-current liabilities. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company did not have any suppliers and accounts payable beyond 12 months. The Company has reverse factoring transactions.

Reverse factoring transactions in which a trade payable remain (CUMPLO, AVANT and PCP)

In this type of factoring the Company’s suppliers enter into financial factoring agreements with financial institutions. Such financial institutions pay the suppliers’ invoices in advance at a discounted rate, and the Company pays back the financial institution the outstanding amount of the original invoice, with the same terms and conditions originally agreed with the suppliers. The Company recognizes the liability as part of the trade and other payables since those liabilities have similar nature and function to trade payables (See Note 4.2).

3.12 Suppliers and accounts payable

Reverse factoring transactions with Santander

On June 30, 2021, Tiendas Tres B and Banco Santander Mexico, S.A. (“Santander”) entered into a reverse factoring transaction agreement (the “Agreement”). According to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the supplier will receive the original invoice amount discounted at an agreed rate. Tiendas Tres B will pay Santander the original amount of the invoice within 60 days after the supplier collects the invoice

F-14

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

from Santander. Under the terms of the Agreement, the Company must comply with certain covenants including the creation of a Trust, created on the same date as the Agreement as a source of payment in case of default.

The Company is required to pass through the Trust the cashflows coming from 419 stores for at least an amount of Ps.270,000; however, during 2022 this amount was updated to Ps.300,000. According to the Agreement, the Company’s liability to Santander related to the accounts payable factored by its suppliers is allowed to be for an aggregate amount of up to Ps.350,000. The cash collected is only held in the Trust for a day, and, according to the terms of the Agreement, there is no a minimum amount required to be held in it, but only cashflows to pass through it as described above.

The Company recognizes a financial liability presented separately from the trade payables to suppliers since the size, nature and function of those liabilities makes separate presentation relevant. The Company derecognizes the trade payables subject to reverse factoring transactions and recognize them in the supplier finance arrangement line item, the balance as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 amounts to Ps.338,336 and Ps.227,436, respectively. (See Note 14).

For statement of cash flows purposes, it is considered that an in-substance financing has occurred for this supplier finance arrangement. Therefore, the company reflects an imputed operating cash outflow and a financing cash inflow when Santander pays the supplier. In addition, the Company presents the commission received from Santander related to this arrangement in financing activities in the statement of cash flows.

As of December 31, 2021, the Company was not in compliance with the covenant that the Company must have positive equity of Ps.50,000 in order to continue in the Agreement.

As of December 31, 2022, and 2021, the Company was not in compliance with the covenant to deliver annual audited financial statements 180 days after the end of each year.

Non-compliance with the covenants is a cause of termination of the Agreement, however, during 2021 the Agreement was not terminated and no financial statements were required by Santander. In addition, on December 6, 2022, the Company obtained a waiver from Santander in respect of the fact that the Company was not in compliance with the covenants of the Agreement, and the Agreement has remained in effect despite the breach of covenants. During 2022 and 2021 there were no accounting implications related to the failure to comply with the covenants under the Agreement.

3.13 Debt

Debt is initially recognized at its fair value, net of the related costs incurred, and subsequently recognized at its amortized cost. Any difference between the funds received (net of transaction costs) and the redeemable value is recognized in the income statement during the term of the loan using the effective interest rate method.

Fees incurred in connection with the issuance of the debt, if any, are recognized as transaction costs and are included in the financial liability and amortized using the effective interest method over the term of the debt. During 2021, BBB Foods Inc. incurred a liability in the amount of US$286,161 (Ps.5,790) in connection with the issuance of the Convertible Notes described in Note 14; these transactions costs are included in the principal amount of the Convertible Notes and are amortized over the period until maturity.

Debt is de-recognized from the statement of financial position when the obligation specified in the contract is fulfilled, canceled or expires.

F-15

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

The difference between the carrying amount of a financial liability that has been extinguished or transferred to another party and the consideration paid, including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed, is recognized in profit or loss as other income or finance costs.

Debt is classified as current liabilities unless the Company has the unconditional right to defer the payment of a liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period, then it is classified as non-current liabilities.

3.14 Derecognition of financial liabilities

The Company derecognizes financial liabilities if, and only if, the obligations of the Company are fulfilled, canceled or expired.

3.15 Provisions

Provisions are recognized when the Company have a legal obligation present or assumed as a result of past events, it is probable that the outflow of cash flows is required to pay the obligation and the amount can be estimated reliably. The amount recognized as a provision is the best estimate, over the reporting period, of the disbursement necessary to cancel the present obligation, the disbursement is constituted by the amount, rationally assessed, that the Company must pay to cancel the obligation at end of the reporting period, or to transfer it to a third party on that date.

3.16 Income taxes

BBB Foods Inc., as an entity incorporated and existing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, is not subject to any form of taxation (see Note 17). However, the Mexican Subsidiaries are subject to tax legislation in Mexico.

The income tax expense includes the current and deferred tax. The tax is recognized in the income statement, except when it relates to items recognized directly in other items of comprehensive income or in equity. In this case, the tax is also recognized in other items of comprehensive income or directly in stockholders’ equity, respectively. The Company has no other comprehensive income items.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for all taxable temporary differences, except:

• When the deferred tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss, and

• In respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, when the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred income tax is recognized on the temporary differences that arise from comparing the accounting and tax values of all assets and liabilities. Deferred income tax is determined using the tax rates (and laws) that have been promulgated or substantially enacted at the end of the year and are expected to apply when the deferred income tax assets and liabilities are realized or the deferred income tax is settled. The charge for current income tax is calculated based on the enacted tax laws or substantially enacted as of the date of the statement of financial position. The deferred income tax asset is only recognized to the extent that it is probable that future tax benefits will be obtained against which temporary passive differences can be used.

F-16

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

The balances of deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is an enforceable legal right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when deferred income tax assets and liabilities relate to the same tax authority or being the same fiscal entity or different fiscal entities where there is an intention to settle balances on net basis.

Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation and considers whether it is probable that a taxation authority will accept an uncertain tax treatment. The Company did not have uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2022 and 2021.

3.17 Employees’ benefits

i. Short-term obligations

Wage and salary liabilities and annual vacations, which are expected to be fully liquidated within 12 months after the end of the period in which employees provide the related service, are recognized in relation to the service of the employees until the end of the period and are measured by the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled. Liabilities are presented as current obligations for benefits to employees in the statement of financial position.

ii. Post-employment obligations

Obligations for pensions.

The liability recognized in the statement of financial position with respect to the defined benefit pension plans is the present value of the defined benefit obligation as of the date of the statement of financial position. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method. The present value of defined benefit obligations is determined by discounting the estimated future cash flows using government bond interest rates and taking into account the age of the participants, as well as increases in salaries from the valuation date until the moment in which the benefit are received. The net interest cost is calculated by applying the discount rate to the net balance of the defined benefit obligation. This cost is included in the expense for employees´ benefits in the income statement.

Gains and losses for remeasurements derived from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are recognized in the period in which they occur directly in other comprehensive income. They are included in the cumulative results in the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity and in the statement of financial position, however they’re not significant. In addition, variations in the present value of the defined benefit obligation resulting from modifications or reductions of the plan are immediately recognized in profit or loss as cost of past services.

iii. Employee’s statutory profit sharing payable

The Company recognizes a liability and an expense for employee profit sharing based on a calculation that takes into account the taxable profit after certain adjustments. The Company recognizes a liability when it is contractually obligated or when there is a past practice that gives rise to an assumed obligation.

iv. Termination benefits

Termination benefits are paid when the employment relationship is terminated before the normal retirement date or when an employee voluntarily accepts termination in exchange for these benefits. The Company recognize the benefits for termination on the first of the following dates: a) is committed

F-17

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

to ending the employment relationship of employees in accordance with a detailed formal plan without the possibility to avoid their obligation, and b) when the entity recognizes restructuring costs in accordance with the provisions of IAS 37 and involves payments for termination benefits. In the case of an offer that promotes voluntary termination, termination benefits are valued based on the expected number of employees who will accept the offer. Benefits that expire 12 months after the reporting date are discounted at their present value.

3.18 Stockholders’ equity

The capital stock is constituted by the share capital, and cumulative losses are expressed at their historical cost.

3.19 Revenue recognition

Sales of merchandise—Revenue from the sale of merchandise is recognized when the Company sells a product to the customer. Payment of the transaction price is made immediately when the customer purchases the merchandise, and it is delivered to the customer in the store. Revenue from the sale of merchandise is recognized at a point in time, which is when the goods are delivered in the store. Returns made by customers are recognized by decreasing revenues. The majority of merchandise sales are settled by customers in cash. The Company’s policy is to sell all of its products with the right to return them; however, accumulated experience shows that sales returns are not significant in relation to total revenue from sales of merchandise, therefore the estimation made by the Company related to sales returns is nil.

For the sale of products and services from third-party merchants, such as prepayment of cell phone, fees and commissions paid by customers from payment of basic services, the Company acts as an agent by connecting the sale with the final customers and has no control over the service provided by the third party. The Company recognizes revenue in respect of such sales on a net basis, representing the commission that it expects to receive in exchange for the services provided, and recognizes a liability in the item of accounts payable and accrued expenses in respect of the consideration that it receives from customers and will be remitted to the third-party merchants. As of December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, this revenue was not significant related to the total revenue amount and therefore it is included in the sales of merchandise item in the consolidated statements of profit or loss.

The total revenue from sales of merchandise includes two main categories, which are the sale of products and services through which the Company acts as a principal which amounted to Ps.32,416,778, Ps.22,979,248 and Ps.17,912,570 in 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and the sale of the remainder of the products, through which the Company acts as an agent which amounted to Ps.55,799, Ps.53,027 and Ps.104,921 in 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Sales of recyclables—The Company recognizes revenue from sales of recyclables (cardboard and stretch film primarily), whose costs include the delivery of these products based on established contractual terms and conditions, which do not involve a significant judgment. The Company’s performance obligation is satisfied at a point in time when the customer accepts the products. The payments are short-term without variable considerations, or financing components or guarantees.

The Company recognizes revenue when control of the products sold has been transferred to the customer, which is given by the moment of delivery of the promised goods to the customer in accordance with the negotiated contractual terms. Therefore, the Company recognizes a receivable when the performance obligations have been fulfilled, recognizing the corresponding revenue.

F-18

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

3.20 Sales and administrative expenses

The Company recognizes the sales and administrative expenses on an accrual basis. These expenses consist of the following:

Sales expenses—expenses related to the operation of stores, including wages and salaries of store employees, depreciation of properties, furniture, equipment and lease-hold improvements and right-of-use assets and amortization of intangible assets, energy expenses, social security contributions relating to store employees, maintenance and conservation expenses and cash-in- transit services.

Administrative expenses—expenses related to headquarters, regional offices and the back office, including wages and salaries of administrative employees, depreciation, and amortization, energy, social security contributions of administrative employees, payments relating to options granted under our share-based compensation plan, administrative services, advertising expenses, corporate services, maintenance and conservation expenses and professional fees.

3.21 Operating Segments

Segment information is presented in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the Chief Operating Decision Maker, who is the CEO of BBB Foods Inc. He is responsible for operative decision-making, allocating resources and assessing the performance of the Company. He supervises the performance of the Company as a single business unit engaged in the sale, acquisition and distribution of all types of products and consumer goods, as well as the establishment and operation of stores and distribution centers focused on the marketing of such products. Therefore, the Company has only one operating segment.

3.22 Leases

The Company recognizes right-of-use assets at the commencement date of the lease (i.e., the date the underlying asset is available for use). Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, and adjusted for any remeasurement of lease liabilities. The cost of right-of-use assets includes the amount of lease liabilities recognized, initial direct costs incurred, and lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received. Right-of-use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term and the estimated useful lives of the assets.

If ownership of the leased asset transfers to the Company at the end of the lease term or the cost reflects the exercise of a purchase option, depreciation is calculated using the estimated useful life of the asset. For the rest of leases, depreciation is calculated using the lease term of the asset.

Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following payments:

• Fixed payments (including if they are in substance); and

• Penalty payments for termination of the lease, if the lease terms reflect that the Company will exercise an option.

Lease payments that will be made under renewal options with reasonable certainty of being exercised are also included in the measurement of the liability.

Building lease payments are discounted using an incremental borrowing rate, which is the rate that the lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right to use the asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, warranties and conditions. Store equipment and transportation equipment are discounted using the implicit interest rate as there are observable rates for these types of leases.

F-19

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

To determine the incremental borrowing rate, the Company:

• Where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by the lessee as a starting point, adjusted to reflect changes in financing terms since the third-party financing was received; and

• Applies specific adjustments to the lease, for example, term, country, currency and guarantees.

The Company is exposed to possible future increases in variable lease payments based on an index or rate, which are not included in the lease liability until they take effect.

When adjustments to lease payments based on an index or rate become effective, the lease liability is reassessed and adjusted to the right-of-use asset.

Lease payments are allocated between principal and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to income during the lease period in order to produce a constant periodic interest rate on the remaining balance of the liability for each period.

Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment and all leases of low-value assets are recognized under the straight-line method as an expense in income. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets include minor machinery, printing equipment, and small office furniture items.

Extension and termination options are included in a number of the Company’s property and equipment leases. These are used to maximize operational flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the Company’s operations. Most extension options are held by the Company and not by the lessor. The lease terms as of December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 are indicated below:

Building	5 to 20 years
Store equipment (cold rooms)	10 years
Transportation equipment—trucks	8 years

3.23 Earnings per share

Basic earnings per ordinary share is calculated by dividing the profit/loss of the controlling interest by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share is determined by adjusting the controlling interest and ordinary shares, under the assumption that the Company’s commitments to issue or exchange its own shares would be realized.

The Company grants share-based compensation to its employees and has issued debt instruments which are convertible into ordinary shares, which generates a dilutive effect in the earnings per share amount; however, these effects were not recognized for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, since the Company had a net loss in those reporting periods, and the recognition of anti-dilutive effects is not permitted.

The Company only allocates losses to class A shares when determining losses per share since there is no contractual obligation from the class B, C, D and E to share losses as they have different liquidation rights (See Note 16 and 20).

3.24 Share-based payments

Options to Purchase Ordinary Shares

On July 15, 2004, the effective date, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted and approved a share-based compensation plan (the “Plan”), which has the following terms and conditions:

• The options granted under the Plan have a vesting period of 5 years.

F-20

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

• The options granted under the Plan vest annually by 25% starting from the end of year 2.

• At the end of the vesting period, the options may only be exercised upon approval of the compensation committee or if a liquidity event, such as an IPO, occurs; however, such approval does not affect the validity of the granting nor the vesting of the share options.

• The occurrence of an IPO or an approval by the compensation committee are considered non-vesting conditions, since the grantee of the option already earned the right of the option at the end of the vesting period by providing services to the Company as of such date, and they are only limited to exercise the option upon the occurrence of these events.

The options provide the holder with the right to purchase Class C shares, par value of US$0.01 each, with no voting rights.

The total number of Class C shares reserved and available for distribution under the Plan shall be equal 15,000,000 Class C shares. Such Class C shares may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Class C shares. In the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, share dividend, share split or other change in corporate structure affecting the common shares of the Company, an adjustment shall be made in the aggregate number of Class C shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

According to the Plan adopted and approved by the Board of Directors, no option may be granted under the plan after December 31, 2025 and each option granted has a contractual life of 30 years.

At the shareholders’ meeting on March 15, 2022, the shareholders voted that the Plan would terminate upon the earliest to occur of:

a) the effective date of a resolution adopted by the supermajority of the Board of Directors terminating the Plan;

b) the date all shares subject to options granted under the Plan are issued pursuant to the Plan’s provisions; or

c) December 31, 2030.

The Plan is a share-based compensation plan adopted and approved by the Company’s Board of Directors consists of an equity-settled Plan, since the Plan provides employees the option to acquire the Company’s Class C shares instead of receiving a payment, based on the value of the Company’s shares.

Employees who are terminated with cause or leave the Company before their options vest will forfeit any unvested options. Conversely, if the employee leaves the Company and its options are vested, it can exercise in them in the future, subject to expiration date and the non-vesting conditions. The Company estimates the potential forfeitures in order to estimate the expense to be recognized and adjusts this estimate based on the actual forfeitures. The Company recognizes the expense associated with an employee’s service contract using a graded vesting model with a corresponding increase to equity.

As the Company is not publicly traded, there is no readily available market value for its shares. To determine the fair value of the Company’s stock options, Management uses an option pricing model and a binomial tree valuation model to determine the fair value of the options at their grant date. The impact of non-vesting conditions is included in the fair value of the options granted.

The vested options, once they become exercisable with prior approval of the compensation committee or the occurrence of a liquidity event (including an IPO), will be converted into Class C shares.

F-21

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

Exit Options

In December 2020, the Board of Directors approved the granting of additional options to be distributed to the members of the Board and the key Management in two tranches, which will expire on December 31, 2030. Both the vesting as well as the exercise of these options will be triggered only in the occurrence of an exit event, such as an IPO or a sale of the Company, and therefore these options are referred as “Exit Options.” The grantees of these options must remain in service at the date of the exit event to receive the award. There are no other vesting conditions for the Exit Options to be exercised. The exit event is considered a vesting condition.

The share-based payments of the Exit Options is an equity-settled plan since the employees are granted with the option to acquire the Company’s Class C shares instead of receiving a payment based on the value of the Company’s shares.

The Exit Options vesting period for accounting purposes will commence on the grant date and will finalize on an exit event. Since the IPO was estimated to occur on November 30, 2023, this date has been considered as the exit event in the vesting period determination. Every time that the expected IPO date changes, the grant date fair value is updated to reflect the grant date fair value for the new expected period until the IPO. The Company estimates the fair value of the award at the grant date and recognizes an expense on a straight-line method during the vesting period, as the employee services are received, and the exit event is probable. If a member of the key Management or the members of the Board die or become permanently incapacitated before the exit event, the Exit Options of that person will vest automatically in the date of that event in the benefit of their heirs. If a member of the key Management or a member of the Board resign before the exit event the options are forfeited (See Note 22).

To determine the fair value of the Exit Options at their grant date, Management uses an option pricing model and a binomial tree valuation model. The vested options once exercised will be converted into Class C shares, each share having a par value of US$0.01, with no voting rights authorized and issued in the British Virgin Islands.

3.25. Application of new and revised standards that are mandatorily effective for 2022

In 2022, the Company has applied a series of amendments, issued by the IASB that are effective for annual periods that begin on or after January 1, 2022, which is the date as of these amendments were adopted. The conclusions related to their adoption are described below.

• Amendments to IAS 16—Proceeds before Intended Use of Property, Plant and Equipment⁽¹⁾

The amendments prohibit entities from deducting from the cost of an item of property, plant and equipment, any proceeds from the sale of items produced while bringing that asset to the location and condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management. Instead, an entity should recognize the proceeds from selling such items, and the costs of producing those items, in profit or loss.

The amendments were applied retrospectively to elements of property, plant and equipment carried to the location and condition necessary for it to be available for use in the manner intended by management beginning on January 1, 2022. However, the adoption of this amendment did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as it does not currently deduct those items of property, plant, and equipment.

• Amendments to IAS 37—Costs of Fulfilling an Onerous contract⁽¹⁾

The amendments specify that the costs of fulfilling a contract comprise the “directly related costs.” The costs that relate directly to a contract to provide goods or services include both incremental costs (e.g., the

F-22

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

costs of direct labor and materials) and an allocation of costs directly related to contract activities (e.g., depreciation of equipment used to fulfill the contract as well as costs of contract management and supervision).

The amendments were applied prospectively to contracts for which the Company had not fulfilled all its obligations on January 1, 2022. However, the adoption of these amendments did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

• Amendments to IFRS 3—Reference to the Conceptual Framework⁽¹⁾

The amendments update an outdated reference to the Conceptual Framework in IFRS 3 without significantly changing the requirements in the standard. The changes in Reference to the Conceptual Framework (Amendments to IFRS 3) are the following: update to IFRS 3 so that it refers to the 2018 Conceptual Framework instead of the 1989 Framework; add to IFRS 3 a requirement that, for transactions and other events within the scope of IAS 37 or IFRIC 21, an acquirer applies IAS 37 or IFRIC 21 (instead of the Conceptual Framework) to identify the liabilities it has assumed in a business combination; and add to IFRS 3 an explicit statement that an acquirer does not recognize contingent assets acquired in a business combination.

• Annual improvements to IFRS Standards 2018-2020⁽¹⁾

The following improvements were finalized in May 2020:

• IFRS 9 Financial Instruments—clarifies which fees should be included in the 10% test for derecognition of financial liabilities.

The Company will consider these criteria when evaluating a refinancing of a financial liability in subsequent transactions.

• IFRS 16 Leases—amendment of illustrative example 13 to remove the illustration of payments from the lessor relating to leasehold improvements, to remove any confusion about the treatment of lease incentives.

The adoption of this amendment did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

• IFRS 1 First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards—allows entities that have measured their assets and liabilities at carrying amounts recorded in their parent’s books to also measure any cumulative translation differences using the amounts reported by the parent. This amendment will also apply to associates and joint ventures that have taken the same IFRS 1 exemption.

The adoption of this amendment did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements since the Company is not a first-time adopter of IFRS.

• IAS 41 Agriculture—removal of the requirement for entities to exclude cash flows for taxation when measuring fair value under IAS 41. This amendment is intended to align with the requirement in the standard to discount cash flows on a post-tax basis.

The adoption of this amendment did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements since the Company does not have this type of operations.

F-23

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

3.26 New standards and interpretation, not in force in the reporting period

As of the authorization date of these financial statements, the Company had not applied the following new and revised IFRS issued, that are not yet effective for the reporting period. The Company does not expect that the adoption of the following standards will have a material impact on the financial statements in future periods:

• Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2—Disclosure of Accounting Policies⁽²⁾

The amendments require an entity to disclose its material accounting policies, instead of its significant accounting policies. Further amendments explain how an entity can identify a material accounting policy and add examples of when an accounting policy is likely to be material. It clarifies that an accounting policy can be material by its nature, even if the amounts are immaterial, as well as if the users of the financial information need it for their understanding of other information in the financial statements.

Guidance and examples have also been developed to support the amendments and to demonstrate the application of the “Four-step materiality process” outlined in IFRS Practice Statement 2.

The amendments are applied prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023, with earlier application permitted.

The Company is evaluating the potential impacts of this amendment to assess if any of its accounting policies disclosed in the consolidated financial statements is considered “material” in the terms described by this amendment.

• Amendments to IAS 8—Definition of accounting estimates⁽²⁾

The amendments replace the definition of a change in accounting estimates with a definition of accounting estimates. Under the new definition, accounting estimates are “monetary amounts in the financial statements that are subject to uncertainty in the measurement.”

Entities develop accounting estimates if accounting policies require items in financial statements to be measured in a way that involves measurement uncertainty. The amendments clarify that a change in accounting estimate that results from new information or new developments is not the correction of an error. It is also specified that changes in an item or measurement technique used for developing an accounting estimate, are changes in accounting estimates if they are not the result of correcting prior periods. The effect of the change in the current year is recognized in profit or loss.

The amendments are applied prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023. Early application is permitted.

The Company must make an inventory of its accounting estimates, to determine if any do not meet the new definition; however, no impacts of adopting these modifications are expected, since all the estimates that are currently disclosed in the consolidated financial statements have a direct impact on the monetary measurement of assets, liabilities, income and expenses.

• IFRS 17—Insurance Contracts⁽²⁾

IFRS 17—Insurance Contracts establishes the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosures of insurance contracts. The objective of IFRS 17, which replaces IFRS 4 “Insurance Contracts,” is to ensure an entity provides relevant information that represents those contracts. This information provides a basis for the users of financial statements to assess the effect that insurance contracts have on the entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows, being applicable both to insurance companies and to entities with reinsurance contracts.

F-24

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

IFRS 17 describes a general model, which is modified for insurance contracts with direct participation features, described as the variable rate approach. The general model is simplified if certain criteria are met by measuring the liability for the remaining hedge using the premium allocation approach. The general model uses current assumptions to estimate the amount, time and uncertainty of the future cash flows and explicitly measures the cost of that uncertainty. It takes into consideration the market interest rates and the impact of policyholder options and guarantees.

The amendments to IFRS 17 are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023. Early application was permitted, and it will be evaluated for the financial information presented as of those dates. It is applied retrospectively unless it is impractical, in which case it is applied with a modified retrospective approach or the fair value approach.

For purposes of the transition requirements, the initial application date is the beginning of the annual reporting period in which the Entity applies IFRS 17 for the first time, and the transition date is the beginning of the period immediately prior to the initial date of application.

Since the Company does not act as an insurance entity and its operations do not consist of the issuance contracts, the Company does not expect this amendment will have impacts on its consolidated financial statements.

• Amendment to IAS 12—Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (“OECD”) Pillar Two Rules⁽²⁾

In December 2021, the OECD released the Pillar Two model rules (the Global Anti-Base Erosion Proposal, or “GloBE”) to reform international corporate taxation. Large multinational enterprises within the scope of the rules are required to calculate their GloBE effective tax rate for each jurisdiction where they operate. They will be liable to pay a top-up tax for the difference between their GloBE effective tax rate per jurisdiction and the 15% minimum rate. In May 2023, the IASB made narrow-scope amendments to IAS 12 which provide a temporary relief from the requirement to recognize and disclose deferred taxes arising from enacted or substantively enacted tax law that implements the Pillar Two model rules, including tax law that implements qualified domestic minimum top-up taxes described in those rules.

The amendments also require affected entities to disclose the following:

• the fact that they have applied the exception to recognizing and disclosing information about deferred tax assets and liabilities related to Pillar Two income taxes,

• their current tax expense (if any) related to the Pillar Two income taxes, and

• during the period between the legislation being enacted or substantially enacted and the legislation becoming effective, known or reasonably estimable information that would help users of financial statements to understand an entity’s exposure to Pillar Two income taxes arising from that legislation. If this information is not known or reasonably estimable, entities are instead required to disclose a statement to that effect and information about their progress in assessing the exposure.

The amendments must be applied immediately, subject to any local endorsement process, and retrospectively in accordance with IAS 8, Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors. However, the disclosures about the known or reasonably estimable exposure to Pillar Two income taxes are only required for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023.

The Company is in the process of evaluating the potential impacts associated with the adoption of the amendments on its consolidated financial statements.

F-25

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

• Amendments to IAS 1—Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current and Non-current Liabilities with Covenants⁽³⁾

The amendments specify the requirements for classifying liabilities as current or non-current with covenants and clarify what is meant by to defer settlement, that a right to defer settlement must exist at the end of the reporting period, that the classification is unaffected by the likelihood that an entity will exercise its deferral right, that only if an embedded derivative in a convertible liability is itself an equity instrument would the terms of a liability not impact its classification and the disclosures to be included.

The amendments also clarify that the requirement for the right to exist at the end of the reporting period applies to covenants which the entity is required to comply with on or before the reporting date regardless of whether the lender tests for compliance at that date or at a later date.

The amendments must be applied prospectively for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2024. Early application is permitted.

The Company does not expect these modifications will have an impact on its accounting policies, since it classifies its liabilities according to contractual maturities.

• Amendment to IFRS 16—Leases Liability in a sale and leaseback⁽³⁾

The amendments specify the requirements that a seller-lessee uses when measuring the lease liability arising in a sale-leaseback transaction, to ensure that the seller-lessee does not recognize any amount of gain or loss that relates to with the right of use that it retains.

A sale-leaseback transaction involves the transfer of an asset by the Company (the lessee-seller) to another entity (the lessor-buyer) and the leaseback of the same asset by the lessee-seller.

The amendment is intended to improve the requirements for sale-leaseback transactions in IFRS 16. It does not change the accounting for leases not related to sale-leaseback transactions.

The amendment must be applied retroactively to annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2024. Early application is permitted.

The adoption of this amendment is not expected to have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as it does not have sale-leaseback transactions.

• Amendments to IAS 7 and IFRS 7—Supplier Finance Arrangements⁽³⁾

The amendments specify that arrangements that are solely credit enhancements for the entity or instruments used by the entity to settle directly with a supplier the amounts owed are not supplier finance arrangements.

In addition, the amendments require that entities disclose information that enables users of financial statements to assess how supplier finance arrangements affect an entity’s liabilities and cash flows and to understand the effect of supplier finance arrangements on an entity’s exposure to liquidity risk and how the entity might be affected if the arrangements were no longer available to it.

The amendment must be applied to annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2024. Early application is permitted.

The Company is in the process of evaluating the potential impacts associated with the adoption of the amendments on its financial statements.

• Amendments to IAS 21—Lack of exchangeability⁽⁴⁾

The amendment to specify how an entity should assess whether a currency is exchangeable and how it should determine a spot exchange rate when exchangeability is lacking.

F-26

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

An entity’s objective in estimating the spot exchange rate is to reflect the rate at which an orderly exchange transaction would take place at the measurement date between market participants under prevailing economic conditions. The amendments note that an entity can use an observable exchange rate without adjustment or another estimation technique.

The amendment must be applied to annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2025. Early application is permitted.

The adoption of this amendment is not expected to have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

• Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture—Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28⁽⁵⁾

The amendments establish that any gain or loss resulting from loss of control over a subsidiary that does not constitute a business in a transaction with an equity-method accounted associate or joint venture are recognized in profit or loss of the parent only to the extent of unrelated investors’ interest in the associate or joint venture. Gains and losses resulting from the remeasurement at fair value of the investment retained in a former subsidiary (which has become an equity-accounted associate or joint venture) is recognized in profit or loss of the parent only to the extent of unrelated investors’ interest in the associate or joint venture.

The effective date of these amendments has not been determined by the IASB. Early application is permitted. Management believes that the adoption of these amendments will not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements in the future if such transactions arise.

(1) Effective for annual periods beginning January 1, 2022

(2) Effective for annual periods beginning January 1, 2023

(3) Effective for annual periods beginning January 1, 2024

(4) Effective for annual periods beginning January 1, 2025

(5) Effective for annual periods beginning on or after a certain date that has yet to be determined.

3.27 Adoption of accounting policies, adopted retrospectively

• Amendment to IAS 12 – Deferred tax related to assets and liabilities arising from a single transaction⁽¹⁾

The amendment introduces an exception to the initial recognition of a deferred tax provided by IAS 12. Applying this exception, the Company will no longer apply the initial recognition exemption to transactions that give rise to equal taxable and deductible differences. For example, the amendments are applied to taxable and deductible temporary differences associated with right-of-use assets and lease liabilities, as well as dismantling obligations and the applicable recognized as assets at the beginning of the first comparative period presented.

The amendments are applied to transactions that occur on or after the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented, effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023. Early adoption is permitted.

The amendments were applied on a modified retrospective basis from January 2020. The company historically presented the deferred taxes related to right-of-use-assets and lease liabilities on a net basis. The change was applied on the annual consolidated financial statements to present these balances on a gross basis according to IAS 12 amendment. See Note 17.2.

(1) Effective for annual periods beginning January 1, 2023.

F-27

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

Note 4—Critical estimates and significant judgements

Estimates, assumptions and significant judgements are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered relevant. Actual results may differ from said estimates.

Estimates, assumptions and significant judgments are reviewed continuously. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the review period and future periods if the review affects both the current period and subsequent periods.

Below are presented the sources of uncertainty at the date of the statement of financial position, and which have a significant risk of deriving in an adjustment to the book values of assets and liabilities during the following financial period:

Significant judgements

4.1 Determining the lease term of contracts

The Company determines the lease term as the non-cancellable term of the lease, together with any periods covered by an option to extend the lease if it is reasonably certain to be exercised, or any periods covered by an option to terminate the lease, if it is reasonably certain not to be exercised.

The Company has several lease contracts that include extension and termination options, if applicable. The Company applies judgement in evaluating whether it is reasonably certain whether or not to exercise the option to renew or terminate the lease. That is, it considers all relevant factors that create an economic incentive for it to exercise either the renewal or termination, including but not limited to the investment in non-removable leasehold improvements to avoid incurring a more than insignificant penalty if terminating those leases. After the commencement date, the Company reassesses the lease term if there is a significant event or change in circumstances that is within its control and affects its ability to exercise or not to exercise the option to renew or to terminate (e.g., construction of significant leasehold improvements or significant customization to the leased asset).

The Company included the renewal period as part of the lease term. The Company typically exercises its option to renew for these leases because there could be an adverse effect on the business operation if a replacement asset is not readily available. Furthermore, the periods covered by termination options are included as part of the lease term only when they are reasonably certain not to be exercised.

4.2 Classification of financial liabilities in reverse factoring transactions

The Company determines if liabilities that are part of reverse factoring agreements should be presented as trade payables or financial liabilities. The Company recognizes the liability as part of the suppliers, only when those liabilities have similar nature and function to trade payables. Such as when the invoice is assigned to the financial institution to assist the supplier in obtaining affordable credit, and there is no change in the payment terms, or when the terms of the supplier finance are negotiated between the supplier and the financial institution and there are no fees or interest for the Company.

By contrast, the Company recognizes a financial liability presented separately when the size, nature or function of those liabilities makes separate presentation relevant, such as when the purpose of the agreement is to improve working capital of the Company, or the original payment terms change as part of the factoring agreement.

F-28

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

In addition, the cash flows related to the reverse factoring transactions, are recognized in the operating activities, if the account payables held by the financial institutions are those from working capital. In this case, the Company only recognizes the cash outflows that occur in the transactions with the financial institutions, but not the cash flows related between the financial institutions and the suppliers. However, if the Company recognizes a financial liability with a financial institution instead of a trade payable, cash flows are presented under the financing activities for the payments to the financial institution by the Company. In addition, the Company recognizes as a cash outflow in operating activities and a cash inflow in financing activities when the financial institution pays the supplier.

Accounting estimates

4.3 Estimating the incremental borrowing rate of leased assets

The Company cannot readily determine the interest rate implicit in certain of its leases, therefore, it uses its incremental borrowing rate (“IBR”) to measure lease liabilities. The IBR is the rate of interest that the Company would have to pay to borrow over a similar term, and with a similar security, the funds necessary to obtain an asset of a similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment. The IBR therefore reflects what the Company ‘would have to pay’, which requires estimation when no observable rates are available, or when they need to be adjusted to reflect the terms and conditions of the lease. The Company estimates the IBR using observable inputs (such as market interest rates) when available and is required to make certain entity-specific estimates (such as the subsidiary’s stand-alone credit rating).

4.4 Share-based payments

Estimating fair value for share-based payment transactions requires determination of the most appropriate valuation model, which depends on the terms and conditions of the grant. This estimate also requires determination of the most appropriate inputs to the valuation model including the expected life of the share option or appreciation right, volatility and dividend yield and making assumptions about them. For the measurement of the fair value of the equity-settled transactions with employees at the grant date, the Company uses an option pricing model. The assumptions used for estimating fair value for share-based payment transactions are disclosed in Note 21.

Exit options

For these options the exit event is considered a vesting condition. In this case, management considered an exit event as probable at the date of granting the first tranche of awards. Consequently, the share-based payment expense has been recorded over the service period since that date. The Company revises this estimate at each financial position date and the assessment was that this event continued to be probable. In addition, the Company considers as a significant judgement the date estimated for an exit event consisting in an IPO, on November 30, 2023.

Note 5—Risk management

Financial risk factors

The activities of the Company do not significantly expose them to the following risks:

• Price risks: Since the product prices (s) are not fluctuating in nature, in addition to the fact that the Company has many suppliers and is not subject to a single supplier.

• Credit Risk: Since the Company mainly conducts the majority of its transactions in cash.

F-29

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

However, the activities of the Company expose them to exchange rate risks, interest rates risks and liquidity risks. Management focuses primarily on minimizing the potentially adverse effects on financial performance.

Risk management is carried out by the Corporative Director under the policies established by the Company. The Corporative Director identifies, evaluates and covers financial risks with the close cooperation of the General Accountant. The Company establish written principles for risk management in general, as well as written policies that cover specific areas such as liquidity risk, capital risk and investment of excess liquidity.

5.1 Liquidity risk

Cash flow forecasts are developed by the Company’s finance department. The treasury department monitors liquidity requirements to ensure that there is sufficient cash to meet operational needs so that the Company do not breach its financial commitments. Cash flow forecasts consider the financing plans of the Company, as well as the fulfillment of the objectives of the internal financial metrics.

The excess cash held by the Company is managed by the treasury department that invests them in financial institutions with high credit rating, choosing the instruments with the appropriate maturities or sufficient liquidity that give the Company the sufficient margin in accordance with the cash flow forecasts mentioned above.

The Company finances its operations through the combination of:

1) The reinvestment of a significant part of profits of its subsidiaries,

2) The credit obtained from its suppliers, and

3) According to the Company’s business model it is possible to operate with negative working capital which means it can continue to satisfy its financial and operational needs and continue with its growth.

The amount due to the financial institutions regarding the reverse factoring transactions amounted to Ps.808,607 (out of which Ps.338,336 corresponds to Santander and Ps.470,271 to other financial institutions), Ps.311,158 (out of which Ps.227,436 corresponds to Santander and Ps.83,722 to other financial institutions), and Ps.266,542 for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 which can lead to concentration of liquidity risk. However, the Company choses which accounts payable the financial institutions will settle and decides which accounts will remain payable to the suppliers, being able to manage such risk.

F-30

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

The Company’s contractual maturities of its financial liabilities are detailed below according to the maturity periods. The table has been prepared on the basis of cash flows without discounting, from the first date on which the Company may be required to pay. The table includes the cash flows corresponding to the principal amount and its interest.

	Up to 1 year		More than 1 and up to 3 Years		Over 3 and up to 5 Years		More than 5 years		Total
December 31, 2022
Debt (excluding issuance costs)	Ps.	518,771	Ps.	129,770	Ps.	290,423	Ps.	—	Ps.	938,964
Debt with related parties		1,936		1,906,790		—		—		1,908,726
Interest payable on Promissory Notes		6,251		3,301,598		371,193		—		3,679,042
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		317,565		—		—		—		317,565
Suppliers		5,390,192		—		—		—		5,390,192
Lease liabilities		1,016,922		1,904,078		1,680,986		5,578,216		10,180,202
Total	Ps.	7,251,637	Ps.	7,242,236	Ps.	2,342,602	Ps.	5,578,216	Ps.	22,414,691
	Up to 1 year		More than 1 and up to 3 Years		Over 3 and up to 5 Years		More than 5 years		Total
December 31, 2021
Debt (excluding issuance costs)	Ps.	278,101	Ps.	82,136	Ps.	309,122	Ps.	—	Ps.	669,359
Debt with related parties		—		2,029,195		—		—		2,029,195
Interest payable on Promissory Notes		—		3,516,624		394,621		—		3,911,245
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		271,155		—		—		—		271,155
Suppliers		3,893,382		—		—		—		3,893,382
Lease liabilities		675,494		1,253,802		1,116,779		3,505,575		6,551,650
Total	Ps.	5,118,132	Ps.	6,881,757	Ps.	1,820,522	Ps.	3,505,575	Ps.	17,325,986

5.2 Capital risk

The objectives of the Company to manage capital are to safeguard the Company’ ability to continue as an ongoing business, maximize benefits for shareholders and maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.

With the objective of maintaining or adjusting the capital structure, the Company can reduce capital in favor of shareholders and / or to cover accumulated losses. Nevertheless, the Company is subject to the restrictions described in Note 13.1. Consistent with other participants in the industry, the Company monitors capital based on the operating leverage ratio.

F-31

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

5.3 Exchange rate risks

The Company’s exposure to the volatility of the exchange rate of its functional currency against the US dollar (USD) for the Company’s financial instruments is shown as follows (figures in this table expressed in USD):

	December 31, 2022			December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Financial assets		922,967			7,895,480			690,425
Financial liabilities		(246,151,781	)		(214,784,571	)		(180,548,698	)
Foreign exchange monetary position		(245,228,814	)		(206,889,091	)		(179,858,273	)

The exchange rates at the date of the financial statements, for one US dollar, were as follows:

	December 31, 2022		December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020
MXN/USD		19.3615		20.5835		19.9487

Based on the financial positions in foreign currency maintained by the Company which derives mainly from maintaining debt contracts and assets denominated in U.S. dollar, a hypothetical variation of 10% in the MXN/USD exchange rate and keeping all other variables constant would result in a profit or loss of Ps.474,800, Ps.425,850 and Ps.358,794, in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020.

5.4 Interest rate risk

The Company’s debt is at fixed rates; therefore the Company is not exposed to interest rate variation risk of loans bearing interest at variable rates. However, fixed-interest loans expose the Company to interest rate risk at fair value, which implies that the Company might be paying interest at rates significantly different from those of an observable market.

Note 6—Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents presented in the consolidated statements of financial position consist of the following:

	December 31, 2022		December 31, 2021
Cash(1)	Ps.	976,210		Ps.619,761
Short term investments		8,766		380,279
Total	Ps.	984,976		Ps.1,000,040

(1) As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company had a cash balance within a Trust in the amount of Ps.344, and Ps.1,460, respectively. The Trust is a payment guarantee trust with the purpose of guaranteeing the payment related to the reverse factoring transaction that the Company entered with Santander (see Note 3.12).

F-32

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

Note 7—Cash flows information

a. Transactions not requiring the use of cash flows:

	December 31, 2022			December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Investing activities
Right-of-use assets	Ps.	(2,133,410	)	Ps.	(987,846	)	Ps.	(554,435	)
Property, furniture, equipment, lease-hold improvements		(441,131	)		(178,030	)		(130,816	)
Financing activities
Lease liabilities	Ps.	2,133,410		Ps.	987,846		Ps.	554,435
Long-term debt		441,131			178,030			130,816

b. Reconciliation of financing items:

	Promissory Notes					Financing of transportation and store equipment			Supplier finance arrangement			Total
	Related parties		Third parties (debt)			Debt			Debt
As of January 1, 2020	Ps.	2,789,210	Ps.	34,395		Ps.	97,452		Ps.	—		Ps.	2,921,057
Increase of new debt (non-cash transactions)		—		—			130,816			—			130,816
Proceeds from Promissory Notes		2,297		160,911			—			—			163,208
Interest payable on Promissory Notes (non cash)		454,321		9,268			—			—			463,589
Payment of debt		—		—			(115,602	)		—			(115,602	)
Interest payment		—		—			(22,442	)		—			(22,442	)
Accrued interest on debt		—		—			22,442			—			22,442
Exchange fluctuation		130,289		(2,443	)		—			—			127,846
As of December 31, 2020	Ps.	3,376,117	Ps.	202,131		Ps.	112,666		Ps.	—		Ps.	3,690,914
Increase of new debt (non-cash transactions)		—		—			178,030			—			178,030
Proceeds from Promissory Notes		—		149,411			—			—			149,411
Interest payable on Promissory Notes (non cash)		488,634		48,777			—			—			537,411
Payment of debt		—		—			(205,894	)		—			(205,894	)
Interest payment on debt				—			(23,369	)		—			(23,369	)
Accrued interest on debt		—		—			23,369			—			23,369
Finance obtained through supplier finance arrangements		—		—			—			332,862			332,862
Payments made on reverse factoring transactions		—		—			—			(105,426	)		(105,426	)
Exchange fluctuation		114,692		9,807						—			124,499
As of December 31, 2021	Ps.	3,979,443	Ps.	410,126		Ps.	84,802		Ps.	227,436		Ps.	4,701,807

F-33

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

	Promissory Notes						Financing of transportation and store equipment			Supplier finance arrangement			Total
	Related parties			Third parties (debt)			Debt			Debt
Increase of new debt (non-cash transactions)		—			—			441,131			—			441,131
Interest payable on Promissory Notes (non cash)		553,756			61,836			—			—			615,592
Payment of debt		—			—			(360,107	)		—			(360,107	)
Interest payment on debt		—			—			(41,859	)		—			(41,859	)
Accrued interest on debt		—			—			41,859			—			41,859
Proceeds from Santander credit line		—			—			82,527			—			82,527
Finance obtained through supplier finance arrangements		—			—			—			1,528,143			1,528,143
Payments made on reverse factoring transactions		—			—			—			(1,417,243	)		(1,417,243	)
Exchange fluctuation		(257,141	)		(26,681	)		—			—			(283,822	)
As of December 31, 2022	Ps.	4,276,058		Ps.	445,281		Ps.	248,353		Ps.	338,336		Ps.	5,308,028

Note 8—Inventories

Inventories are analyzed as follows:

	December 31, 2022		December 31, 2021
Merchandise for sale		Ps.1,931,605		Ps.1,403,242
		Ps.1,931,605		Ps.1,403,242

F-34

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

Note 9—Properties, furniture, equipment and lease-hold improvements

The reconciliation between values of properties, furniture, equipment and lease-hold improvements at beginning and end of period is as shown below:

	Buildings			Land		Transportation equipment cars			Transportation equipment trucks			Furniture and equipment			Store equipment			Store shelving equipment			Lease-hold improvements			Computer equipment			Storage equipment			Molds			Total
December 31, 2022
Initial balance	Ps.	333		Ps.	871	Ps.	33,174		Ps.	190,328		Ps.	28,061		Ps.	343,656		Ps.	280,758		Ps.	937,689		Ps.	65,417		Ps.	20,291		Ps.	7		Ps.	1,900,585
Acquisitions		—			—		954			156,449			21,319			283,728			194,928			817,901			71,290			17,439			—			1,564,008
Advance payments		—			—		—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—
Disposals		—			—		—			(1,618	)		—			(23	)		(973	)		—			—			(32	)		—			(2,646	)
Depreciation		(74	)		—		(13,686	)		(31,940	)		(5,145	)		(60,246	)		(21,105	)		(122,279	)		(39,584	)		(3,677	)		(7	)		(297,743	)
Final balance	Ps.	259		Ps.	871	Ps.	20,442		Ps.	313,219		Ps.	44,235		Ps.	567,115		Ps.	453,608		Ps.	1,633,311		Ps.	97,123		Ps.	34,021		Ps.	—		Ps.	3,164,204
December 31, 2022
Cost		1,481			871		96,279			432,190			74,210			824,757			557,802			2,107,621			270,702			50,344			3,580			4,419,837
Accumulated depreciation		(1,222	)		—		(75,837	)		(118,971	)		(29,975	)		(257,642	)		(104,194	)		(474,310	)		(173,579	)		(16,323	)		(3,580	)		(1,255,633	)
Final balance	Ps.	259		Ps.	871	Ps.	20,442		Ps.	313,219		Ps.	44,235		Ps.	567,115		Ps.	453,608		Ps.	1,633,311		Ps.	97,123		Ps.	34,021		Ps.	—		Ps.	3,164,204
December 31, 2021
Initial balance		407			871		41,758			173,572			23,331			258,405			197,820			635,680			54,639			19,149			151			1,405,783
Acquisitions		—			—		7,133			42,666			8,834			128,231			96,670			380,918			41,533			4,218			—			710,203
Disposals		—			—		(219	)		(1,954	)		—			—			—			(180	)		(11	)		(208	)		—			(2,572	)
Depreciation		(74	)		—		(15,498	)		(23,956	)		(4,104	)		(42,980	)		(13,732	)		(78,729	)		(30,744	)		(2,868	)		(144	)		(212,829	)
Final balance	Ps.	333		Ps.	871	Ps.	33,174		Ps.	190,328		Ps.	28,061		Ps.	343,656		Ps.	280,758		Ps.	937,689		Ps.	65,417		Ps.	20,291		Ps.	7		Ps.	1,900,585
December 31, 2021
Cost		1,481			871		96,216			277,358			52,891			542,671			365,182			1,289,720			199,412			33,071			3,580			2,862,453
Accumulated depreciation		(1,148	)		—		(63,042	)		(87,030	)		(24,830	)		(199,015	)		(84,424	)		(352,031	)		(133,995	)		(12,780	)		(3,573	)		(961,868	)
Final balance	Ps.	333		Ps.	871	Ps.	33,174		Ps.	190,328		Ps.	28,061		Ps.	343,656		Ps.	280,758		Ps.	937,689		Ps.	65,417		Ps.	20,291		Ps.	7		Ps.	1,900,585

The depreciation of properties, furniture, equipment and lease-hold improvements amounted to Ps.297,743, Ps.212,829 and Ps.169,239 for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and Ps.50,883, Ps.34,008 and Ps.21,795 was recognized in cost of sales and Ps.246,860, Ps.178,821 and Ps.147,444 in sales expenses, respectively, for such years.

F-35

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

Note 10—Right-of-use assets—Net

The Company has signed various leasing contracts used in its operations, including machinery, vehicles, other equipment and commercial premises. There are no future cash outflows derived from residual value guarantees, restrictions imposed by tenants on sale and leaseback transactions.

The average term of the lease contracts as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 is disclosed in Note 3.22. The Company applies the recognition exemptions with respect to “short-term leases” and “low-value asset leases.”

The right-of-use asset recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, is as follows:

	Building			Transportation equipment trucks			Store equipment			Total
As of January 1, 2021	Ps.	2,319,096		Ps.	9,002		Ps.	47,379		Ps.	2,375,477
Additions		897,848			25,738			64,261			987,847
Depreciation		(305,429	)		(2,267	)		(7,662	)		(315,358	)
As of December 31, 2021	Ps.	2,911,515		Ps.	32,473		Ps.	103,978		Ps.	3,047,966
Additions		2,021,858			32,760			78,791			2,133,409
Depreciation		(460,485	)		(9,234	)		(15,197	)		(484,916	)
As of December 31, 2022	Ps.	4,472,888		Ps.	55,999		Ps.	167,572		Ps.	4,696,459

During the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, the Company had expenses related to low-value leased assets and short-term leases included in sale and administrative expenses for an amount of Ps.6,387, Ps.2,232 and Ps.2,360, respectively. During the same periods, the Company did not have variable lease payments.

The Company had total cash outflows for leases of Ps.826,730 in 2022, Ps.598,432 in 2021 and Ps.471,807 in 2020. For the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, the Company recognized Ps.66,935, Ps.60,059 and Ps.46,107 of depreciation of the right-of-use asset in the cost of sales, and Ps.417,981, Ps.255,299 and Ps.205,343 in sale expenses, respectively.

The Company has several lease contracts that include extension and termination options. These options are negotiated by Management to provide flexibility in managing the leased-asset portfolio and align with the Group business needs. Management exercises significant judgement in determining whether these extension and termination options are reasonably certain to be exercised (See Note 4.1). As of December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 the Company considered all optional extensions that are enforceable in its lease contracts; therefore, there are no future cash outflows derived from extensions that are not planned to be exercised.

F-36

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

Note 11—Intangible Assets—Net

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the intangible assets of defined useful lives were comprised as follows:

	December 31, 2022			December 31, 2021
Initial balance	Ps.	7,831		Ps.	7,938
Additions		2,805			1,860
Amortization		(2,395	)		(1,967	)
Final balance	Ps.	8,241		Ps.	7,831
Cost		18,687			15,773
Accumulated amortization		(10,446	)		(7,942	)
Final balance	Ps.	8,241		Ps.	7,831

For the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 the amortization, which was recognized in the statement of profit or loss, amounted to Ps.2,395, Ps.1,967 and Ps.1,812 respectively.

Note 12—Financial instruments by category

The Company classified their financial assets and liabilities as follows:

	December 31, 2022		December 31, 2021
Financial assets at amortized cost:
Cash and cash equivalents	Ps.	984,976	Ps.	1,000,040
Sundry debtors		19,885		3,573
Total	Ps.	1,004,861	Ps.	1,003,613

	December 31, 2022		December 31, 2021
Financial liabilities at amortized cost:
Debt with related parties	Ps.	4,276,058	Ps.	3,979,443
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		317,565		271,155
Suppliers		5,390,192		3,893,382
Lease liabilities		5,245,442		3,430,887
Debt		1,031,970		722,364
Total	Ps.	16,261,227	Ps.	12,297,231

Fair value of financial assets and liabilities measured at amortized cost

The amount of cash and cash equivalents, sundry debtors and suppliers, approximate their fair value due to their short-term maturity. The net carrying amount of these accounts represents the expected cash flows to be received as of December 31, 2022 and 2021.

F-37

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

In addition, the estimated carrying amount and fair value of the liabilities measured at amortized costs are as follows:

	December 31, 2022				December 31, 2021
	Carrying amount		Fair value		Carrying amount		Fair value
Debt to related parties and debt to third parties(1)	Ps.	4,721,340	Ps.	4,818,245	Ps.	4,389,569	Ps.	4,732,748

(1) The estimated fair value of debt to related parties and debt to third parties is estimated together since both reflect the outstanding amount of the Promissory Notes issued by the Company. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the fair value was determined based on the discounted cash flows, using a US$ composite rate, plus the credit spread of the Company and the country risk indicator if it applies. The fair value measurement of debt is considered within the Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Long-term fixed-rate and variable-rate interest-bearing loans and borrowings are evaluated by the Company based on parameters such as interest rates, specific country risk factors, and the risk characteristics of the financed project.

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, there were no transfers between the levels of the fair value hierarchy.

Fair value hierarchy

The following is an analysis of financial instruments measured in accordance with the fair value hierarchy. The 3 different levels used are presented below:

• Level 1: Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.

• Level 2: Other valuations including quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, which are directly or indirectly observable.

• Level 3: Valuations made through techniques where one or more of their significant data inputs are unobservable.

F-38

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

Note 13—Debt with related parties

13.1 Transactions with related parties

	December 31, 2022		December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020
Interest expense on Promissory Notes payable to shareholders	Ps.	151,198	Ps.	133,406	Ps.	123,932
Interest expense on Promissory Notes payable to other related parties		386,966		341,585		317,806
Interest expense on Promissory Notes payable to key Management personnel		14,162		12,392		11,429
Interest expense on Promissory Notes payable to close family member of key Management		1,430		1,251		1,154
Bonus expense payable to key Management personnel		11,787		4,187		—
Interest accrued on bonus payable to key Management personnel		3,460		3,077		2,877
Professional fees payable to other related parties(1)		2,048		2,085		2,206
Total	Ps.	571,051	Ps.	497,983	Ps.	459,404

(1) Corresponds to the annual payment made on an arms-length transaction to QS Management Ltd which is a related party of QS BBB, related to professional services.

13.2 Balances with related parties

	December 31, 2022		December 31, 2021
Debt with related parties(1)	Ps.	4,276,058	Ps.	3,979,443
Bonus payable to related parties(2)		44,528		31,449
Total	Ps.	4,320,586	Ps.	4,010,892

(1) Corresponds to Promissory Notes

(2) Corresponds to bonuses paid to key Management personnel in the amount of Ps.3,200, Ps.2,400, and Ps.2,100, during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Part of this payment was deferred and accrued interest at a rate from 10% to 15%, and will be paid in an exit event (such as an IPO). See Note 5.1 and the corresponding interest in Note 13.1.

F-39

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

13.3 As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company’s debt under Promissory Notes was as follows:

Debt with related parties

	December 31, 2022
Promissory Notes	Amount of the Promissory Notes US$(1)		Currency	Principal Ps.(2)		Accrued Interest Payable Ps.(2)		Total Ps.(2)		Interest Rate			Maturity	Guarantee(3)
Non-Current
Senior Promissory Notes (Note 13a)		94,747,329	US$		1,825,472		2,272,766		4,098,238		14	%	May 2024	Guaranteed
2017 Junior Promissory Notes (Note 13b)		5,000,000	US$		81,318		93,796		175,114		15	%	May 2024	Guaranteed
2020 Junior Promissory Notes (Note 13c)		650,000	US$		1,936		770		2,706		14	%	May 2024	Guaranteed
Total		100,397,329			1,908,726		2,367,332		4,276,058

(1) Amounts in the “Amount of the Promissory Notes” column are presented in the original issuance amount in US$.

(2) Amounts in the “Principal,” “Accrued Interest Payable” and “Total” columns are presented in thousands of Mexican peso. These columns correspond only to amounts due to related parties of BBB Foods Inc., the remainder of the amount of each Promissory Notes is disclosed as debt (see Note 14).

(3) On November 20, 2020, the Mexican Subsidiaries became guarantors of BBB Foods Inc.´s obligations under the Promissory Notes guaranteeing payment at maturity in case of default or breach of a covenants of BBB Foods Inc.

Debt with related parties

	December 31, 2021
Promissory Notes	Amount of the Promissory Notes US$(1)		Currency	Principal Ps.(2)		Accrued Interest Payable Ps.(2)		Total Ps.(2)		Interest Rate			Maturity	Guarantee(3)
Non-Current
Senior Promissory Notes (Note 13a)		94,747,329	US$		1,940,686		1,874,646		3,815,332		14	%	May 2024	Guaranteed
2017 Junior Promissory Notes (Note 13b)		5,000,000	US$		86,451		75,140		161,591		15	%	May 2024	Guaranteed
2020 Junior Promissory Notes (Note 13c)		650,000	US$		2,058		462		2,520		14	%	May 2024	Guaranteed
Total		100,397,329			2,029,195		1,950,248		3,979,443

(1) Amounts in the “Amount of the Promissory Notes” column are presented in the original issuance amount in US$.

(2) Amounts in the “Principal,” “Accrued Interest Payable” and “Total” columns are presented in thousands of Mexican peso. These columns correspond only to amounts due to related parties of BBB Foods Inc., the remainder of the amount of each Promissory Notes is disclosed as debt (see Note 14).

F-40

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

(3) On November 20, 2020, the Mexican Subsidiaries became guarantors of BBB Foods Inc.´s obligations under the Promissory Notes guaranteeing payment at maturity in case of default or breach of a covenants of BBB Foods Inc.

	December 31, 2020
Promissory Notes	Amount of the Promissory Notes US$(1)		Currency	Principal Ps.(2)		Accrued Interest Payable Ps.(2)		Total Ps.(2)		Interest Rate			Maturity	Guarantee(3)
Non-Current
Senior Promissory Notes (Note 13a)		94,747,329	US$		1,880,835		1,357,209		3,238,044		14	%	30 Nov 2022	Guaranteed
2017 Junior Promissory Notes (Note 13b)		5,000,000	US$		83,784		52,150		135,934		15	%	30 Nov 2022	Guaranteed
2020 Junior Promissory Notes (Note 13c)		650,000	US$		1,995		144		2,139		14	%	30 June 2023	Guaranteed
Total		100,397,329			1,966,614		1,409,503		3,376,117

(1) Amounts in the “Amount of the Promissory Notes” column are presented in the original issuance amount in US$.

(2) Amounts in the “Principal,” “Accrued Interest Payable” and “Total” columns are presented in thousands of Mexican peso. These columns correspond only to amounts due to related parties of BBB Foods Inc., the remainder of the amount of each Promissory Notes is disclosed as debt (see Note 14).

(3) On November 20, 2020, the Mexican Subsidiaries became guarantors of BBB Foods Inc.´s obligations under the Promissory Notes guaranteeing payment at maturity in case of default or breach of a covenants of BBB Foods Inc.

Terms and conditions of the Promissory Notes

a. Senior Promissory Notes: On November 30, 2016, BBB Foods Inc. entered into a Senior Promissory Notes Agreement, pursuant to which the Company issued promissory notes (the “Senior Notes”) in the aggregate amount of US$94,747,329. In Mexican peso, the principal amounts were Ps.1,834,450 and Ps.1,950,232 as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively (of which 99.5% was due to related parties and 0.5% to third parties, as shown below) with an original term of 6 years (with a maturity date of November 30, 2022), bearing interest at an annual rate of 14%, with principal and interest payable at maturity. Accrued interest was Ps.2,283,945 (US$117,963,235), and Ps.1,883,867 (US$91,523,172), as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively (See Note 5.3 for exchange rates used). On November 23, 2021, the holders of the Senior Notes agreed to extend the maturity thereof for almost 2 years, to May 31, 2024. On October 23, 2023, the Company signed a new amendment to extend the maturity to December 31, 2026 (See Note 23). As mentioned above, the holders of the Senior Notes include related parties, including shareholders, as well as third parties, so the total amount of the Senior Notes has been split to show the nature of the counterparty creditors. See Note 14 for further information.

F-41

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

Amounts outstanding under the Senior Notes were comprised as follows:

	December 31, 2022		December 31, 2021
Related parties	Ps.	4,098,238	Ps.	3,815,332
Debt—Third parties (Note 14)		20,158		18,767
Total	Ps.	4,118,396	Ps.	3,834,099

The related parties were as follows:

	December 31, 2022		December 31, 2021
BBB Foods Inc. shareholders	Ps.	1,105,807	Ps.	1,029,472
Investment fund related to QS BBB (see Note 1)		2,991,279		2,784,788
Key management personnel		1,152		1,072
Total	Ps.	4,098,238	Ps.	3,815,332

b. 2017 Junior Promissory Notes: On August 9, 2017, BBB Foods Inc. entered into a Junior Promissory Notes Agreement, pursuant to which the Company issued promissory notes (the “2017 Junior Notes”) in the aggregate amount of US$5,000,000. In Mexican peso the principal amounts were Ps.96,808 and Ps.102,918, as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively (of which 84% was due to related parties and 16% to third parties, as shown below) with an original term of 5 years (with a maturity date of November 30, 2022) bearing interest at an annual rate of 15%, with principal and interest payable at maturity. Accrued interest was Ps.111,661 (US$5,767,168) and Ps.89,452 (US$4,345,824), as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively (See Note 5.3 for exchange rates used). On November 23, 2021, the holders of the 2017 Junior Notes agreed to extend the maturity thereof for almost 2 years, to May 31, 2024. On October 23, 2023, the Company signed a new amendment to extend the maturity to December 31, 2026 (See Note 23). As mentioned above, the holders of the 2017 Junior Notes include related parties, which includes shareholders, as well as third parties, so the total amount of the 2017 Junior Notes has been split to show the nature of the counterparty creditors. See Note 14 for further information.

Amounts outstanding under the 2017 Junior Notes were comprised as follows:

	December 31, 2022		December 31, 2021
Related parties	Ps.	175,114	Ps.	161,591
Debt—Third parties (Note 14)		33,355		30,779
Total	Ps.	208,469	Ps.	192,370

F-42

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

The related parties were as follows:

	December 31, 2022		December 31, 2021
Key Management personnel	Ps.	102,150	Ps.	94,261
BBB Foods Inc. shareholders		58,371		53,864
Close family member of key Management		10,424		9,619
Other related parties		4,169		3,847
Total	Ps.	175,114	Ps.	161,591

c. 2020 Junior Promissory Notes: On June 30, 2020, BBB Foods Inc. entered into a Junior Promissory Notes Agreement, whereby the Company issued promissory notes (the “2020 Junior Notes”), in the aggregate amount of US$650,000. In Mexican peso, the principal amounts were Ps.12,585 and Ps.13,379, as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively (out of which 15.4% corresponded to related parties and 84.6% to third parties, as shown below) with an original term of 3 years (with a maturity date of June 30, 2023), bearing interest at an annual rate of 14%, with principal and interest payable at maturity. Accrued interest was Ps.5,012 (US$258,884) and Ps.3,003 (US$145,909), as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively (See Note 5.3 for exchange rate used). On November 23, 2021, the holders of the 2020 Junior Notes agreed to extend the maturity of the 2020 Junior Notes for almost 1 year, to May 31, 2024. On October 23, 2023, the Company signed a new amendment to extend the maturity to December 31, 2026 (See Note 23). As mentioned above, the holders of the 2020 Junior Notes include related parties, which includes shareholders as well as third parties, so the total amount of the 2020 Junior Notes has been split to show the nature of the counterparty creditors. See Note 14 for further information.

Amounts outstanding under the 2020 Junior Notes were comprised as follows:

	December 31, 2022		December 31, 2021
Related parties	Ps.	2,707	Ps.	2,520
Debt—Third parties (Note 14)		14,890		13,863
Total	Ps.	17,597	Ps.	16,383

The related parties were as follows:

	December 31, 2022		December 31, 2021
BBB Foods Inc. shareholders	Ps.	2,707	Ps.	2,520
Total	Ps.	2,707	Ps.	2,520

d. Covenants

The Promissory Notes contain certain provisions that limit the Company’s ability to incur additional debt; pay dividends, make certain investments, and reduce its share capital, among others. The Promissory Notes also establish minimum requirements for carrying out portfolio securitizations and limit the Company’s ability to enter into transactions with related parties. As of December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 the Company was in compliance with all covenants under the Promissory Notes.

F-43

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

13.4 Key Management personnel compensation

a) Compensation to key Management personnel during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was Ps.97,936, and Ps.94,007, respectively. The compensation for 2021 and 2020 was paid to a third party (hired until July 31, 2021) and recognized as an expense during the corresponding reporting period. The total compensation paid by the Company starting on August 1, 2021, amounted to Ps.57,129, and the Company incurred an expense for bonuses payable to key Management personnel for an amount of Ps.4,187 (See Note 13.1).

In addition, the Company incurred expenses for share-based payments during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 in the amount of Ps.132,456 and Ps.5,567, respectively.

	December 31, 2022
Share-based payments		Ps.250,375
Short-term employee benefits		98,137
Bonuses (See Note 13.1)		11,787
		Ps.360,299

b) The CEO of BBB Foods Inc. is shareholder of Bolton Partners LTD, a related party.

Note 14—Debt

The Company’s debt is as follows:

	December 31, 2022		December 31, 2021
Short-term debt:
Short-term document payable	Ps.	70,373	Ps.	43,643
Supplier finance arrangement		338,336		227,436
Santander credit line		82,527		—
Total of short-term debt	Ps.	491,236	Ps.	271,079
Long-term debt:
Long-term document payable	Ps.	95,453	Ps.	41,159
Promissory Notes		445,281		410,126
Total of long-term debt	Ps.	540,734	Ps.	451,285
Total debt:	Ps.	1,031,970	Ps.	722,364

F-44

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

i. Debt

Debt is an agreement for the financing of transportation and store equipment, which is pledged as collateral. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, there were no current restrictions on the use of such pledged assets. Total short-term and long-term debt as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 was denominated, in Mexican peso and accrue monthly interest as shown below:

Institution	Concept	Effective rate		Remaining contract period(1)		2022		2021
Banco Mercantil del Norte	Transportation equipment		From 11.90 to 15.99		1 year		Ps.149		Ps.149
Daimler Chrysler Financial Services	Transportation equipment		From 11.25 to 13.20		1 year		67,563		38,365
Daimler Chrysler Financial Services	Transportation equipment		From 11.25 to 13.20		3 years		94,928		36,050
NR Finance México, S.A. de C.V. SOFOM E.N.R.	Transportation equipment		From 2.08 to 14.99		1 year		1,613		4,498
NR Finance México, S. A. de C. V. SOFOM E.N.R.	Transportation equipment		From 2.08 to 14.99		From 2 to 3 years		78		4,323
TOYOTA Financial Services	Transportation equipment		13.99		1 year		320		335
TOYOTA Financial Services	Transportation equipment		13.99		2 years		88		407
Grupo Financiero Santander	Transportation equipment		12.99		1 year		126		114
Grupo Financiero Santander	Transportation equipment		12.99		2 years		123		249
CETELEM SA de CV	Transportation equipment		From 12.74 to 14.00		1 year		131		182
CETELEM SA de CV	Transportation equipment		From 12.74 to 14.00		2 years		—		130
Arrendadora Afirme	Transportation equipment		From 9.95 to 11.7		1 year		471		—
Arrendadora Afirme	Transportation equipment		11.7		3 years		236		—
Grupo Financiero Santander	Santander credit line		TIIE + 3.15		1 year		82,527		—
Supplier finance arrangement	Santander		N/A		N/A		338,336		227,436
Total of document payable						Ps.	586,689	Ps.	312,238
Total of short-term document payable							491,236		271,079
Total of long-term document payable						Ps.	95,453	Ps.	41,159

(1) Relates to the remaining period of the contract. Nevertheless, multiple contracts are included in each row. In addition, the value of the contract for 1 year and for more than one year is included.

F-45

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

ii. Promissory Notes

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company’s debt under Promissory Notes was as follows:

	December 31, 2022
Promissory Notes	Amount of the Promissory Notes US$ (1)		Currency	Principal Ps.(2)			Accrued Interest Payable Ps.(2)		Total Ps.(2)		Interest Rate			Maturity	Guarantee(3)
Non-Current
Senior Promissory Notes (Note 13a)		94,747,329	US$		8,979			11,179		20,158		14	%	May 2024	Guaranteed
2017 Junior Promissory Notes (Note 13b)		5,000,000	US$		15,489			17,866		33,355		15	%	May 2024	Guaranteed
2020 Junior Promissory Notes (Note 13c)		650,000	US$		10,649			4,241		14,890		14	%	May 2024	Guaranteed
Convertible Notes (Note 14a)		15,000,000	US$		284,882	(4)		91,996		376,878		14	%	Nov 2026	Guaranteed
Total		115,397,329			319,999			125,282		445,281

(1) Amounts in the “Amount of the Promissory Notes” column is presented in the original issuance amount in US$.

(2) Amounts in the “Principal,” “Accrued Interest Payable” and “Total” columns are presented in thousands of Mexican peso. These columns correspond only to amounts due to non-related parties of BBB Foods Inc. The remainder of the amount of each Promissory Note is disclosed as debt to related parties (see Note 13).

(3) On November 20, 2020, the Mexican Subsidiaries became guarantors of BBB Foods Inc.´s obligations under the Promissory Notes guaranteeing payment at maturity in case of default or breach of a covenants of BBB Foods Inc.

(4) Includes the issuance costs of the Convertible Notes.

	December 31, 2021
Promissory Notes	Amount of the Promissory Notes US$ (1)		Currency	Principal Ps.(2)			Accrued Interest Payable Ps.(2)		Total Ps.(2)		Interest Rate			Maturity	Guarantee(3)
Non-Current
Senior Promissory Notes (Note 13a)		94,747,329	US$		9,545			9,221		18,766		14	%	May 2024	Guaranteed
2017 Junior Promissory Notes (Note 13b)		5,000,000	US$		16,467			14,312		30,779		15	%	May 2024	Guaranteed
2020 Junior Promissory Notes (Note 13c)		650,000	US$		11,321			2,541		13,862		14	%	May 2024	Guaranteed
Convertible Notes (Note 14a)		15,000,000	US$		302,863	(4)		43,856		346,719		14	%	Nov 2026	Guaranteed
Total		115,397,329			340,196			69,930		410,126

(1) Amounts in the “Amount of the Promissory Notes” column is presented in the original issuance amount in US$.

(2) Amounts in the “Principal,” “Accrued Interest Payable” and “Total” columns are presented in thousands of Mexican peso. These columns correspond only to amounts due to non-related parties of BBB Foods Inc. The remainder of the amount of each Promissory Note is disclosed in as debt to related parties (see Note 13).

F-46

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

(3) On November 20, 2020, the Mexican Subsidiaries became guarantors of BBB Foods Inc.´s obligations under the Promissory Notes guaranteeing payment at maturity in case of default or breach of a covenants of BBB Foods Inc.

(4) Includes the issuance costs of the Convertible Notes.

a. Convertible Notes: On November 20, 2020, BBB Foods Inc. entered into a Junior Convertible Promissory Notes Agreement with LIV FD, S.A. de C.V., S.O.F.O.M., E.N.R.

Under the term of this agreement, on November 20, 2020, BBB Foods Inc. issued a first junior convertible promissory note in the amount of US$7,500,000 with issuance costs of US$173,661 and on February 3, 2021, issued a second junior convertible promissory note in the amount of US$7,500,000, with issuance costs of US$112,500. Both instruments have a term of 6 years and mature on November 20, 2026, and bear interest at annual rate of 14% compounded quarterly, with principal and interest payable at maturity. The first junior convertible promissory note and the second junior convertible promissory note are referred to as the “Convertible Notes.” As of December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, the contractual payments of the Convertible Notes were US$19,857,885 (Ps.384,478), US$17,272,530 (Ps.355,529), and US$7,619,583 (Ps.152,001), respectively.

Between May 20, 2025 and the maturity date, the Convertible Notes are convertible into ordinary shares of the Company, at the option of the holder. Convertible Notes will be convertible into the number of Class C Shares (rounded to the nearest whole number) equal to the outstanding principal amount plus the amount of all accrued and unpaid interest at the time of the conversion and divided by the Conversion Price (US$86.25), such amount may be adjusted after the issuance date for any share split, share combination or similar dilutive events that may occur with respect to Class C Shares. Since the functional currency of BBB Foods is the Mexican Peso and the Convertible Notes are denominated in U.S. dollars, the characteristic of an exchange of a fixed payment for a fixed amount of equity is not fulfilled as the exchange rate will be different depending on the date they are converted. In addition, as the holder decides when to convert the notes, there is uncertainty to determine the amount of principal and accrued interest from the start date of the contract until settlement. Therefore, it was determined that the Convertible Notes should be classified as financial liability.

According to the terms and conditions of the Convertible Notes, the option to acquire equity instruments of the Company meet the definition of a derivative, since the holder is entitled to receive shares of the Company at a determined price in U.S. dollars (but subject to variability for exchange fluctuations), which could be lower or higher than the fair value of the equity instruments at the date of the call option. Based on the foregoing, an embedded derivative exists under the Convertible Notes, and because it is not closely related to the underlying Convertible Notes it must be recognized as a financial instrument measured at fair value through profit or loss. However, the value of the embedded derivative as of December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, was nil.

See Note 13 for the terms and conditions of the remainder of the Company’s debt instruments.

F-47

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

Note 15—Lease liabilities

From December 31, 2021, to December 31, 2022, the Company has recognized the lease liabilities shown below:

	December 31, 2022		December 31, 2021
Lease liabilities:
Current	Ps.	417,307	Ps.	386,354
Non-current		4,828,135		3,044,533
	Ps.	5,245,442	Ps.	3,430,887

Set out below are the carrying amounts of lease liabilities and the movements during the period:

	Building			Transportation equipment trucks			Store equipment			Total
Lease liabilities as of January 1, 2020	Ps.	2,151,823		Ps.	8,968		Ps.	19,436		Ps.	2,180,227
New leases		537,844			—			16,591			554,435
Interest expense		331,125			1,282			5,533			337,940
Payment of leases		(445,312	)		(3,655	)		(22,840	)		(471,807	)
Lease liabilities as of December 31, 2020	Ps.	2,575,480		Ps.	6,595		Ps.	18,720		Ps.	2,600,795
New leases		897,846			25,738			64,262			987,846
Interest expense		432,828			1,690			6,160			440,678
Payment of leases		(567,988	)		(6,814	)		(23,630	)		(598,432	)
Lease liabilities as of December 31, 2021	Ps.	3,338,166		Ps.	27,209		Ps.	65,512		Ps.	3,430,887
New leases		2,021,858			32,760			78,792			2,133,410
Interest expense		488,072			3,896			15,907			507,875
Payment of leases		(755,871	)		(16,631	)		(54,228	)		(826,730	)
Lease liabilities as of December 31, 2022	Ps.	5,092,225		Ps.	47,234		Ps.	105,983		Ps.	5,245,442

The following are the amounts recognized in profit or loss:

	December 31, 2022		December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020
Depreciation expense of right-of-use assets	Ps.	484,916	Ps.	315,358	Ps.	251,450
Interest expense on lease liabilities		507,875		440,678		337,940
Expense relating to leases of low-value assets and short-term leases (included in administrative expenses)		6,387		2,232		2,360
Total amount recognized in profit or loss	Ps.	999,178	Ps.	758,268	Ps.	591,750

The Company has no cash outflows to which is potentially exposed since in the measurement of the lease liabilities, the optional renewal is always included.

F-48

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

Note 16—Stockholders’ equity

BBB Foods Inc.

As of January 1 2021, December 31, 2022 and 2021, the capital stock was comprised as follows:

	Number of shares		Capital Stock
As of January 1, 2021		28,050,087		Ps.471,282
As of December 31, 2021		28,050,087		Ps.471,282
As of December 31, 2022		28,050,087		Ps.471,282

Description	Number of Shares		Total value
Class A(1)		4,000,000	Ps.	—
Class B(2)		11,025,000	Ps.	124,470
Class C(3)		—		—
Class D(3)		8,571,428		163,904
Class E(4)		4,453,659		182,908
Total		28,050,087	Ps.	471,282

(1) Class A: Shares with voting rights and drag-along rights.

(2) Class B: Shares with voting rights, drag-along rights, and liquidation preference in case of bankruptcy.

(3) Class C: There are 15,000,000 unissued reserved shares corresponding to payments under the Plan with non-voting rights.

(3) Class D: Shares with voting rights and liquidation preference in case of bankruptcy.

(4) Class E: Shares with voting rights and liquidation preference in case of bankruptcy.

Dividends to be paid will be free from income tax if they come from Net Tax Profit Account (“CUFIN,” by its Spanish acronym). Any dividends paid in excess of CUFIN and reinvested CUFIN (“CUFINRE” by its Spanish acronym) will cause a tax equivalent to 42.86%. The current tax is payable by each of the Mexican Subsidiaries and may be credited against its current income tax of the year on which it is paid. The remaining amount may be credited in the following two fiscal years against the tax of the year or against the provisional payments. Dividends paid coming from profit previously taxed by income tax will not be subject to tax withholding or additional tax payment. For that purpose, income tax law sets the obligation of keeping CUFIN with profit generated up to December 31, 2013, starting another CUFIN with profit generated from January 1, 2014. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the sum of both CUFIN of the Mexican subsidiaries amounted to approximately Ps.191,226 and Ps.39,314, respectively.

Note 17—Income tax

BBB Foods Inc., as an entity incorporated and existing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (“BVI”), is not subject to any form of taxation and therefore there is no tax rate to be applied and will continue to be in the future. The laws of the BVI specifically provide that a BVI business entity such as BBB Foods Inc. is exempt from any income, capital gains, estate or other tax in the British Virgin Islands.

The statutory rate of income tax in Mexico applicable to the Company’s Mexican Subsidiaries was and will continue to be 30%. In 2022, Tiendas BBB determined a tax profit of Ps.8,531(Ps.15,185 in 2021; Ps.12,517 in 2020), Desarrolladora Tres B has determined a tax loss of Ps.132 (Ps.671 in 2021; Ps.106 in 2020) and Tiendas Tres B obtained a tax profit of Ps.1,003,720 (Ps.618,404 in 2021; Ps.227,455 in 2020). However, Tiendas Tres B

F-49

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

tax profit in 2021 was partially offset by prior year tax losses and during 2020 were fully offset by carried forward tax losses. The tax result differs from the accounting result mainly, for those items that cumulative by the time and deducted differently for accounting and tax purposes, for the recognition of the effects of inflation for tax purposes, as well as for those items that only affect the accounting or tax result.

17.1 The income tax expense in 2022, 2021 and 2020 is analyzed as shown below:

	December 31, 2022			December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Current income tax	Ps.	(287,309	)	Ps.	(156,907	)	Ps.	(3,755	)
Deferred income tax	Ps.	85,946		Ps.	65,095		Ps.	445
Total	Ps.	(201,363	)	Ps.	(91,812	)	Ps.	(3,310	)

17.2 As of December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 the main temporary differences on which the deferred income tax was recognized and analyzed as shown below:

	December 31, 2022			December 31, 2021
Advanced payments	Ps.	(47,638	)	Ps.	(25,614	)
Property, furniture, equipment, and lease-hold improvements		(43,510	)		(50,224	)
Right-of-use assets		5,253,632			3,435,431
Lease liabilities		(4,696,459	)		(3,047,966	)
Provisions		398,269			327,872
Accrued expenses		200,416			109,587
Inventories		(67,842	)		(38,706	)
	Ps.	996,868		Ps.	710,380
Applicable income tax rate		30	%		30	%
Deferred income tax asset	Ps.	299,060		Ps.	213,114

17.3. The movement in deferred income tax assets and liabilities during the year, without taking into account the compensation of balances under the same tax jurisdiction, is as shown below:

	January 1, 2020		Effects in the results of the year			December 31, 2020		Effects in the results of the year			December 31, 2021		Effects in the results of the year		December 31, 2022
Assets for deferred taxes
Tax losses to be carryforward	Ps.	80,571	Ps.	(68,132	)	Ps.	12,439	Ps.	(12,439	)	Ps.	—	Ps.	—	Ps.	—
Provisions		47,137		37,254			84,391		13,970			98,361		21,119		119,480
Right-of-use assets		654,627		126,352			780,979		249,650			1,030,629		545,460		1,576,089
Accrued expenses		10,218		(2,399	)		12,617		20,259			32,876		27,249		60,125
Total assets for deferred tax	Ps.	792,553	Ps.	97,873		Ps.	890,426	Ps.	271,440		Ps.	1,161,866	Ps.	593,828	Ps.	1,755,694

F-50

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

	January 1, 2020		Effects in the results of the year			December 31, 2020		Effects in the results of the year			December 31, 2021		Effects in the results of the year			December 31, 2022
Liabilities for deferred taxes
Inventories		6,784		828			7,612		4,001			11,613		8,741			20,354
Advanced payments		8,585		(2,066	)		6,519		1,165			7,684		6,607			14,291
Property, furniture, equipment, and lease-hold improvements		7,863		7,771			15,634		(568	)		15,066		(2,014	)		13,052
Lease liabilities		621,747		90,895			712,642		201,747			914,389		494,548			1,408,937
Total liabilities for deferred tax	Ps.	644,979	Ps.	97,428		Ps.	742,407	Ps.	206,345		Ps.	948,752	Ps.	507,882		Ps.	1,456,634
Total asset – Net	Ps.	147,574	Ps.	445		Ps.	148,019	Ps.	65,095		Ps.	213,114	Ps.	85,946		Ps.	299,060

17.4 The reconciliation between the current and effective combined income tax rates is shown below:

	December 31, 2022			December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Loss before income tax	Ps.	(363,747	)	Ps.	(724,862	)	Ps.	(766,361	)
Current income tax rate		30	%		30	%		30	%
Income tax at legal rate	Ps.	109,124		Ps.	217,459		Ps.	229,908
Plus (less) effects of income tax on the following items:
Share-based payment		(91,137	)		(42,637	)		(5,909	)
Annual adjustment for inflation		(105,615	)		(70,282	)		(25,726	)
Unrecognized tax losses in no taxable entities		(106,071	)		(200,218	)		(179,416	)
Non-deductible expenses		(64,766	)		(43,002	)		(45,895	)
Property, furniture, equipment, and lease-hold improvements		46,219			30,657			10,154
Restatement of tax losses for the year		(40	)		202			78
Non-cumulative income		6,655			4,904			15,374
Others		4,268			11,105			(1,878	)
Income tax expense recognized in income	Ps.	(201,363	)	Ps.	(91,812	)	Ps.	(3,310	)
Effective income tax rate		(55.4	)%		(12.7	)%		(0.4	)%

F-51

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

17.5 As of December 31, 2022, the Company maintained accumulated restated tax losses to be carry forward for an amount of Ps.1,568, whose right to be offset against future profits expires as shown below:

Year of the loss	Desarrolladora Tres B		Year of expiration
2014		157		2024
2015		20		2025
2016		57		2026
2017		140		2027
2018		156		2028
2019		129		2029
2020		106		2030
2021		671		2031
2022		132		2032
		1,568

Deferred income tax assets are recognized over tax loss carryforwards to the extent that the receipt of a tax benefit through future tax income is likely. The Company did not recognized tax losses for an amount of Ps.1,568, Ps.1,372 and Ps.722 as of December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, since the recovery of such amounts was not probable.

The temporary differences associated with investments in the Group subsidiaries generate a deferred tax of zero, since BBB Foods Inc. is not a taxable entity as described above. The Company determined that the undistributed profits of its subsidiaries will not be distributed in the foreseeable future.

Note 18—Cost and Expenses by nature

The cost of sales is comprised as shown below:

	December 31, 2022		December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020
Cost of merchandise and logistic costs	Ps.	27,537,825	Ps.	19,561,023	Ps.	15,537,379
Depreciation of properties, furniture, equipment, and lease-hold improvements		50,883		34,008		21,795
Depreciation of right-of-use asset		66,935		60,059		46,107
Cost of sales	Ps.	27,655,643	Ps.	19,655,090	Ps.	15,605,281

F-52

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

The sales and administrative expenses are as follows:

	December 31, 2022		December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020
Personnel Expenses		2,085,846		1,305,558		1,003,947
Depreciation and Amortization		667,236		436,087		354,599
Cash-in-Transit Services, Surveillance and Maintenance		446,146		331,885		258,289
Energy, Fuel, and Lubricants		336,842		277,619		217,633
Shared-based payment(1)		303,789		142,123		19,696
Other		267,835		370,070		292,623
Advertising		132,342		81,000		55,665
Other taxes and rights		100,993		53,662		36,323
Professional Services		71,901		48,558		26,969
Total sales and administrative expenses		Ps.4,412,930		Ps.3,046,562		Ps.2,265,744

(1) The share-based payment in 2022, 2021 and 2020 were comprised of Ps.152,113, Ps.24,892 and Ps.3,585, respectively, in respect of options granted under the Plan and Ps.151,676, Ps.117,231 and Ps.16,111, respectively, in respect of Exit Options.

Note 19—Financial costs—net

For the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, the financial (costs) income is included as indicated below:

	December 31, 2022			December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Financial income:
Interest income	Ps.	11,686		Ps.	7,381		Ps.	7,108
Other commissions		8,154			607			—
Financial income		Ps.19,840			Ps.7,988			Ps.7,108
Financial costs:
Interest cost on lease liabilities		(507,875	)		(440,678	)		(337,940	)
Interest cost on Promissory Notes (Debt)		(615,592	)		(537,411	)		(463,589	)
Interest on bonus payable to related parties		(3,460	)		(3,077	)		(2,877	)
Interest cost on financing of transportation and store equipment (Debt)		(41,859	)		(23,369	)		(22,442	)
Financial costs	Ps.	(1,168,786	)	Ps.	(1,004,535	)	Ps.	(826,848	)
Exchange rate fluctuation:
Gain (loss) for exchange rate fluctuation		264,930			(122,368	)		(128,040	)
Financial costs—net	Ps.	(884,016	)	Ps.	(1,118,915	)	Ps.	(947,780	)

F-53

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

Note 20—Loss per share

Losses per share are classified as basic and diluted. Basic losses are intended to provide a measure of the participation of each ordinary share of BBB Foods Inc. in the performance that the Company had in the periods presented. Basic losses are calculated by dividing the loss for the year attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the controlling interest by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

Diluted shares are intended to provide a measure of the participation of each ordinary share in the Company’s performance considering the dilutive effects (reduction in profits or increase in losses) of the potential ordinary shares in circulation during the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share are calculated by dividing the loss of the year attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the controlling interest by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that have dilutive potential. The Company has not presented diluted earnings per share as it has recognized a net loss for all periods, which would result in an antidilutive effect.

The information on earnings (loss) per share and number of shares used in the calculations of basic loss per share is shown below:

	December 31, 2022			December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Net loss for the year		Ps. (565,110	)		Ps. (816,674	)		Ps. (769,671	)
Weighted average Class A shares(1)		4,000,000			4,000,000			4,000,000
Basic and diluted loss per share		(141.28	)		(204.17	)		(192.42	)

(1) The loss per share is estimated with the weighted average number of Class A shares, due to the liquidity preference since there is no contractual obligation from the class B, C, D, and E to share losses as they have different liquidation rights.

The Company issued Convertible Notes which may be paid with Class C shares of the Company (see Note 14) and granted share-based payments with potentially dilutive effects for a weighted average amount of 12,382,039 shares (out of which 12,143,744 shares correspond to share-based payments and 238,295 shares correspond to the Convertible Notes), 9,906,014 shares (out of which 9,698,744 shares correspond to share-based payments and 207,270 shares correspond to the Convertible Notes), and 7,936,843 shares (out of which 7,845,408 shares correspond to share-based payments and 91,435 shares correspond to the Convertible Notes) for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively, but which were not included in the calculation as they have anti-dilutive effects.

Note 21—Share-based payment

The Company has a share-based payments plan for its employees. As stated in the terms of the Plan, eligible employees will obtain share-based payments pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

F-54

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

The main assumptions for the evaluation of share-based payments are as follows:

	December 31, 2022			December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Discounted Cash Flow—DCF:
Discount rate(2)		15.30	%		12.30	%		12.20	%
Expected perpetuity growth		3.98	%		3.63	%		3.41	%
Option Pricing Model—OPM:
Discount rate(2)		7.00	%		0.81	%		0.17	%
Volatility mainly(1)		38.05	%		40.69	%		38.84	%
Binomial tree:
Discount rate(2)		7.00	%		15.00	%		17.00	%
Volatility mainly(1)		39.97	%		39.99	%		40.54	%

(1) The expected volatility is based on the historic volatility of comparable entities within the industry, with a period of time equivalent to the estimated contractual life of the share options granted by the Company.

(2) The risk-free interest rates that were considered within the discount rates for the years 2022, 2021 and 2020 were 3.45%, 1.85% and 1.64%, respectively; which corresponded to the interpolated U.S. Constant Maturity Treasury yield as of the valuation date.

Options under the Plan

Common Options

The payment will be in equity in the 5 years following the grant date, with an initial vesting period of 2 years to obtain 25% of the incentive. Thereafter, the vesting period will be annually, at 25% through the remaining 3 years. If the employee ceases to provide services for the Company from the date on which the benefits in shares were vested, they automatically lose the right to the unvested option. The fair value is determined on the basis of the binomial tree valuation model. As of the date of valuation of each common option the expected dividend yield was 0%.

F-55

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

The following table illustrates the outstanding share options under the Plan and the corresponding strike prices and the expiry dates:

Grant Date December of	Number of outstanding options granted – December 31						Strike Price US Dollars		Average option fair value at grant date(1)		Average fair value of share at grant date		Expiry Date, December of
	2022		2021		2020
2006		200,000		200,000		200,000	$	1.50		N/A		N/A		2036
2006		157,500		157,500		157,500	$	1.00		N/A		N/A		2036
2007		155,000		155,000		155,000	$	1.75		N/A		N/A		2037
2008		270,000		270,000		270,000	$	2.50		N/A		N/A		2038
2009		300,000		300,000		300,000	$	3.25		N/A		N/A		2039
2010		360,000		360,000		360,000	$	3.25		N/A		N/A		2040
2011		437,500		437,500		437,500	$	4.00		N/A		N/A		2041
2012		437,500		437,500		437,500	$	5.00		N/A		N/A		2042
2013		467,500		467,500		467,500	$	6.00		N/A		N/A		2043
2014		493,750		493,750		493,750	$	6.50	$	0.03	$	0.08		2044
2015		516,000		516,000		516,000	$	6.50	$	0.05	$	0.13		2045
2016		607,750		607,750		607,750	$	5.70	$	0.0001	$	0.0001		2046
2017		283,750		283,750		283,750	$	8.15	$	0.0006	$	0.003		2047
2018		315,000		315,000		315,000	$	9.30	$	0.39	$	1.08		2048
2019		297,500		297,500		297,500	$	13.00	$	1.23	$	3.04		2049
2020		365,000		365,000		365,000	$	15.00	$	7.49	$	13.43		2050
2021		1,680,000		1,680,000			$	19.00	$	11.26	$	19.62		2051
2022		2,445,000					$	29.00	$	6.23	$	12.53		2052
		9,788,750		7,343,750		5,663,750

(1) When the Company adopted IFRS for the first time on December 31, 2020, with transition date as of January 1, 2019, it decided to apply the optional exemption permitted by IFRS 1, First-time Adoption of International Financing Reporting Standards, and did not apply the IFRS 2, Share-based Payment, for share-based payments that were vested before the transition date, but only applied IFRS 2 for share options granted in 2014 onwards, given that the vesting period of the share options is 5 years. Therefore, the fair value of the granted options from 2006 to 2013 have not been calculated nor recognized.

The following table illustrates the movements in share options under the Plan during the years ended December 31:

	2022 Number of share options		2021 Number of share options			2020 Number of share options
Outstanding as of January 1st		7,343,750		5,663,750			5,298,750
Granted during the year		2,445,000		1,695,000			370,000
Forfeited during the year		—		(15,000	)		(5,000	)
Outstanding as of December 31st		9,788,750		7,343,750			5,663,750
Exercisable as of December 31st		—		—			—

The weighted average strike prices of the share options as of December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020 were US$14.07, US$9.10 and US$6.16 respectively.

F-56

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

The weighted average remaining contractual life of options outstanding as of December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020 were 22 years, 22.5 years, and 23 years, respectively. In addition, no options have been exercised under the Plan.

The share options outstanding as of December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020 had a 30-year contractual life and they can be exercised at a liquidation event or upon approval of the compensation committee once they become vested.

Exit Options

These options will be paid in equity in the occurrence of an exit event, such as an IPO; therefore, the vesting period of such options represents the best estimate of the Company for the occurrence of an exit event.

The fair value of the share options vested is determined using an option pricing model and a binomial tree valuation model, which considers the Company’s share price based on future discounted cash flows.

The Company awarded options to employees under the Plan, to purchase Class C Shares, each share having a par value of one cent U.S. dollars (US$0.01).

The following table illustrates the outstanding Exit Options under the Plan and the corresponding strike prices and the expiry dates:

Grant Date December of	Number of outstanding options granted – December 31						Strike Price US Dollars		Fair value at grant date		Expiry Date, December of
	2022		2021		2020
2020		1,011,664		1,011,664		1,074,996	$	7.11	$	9.07		2050
2020		1,043,330		1,043,330		1,106,662	$	11.00	$	8.27		2050
2021		300,000		300,000		—	$	19.00	$	11.47		2051
		2,354,994		2,354,994		2,181,658

The following table illustrates the movements in Exit Options during the years ended December 31:

	2022 Number of share options		2021 Number of share options			2020 Number of share options
Outstanding as of January 1st		2,354,994		2,181,658			—
Granted during the year		—		300,000			2,181,658
Forfeited during the year		—		(126,664	)		—
Outstanding as of December 31st		2,354,994		2,354,994			2,181,658
Exercisable as of December 31st		—		—			—

The weighted average strike price of the Exit Options as of December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 was US$10.28, US$10.28 and US$9.08, respectively.

The weighted average remaining contractual life of Exit Options outstanding as of December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 was 29, 29 and 30 years, respectively. In addition, no options have been exercised under the Plan.

The expense recognized for employee services received during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 was recognized in administrative expenses for the amounts of Ps.303,789, Ps.142,123 and Ps.19,696,

F-57

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

respectively. The share-based payment in 2022, 2021 and 2020 were comprised of Ps.152,113, Ps.24,892 and Ps.3,585, respectively, in respect of options granted under the Plan and Ps.151,676, Ps.117,231 and Ps.16,111, respectively, in respect of Exit Options.

Note 22—BBB Foods Inc. separate condensed financial information

The Company performed a test on the restricted net assets of consolidated subsidiaries in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-X-5-04 and 12-04 and concluded that it was applicable for the Company to disclose the financial information for the parent company only. The subsidiaries did not pay any dividend to the Company for the years presented. The footnote disclosures contain supplemental information relating to the operations of the Company, as such, these statements should be read in conjunction with the notes to the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

The Company did not have significant capital and other commitments as of December 31, 2022.

Condensed Statements of Financial Position of BBB Foods Inc.

	December 31,
	2022			2021
Assets
Current assets:
Cash	Ps.	17,364		Ps.	161,978
Accounts receivables from related parties		505			537
Total current assets	Ps.	17,869		Ps.	162,515
Non-current assets:
Investments in subsidiaries		34,737			—
Total non-current assets	Ps.	34,737			Ps. —
Total assets	Ps.	52,606		Ps.	162,515
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Non-Current liabilities:
Debt with related parties (Note 13)		4,276,058			3,979,443
Bonus payable to related parties (Note 13)		44,528			31,449
Long-term debt (Note 14)		445,281			410,126
Accumulated losses from investments in subsidiaries		—			193,437
Total non-current liabilities	Ps.	4,765,867		Ps.	4,614,455
Total liabilities	Ps.	4,765,867		Ps.	4,614,455
Stockholders’ equity (Note 16):
Capital stock		471,282			471,282
Reserve for share-based payments		467,135			163,346
Cumulative losses		(5,651,678	)		(5,086,568	)
Total stockholders’ equity	Ps.	(4,713,261	)	Ps.	(4,451,940	)
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	Ps.	52,606		Ps.	162,515

F-58

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

Condensed Statements of Profit or Loss of BBB Foods Inc.

	For the years ended December 31,
	2022			2021			2020
Equity method in investments in subsidiaries	Ps.	(211,515	)	Ps.	(149,294	)	Ps.	(171,641	)
Administrative expenses		(144	)		(4,681	)		(450	)
Operating loss		(211,659	)		(153,975	)		(172,091	)
Financial income		697			144			—
Financial costs		(619,052	)		(540,488	)		(466,467	)
Exchange rate fluctuation		264,902			(122,354	)		(131,113	)
Financial costs–net		(353,453	)		(662,698	)		(597,580	)
Loss before income tax		(565,110	)		(816,674	)		(769,671	)
Income tax expense		—			—			—
Net loss for the year	Ps.	(565,110	)	Ps.	(816,674	)	Ps.	(769,671	)

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows of BBB Foods Inc.

	For the year ended December 31,
	2022			2021			2020
Operating activities
Loss before income tax	Ps.	(565,110	)	Ps.	(816,674	)	Ps.	(769,671	)
Adjustments for:
Equity method in investments in subsidiaries		211,515			149,294			171,641
Interest expense on Promissory Notes		615,592			537,411			463,589
Interest on bonus payable to related parties		3,460			3,076			2,878
Exchange fluctuation		(285,990	)		125,221			128,789
		(20,533	)		(1,672	)		(2,774	)
Decrease in other current assets		32			(17	)		(29	)
Bonus payable to related parties		11,787			4,188			—
Net cash flows provided by operating activities		(8,714	)		2,499			(2,803	)
Investing activities
Capital contributions to Investment in subsidiaries		(135,900	)		(3,184	)		(150,149	)
Net cash flows used in investing activities		(135,900	)		(3,184	)		(150,149	)
Financing activities
Proceeds from borrowings		—			149,411			163,209
Net cash flows used in financing activities		—			149,411			163,209
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents		(144,614	)		148,726			10,257
Net foreign exchange difference		—			—			—
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		161,978			13,252			2,995
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	Ps.	17,364		Ps.	161,978		Ps.	13,252

F-59

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

Basis of presentation

BBB Foods Inc.’s accounting policies are the same as the Company´s accounting policies, except for the investments in subsidiaries.

BBB Foods Inc. values its investment in subsidiaries through the equity method, where the investments are initially recognized at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognize its share of the post-acquisition profits or losses of the subsidiary in profit or loss. Dividends received or receivable from subsidiaries, if any, are recognized as a reduction in the carrying amount of the subsidiary.

Where the BBB Foods Inc. share of losses in accounting the equity method in its subsidiaries equals or exceeds its interest in the subsidiary, it does not recognize further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the subsidiary.

Note 23—Subsequent events

In preparing the consolidated financial statements the Company has evaluated the events and transactions for recognition or disclosure subsequent to December 31, 2022, and through November 8, 2023, except for the change in the manner in which the Company accounts for deferred income tax assets and liabilities arising from a single transaction discussed in Note 3.27, as to which the date is December 27, 2023, no significant subsequent events have been identified, except for the following:

On October 23, 2023, the Company signed an amendment to extend the maturity of the Promissory Notes (except for the Convertible Notes), in which it was agreed to extend the maturity date from May 31, 2024 to December 31, 2026.

In January, 2023, the Company approved the modification of the Exit Options plan to recognize an award of 126,664 Exit Options to former Board members, that were previously granted in 2020 and forfeited in 2021, as compensation for their past services. The Company analyzed the implications of such modification of the plan related to the Exit Options, and estimates an expense against equity of Ps.22,081 to be recognized in 2023.

Eduardo Pizzuto Espinosa	Kamal Anthony Hatoum
Chief Financial Officer	Chief Executive Officer

F-60

BBB Foods Inc.

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022

Thousands of Mexican Peso (Ps.)

	As of September 30, 2023			As of December 31, 2022
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	Ps.	1,001,083		Ps.	984,976
Sundry debtors		30,717			19,885
VAT receivable		732,813			609,581
Advanced payments		65,007			53,155
Inventories		2,191,130			1,931,605
Total current assets	Ps.	4,020,750		Ps.	3,599,202
Non-current assets:
Guarantee deposits		31,911			27,741
Property, furniture, equipment, and lease-hold improvements – Net (Note 6)		4,230,973			3,164,204
Right-of-use assets – Net (Note 7)		5,234,783			4,696,459
Intangible assets – Net		7,050			8,241
Deferred income tax (Note 12)		401,533			299,060
Total non-current assets	Ps.	9,906,250		Ps.	8,195,705
Total assets	Ps.	13,927,000		Ps.	11,794,907
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:
Suppliers		6,403,689			5,390,192
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		371,164			317,565
Income tax payable		65,529			73,304
Short-term debt (Note 10)		778,011			491,236
Lease liabilities (Note 11)		518,027			417,307
Employees’ statutory profit sharing payable		127,356			114,798
Total current liabilities	Ps.	8,263,776		Ps.	6,804,402
Non-current liabilities:
Debt with related parties (Note 9)		4,300,719			4,276,058
Bonus payable to related parties (Note 9)		44,092			44,528
Long-term debt (Note 10)		565,777			540,734
Lease liabilities (Note 11)		5,354,493			4,828,135
Employee benefits		18,135			14,311
Total non-current liabilities	Ps.	10,283,216		Ps.	9,703,766
Total liabilities	Ps.	18,546,992		Ps.	16,508,168
Stockholders’ equity:
Capital stock		471,282			471,282
Reserve for share-based payments		769,573			467,135
Cumulative losses		(5,860,847	)		(5,651,678	)
Total stockholders’ equity	Ps.	(4,619,992	)	Ps.	(4,713,261	)
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	Ps.	13,927,000		Ps.	11,794,907

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

Eduardo Pizzuto Espinosa	Kamal Anthony Hatoum
Chief Financial Officer	Chief Executive Officer

F-61

BBB Foods Inc.

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Profit or Loss

For the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

Thousands of Mexican Peso (Ps.) except for number of shares and loss per share amounts

	September 30, 2023			September 30, 2022
Revenue from sales of merchandise	Ps.	31,694,573		Ps.	23,081,400
Sales of recyclables		68,282			83,378
Total Revenue		31,762,855			23,164,778
Cost of sales (Note 13)		(26,733,603	)		(19,670,105	)
Gross profit		5,029,252			3,494,673
Sales expenses (Note 13)		(3,431,030	)		(2,469,975	)
Administrative expenses (Note 13)		(1,033,144	)		(720,272	)
Other income - net		692			1,015
Operating profit		565,770			305,441
Financial income (Note 14)		20,510			14,514
Financial costs (Note 14)		(1,007,868	)		(828,350	)
Exchange rate fluctuation (Note 14)		403,922			53,522
Financial costs – net		(583,436	)		(760,314	)
Loss before income tax		(17,666	)		(454,873	)
Income tax expense (Note 12)		(191,503	)		(129,327	)
Net loss for the period	Ps.	(209,169	)	Ps.	(584,200	)
Basic and diluted loss per share (Note 15)		(52.29	)		(146.05	)
Weighted average Class A shares		4,000,000			4,000,000

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

Eduardo Pizzuto Espinosa	Kamal Anthony Hatoum
Chief Financial Officer	Chief Executive Officer

F-62

BBB Foods Inc.

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

For the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

Thousands of Mexican Peso (Ps.)

	Capital Stock		Cumulative Losses			Reserve for share - based payments		Total stockholders’ equity
Balances as of January 1, 2022	Ps.	471,282		Ps.(5,086,568	)		Ps.163,346		Ps.(4,451,940	)
Net loss for the period		—		(584,200	)		—		(584,200	)
Share - based payments		—		—			227,842		227,842
Balances as of September 30, 2022	Ps.	471,282		Ps.(5,670,768	)		Ps.391,188		Ps.(4,808,298	)
Balances as of January 1, 2023	Ps.	471,282		Ps.(5,651,678	)		Ps.467,135		Ps.(4,713,261	)
Net loss for the period		—		(209,169	)		—		(209,169	)
Share - based payments		—		—			302,438		302,438
Balances as of September 30, 2023	Ps.	471,282		Ps.(5,860,847	)		Ps.769,573		Ps.(4,619,992	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

Eduardo Pizzuto Espinosa	Kamal Anthony Hatoum
Chief Financial Officer	Chief Executive Officer

F-63

BBB Foods Inc.

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

Thousands of Mexican Peso (Ps.)

	September 30, 2023			September 30, 2022
Operating activities
Loss before income tax	Ps.	(17,666	)	Ps.	(454,873	)
Adjustments for:
Depreciation of property and equipment (Note 6)		334,184			212,066
Depreciation of right-of-use assets (Note 7)		421,872			365,213
Amortization of intangible assets		1,990			1,760
Interest payable on Promissory Notes (Note 5)		459,621			457,934
Interest expense on lease liabilities (Note 11)		526,566			358,510
Interest on debt and bonus payable to related parties		21,676			11,920
Finance income		(20,510	)		(14,514	)
Exchange fluctuation		(469,030	)		(62,777	)
Share-based payment expense		302,438			227,842
		1,561,141			1,103,081
Increase in inventories		(259,525	)		(198,356	)
Increase in other current assets		(150,082	)		(175,674	)
Increase in suppliers (including supplier finance arrangements)		1,013,497			685,444
Increase in other current liabilities		68,147			68,632
Increase on bonus payable to related parties (Note 9)		11,412			4,061
Income taxes paid		(301,751	)		(244,061	)
Net cash flows provided by operating activities		1,942,839			1,243,127
Investing activities
Purchase of property and equipment		(940,202	)		(781,667	)
Sale of property and equipment (Note 6)		2,454			1,358
Investment in intangible assets		(799	)		(2,406	)
Interest received on short-term investments		37,354			8,731
Net cash flows used in investing activities		(901,193	)		(773,984	)
Financing activities
Payments made on reverse factoring transactions-net of commissions received		(1,320,996	)		(999,331	)
Finance obtained through supplier finance arrangements		1,334,506			1,092,978
Proceeds from Santander and HSBC credit line		300,314			—
Payment of debt		(463,437	)		(242,580	)
Interest payment		(18,077	)		(9,137	)
Lease payments (Note 11)		(859,684	)		(585,236	)
Net cash flows used in financing activities		(1,027,374	)		(743,306	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		14,272			(274,163	)
Net foreign exchange difference		1,835			7,840
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period		984,976			1,000,040
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period	Ps.	1,001,083		Ps.	733,717

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

Eduardo Pizzuto Espinosa	Kamal Anthony Hatoum
Chief Financial Officer	Chief Executive Officer

F-64

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and for the nine-month

periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

Amounts expressed in Thousands of Mexican Peso (Ps.),

except for number of shares

Note 1—History and activity of the Company

BBB Foods Inc. is a holding company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands on July 9, 2004 with company number 605635, that directly controls two Scottish entities:

• BBB Foods Limited Partnership, one of the Scottish entities, is the intermediate parent of the following three Mexican companies and owns 99.99% of their respective equity;

• Tiendas Tres B, S. A. de C. V. (“Tiendas Tres B”), the main subsidiary in Mexico, has, as its main activity the sale, purchase, distribution and marketing of all types of products, items and goods, as well as the establishment, and operation of individual stores and distribution centers for the sale of such products;

• Tiendas BBB, S. A. de C. V. (“Tiendas BBB”), the second Mexican company, was originally charted to be a personnel services entity, but such activities were ceased as of April 23, 2021, in connection with the new Labor Outsourcing Reform passed by Mexican Congress to regulate labor subcontracting. Separately, Tiendas BBB entered into a right of use contract in respect of the brand “BBB” with Tiendas Tres B as licensee, pursuant to which royalty payments will be made until 2023 (which royalties are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements); and

• Desarrolladora Tres B, S. A. de C. V., the third Mexican company, is a semi-dormant company of the Group that was originally formed for the purpose of developing certain land, but today is used exclusively to hold title to a small piece of land and to provide certain limited services to other companies of the Group; and

• Lothian Shelf Limited, the second Scottish entity, to comply with Mexican corporate law, is the owner of 0.01% of the equity of each of the preceding three Mexican subsidiaries (all three of which, along with the two Scottish companies are referred to herein collectively as the “Subsidiaries”).

The Subsidiaries currently operate in Mexico (except for BBB Foods Limited Partnership and Lothian Shelf Limited). BBB Foods Inc., collectively with the Subsidiaries, is hereinafter referred to as the “Company,” “BBB Foods,” or the “Group.”

BBB Foods Inc.’s registered office is located at Commerce House, Wickhams Cay 1, P.O. Box 3140, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands. BBB Foods Inc., as an entity incorporated and existing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, is not subject to any form of taxation (see Note 12). The Company’s controlling parties are QS BBB, Inc., QS 3B Inc., QS T3B Inc., and Quilvest (Switzerland) Ltd, which are collectively referred to as “QS BBB,” and Bolton Partners LTD, who have joint control over the Company.

F-65

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and for the nine-month

periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

The following are the Subsidiaries as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 over which control is exercised, directly and indirectly:

	% of ownership
Company	September 30, 2023(1)			December 31, 2022(1)			Country	Functional currency	Main activity
BBB Foods Limited Partnership		100	%		100	%	Scotland	Mexican peso	Intermediate parent
Lothian Shelf Limited		100	%		100	%	Scotland	Mexican peso	Holding Company
Tiendas Tres B, S.A. de C.V.		100	%		100	%	Mexico	Mexican peso	Operating company
Tiendas BBB, S.A. de C.V.		100	%		100	%	Mexico	Mexican peso	Owner of some trademarks of the Company
Desarrolladora Tres B, S.A. de C.V.		100	%		100	%	Mexico	Mexican peso	Owner of a piece of land

(1) The percentage of ownership is relative to BBB Foods Inc. BBB Foods Inc. owns 99.99% of Tiendas Tres B, Tiendas BBB and Desarrolladora Tres B, S.A. de C.V. (collectively, the “Mexican Subsidiaries”) through BBB Foods Limited Partnership and 0.01% through Lothian Shelf Limited.

On-going concern assessment

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company had a negative share capital and an accounting deficit of Ps.4,619,992 and Ps.4,713,261, respectively. In addition, as of such dates, the Company operated with negative working capital, which is consistent with the Company’s business model, since it helps the Company satisfy its operating needs and continue with its growth. As a result of the foregoing, the Company performed an assessment of whether the going concern basis of preparation is appropriate according to the following factors: the Company’s current and expected profitability and the timing of repayment of the Company’s financial obligations.

Management has prepared these interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, assuming that it will continue to operate as a going concern, considering that the Company’s business model allows it to operate with a negative working capital, which it uses to fulfil its financial and operational needs and continue its growth. Additionally, the Company’s financial structure has allowed it to operate with liquidity, including significant investments in furniture, equipment, store equipment and lease-hold improvements related to the opening of new stores and the improvement and expansion of sales areas in existing stores. The budget and projections of the Company, considering possible variations in operational performance, show that the Company is capable of operating with its current level of financing.

In these interim condensed consolidated financial statements, the Company had an equity deficit as a result of the interest that had accrued on the Senior Promissory Notes and Junior Promissory Notes issued by the Company as further described in Notes 9 and 10 (hereinafter, the “Promissory Notes”), which interest and principal are payable until maturity date. To account for the accrued interest, since the year 2016, the Company has recognized an interest expense and a liability, which, in turn cause retained earnings to be reflected as a loss in these interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-66

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and for the nine-month

periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

The financial and operating projections prepared by Management for the next 12 months show that the Company will have sufficient financial resources (including cash) to meet all its financial and operating obligations and commitments.

BBB Foods Inc. has obtained financing through the issuance of Senior Promissory Notes and Junior Promissory Notes, of which Ps.4,369,722 (US$248,004,873) and Ps.4,344,461 (US$224,386,616) was outstanding as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively, and will be payable on December 31, 2026, and Convertible Notes, Ps.382,149 (US$21,688,962) and Ps.376,878 (US$19,465,344), respectively, was outstanding as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, and will be payable on November 20, 2026 (See Notes 9 and 10). However, the earliest maturity date of such Promissory Notes is November 20, 2026, which is within 35 months from the date of issuance of these interim condensed consolidated financial statements. Although the amount to be paid is significant, none of the holders of the Promissory Notes is entitled to make a claim for payment of such debt in the short term.

The Company is in the process of filing a Registration Statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange

Commission to raise funds through an initial public offering (“IPO”) and intends to use the net proceeds of the IPO for the repayment of the outstanding balance of the above-referenced Promissory Notes.

The financial and operating projections prepared by Management for the next 12 months show that BBB Foods will have sufficient financial resources (including cash) to meet all its financial and operating obligations and commitments. In addition, considering the agreed extension in the maturity date of the Promissory Notes, the Company has no significant financial short-term obligation as of the issuance date of these interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

Note 2—Basis of preparation

2.1 Basis of preparation

These interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standard (“IAS”) 34, Interim Financial Reporting. These interim condensed consolidated financial statements do not include all the information and disclosures required in the annual financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2022. The accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these interim condensed consolidated financial statements are consistent with those utilized in the annual consolidated financial statements, except for the estimation of income tax (see note 12) and the adoption of new and amended standards as set out in Note 3.

2.2 Seasonality

Since the Company’s products mostly consist of food staples, sales are not generally affected by seasonality. Variations in the performance from quarter to quarter are generally a consequence of store openings and holidays. Therefore, these interim condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any significant seasonality effects that would impact the comparability of the periods presented.

F-67

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and for the nine-month

periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

2.3 Financial statements authorization

These interim condensed consolidated financial statements and their accompanying notes were authorized for issuance on December 27, 2023, by Eduardo Pizzuto Espinosa (Chief Financial Officer) and Kamal Anthony Hatoum (Chief Executive Officer) that will present these to the entity’s owners or others who have the power to amend the financial statements after issue, if applicable.

Note 3—New and amended standards and interpretations

The accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these interim condensed consolidated financial statements are consistent with those followed in the preparation of the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2022, except for the adoption of new standards effective as of January 1, 2023. The Company has not early adopted any standard, interpretation or amendment that has been issued but is not yet effective. Several amendments apply for the first time in 2023, but do not have an impact on the interim condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company.

3.1 Application of new and revised International Financial Reporting Standards that are mandatorily effective for 2023

In 2023, the Company has applied a series of amendments, issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (the “IASB”) that are effective for annual periods that begin on or after January 1, 2023, which is the date as of these amendments were adopted. The conclusions related to their adoption are described below.

• Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2—Disclosure of Accounting Policies

The amendments require an entity to disclose its material accounting policies, instead of its significant accounting policies. Further amendments explain how an entity can identify a material accounting policy and add examples of when an accounting policy is likely to be material. It clarifies that an accounting policy can be material by its nature, even if the amounts are immaterial, as well as if the users of the financial information need it for their understanding of other information in the financial statements.

Guidance and examples have also been developed to support the amendments and to demonstrate the application of the “Four-step materiality process” outlined in IFRS Practice Statement 2. The amendments were applied prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning on January 1, 2023.

The amendments had no impact on the Company’s interim condensed consolidated financial statements but are expected to affect the accounting policy disclosures in the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements.

• Amendments to IAS 8 – Definition of accounting estimates ⁽¹⁾

The amendments replace the definition of a change in accounting estimates with a definition of accounting estimates. Under the new definition, accounting estimates are “monetary amounts in the financial statements that are subject to uncertainty in the measurement.”

Entities develop accounting estimates if accounting policies require items in financial statements to be measured in a way that involves measurement uncertainty. The amendments clarify that a change in accounting estimate that results from new information or new developments is not the correction of an error. It is also specified that changes in an item or measurement technique used for developing an accounting estimate, are changes in accounting estimates if they are not the result of correcting prior periods. The effect of the change in the current year is recognized in profit or loss.

F-68

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and for the nine-month

periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

The amendments were applied prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning on January 1, 2023. However, the adoption of these amendments did not have a significant effect, since the accounting estimates used by the Company already represent monetary amounts subject to uncertainty in its measurement and there have been no changes on them as of September 30, 2023.

• Amendment to IAS 12 – Deferred tax related to assets and liabilities arising from a single transaction ⁽¹⁾

The amendment introduces an exception to the initial recognition of a deferred tax provided by IAS 12. Applying this exception, the Company will no longer apply the initial recognition exemption to transactions that give rise to equal taxable and deductible differences. For example, the amendments are applied to taxable and deductible temporary differences associated with right-of-use assets and lease liabilities, as well as dismantling obligations and the applicable recognized as assets at the beginning of the first comparative period presented.

The amendments were applied on a modified retrospective basis for annual reporting periods beginning on January 1, 2023. The company historically presented the deferred taxes related to right-of-use-assets and lease liabilities on a net basis. The change will be applied on the annual consolidated financial statements to present these balances on a gross basis according to IAS 12 amendment.

• IFRS 17 – Insurance Contracts ⁽¹⁾

IFRS 17 – Insurance Contracts establishes the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosures of insurance contracts. The objective of IFRS 17, which replaces IFRS 4 “Insurance Contracts,” is to ensure an entity provides relevant information that represents those contracts. This information provides a basis for the users of financial statements to assess the effect that insurance contracts have on the entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows, being applicable both to insurance companies and to entities with reinsurance contracts.

IFRS 17 describes a general model, which is modified for insurance contracts with direct participation features, described as the variable rate approach. The general model is simplified if certain criteria are met by measuring the liability for the remaining hedge using the premium allocation approach. The general model uses current assumptions to estimate the amount, time and uncertainty of the future cash flows and explicitly measures the cost of that uncertainty. It takes into consideration the market interest rates and the impact of policyholder options and guarantees.

The amendments to IFRS 17 are effective for annual periods beginning on January 1, 2023. They are applied retrospectively unless they are impractical, in which case it is applied with a modified retrospective approach or the fair value approach.

For purposes of the transition requirements, the initial application date is the beginning of the annual reporting period in which the Entity applies IFRS 17 for the first time, and the transition date is the beginning of the period immediately prior to the initial date of application.

Since the Company does not act as an insurance entity and its operations do not consist of the issuance contracts, the adoption of this amendment did not have a significant effect on the Company’s interim consolidated financial statements.

• Amendment to IAS 12 – Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (“OECD”) Pillar Two Rules ⁽¹⁾

In December 2021, the OECD released the Pillar Two model rules (the Global Anti-Base Erosion Proposal, or “GloBE”) to reform international corporate taxation. Large multinational enterprises within the scope of

F-69

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and for the nine-month

periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

the rules are required to calculate their GloBE effective tax rate for each jurisdiction where they operate. They will be liable to pay a top-up tax for the difference between their GloBE effective tax rate per jurisdiction and the 15% minimum rate. In May 2023, the IASB made narrow-scope amendments to IAS 12 which provide a temporary relief from the requirement to recognize and disclose deferred taxes arising from enacted or substantively enacted tax law that implements the Pillar Two model rules, including tax law that implements qualified domestic minimum top-up taxes described in those rules.

The amendments also require affected entities to disclose the following:

• the fact that they have applied the exception to recognizing and disclosing information about deferred tax assets and liabilities related to Pillar Two income taxes,

• their current tax expense (if any) related to the Pillar Two income taxes, and

• during the period between the legislation being enacted or substantially enacted and the legislation becoming effective, known or reasonably estimable information that would help users of financial statements to understand an entity’s exposure to Pillar Two income taxes arising from that legislation. If this information is not known or reasonably estimable, entities are instead required to disclose a statement to that effect and information about their progress in assessing the exposure.

The amendments must be applied immediately, subject to any local endorsement process, and retrospectively in accordance with IAS 8, Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors. The disclosures about the known or reasonably estimable exposure to Pillar Two income taxes are required for annual reporting periods beginning on January 1, 2023.

The rule issued by the OECD have not been enacted in the British Virgin Islands, which is where the company was incorporated, nor in Mexico, which is where the company has most of its operation; however, Pillar Two legislation was enacted in the United Kingdom, the jurisdiction in which BBB Foods Limited Partnership and Lothian Shelf Limited are incorporated and will come into effect from 1 January 2024. Since the Pillar Two legislation was not effective at the reporting date, the Company has no related current tax exposure. The Company applies the exception to recognizing and disclosing information about deferred tax assets and liabilities related to Pillar Two income taxes, as provided in the amendments to IAS 12 issued in May 2023. The Mexican subsidiaries within the group have an effective tax rate that exceeds 15%.

Therefore, the Company is in the process of analyzing the potential implications of the application of the Pillar Two rules, including evaluating whether the requirements in each jurisdiction qualify as income taxes under the scope of IAS 12, without for now there being determined quantitative effects.

F-70

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and for the nine-month

periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

3.2 New and revised IFRS issued but not yet effective

As of the date of authorization of these interim condensed consolidated financial statements, the Company has not applied the following new and revised IFRS issued, that are not yet effective for the reporting period. The Company does not expect that the adoption of the following standards will have a material impact on the financial statements in future periods:

Amendments to IAS 1	Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current and Non-current Liabilities with Covenants (2)
Amendments to IFRS 16	Leases Liability in a sale and leaseback (2)
Amendments to IAS 7 and IFRS 7	Supplier Finance Arrangements (2)
Amendments to IAS 21	Lack of exchangeability (3)
Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28	Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture (4)

⁽¹⁾  Effective for annual periods beginning January 1, 2023

⁽²⁾  Effective for annual periods beginning January 1, 2024

⁽³⁾  Effective for annual periods beginning January 1, 2025

⁽⁴⁾  Effective for annual periods beginning on or after a certain date that has yet to be determined.

Note 4—Risk management

For further information on how the Company manages its financial risks see Note 5—Risk management in the Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020.

4.1 Liquidity risk

The amount due to the financial institutions regarding the reverse factoring transactions amounted to Ps.344,202 (out of which Ps.344,202 corresponded to Santander and HSBC) and Ps.808,607 (out of which Ps.338,336 corresponded to Santander and Ps.470,271 to other financial institutions) as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively, which can lead to concentration of liquidity risk. However, the Company choses which accounts payable the financial institutions will settle and decides which accounts will remain payable to the suppliers, being able to manage such risk.

F-71

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and for the nine-month

periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

The Company’s contractual maturities of its financial liabilities are detailed below according to the maturity periods. The table has been prepared on the basis of cash flows without discounting, from the first date on which the Company may be required to pay. The table includes the cash flows corresponding to the principal amount and its interest.

	Up to 1 year		More than 1 and up to 3 Years		Over 3 and up to 5 Years		More than 5 years		Total
September 30, 2023
Debt (excluding issuance costs)	Ps.	841,015	Ps.	125,291	Ps.	259,250	Ps.	—	Ps.	1,225,557
Debt with related parties		1,736,993		—		—		—		1,736,993
Interest payable on Promissory Notes		2,600,771		—		82,337		—		2,683,108
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		371,164		—		—		—		371,164
Suppliers		6,403,689		—		—		—		6,403,689
Lease liabilities		1,224,954		2,194,149		1,924,883		6,054,404		11,398,390
Total	Ps.	13,205,586	Ps.	2,319,440	Ps.	2,266,471	Ps.	6,054,404	Ps.	23,845,901

	Up to 1 year		More than 1 and up to 3 Years		Over 3 and up to 5 Years		More than 5 years		Total
December 31, 2022
Debt (excluding issuance costs)	Ps.	518,771	Ps.	129,770	Ps.	290,423	Ps.	—	Ps.	938,964
Debt with related parties		1,936		1,906,790		—		—		1,908,726
Interest payable on Promissory Notes		6,251		3,301,598		371,193		—		3,679,042
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		317,565		—		—		—		317,565
Suppliers		5,390,192		—		—		—		5,390,192
Lease liabilities		1,016,922		1,904,078		1,680,986		5,578,216		10,180,202
Total	Ps.	7,251,637	Ps.	7,242,236	Ps.	2,342,602	Ps.	5,578,216	Ps.	22,414,691

4.2 Capital risk

The objectives of the Company to manage capital are to safeguard the Company’ ability to continue as an ongoing business, maximize benefits for shareholders and maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.

With the objective of maintaining or adjusting the capital structure, the Company can reduce capital in favor of shareholders and / or to cover accumulated losses. Nevertheless, the Company is subject to the restrictions described in Note 8.3d. Consistent with other participants in the industry, the Company monitors capital based on the operating leverage ratio.

F-72

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and for the nine-month

periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

4.3 Exchange rate risks

The Company’s exposure to the volatility of the exchange rate of its functional currency against the US dollar (USD) for the Company’s financial instruments is shown as follows (figures in this table expressed in USD):

	September 30, 2023			December 31, 2022
Financial assets		13,930,130			922,967
Financial liabilities		(272,196,285	)		(246,151,781	)
Foreign exchange monetary position		(258,266,155	)		(245,228,814	)

The exchange rates at the date of the financial statements, for one US dollar, were as follows:

	For the nine-month periods ended September 30				September 30, 2023		December 31, 2022		September 30, 2022
	2023		2022
	Average exchange rate				Closing exchange rate
MXN/USD		17.7859		20.2649		17.6195		19.3615		20.3058

Based on the financial positions in foreign currency maintained by the Company which derives mainly from maintaining debt contracts and assets denominated in U.S. dollar, a hypothetical variation of 10% in the MXN/USD exchange rate and keeping all other variables constant would result in a profit or loss of Ps.455,052 in the interim condensed consolidated statement of profit or loss for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2023.

4.4 Interest rate risk

The Company’s debt is at fixed rates; therefore, the Company is not exposed to interest rate variation risk of loans bearing interest at variable rates. However, fixed-interest loans expose the Company to interest rate risk at fair value, which implies that the Company might be paying interest at rates significantly different from those of an observable market.

Note 5—Cash flows information

a. Transactions not requiring the use of cash flows:

	September 30, 2023			September 30, 2022
Investing activities
Right-of-use assets	Ps.	(960,197	)	Ps.	(1,439,797	)
Property, furniture, equipment, lease-hold improvements		(463,204	)		(252,275	)
Financing activities
Lease liabilities	Ps.	960,197		Ps.	1,439,797
Long-term debt		463,204			252,275

F-73

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and for the nine-month

periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

b. Reconciliation of financing items:

	Promissory Notes						Financing of transportation and store equipment			Supplier finance arrangement			Total
	Related parties			Third parties (debt)			Debt
As of December 31, 2021		Ps.3,979,443			Ps.410,126		Ps.	84,802			Ps. 227,436			Ps. 4,701,807
Increase of new debt (non-cash transactions)		—			—			252,275			—			252,275
Interest payable on Promissory Notes (non cash)		412,167			45,767			—			—			457,934
Payment of debt		—			—			(242,580	)		—			(242,580	)
Interest payment on debt		—			—			(9,137	)		—			(9,137	)
Accrued interest on debt		—			—			9,137			—			9,137
Finance obtained through supplier finance arrangements		—			—			—			1,092,978			1,092,978
Payments made on reverse factoring transactions		—			—			—			(1,005,114	)		(1,005,114	)
Exchange fluctuation		(52,856	)		(5,441	)		—			—			(58,297	)
As of September 30, 2022		Ps.4,338,754			Ps.450,452		Ps.	94,497			Ps. 315,300			Ps. 5,199,003
As of December 31, 2022		Ps.4,276,058			Ps.445,281		Ps.	248,353			Ps. 338,336			Ps. 5,308,028
Increase of new debt (non-cash transactions)		—			—			463,204			—			463,204
Interest payable on Promissory Notes (non cash)		413,254			46,367			—			—			459,621
Payment of debt		—			—			(463,437	)		—			(463,437	)
Interest payment on debt		—			—			(18,077	)		—			(18,077	)
Accrued interest on debt		—			—			18,077			—			18,077
Proceeds from Santander and HSBC credit line		—			—			300,314			—			300,314
Finance obtained through supplier finance arrangements		—			—			—			1,334,506			1,334,506
Payments made on reverse factoring transactions		—			—			—			(1,328,640	)		(1,328,640	)
Exchange fluctuation		(388,593	)		(40,496	)		—			—			(429,089	)
As of September 30, 2023		Ps.4,300,719			Ps.451,152		Ps.	548,434			Ps. 344,202			Ps. 5,644,507

F-74

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and for the nine-month

periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

Note 6—Property, furniture, equipment and lease-hold improvements – Net

The reconciliation between values of property, furniture, equipment and lease-hold improvements at beginning and end of period is as shown below:

	Buildings			Land		Transportation equipment cars			Transportation equipment trucks			Furniture and equipment			Store equipment			Store shelving equipment			Lease-hold improvements			Computer equipment			Storage equipment			Molds			Total
September 30, 2023
Initial balance	Ps.	259		Ps.	871	Ps.	20,442		Ps.	313,219		Ps.	44,235		Ps.	567,115			Ps. 453,608		Ps.	1,633,311		Ps.	97,123		Ps.	34,021		Ps.	—		Ps.	3,164,204
Acquisitions		—			—		6,321			151,004			23,343			305,879			101,489			753,135			56,822			5,414			—			1,403,407
Disposals		—			—		—			(2,203	)		—			(7	)		(42	)		—			—			(202	)		—			(2,454	)
Depreciation		(52	)		—		(8,643	)		(35,832	)		(5,333	)		(65,961	)		(22,242	)		(153,747	)		(38,841	)		(3,533	)		—			(334,184	)
Final balance	Ps.	207		Ps.	871	Ps.	18,120		Ps.	426,188		Ps.	62,245		Ps.	807,026			Ps. 532,813		Ps.	2,232,699		Ps.	115,104		Ps.	35,700		Ps.	—		Ps.	4,230,973
September 30, 2023
Cost		1,480			871		102,601			579,965			97,553			1,130,587			659,191			2,860,756			327,524			54,986			3,580			5,819,094
Accumulated depreciation		(1,273	)		—		(84,481	)		(153,777	)		(35,308	)		(323,561	)		(126,378	)		(628,057	)		(212,420	)		(19,286	)		(3,580	)		(1,588,121	)
Final balance	Ps.	207		Ps.	871	Ps.	18,120		Ps.	426,188		Ps.	62,245		Ps.	807,026			Ps. 532,813		Ps.	2,232,699		Ps.	115,104		Ps.	35,700		Ps.	—		Ps.	4,230,973
December 31, 2022
Initial balance	Ps.	333		Ps.	871	Ps.	33,174		Ps.	190,328		Ps.	28,061		Ps.	343,656			Ps.280,758		Ps.	937,689		Ps.	65,417		Ps.	20,291		Ps.	7		Ps.	1,900,585
Acquisitions		—			—		954			156,449			21,319			283,728			194,928			817,901			71,290			17,439			—			1,564,008
Disposals		—			—		—			(1,618	)		—			(23	)		(973	)		—			—			(32	)		—			(2,646	)
Depreciation		(74	)		—		(13,686	)		(31,940	)		(5,145	)		(60,246	)		(21,105	)		(122,279	)		(39,584	)		(3,677	)		(7	)		(297,743	)
Final balance	Ps.	259		Ps.	871	Ps.	20,442		Ps.	313,219		Ps.	44,235		Ps.	567,115			Ps.453,608		Ps.	1,633,311		Ps.	97,123		Ps.	34,021		Ps.	—		Ps.	3,164,204
December 31, 2022
Cost		1,481			871		96,279			432,190			74,210			824,757			557,802			2,107,621			270,702			50,344			3,580			4,419,837
Accumulated depreciation		(1,222	)		—		(75,837	)		(118,971	)		(29,975	)		(257,642	)		(104,194	)		(474,310	)		(173,579	)		(16,323	)		(3,580	)		(1,255,633	)
Final balance	Ps.	259		Ps.	871	Ps.	20,442		Ps.	313,219		Ps.	44,235		Ps.	567,115			Ps.453,608		Ps.	1,633,311		Ps.	97,123		Ps.	34,021		Ps.	—		Ps.	3,164,204

The depreciation of property, furniture, equipment and lease-hold improvements for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 amounted to Ps.334,184 and Ps.212,066, respectively; the depreciation of property, furniture, equipment and lease-hold improvements recognized in cost of sales for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 amounted to Ps.66,244 and Ps.32,931, respectively; and the depreciation of property, furniture, equipment and lease-hold improvements recognized in sales expenses for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 amounted to Ps.267,940 and Ps.179,135, respectively.

F-75

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and for the nine-month

periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

Note 7—Right-of-use assets – Net

The Company has signed various leasing contracts used in its operations, including machinery, vehicles, other equipment and commercial premises. There are no future cash outflows derived from residual value guarantees, restrictions imposed by tenants on sale and leaseback transactions.

The average term of the lease contracts as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 was 5 to 20 years for buildings, 10 years for store equipment, and 8 years for transportation equipment. The Company applies the recognition exemptions with respect to “short-term leases” and “low-value asset leases.”

The right-of-use asset recognized in the interim condensed consolidated statement of financial position as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, was as follows:

	Building			Transportation equipment trucks			Store equipment			Total
As of January 1, 2022		Ps.2,911,515			Ps.32,473			Ps.103,978			Ps. 3,047,966
Additions		2,021,858			32,760			78,791			2,133,409
Depreciation		(460,485	)		(9,234	)		(15,197	)		(484,916	)
As of December 31, 2022		Ps.4,472,888			Ps.55,999			Ps.167,572			Ps.4,696,459
Additions		866,960			34,453			58,783			960,196
Depreciation		(390,937	)		(13,793	)		(17,142	)		(421,872	)
As of September 30, 2023		Ps.4,948,911			Ps.76,659			Ps.209,213			Ps.5,234,783

During the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, the Company had expenses related to low-value leased assets and short-term leases included in sale and administrative expenses for an amount of Ps.9,574 and Ps.4,135, respectively. During the same periods, the Company did not have variable lease payments.

The Company had total cash outflows for leases in the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, for an amount of Ps.859,684 and Ps.585,236, respectively.

For the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, the Company recognized depreciation of the right-of-use asset in cost of sales for Ps.63,627 and Ps.48,988, respectively.

For the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, the Company recognized depreciation of the right-of-use asset in sales expenses for Ps.358,245 and Ps.316,225, respectively.

The Company has several lease contracts that include extension and termination options. These options are negotiated by Management to provide flexibility in managing the leased-asset portfolio and align with the Group business needs. Management exercises significant judgement in determining whether these extension and termination options are reasonably certain to be exercised. As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company considered all optional extensions that are enforceable in its lease contracts; therefore, there are no future cash outflows derived from extensions that are not planned to be exercised.

F-76

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and for the nine-month

periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

Note 8—Financial instruments by category

The Company classified their financial assets and liabilities as follows:

	September 30, 2023		December 31, 2022
Financial assets at amortized cost:
Cash and cash equivalents	Ps.	1,001,083	Ps.	984,976
Sundry debtors		30,717		19,885
Total	Ps.	1,031,800	Ps.	1,004,861
	September 30, 2023		December 31, 2022
Financial liabilities at amortized cost:
Debt with related parties	Ps.	4,300,719	Ps.	4,276,058
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		371,164		317,565
Suppliers		6,403,689		5,390,192
Lease liabilities		5,872,520		5,245,442
Debt		1,343,788		1,031,970
Total	Ps.	18,291,880	Ps.	16,261,227

Fair value of financial assets and liabilities measured at amortized cost

The amount of cash and cash equivalents, sundry debtors and suppliers, approximate their fair value due to their short-term maturity. The net carrying amount of these accounts represents the expected cash flows to be received as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022.

In addition, the estimated carrying amount and fair value of the liabilities measured at amortized costs are as follows:

	September 30, 2023				December 31, 2022
	Carrying amount		Fair value		Carrying amount		Fair value
Debt to related parties and debt to third parties (1)		Ps. 4,751,871		Ps.4,680,205		Ps. 4,721,340		Ps. 4,818,245

(1) The estimated fair value of debt to related parties and debt to third parties is estimated together since both reflect the outstanding amount of the Promissory Notes issued by the Company. As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the fair value was determined based on the discounted cash flows, using a US$ composite rate, plus the credit spread of the Company and the country risk indicator if it applies. The fair value measurement of debt is considered within the Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Long-term fixed-rate and variable-rate interest-bearing loans and borrowings are evaluated by the Company based on parameters such as interest rates, specific country risk factors, and the risk characteristics of the financed project.

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, there were no transfers between the levels of the fair value hierarchy.

F-77

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and for the nine-month

periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

Fair value hierarchy

The following is an analysis of financial instruments measured in accordance with the fair value hierarchy. The 3 different levels used are presented below:

• Level 1: Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.

• Level 2: Other valuations including quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, which are directly or indirectly observable.

• Level 3: Valuations made through techniques where one or more of their significant data inputs are unobservable.

Note 9—Debt with related parties

9.1 Transactions with related parties

	For the nine-month periods ended
	September 30, 2023		September 30, 2022
Interest expense on Promissory Notes payable to shareholders	Ps.	112,844	Ps.	112,538
Interest expense on Promissory Notes payable to other related parties		288,686		288,034
Interest expense on Promissory Notes payable to key Management personnel		10,649		10,532
Interest expense on Promissory Notes payable to close family member of key Management		1,075		1,063
Bonus expense payable to key Management personnel		11,412		4,061
Interest accrued on bonus payable to key Management personnel		3,604		2,769
Professional fees payable to other related parties (1)		1,401		1,536
Total	Ps.	429,671	Ps.	420,533

⁽¹⁾  Corresponds to the annual payment made on an arms-length transaction to QS Management Ltd which is a related party of QS BBB, related to professional services.

9.2 Balances with related parties

	September 30, 2023		December 31, 2022
Debt with related parties (1)		Ps. 4,300,719		Ps.4,276,058
Bonus payable to related parties (2)		44,092		44,528
Total		Ps. 4,344,811		Ps.4,320,586

⁽¹⁾  Corresponds to Promissory Notes

⁽²⁾  The bonuses are authorized and paid at the end of the year, therefore, there were no bonuses paid to key management personnel during the nine-month periods ended in September 30, 2023 and 2022. During the

F-78

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and for the nine-month

periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

year ended December 31, 2022, bonuses paid to key management personnel amounted to Ps.3,200. Part of this payment was deferred and accrued interest at a rate from 10% to 15%,and will be paid in an exit event (such as an IPO).

9.3 As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company’s debt under Promissory Notes was as follows:

Debt with related parties

	September 30, 2023
Promissory Notes	Amount of the Promissory Notes US$(1)		Currency	Principal Ps.(2)		Accrued Interest Payable Ps.(2)		Total Ps.(2)		Interest Rate			Maturity		Guarantee(3)
Non-Current
Senior Promissory Notes (Note 9a)		94,747,329	US$		1,661,229		2,459,514		4,120,743		14	%		May 2024		Guaranteed
2017 Junior Promissory Notes (Note 9b)		5,000,000	US$		74,002		103,252		177,254		15	%		May 2024		Guaranteed
2020 Junior Promissory Notes (Note 9c)		650,000	US$		1,762		960		2,722		14	%		May 2024		Guaranteed
Total		100,397,329			1,736,993		2,563,726		4,300,719

⁽¹⁾  Amounts in the “Amount of the Promissory Notes” column are presented in the original issuance amount in US$.

⁽²⁾  Amounts in the “Principal,” “Accrued Interest Payable” and “Total” columns are presented in thousands of Mexican peso. These columns correspond only to amounts due to related parties of BBB Foods Inc., the remainder of the amount of each Promissory Notes is disclosed as debt (see Note 10).

⁽³⁾  On November 20, 2020, the Mexican Subsidiaries became guarantors of BBB Foods Inc.´s obligations under the Promissory Notes guaranteeing payment at maturity in case of default or breach of a covenants of BBB Foods Inc.

	December 31, 2022
Promissory Notes	Amount of the Promissory Notes US$(1)		Currency	Principal Ps.(2)		Accrued Interest Payable Ps.(2)		Total Ps.(2)		Interest Rate			Maturity		Guarantee(3)
Non-Current
Senior Promissory Notes (Note 9a)		94,747,329	US$		1,825,472		2,272,766		4,098,238		14	%		May 2024		Guaranteed
2017 Junior Promissory Notes (Note 9b)		5,000,000	US$		81,318		93,796		175,114		15	%		May 2024		Guaranteed
2020 Junior Promissory Notes (Note 9c)		650,000	US$		1,936		770		2,706		14	%		May 2024		Guaranteed
Total		100,397,329			1,908,726		2,367,332		4,276,058

⁽⁴⁾  Amounts in the “Amount of the Promissory Notes” column are presented in the original issuance amount in US$.

F-79

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and for the nine-month

periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

⁽⁵⁾  Amounts in the “Principal,” “Accrued Interest Payable” and “Total” columns are presented in thousands of Mexican peso. These columns correspond only to amounts due to related parties of BBB Foods Inc., the remainder of the amount of each Promissory Notes is disclosed as debt (see Note 10).

⁽⁶⁾  On November 20, 2020, the Mexican Subsidiaries became guarantors of BBB Foods Inc.´s obligations under the Promissory Notes guaranteeing payment at maturity in case of default or breach of a covenants of BBB Foods Inc.

Terms and conditions of the Promissory Notes

a. Senior Promissory Notes: On November 30, 2016, BBB Foods Inc. entered into a Senior Promissory Notes Agreement, pursuant to which the Company issued promissory notes (the “Senior Notes”) in the aggregate amount of US$94,747,329. In Mexican peso, the principal amounts were Ps.1,669,401 and Ps.1,834,450 as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively (of which 99.5% was due to related parties and 0.5% to third parties, as shown below) with an original term of 6 years (with a maturity date of November 30, 2022), bearing interest at an annual rate of 14%, with principal and interest payable at maturity. Accrued interest was Ps.2,471,611 (US$140,277,001) and Ps.2,283,945 (US$117,963,235), as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively (See Note 4.3 for exchange rates used). On November 23, 2021, the holders of the Senior Notes agreed to extend the maturity thereof for almost 2 years, to May 31, 2024. On October 23, 2023, the Company signed a new amendment to extend the maturity to December 31, 2026. As mentioned above, the holders of the Senior Notes include related parties, including shareholders, as well as third parties, so the total amount of the Senior Notes has been split to show the nature of the counterparty creditors. See Note 10 for further information.

Amounts outstanding under the Senior Notes were comprised as follows:

	September 30, 2023		December 31, 2022
Related parties		Ps. 4,120,743		Ps.4,098,238
Debt - Third parties (Note 10)		20,268		20,158
Total		Ps. 4,141,011		Ps.4,118,396

The related parties were as follows:

	September 30, 2023		December 31, 2022
BBB Foods Inc. shareholders		Ps. 1,111,880		Ps.1,105,807
Investment fund related to QS BBB (see Note 1)		3,007,705		2,991,279
Key management personnel		1,158		1,152
Total		Ps. 4,120,743		Ps.4,098,238

b. 2017 Junior Promissory Notes: On August 9, 2017, BBB Foods Inc. entered into a Junior Promissory Notes Agreement, pursuant to which the Company issued promissory notes (the “2017 Junior Notes”) in the aggregate amount of US$5,000,000. In Mexican peso the principal amounts were Ps.88,098 and Ps.96,808, as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively (of which 84% was due to related parties and 16% to third parties, as shown below) with an original term of 5 years (with a maturity date of

F-80

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and for the nine-month

periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

November 30, 2022) bearing interest at an annual rate of 15%, with principal and interest payable at maturity. Accrued interest was Ps.122,919 (US$6,976,315) and Ps.111,661 (US$5,767,168), as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively (See Note 4.3 for exchange rates used). On November 23, 2021, the holders of the 2017 Junior Notes agreed to extend the maturity thereof for almost 2 years, to May 31, 2024. On October 23, 2023, the Company signed a new amendment to extend the maturity to December 31, 2026. As mentioned above, the holders of the 2017 Junior Notes include related parties, which includes shareholders, as well as third parties, so the total amount of the 2017 Junior Notes has been split to show the nature of the counterparty creditors. See Note 10 for further information.

Amounts outstanding under the 2017 Junior Notes were comprised as follows:

	September 30, 2023		December 31, 2022
Related parties		Ps.177,254		Ps.175,114
Debt - Third parties (Note 10)		33,763		33,355
Total		Ps.211,017		Ps.208,469

The related parties were as follows:

	September 30, 2023		December 31, 2022
Key Management personnel	Ps.	59,085		Ps.102,150
BBB Foods Inc. shareholders		4,220		58,371
Close family member of key Management		103,398		10,424
Other related parties		10,551		4,169
Total	Ps.	177,254		Ps.175,114

c. 2020 Junior Promissory Notes: On June 30, 2020, BBB Foods Inc. entered into a Junior Promissory Notes Agreement, whereby the Company issued promissory notes (the “2020 Junior Notes”), in the aggregate amount of US$650,000. In Mexican peso, the principal amounts were Ps.11,453 and Ps.12,585, as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively (out of which 15.4% corresponded to related parties and 84.6% to third parties, as shown below) with an original term of 3 years (with a maturity date of June 30, 2023), bearing interest at an annual rate of 14%, with principal and interest payable at maturity. Accrued interest was Ps.6,241 (US$354,228) and Ps.5,012 (US$258,884), as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively (See Note 4.3 for exchange rate used). On November 23, 2021, the holders of the 2020 Junior Notes agreed to extend the maturity of the 2020 Junior Notes for almost 1 year, to May 31, 2024. On October 23, 2023, the Company signed a new amendment to extend the maturity to December 31, 2026. As mentioned above, the holders of the 2020 Junior Notes include related parties, which includes shareholders as well as third parties, so the total amount of the 2020 Junior Notes has been split to show the nature of the counterparty creditors. See Note 10 for further information.

Amounts outstanding under the 2020 Junior Notes were comprised as follows:

	September 30, 2023		December 31, 2022
Related parties	Ps.	2,722	Ps.	2,707
Debt - Third parties (Note 10)		14,972		14,890
Total	Ps.	17,694	Ps.	17,597

F-81

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and for the nine-month

periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

The related parties were as follows:

	September 30, 2023		December 31, 2022
BBB Foods Inc. shareholders		Ps.2,722		Ps.2,707
Total		Ps.2,722		Ps.2,707

d. Covenants

The Promissory Notes contain certain provisions that limit the Company’s ability to incur additional debt; pay dividends, make certain investments, and reduce its share capital, among others. The Promissory Notes also establish minimum requirements for carrying out portfolio securitizations and limit the Company’s ability to enter into transactions with related parties. As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company was in compliance with all covenants under the Promissory Notes.

9.4 Key Management personnel compensation

a) Compensation to key Management personnel during the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 was Ps.399,669 and Ps.307,087, respectively. The compensation was recognized as an expense.

	For the nine-month periods ended
	September 30, 2023		September 30, 2022
Share-based payments		Ps. 302,438		Ps. 227,842
Short-term employee benefits		85,819		75,184
Bonuses (See Note 9.1)		11,412		4,061
		Ps. 399,669		Ps. 307,087

b) The CEO of BBB Foods Inc. is shareholder of Bolton Partners LTD, a related party.

Note 10—Debt

The Company’s debt is as follows:

	September 30, 2023		December 31, 2022
Short-term debt:
Short-term document payable	Ps.	133,495	Ps.	70,373
Supplier finance arrangement (1) (3)		344,202		338,336
Santander credit line (2)		47,735		82,527
HSBC credit line (3)		252,579		—
Total of short-term debt	Ps.	778,011	Ps.	491,236

F-82

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and for the nine-month

periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

	September 30, 2023		December 31, 2022
Long-term debt:
Long-term document payable	Ps.	114,625	Ps.	95,453
Promissory Notes		451,152		445,281
Total of long-term debt	Ps.	565,777	Ps.	540,734
Total debt:	Ps. $	1,343,788	Ps.	1,031,970

⁽¹⁾  According to the Agreement with Santander, the Company’s liability to Santander related to the accounts payable factored by its suppliers is allowed to be for an aggregate amount of up to Ps.350,000. Therefore, the Company has an available amount with Santander of Ps.17,742 and Ps.11,664, as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively.

⁽²⁾  The Company’s liability to Santander related to the credit line have an aggregate amount of up to Ps. 100,000. As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company has an available credit line amount of Ps.52,265 and Ps.17,473, respectively.

⁽³⁾  According to the Agreement with HSBC, the Company´s liability to HSBC related to the supplier finance arrangement and the credit line is allowed to be for a combined aggregate amount of Ps.450,000. Therefore, the company has an available amount of Ps.185,477

i. Debt

Debt is an agreement for the financing of transportation and store equipment, which is pledged as collateral. As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, there were no current restrictions on the use of such pledged assets. Total short-term and long-term debt as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 was denominated, in Mexican peso and accrue monthly interest as shown below:

Institution	Concept	Effective rate	Remaining contract period (1)	September 30, 2023		December 31, 2022
Banco Mercantil del Norte	Transportation equipment	From 11.90 to 15.99	1 year	Ps.	149	Ps.	149
Daimler Chrysler Financial Services	Transportation equipment	From 11.25 to 13.20	1 year		132,703		67,563
Daimler Chrysler Financial Services	Transportation equipment	From 11.25 to 13.20	3 years		114,625		94,928
NR Finance México, S.A. de C.V. SOFOM E.N.R.	Transportation equipment	From 2.08 to 14.99	1 year		13		1,613
NR Finance México, S. A. de C. V. SOFOM E.N.R.	Transportation equipment	From 2.08 to 14.99	From 2 to 3 years		—		78
TOYOTA Financial Services	Transportation equipment	13.99	1 year		121		320
TOYOTA Financial Services	Transportation equipment	13.99	2 years		—		88
Grupo Financiero Santander	Transportation equipment	12.99	1 year		156		126
Grupo Financiero Santander	Transportation equipment	12.99	2 years		—		123
CETELEM SA de CV	Transportation equipment	From 12.74 to 14.00	1 year		—		131
Arrendadora Afirme	Transportation equipment	From 9.95 to 11.7	1 year		353		471
Arrendadora Afirme	Transportation equipment	11.7	3 years		—		236
Grupo Financiero Santander	Santander credit line	TIIE + 3.15	1 year		47,735		82,527
Grupo Financiero HSBC	HSBC credit line	TIIE + 3.25	1 year		252,579		—

F-83

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and for the nine-month

periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

Institution	Concept	Effective rate	Remaining contract period (1)	September 30, 2023		December 31, 2022
Supplier finance arrangement	HSBC	N/A	N/A		11,944		—
Supplier finance arrangement	Santander	N/A	N/A		332,258		338,336
Total of document payable					Ps. 892,636		Ps. 586,689
Total of short-term document payable					778,011		491,236
Total of long-term document payable					Ps. 114,625		Ps.  95,453

⁽¹⁾  Relates to the remaining period of the contract. Nevertheless, multiple contracts are included in each row. In addition, the value of the contract for 1 year and for more than one year is included.

On June 2, 2023, the Company and HSBC Mexico, S.A. (“HSBC”) entered into a reverse factoring transaction (the “HSBC Supplier Finance Agreement”) and a credit line agreement (the “HSBC Credit Line,” and together with the HSBC Supplier Finance Agreement, the “HSBC Agreement”). The aggregate principal amount financeable under the HSBC Agreement is Ps.450,000. Pursuant to the terms of the HSBC Supplier Finance Agreement, participating suppliers may discount their invoices with HSBC, and they will receive the original invoice amount discounted at an agreed rate and the Company will then pay HSBC the original amount by the earlier of: (x) the date HSBC pays the supplier plus the number of credit days originally agreed to with the supplier, and (y) 90 days after the supplier collects the invoice from HSBC. The supplier elects which invoices are entered into the factoring transaction. Once entered, such invoices are novated and the liability of the Company to cover such invoice is extinguished. Invoices that are not discounted with HSBC are payable to the supplier at the original maturity date. There are no commissions or interests payable to HSBC when invoices are discounted, and only an opening commission of Ps.2,250 was paid for entering into the agreement, however, the Company receives a commission from HSBC for each factoring transaction and the Company must pay penalties in case of late payment. In addition, under the terms of the HSBC Agreement, the Company must comply with certain covenants including restrictions on dividends. Additionally, pursuant to the terms of the HSBC Agreement, the Company has created a trust, which is meant to be a source of payment in the case of a payment default, into which Ps.540,000 of cash flows have to be deposited each month and are released so long as no payment default occurs.

The Company recognized a financial liability presented separately from the trade payables to suppliers since the size, nature and function of those liabilities makes separate presentation relevant. The Company derecognized the trade payables subject to reverse factoring transactions and recognize them in the supplier finance arrangement line item.

For statement of cash flows purposes, it is considered that an in-substance financing has occurred for the HSBC supplier finance arrangement. Therefore, the Company reflects an imputed operating cash outflow and a financing cash inflow when HSBC pays the supplier. In addition, the Company presents the commission received from HSBC related to this arrangement in financing activities in the statement of cash flows.

F-84

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and for the nine-month

periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

ii. Promissory Notes

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company’s debt under Promissory Notes was as follows:

	September 30, 2023
Promissory Notes	Amount of the Promissory Notes US$ (1)		Currency	Principal Ps.(2)			Accrued Interest Payable Ps.(2)		Total Ps.(2)		Interest Rate			Maturity		Guarantee(3)
Non-Current
Senior Promissory Notes (Note 9a)		94,747,329	US$		8,171			12,097		20,268		14	%		May 2024		Guaranteed
2017 Junior Promissory Notes (Note 9b)		5,000,000	US$		14,096			19,667		33,763		15	%		May 2024		Guaranteed
2020 Junior Promissory Notes (Note 9c)		650,000	US$		9,691			5,281		14,972		14	%		May 2024		Guaranteed
Convertible Notes (Note 10a)		15,000,000	US$		259,250	(4)		122,899		382,149		14	%		Nov 2026		Guaranteed
Total		115,397,329			291,208			159,944		451,152

⁽¹⁾  Amounts in the “Amount of the Promissory Notes” column is presented in the original issuance amount in US$.

⁽²⁾  Amounts in the “Principal,” “Accrued Interest Payable” and “Total” columns are presented in thousands of Mexican peso. These columns correspond only to amounts due to non-related parties of BBB Foods Inc. The remainder of the amount of each Promissory Note is disclosed as debt to related parties (see Note 9).

⁽³⁾  On November 20, 2020, the Mexican Subsidiaries became guarantors of BBB Foods Inc.´s obligations under the Promissory Notes guaranteeing payment at maturity in case of default or breach of a covenants of BBB Foods Inc.

⁽⁴⁾  Includes the issuance costs of the Convertible Notes.

	December 31, 2022
Promissory Notes	Amount of the Promissory Notes US$ (1)		Currency	Principal Ps.(2)			Accrued Interest Payable Ps.(2)		Total Ps.(2)		Interest Rate			Maturity		Guarantee(3)
Non-Current
Senior Promissory Notes (Note 9a)		94,747,329	US$		8,979			11,179		20,158		14	%		May 2024		Guaranteed
2017 Junior Promissory Notes (Note 9b)		5,000,000	US$		15,489			17,866		33,355		15	%		May 2024		Guaranteed
2020 Junior Promissory Notes (Note 9c)		650,000	US$		10,649			4,241		14,890		14	%		May 2024		Guaranteed
Convertible Notes (Note 10a)		15,000,000	US$		284,882	(4)		91,996		376,878		14	%		Nov 2026		Guaranteed
Total		115,397,329			319,999			125,282		445,281

⁽¹⁾  Amounts in the “Amount of the Promissory Notes” column is presented in the original issuance amount in US$.

⁽²⁾  Amounts in the “Principal,” “Accrued Interest Payable” and “Total” columns are presented in thousands of Mexican peso. These columns correspond only to amounts due to non-related parties of BBB Foods Inc. The remainder of the amount of each Promissory Note is disclosed as debt to related parties (see Note 9).

⁽³⁾ On November 20, 2020, the Mexican Subsidiaries became guarantors of BBB Foods Inc.´s obligations under the Promissory Notes guaranteeing payment at maturity in case of default or breach of a covenants of BBB Foods Inc.

⁽⁴⁾  Includes the issuance costs of the Convertible Notes.

F-85

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and for the nine-month

periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

a. Convertible Notes: On November 20, 2020, BBB Foods Inc. entered into a Junior Convertible Promissory Notes Agreement with LIV FD, S.A. de C.V., S.O.F.O.M., E.N.R.

Under the term of this agreement, on November 20, 2020, BBB Foods Inc. issued a first junior convertible promissory note in the amount of US$7,500,000 with issuance costs of US$173,661 and on February 3, 2021, issued a second junior convertible promissory note in the amount of US$7,500,000, with issuance costs of US$112,500. Both instruments have a term of 6 years and mature on November 20, 2026, and bear interest at annual rate of 14% compounded quarterly, with principal and interest payable at maturity. The first junior convertible promissory note and the second junior convertible promissory note are referred to as the “Convertible Notes.” As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the contractual payments of the Convertible Notes were US$22,041,616 (Ps.388,362) and US$19,857,885 (Ps.384,478), respectively.

Between May 20, 2025 and the maturity date, the Convertible Notes are convertible into ordinary shares of the Company, at the option of the holder. Convertible Notes will be convertible into the number of Class C Shares (rounded to the nearest whole number) equal to the outstanding principal amount plus the amount of all accrued and unpaid interest at the time of the conversion and divided by the Conversion Price (US$86.25), such amount may be adjusted after the issuance date for any share split, share combination or similar dilutive events that may occur with respect to Class C Shares. Since the functional currency of BBB Foods is the Mexican Peso and the Convertible Notes are denominated in U.S. dollars, the characteristic of an exchange of a fixed payment for a fixed amount of equity is not fulfilled as the exchange rate will be different depending on the date they are converted. In addition, as the holder decides when to convert the notes, there is uncertainty to determine the amount of principal and accrued interest from the start date of the contract until settlement. Therefore, it was determined that the Convertible Notes should be classified as financial liability.

According to the terms and conditions of the Convertible Notes, the option to acquire equity instruments of the Company meet the definition of a derivative, since the holder is entitled to receive shares of the Company at a determined price in U.S. dollars (but subject to variability for exchange fluctuations), which could be lower or higher than the fair value of the equity instruments at the date of the call option. Based on the foregoing, an embedded derivative exists under the Convertible Notes, and because it is not closely related to the underlying Convertible Notes it must be recognized as a financial instrument measured at fair value through profit or loss. However, the value of the embedded derivative as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, was nil.

See Note 9 for the terms and conditions of the remainder of the Company’s debt instruments.

Note 11—Lease liabilities

From December 31, 2022 to September 30, 2023, the Company has recognized the lease liabilities shown below:

	September 30, 2023		December 31, 2022
Lease liabilities:
Current	Ps.	518,027	Ps.	417,307
Non-current		5,354,493		4,828,135
	Ps.	5,872,520	Ps.	5,245,442

F-86

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and for the nine-month

periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

Set out below are the carrying amounts of lease liabilities and the movements during the period:

	Building			Transportation equipment trucks			Store equipment			Total
Lease liabilities as of December 31, 2021		Ps.3,338,166			Ps.27,209			Ps.65,512			Ps.3,430,887
New leases		2,021,858			32,760			78,792			2,133,410
Interest expense		488,072			3,896			15,907			507,875
Payment of leases		(755,871	)		(16,631	)		(54,228	)		(826,730	)
Lease liabilities as of December 31, 2022		Ps.5,092,225			Ps.47,234			Ps.105,983			Ps.5,245,442
New leases		866,960			34,454			58,782			960,196
Interest expense		502,081			6,841			17,644			526,566
Payment of leases		(778,342	)		(21,163	)		(60,179	)		(859,684	)
Lease liabilities as of September 30, 2023		Ps.5,682,924			Ps.67,366			Ps.122,230			Ps.5,872,520

The following are the amounts recognized in profit or loss:

	For the nine-month periods ended
	September 30, 2023		September 30, 2022
Depreciation expense of right-of-use assets	Ps.	421,872	Ps.	365,213
Interest expense on lease liabilities		526,566		358,510
Expense relating to leases of low-value assets and short-term leases (included in administrative expenses)		9,574		4,135
Total amount recognized in profit or loss	Ps.	958,012	Ps.	727,858

The Company has no cash outflows to which is potentially exposed since in the measurement of the lease liabilities, the optional renewal is always included.

Note 12—Income tax

BBB Foods Inc., as an entity incorporated and existing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (“BVI”), is not subject to any form of taxation and therefore there is no tax rate to be applied and will continue to be in the future. The laws of the BVI specifically provide that a BVI business entity such as BBB Foods Inc. is exempt from any income, capital gains, estate or other tax in the British Virgin Islands. However, the statutory rate of income tax in Mexico applicable to the Company’s Mexican Subsidiaries was and will continue to be 30%.

Income tax expense is recognized based on management’s estimate of the weighted average effective annual income tax rate expected for the full financial year. The estimated rate includes the impact of remeasuring closing deferred tax balances at the end of the financial year. In addition, there were no enacted or substantially enacted tax rates to recognize the remeasurement of deferred tax balances in the interim periods.

F-87

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and for the nine-month

periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

The Company estimates the amount of expenditure and the likely level of tax benefits in the coming interim periods and the likely effect on the effective tax rate for the full year. The expenditures related to the opening of new stores which consisted mainly in new leases and property, furniture, equipment, and leasehold improvements had a material effect on the effective tax rate. Therefore, the Company recognized a net deferred tax assets of Ps.102,473 and Ps.73,729 in the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and spread the effect of the change in the deferred tax assets over the full years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, based on application of an annual effective tax rate.

As indicated above, the transactions in BVI, are not subject to tax, and the Mexican subsidiaries are subject to 30% tax rate. Therefore, according to IAS 34 the Company determined the estimated average annual tax rate used for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2023, and 2022 separately for the transactions of each jurisdiction, where the 0% tax rate was used to the items related to BVI, and 60% and 69% respectively for the Mexican subsidiaries, which exclude the impact of the non-deductible share based payments that were not considered in the effective tax rate given the distortive effect, but instead such impact was considered on each of the interim periods as they arose. Although the Company has losses before income taxes at the consolidated level in both periods, the Mexican Subsidiaries had profits before income taxes (without considering the share-based payments expense) to which an annual income tax is expected to be recognized for the full financial year.

Note 13—Cost and Expenses by nature

The cost of sales is comprised as shown below:

	For the nine-month periods ended
	September 30, 2023		September 30, 2022
Cost of merchandise and logistic costs		Ps. 26,603,732		Ps.19,588,186
Depreciation of property, furniture, equipment, and lease-hold improvements		66,244		32,931
Depreciation of right-of-use asset		63,627		48,988
Cost of sales		Ps. 26,733,603		Ps.19,670,105

The sales and administrative expenses are as follows:

	For the nine-month periods ended
	September 30, 2023		September 30, 2022
Personnel Expenses	Ps.	2,268,607		Ps.1,504,704
Depreciation and Amortization		628,175		495,360
Cash-in-Transit Services, Surveillance and Maintenance		401,465		325,074
Energy, Fuel, and Lubricants		300,823		245,111
Shared-based payment (1)		302,438		227,842
Other		285,541		199,021
Advertising		107,537		89,728
Other taxes and rights		97,281		53,440
Professional Services		72,307		49,967
Total sales and administrative expenses	Ps.	4,464,174		Ps. 3,190,247

F-88

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and for the nine-month

periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

⁽¹⁾  The share-based payment in the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 were comprised of Ps.178,157 and Ps.114,085, respectively, in respect of options granted under the Plan. In addition, The share-based payments in the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 were comprised of Ps.124,281 and Ps.113,757, respectively, in respect of Exit Options.

Note 14—Financial costs—net

For the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, the financial (costs) income is included as indicated below:

	For the nine-month periods ended
	September 30, 2023			September 30, 2022
Financial income:
Interest income	Ps.	12,866		Ps.	8,731
Other commissions		7,644			5,783
Financial income	Ps.	20,510		Ps.	14,514
Financial costs:
Interest cost on lease liabilities		(526,566	)		(358,510	)
Interest cost on Promissory Notes (Debt)		(459,621	)		(457,934	)
Interest on bonus payable to related parties		(3,604	)		(2,769	)
Interest cost on credit lines		(3,154	)		—
Interest cost on financing of transportation and store equipment (debt)		(14,923	)		(9,137	)
Financial costs	Ps.	(1,007,868	)	Ps.	(828,350	)
Exchange rate fluctuation:
Gain for exchange rate fluctuation		403,922			53,522
Financial costs - net	Ps.	(583,436	)	Ps.	(760,314	)

Note 15—Loss per share

Losses per share are classified as basic and diluted. Basic losses are intended to provide a measure of the participation of each ordinary share of BBB Foods Inc. in the performance that the Company had in the periods presented. Basic losses are calculated by dividing the loss for the period attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the controlling interest by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

Diluted shares are intended to provide a measure of the participation of each ordinary share in the Company’s performance considering the dilutive effects (reduction in profits or increase in losses) of the potential ordinary shares in circulation during the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share are calculated by dividing the loss of the year attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the controlling interest by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that have dilutive potential. The Company has not presented diluted earnings per share as it has recognized a net loss for all

F-89

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and for the nine-month

periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

periods, which would result in an antidilutive effect. The information on earnings (loss) per share and number of shares used in the calculations of basic loss per share is shown below:

	For the nine-month periods ended
	September 30, 2023			September 30, 2022
Net loss for the period		Ps. (209,169	)		Ps. (584,200	)
Weighted average Class A shares (1)		4,000,000			4,000,000
Basic and diluted loss per share		(52.29	)		(146.05	)

⁽¹⁾  The loss per share is estimated with the weighted average number of Class A shares, due to the liquidity preference since there is no contractual obligation from the class B, C, D, and E to share losses as they have different liquidation rights.

Note 16—Share-based payments

Common Options

The Company has a share-based payments plan for its employees. As stated in the terms of the share-based compensation plan (the “Plan”), eligible employees will obtain share-based payments pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

For the nine-month period ended September 30, 2023, the Company did not grant options under the Plan.

The following table illustrates the movements in share options under the Plan for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2023 and for the year ended December 31, 2022:

	Number of share options
Outstanding as of January 1, 2022		7,343,750
Granted during the year		2,445,000
Forfeited during the year		—
Outstanding as of December 31, 2022		9,788,750
Exercisable as of December 31, 2022		—
Granted during the year		—
Forfeited during the year		—
Outstanding as of September 30, 2023		9,788,750
Exercisable as of September 30, 2023		—

Exit Options

Exit Options will be paid in equity in the occurrence of an exit event, such as an IPO; therefore, the vesting period of such options represents the best estimate of the Company for the occurrence of an exit event.

For the nine-month period ended September 30, 2023 the Company granted 126,664 Exit Options to former members of the Board of Directors, that were previously granted in 2020 and forfeited in 2021. In January 2023, the Company re-granted the same number of Exit Options to such former members of the Board of Directors, which simultaneously vested in its entirety for not having the performance condition of being at the Company until the occurrence of an IPO, and the award was recognized as a new grant. The fair value of the share options vested is determined using an option pricing model and a binomial tree valuation model, which considers the

F-90

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and for the nine-month

periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

Company’s share price based on future discounted cash flows. The Company awarded options to purchase Class C Shares, each share having a par value of one cent U.S. dollars (US$0.01).

The following table illustrates the granted Exit Options and the corresponding strike prices and the expiry dates:

Grant date January	Number of options granted		Strike Price US Dollars		Fair value at grant date		Expiry Date, December of
2023		63,332	$	7.11	$	8.04		2051
2023		63,332	$	11.00	$	7.58		2051
		126,664

The following table illustrates the movements in Exit Options for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2023 and for the year ended December 31, 2022:

	Number of share options
Outstanding as of January 1, 2022		2,354,994
Granted during the year		—
Forfeited during the year		—
Outstanding as of December 31, 2022		2,354,994
Exercisable as of December 31, 2022		—
Granted during the year		126,664
Forfeited during the year		—
Outstanding as of September 30, 2023		2,481,658
Exercisable as of September 30, 2023		—

The share-based payment during the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 was recognized in administrative expenses for the following amounts:

	For the nine-month periods ended
	September 30, 2023		September 30, 2022
Options granted under the Plan		Ps.178,157		Ps.114,085
Exit Options		124,281		113,757
Share-based payments		302,438		227,842

Note 17—Subsequent events

In preparing the consolidated financial statements the Company has evaluated the events and transactions for recognition or disclosure subsequent to September 30, 2023, and through December 27, 2023 (date of issuance of the consolidated financial statements), no significant subsequent events have been identified, except for the following:

• On October 25, 2023, hurricane Otis hit the city of Acapulco, Mexico. The Company estimates impairment losses for property damage in property, furniture and equipment for an amount of Ps. 56,144, in addition to inventory losses for Ps. 30,409, and other loss of Ps. 4,536; additionally, 51 stores remained closed during the contingency, however during November 2023 the stores started to

F-91

BBB Foods Inc.

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and for the nine-month

periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

reopen. The Company is insured for an amount of US$3,586,750 (Ps.63,197), however not contingent asset was recognized since its realization is not virtually certain and the Company is in the process of assessing its potential recoveries.

• On October 23, 2023, the Company signed an amendment to extend the maturity of the Promissory Notes (except for the Convertible Notes), in which it was agreed to extend the maturity date from May 31, 2024 to December 31, 2026.

Eduardo Pizzuto Espinosa	Kamal Anthony Hatoum
Chief Financial Officer	Chief Executive Officer

F-92

33,660,589 Class A common shares

BBB Foods Inc.

Global Coordinators

J.P. Morgan Morgan Stanley

Joint Bookrunners

BofA Securities Scotiabank UBS Investment Bank

   , 2024

Through and including     , 2024 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our Class A common shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.	Description
1.01*	Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.01*	Form of Memorandum and Articles of Association of the registrant, to be effective upon completion of the offering
5.01	Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman, British Virgin Islands counsel to the registrant as to the validity of the Class A common shares
21.01*	List of subsidiaries
23.01	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers, S.C.
23.02	Consent of Conyers Dill & Pearman (included in Exhibit 5.01)
24.01*	Powers of attorney (included on signature page to the registration statement)
99.01*	Request for Waivers and Representation under Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F
107	Filing Fee Table

* Previously filed.

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Under British Virgin Islands law, each of our directors and officers, in performing his or her functions, is required to act honestly and in good faith with a view to our best interests and exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. Fiduciary duties are owed to the Issuer and, under British Virgin Islands law (and as further provided by our memorandum and articles of association), our directors will not be personally liable to us or our shareholders for any acts or omissions in the performance of their fiduciary duties. Such limitation of liability does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission. These provisions will not limit the liability of directors under United States federal securities laws.

Our memorandum and articles of association provide that we shall indemnify any of our directors, officers or anyone serving at our request as a director or officer of another entity against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigate proceeding or suits; provided that such indemnification shall not apply unless the person claiming such indemnification acted honestly and in good faith and in what he or she believed to be the best interests of the Issuer and, in the case criminal proceedings, the person had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. We may pay any expenses, including legal fees, incurred by any such person in defending any legal, administrative or investigative proceedings in advance of the final disposition of the proceedings. If a person to be indemnified has been successful in defense of any proceedings referred to above, the director or officer is entitled to be indemnified against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred by the director or officer in connection with the proceedings.

We may purchase and maintain insurance in relation to any of our directors or officers against any liability asserted against the directors or officers and incurred by the directors or officers in that capacity, whether or not we have or would have had the power to indemnify the directors or officers against the liability as provided in our memorandum and articles of association.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable as a matter of United States law.

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

During the past three years, we have issued and sold the securities described below without registering the securities under the Securities Act. None of these transactions involved any underwriters’ underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. We believe that each of the following issuances was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 under the Securities Act or pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act regarding transactions not involving a public offering. Except as otherwise set forth below, we have not made any sales of unregistered securities during the past three years.

Options to Purchase Common Shares

During the past three years, we have granted an aggregate of 6,615,000 options to purchase Class C shares of the Issuer to certain employees, directors and other service providers of the Issuer as described below. Each such option gives its recipient the right to receive one Class C common share.

• On December 13, 2023, we granted an aggregate of 2,125,000 options, with a strike price of US$36.50;

• On December 15, 2022, we granted an aggregate of 2,445,000 options, with a strike price of US$29.00;

II-1

• On December 15, 2021, we granted an aggregate of 1,680,000 options, with a strike price of US$19.00; and

• On December 15, 2020, we granted an aggregate of 365,000 options, with a strike price of US$15.00.

Exit Options

During the past three years, we have granted an aggregate of 2,481,658 options to certain employees, directors and other service providers of the Issuer as described below. Each such option is exercisable following a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering by the Issuer, and gives its recipient the right to receive one Class C common share.

• On January 26, 2023, we granted an aggregate of 126,664 options, of which 63,332 have a strike price of US$7.11 and 63,332 have a strike price of US$11.00

• On December 15, 2021, we granted an aggregate of 300,000 options, with a strike price of US$19.00; and

• On December 11, 2020, we granted an aggregate of 2,181,658 options, of which 1,074,996 have a strike price of US$7.11 and 1,106,662 have a strike price of US$11.00.

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits: See Exhibit Index beginning on page II-5 of this Registration Statement.

The agreements included as exhibits to this registration statement contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties were made for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and (1) were not intended to be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate; (2) may have been qualified in such agreement by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement; (3) may apply contract standards of “materiality” that are different from “materiality” under the applicable securities laws; and (4) were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement. We acknowledge that, notwithstanding the inclusion of the foregoing cautionary statements, we are responsible for considering whether additional specific disclosures of material information regarding material contractual provisions are required to make the statements in this registration statement not misleading.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules: All schedules have been omitted because they are not required, are not applicable or the required information is otherwise set forth in the consolidated financial statements or related notes thereto.

Item 9. Undertakings.

(a) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-2

(b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-3

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Mexico City, Mexico, on February 8, 2024.

BBB Foods Inc.
By:	/s/ K. Anthony Hatoum
	Name: K. Anthony Hatoum
	Title: Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

By:	/s/ Eduardo Pizzuto
	Name: Eduardo Pizzuto
	Title: Chief Financial Officer and Investor Relations Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on February 8, 2024.

	Name	Title
By:	/s/ K. Anthony Hatoum	Chief Executive Officer and Chairman (principal executive officer)
	Name: K. Anthony Hatoum
By:	/s/ Eduardo Pizzuto	Chief Financial Officer and Investor Relations Officer (principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)
	Name: Eduardo Pizzuto
By:	*	Director
	Name: Nicole Reich
By:	*	Director
	Name: Dan Gertsacov
By:	*	Director
	Name: Jean-François Le Ruyet
By:	*	Director
	Name: Alexander Fuster
By:	*	Director
	Name: Juan Pablo Cappello
By:	*	Director
	Name: Sami Khouri
By:	*	Director
	Name: Alexis Meffre
By:	*	Director
	Name: Stephanie Martinez
*By:	/s/ K. Anthony Hatoum
	Name: K. Anthony Hatoum Title: Attorney-in-Fact

II-4

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE

REGISTRANT IN THE UNITED STATES

Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of America, has signed this registration statement or amendment thereto in New York, New York, on February 8, 2024.

COGENCY GLOBAL INC.
By:	/s/ Colleen A. De Vries
	Name: Colleen A. De Vries
	Title: Senior Vice President

II-5